[{"data":1,"prerenderedAt":23312},["ShallowReactive",2],{"blog-teaser-en":3},[4,1254,2010,3326,4438,5023,5462,5894,6299,6664,7037,7431,7973,8462,8870,9320,9770,10096,10266,10618,10822,11172,11852,12303,12567,12970,13245,13946,14208,14614,15642,16500,17774,18625,18918,19255,19448,19769,20228,20491,20746,20947,21330,21578,21778,22181,22561,23082],{"id":5,"title":6,"articleId":7,"body":8,"category":1230,"date":1231,"description":1232,"extension":1233,"lastUpdated":1231,"locale":1234,"meta":1235,"navigation":1236,"path":1237,"publishDate":1231,"readTime":1238,"refreshInterval":1239,"seo":1240,"slug":1241,"stem":1242,"tags":1243,"__hash__":1253},"blog\u002Fblog\u002Fbill-of-materials-electrical.en.md","Bill of materials for an electrical installation: which items belong on it?","bill-of-materials-electrical",{"type":9,"value":10,"toc":1213},"minimark",[11,16,20,196,199,213,217,236,247,250,254,261,272,393,408,412,415,554,557,569,573,576,707,710,740,747,751,754,757,796,803,807,814,817,847,857,861,868,871,905,916,920,923,926,929,944,953,957,1017,1021,1036,1039,1077,1080,1091,1098,1125,1129,1136,1172,1176,1202,1208],[12,13,15],"h2",{"id":14},"which-items-belong-on-the-bill-of-materials-for-an-electrical-installation","Which items belong on the bill of materials for an electrical installation?",[17,18,19],"p",{},"Seven groups: distribution board, protective devices, cables, boxes, switches and sockets, earthing, small material. A list is not complete because all seven headings appear on it, but because every item has a traceable origin — a count from the plan, a rule from the AREI, or an explicitly stated assumption of your own business. Without that origin the quantity cannot be checked, and by the next revision of the plan it can no longer be corrected either.",[21,22,23,42],"table",{},[24,25,26],"thead",{},[27,28,29,33,36,39],"tr",{},[30,31,32],"th",{},"Item group",[30,34,35],{},"Typical individual items",[30,37,38],{},"Quantity derives from",[30,40,41],{},"Regulatory anchor",[43,44,45,67,89,107,128,147,175],"tbody",{},[27,46,47,51,54,57],{},[48,49,50],"td",{},"Distribution board",[48,52,53],{},"Enclosure with back panel and door, rows and DIN rails, cover plates, busbars, end caps, feed terminals, labelling",[48,55,56],{},"Module count per row, separation by energy tariff",[48,58,59,63,64],{},[60,61,62],"em",{},"5.3.5.1 points a and c",", ",[60,65,66],{},"3.1.3.1",[27,68,69,72,75,78],{},[48,70,71],{},"Protective devices",[48,73,74],{},"Main isolating switch, residual current devices 300 mA and 30 mA, circuit breakers, surge protective device where applicable",[48,76,77],{},"Number of final circuits and their allocation to the RCD groups",[48,79,80,63,83,63,86],{},[60,81,82],{},"5.3.5.1 point b",[60,84,85],{},"4.2.4.3 point b",[60,87,88],{},"5.2.1.2",[27,90,91,94,97,100],{},[48,92,93],{},"Cables",[48,95,96],{},"Cable per type, core count and cross-section in metres; conduit, pre-wired conduit, buried cable",[48,98,99],{},"Cable route per circuit plus allowance",[48,101,102,63,105],{},[60,103,104],{},"3.1.2.2 point a",[60,106,88],{},[27,108,109,112,115,118],{},[48,110,111],{},"Boxes",[48,113,114],{},"Junction and branch boxes, flush or hollow-wall device boxes, ceiling and wall outlet boxes, draw boxes",[48,116,117],{},"Number of devices plus number of branch points",[48,119,120,63,122,63,125],{},[60,121,104],{},[60,123,124],{},"5.2.6.1",[60,126,127],{},"5.3.5.2 point a",[27,129,130,133,136,139],{},[48,131,132],{},"Switches and sockets",[48,134,135],{},"Inserts, rockers and covers, frames per combination, damp-location variants with gasket",[48,137,138],{},"Number of control points and sockets from the position plan",[48,140,141,63,144],{},[60,142,143],{},"3.1.2.3 point a",[60,145,146],{},"5.3.5.2 points a and b",[27,148,149,152,155,158],{},[48,150,151],{},"Earthing",[48,153,154],{},"Earth loop, earthing conductor, earth disconnecting link, main equipotential bonding conductor, supplementary bonding conductors, terminals",[48,156,157],{},"Building perimeter, number of extraneous conductive parts, bathrooms",[48,159,160,63,163,63,166,63,169,63,172],{},[60,161,162],{},"5.4.2.1",[60,164,165],{},"5.4.2.2",[60,167,168],{},"5.4.3.5",[60,170,171],{},"5.4.4.1",[60,173,174],{},"5.4.4.2",[27,176,177,180,183,186],{},[48,178,179],{},"Small material",[48,181,182],{},"Fixings and clips, terminals, strain reliefs, box lids, labelling material, gaskets",[48,184,185],{},"Ratio per item — company convention",[48,187,188,63,191,63,194],{},[60,189,190],{},"5.2.9.5",[60,192,193],{},"5.2.6.2 point b",[60,195,66],{},[17,197,198],{},"The last row is marked differently on purpose: for small material the AREI states no quantities. It states conditions from which the items follow — more on that below.",[17,200,201,202,207,208,212],{},"This article contains no prices. Not out of caution, but because a price range without a named source and date is wrong within a quarter and gets quoted onward regardless. For the cost side see ",[203,204,206],"a",{"href":205},"\u002Fen\u002Fblog\u002Felectrical-plan-costs","How much does an electrical plan cost?"," and ",[203,209,211],{"href":210},"\u002Fen\u002Fblog\u002Fcost-comparison-diy-vs-electrician","Cost comparison: drawing it yourself versus hiring an electrician",".",[12,214,216],{"id":215},"is-a-bill-of-materials-required-by-the-arei","Is a bill of materials required by the AREI?",[17,218,219,220,224,225,228,229,232,233,212],{},"No. The AREI knows the material list only as a ",[221,222,223],"strong",{},"permitted annex"," to the file: schematics, plans and documents \"may be supplemented by documents describing the various characteristics of the electrical equipment and\u002For products in more detail\" (",[60,226,227],{},"sub-section 3.1.2.1 point c","). The verb is ",[60,230,231],{},"may",", not ",[60,234,235],{},"shall",[17,237,238,239,242,243,246],{},"Mandatory for a new domestic installation are the single-line diagram and the position plan, drawn up by the person responsible for carrying out the work (",[60,240,241],{},"sub-section 3.1.2.1 point a","). If you attach the material list as an annex, it shares the regime of annexes: it is kept up to date and held on site at the disposal of anyone authorised to supervise, inspect, maintain, repair or modify the installation (",[60,244,245],{},"sub-section 3.1.2.1 point d",").",[17,248,249],{},"Practical consequence: the material list is a tool for costing and procurement, not an inspection document. The inspector does not flag its absence. What they do flag is material in the installation that does not belong there — and that is exactly what a clean list prevents, because it fixes the selection up front.",[12,251,253],{"id":252},"which-data-must-the-plan-carry-for-the-quantities-to-be-right","Which data must the plan carry for the quantities to be right?",[17,255,256,257,260],{},"The single-line diagram supplies almost the entire item list, but not the most important quantity. ",[60,258,259],{},"Sub-section 3.1.2.2 point a"," requires at minimum: type, cross-section and number of conductors of every cable, the installation method, type and characteristics of the residual current protective devices, type and characteristics of the overcurrent protective devices, the switches, the junction boxes, the branch boxes, the socket outlets, the lighting points, the fixed machines and appliances, and the sources.",[17,262,263,264,267,268,271],{},"That is a remarkably complete enumeration — and it contains ",[221,265,266],{},"no length",". The length of the cables is required only for non-domestic installations (",[60,269,270],{},"sub-section 3.1.2.2 point b","). In housing, therefore, the decisive input for the cable quantity appears in no mandatory document at all.",[21,273,274,287],{},[24,275,276],{},[27,277,278,281,284],{},[30,279,280],{},"Quantity on the list",[30,282,283],{},"Input value",[30,285,286],{},"In a mandatory document?",[43,288,289,307,321,333,345,357,372,383],{},[27,290,291,294,297],{},[48,292,293],{},"Number of sockets",[48,295,296],{},"Socket outlets on the diagram and the position plan",[48,298,299,300,63,303,306],{},"yes (",[60,301,302],{},"3.1.2.2 a",[60,304,305],{},"3.1.2.3 a",")",[27,308,309,312,315],{},[48,310,311],{},"Number of switches",[48,313,314],{},"Switches on the diagram, their location on the plan",[48,316,299,317,63,319,306],{},[60,318,302],{},[60,320,305],{},[27,322,323,326,329],{},[48,324,325],{},"Number of boxes",[48,327,328],{},"Junction and branch boxes on the diagram",[48,330,299,331,306],{},[60,332,302],{},[27,334,335,338,341],{},[48,336,337],{},"Number of circuit breakers",[48,339,340],{},"Number of final circuits",[48,342,299,343,306],{},[60,344,302],{},[27,346,347,350,353],{},[48,348,349],{},"Cable type and cross-section",[48,351,352],{},"Type, cross-section, core count per cable",[48,354,299,355,306],{},[60,356,302],{},[27,358,359,364,367],{},[48,360,361],{},[221,362,363],{},"Cable length in metres",[48,365,366],{},"Route along walls, installation zones and storeys",[48,368,369],{},[221,370,371],{},"no — only for non-domestic installations",[27,373,374,377,380],{},[48,375,376],{},"Earthing material",[48,378,379],{},"Building perimeter, number of extraneous conductive parts",[48,381,382],{},"no — follows from chapter 5.4, not from the diagram",[27,384,385,387,390],{},[48,386,179],{},[48,388,389],{},"Installation method, fixing spacing, connection method",[48,391,392],{},"no — company convention",[17,394,395,396,399,400,403,404,212],{},"The position plan carries the ",[221,397,398],{},"location"," of that same equipment, not its count or its length (",[60,401,402],{},"sub-section 3.1.2.3 point a","). The cable quantity only emerges once a route has been drawn; the method is set out in ",[203,405,407],{"href":406},"\u002Fen\u002Fblog\u002Fcable-routes-and-lengths","Cable routes and cable lengths",[12,409,411],{"id":410},"how-many-protective-devices-do-i-need-and-where-does-the-number-come-from","How many protective devices do I need — and where does the number come from?",[17,413,414],{},"Not from experience, but from four rules that jointly fix the module count in the board. This is the part of the bill of materials that the AREI drives most directly.",[21,416,417,430],{},[24,418,419],{},[27,420,421,424,427],{},[30,422,423],{},"Rule",[30,425,426],{},"Reference",[30,428,429],{},"Effect on quantity",[43,431,432,444,456,468,484,500,516,528,541],{},[27,433,434,437,441],{},[48,435,436],{},"Main board fitted with a main isolating switch; in domestic installations not below 40 A",[48,438,439],{},[60,440,82],{},[48,442,443],{},"1 item, rated current not below 40 A",[27,445,446,449,453],{},[48,447,448],{},"At the origin of the installation at least one RCD of at most 300 mA, providing isolation",[48,450,451],{},[60,452,85],{},[48,454,455],{},"at least 1 item at 300 mA",[27,457,458,461,465],{},[48,459,460],{},"Immediately downstream at least one high or very high sensitivity device, to which sockets, lighting, the bathroom, washing machine, tumble dryer and dishwasher are connected",[48,462,463],{},[60,464,85],{},[48,466,467],{},"at least 1 item at 30 mA",[27,469,470,477,481],{},[48,471,472,473,476],{},"At most ",[221,474,475],{},"eight final circuits"," per such RCD",[48,478,479],{},[60,480,85],{},[48,482,483],{},"from the ninth affected circuit onward, a further 30 mA device",[27,485,486,492,497],{},[48,487,472,488,491],{},[221,489,490],{},"eight socket outlets"," per final circuit",[48,493,494],{},[60,495,496],{},"5.3.5.2 point b",[48,498,499],{},"from the ninth socket onward, another circuit with breaker and cable",[27,501,502,509,513],{},[48,503,504,505,508],{},"At least ",[221,506,507],{},"two separate lighting circuits"," in dwellings with more than two rooms or areas",[48,510,511],{},[60,512,496],{},[48,514,515],{},"minimum 2 lighting circuits",[27,517,518,521,525],{},[48,519,520],{},"A separate circuit per appliance rated 2600 W or more, and for washing machine, dishwasher, tumble dryer, electric cooker, hob and oven",[48,522,523],{},[60,524,88],{},[48,526,527],{},"1 circuit, 1 protective device and 1 cable per named appliance",[27,529,530,533,538],{},[48,531,532],{},"RCDs in domestic installations at least type A; at the origin of the installation a rated current of at least 40 A",[48,534,535],{},[60,536,537],{},"5.3.5.3 point a",[48,539,540],{},"rules out type AC and sets a floor on the frame size",[27,542,543,546,551],{},[48,544,545],{},"Protective and control devices on different energy tariffs grouped on separate panels at least 10 cm apart, or in separate boards",[48,547,548],{},[60,549,550],{},"5.3.5.1 point c",[48,552,553],{},"enlarges the enclosure or forces a second one",[17,555,556],{},"This chain explains why a bill of materials built from a room count is almost always too short: the number of sockets determines not only the socket items but, through the rule of eight, also the number of circuits, hence the number of breakers, the number of cables, and ultimately the size of the enclosure.",[17,558,559,560,564,565,212],{},"Which appliances need their own circuit is covered in ",[203,561,563],{"href":562},"\u002Fen\u002Fblog\u002Fdedicated-circuits-appliances","Appliances that require a dedicated circuit","; the board layout itself in ",[203,566,568],{"href":567},"\u002Fen\u002Fblog\u002Fdistribution-board-planning-guide","Distribution board planning",[12,570,572],{"id":571},"which-earthing-material-is-routinely-forgotten","Which earthing material is routinely forgotten?",[17,574,575],{},"Most of it. Earthing appears on the single-line diagram as one symbol, but on the bill of materials as six to ten items with prescribed minimum cross-sections. Those cross-sections are figures from the regulation, not from a catalogue.",[21,577,578,590],{},[24,579,580],{},[27,581,582,585,588],{},[30,583,584],{},"Item",[30,586,587],{},"Prescribed minimum",[30,589,426],{},[43,591,592,605,618,631,644,657,669,681,694],{},[27,593,594,597,600],{},[48,595,596],{},"Foundation earth loop",[48,598,599],{},"at least 35 mm² geometric cross-section, solid conductor or seven stranded cores, without welds",[48,601,602],{},[60,603,604],{},"5.4.2.1 points b.1.3 and b.1.2",[27,606,607,610,613],{},[48,608,609],{},"Metal of the earth loop",[48,611,612],{},"bare annealed electrolytic copper or lead-sheathed copper",[48,614,615],{},[60,616,617],{},"5.4.2.1 point b.1.4",[27,619,620,623,626],{},[48,621,622],{},"Fixing of the earth loop",[48,624,625],{},"copper only, or materials that cause no corrosion",[48,627,628],{},[60,629,630],{},"5.4.2.1 point b.1.5",[27,632,633,636,639],{},[48,634,635],{},"Supplementary electrode, horizontally laid",[48,637,638],{},"at least 35 mm², buried at least 0.80 m deep, minimum length 15 m",[48,640,641],{},[60,642,643],{},"5.4.2.1 point b.3",[27,645,646,649,652],{},[48,647,648],{},"Supplementary electrode, rod or pin",[48,650,651],{},"minimum length 1.50 m, of which at least 1.50 m driven below the −0.60 m level",[48,653,654],{},[60,655,656],{},"5.4.2.1 point b.4.1",[27,658,659,662,665],{},[48,660,661],{},"Earthing conductor",[48,663,664],{},"16 mm² copper with corrosion-protective coating, otherwise 25 mm² copper, 50 mm² for aluminium or steel",[48,666,667],{},[60,668,165],{},[27,670,671,674,677],{},[48,672,673],{},"Earth disconnecting link",[48,675,676],{},"a disconnecting device removable only with a tool",[48,678,679],{},[60,680,168],{},[27,682,683,686,689],{},[48,684,685],{},"Main equipotential bonding conductor",[48,687,688],{},"half the cross-section of the largest protective conductor, minimum 6 mm² copper, may be capped at 25 mm²",[48,690,691],{},[60,692,693],{},"5.4.4.1 point a",[27,695,696,699,702],{},[48,697,698],{},"Supplementary bonding conductors",[48,700,701],{},"at least 2.5 mm² if mechanically protected, 4 mm² if not",[48,703,704],{},[60,705,706],{},"5.4.4.2 point a",[17,708,709],{},"Three points that go missing in estimates:",[711,712,713,724,734],"ul",{},[714,715,716,719,720,723],"li",{},[221,717,718],{},"The earth loop is site material, not electrical material."," It is required for every new building whose foundation trench bottom reaches at least 60 cm (",[60,721,722],{},"5.4.2.1 point b.1.1","), and it is laid long before anyone thinks about sockets. Drawing up the electrical bill of materials after the shell is complete structurally puts this item out of view.",[714,725,726,729,730,733],{},[221,727,728],{},"The ends remain accessible for inspection"," (",[60,731,732],{},"5.4.2.1 point b.1.6","). That is an execution requirement with a material consequence: pit, cover, marking.",[714,735,736,739],{},[221,737,738],{},"Main equipotential bonding is not a single terminal",", but one conductor per extraneous conductive part — water, gas, heating — with a clamp on the pipe concerned. The quantity follows from the building services, not from the electrical plan.",[17,741,742,743,212],{},"Which earthing system applies is covered in ",[203,744,746],{"href":745},"\u002Fen\u002Fblog\u002Fearthing-tt-vs-tns-belgium","Earthing TT or TN-S",[12,748,750],{"id":749},"why-are-junction-boxes-and-device-boxes-so-often-missing-from-the-list","Why are junction boxes and device boxes so often missing from the list?",[17,752,753],{},"Because mentally they belong to the cable and in the catalogue to the accessories — whereas the AREI names them explicitly as elements in their own right.",[17,755,756],{},"Four rules make them unavoidable:",[711,758,759,769,778,787],{},[714,760,761,764,765,768],{},[221,762,763],{},"Connections may only be made in specific places:"," in distribution and switchgear assemblies, in junction or branch boxes, at the terminals of switches or socket outlets, or in sufficiently large ceiling boxes from which luminaires are suspended (",[60,766,767],{},"sub-section 5.2.6.1","). Every branch on the plan is therefore a material item.",[714,770,771,729,774,777],{},[221,772,773],{},"Connections inside conduit are prohibited",[60,775,776],{},"sub-section 5.2.9.3 point f","). A route drawn without a box is a non-compliant execution.",[714,779,780,729,783,786],{},[221,781,782],{},"In junction, branch and draw boxes the conductors remain accessible; tees and elbows are prohibited",[60,784,785],{},"sub-section 5.2.9.3 point i.2","). This rules out the smallest possible box and feeds through to the frame size, hence the price.",[714,788,789,729,792,795],{},[221,790,791],{},"Socket outlets built into walls are housed in metal boxes or in boxes of insulating material",[60,793,794],{},"sub-section 5.3.5.2 point a","). The device box is therefore not optional but mandatory material — one per flush point, and a different type in a hollow wall than in masonry.",[17,797,798,799,802],{},"On top of that, junction and branch boxes are part of the mandatory content of the single-line diagram (",[60,800,801],{},"sub-section 3.1.2.2 point a","). A diagram without them is incomplete — and so is a bill of materials derived from such a diagram.",[12,804,806],{"id":805},"how-much-cable-allowance-should-i-include","How much cable allowance should I include?",[17,808,809,810,813],{},"On the ",[221,811,812],{},"size"," of an allowance the AREI says nothing — no percentage, no reserve length, no waste factor. Any figure you use is a convention of your own business and belongs in the calculation sheet as such.",[17,815,816],{},"What the regulation does fix are the conditions from which an allowance follows:",[711,818,819,825,831,841],{},[714,820,821,822,246],{},"Connections at appliances must not be subjected to tensile or torsional forces (",[60,823,824],{},"sub-section 5.2.6.2 point b",[714,826,827,828,246],{},"In vertical runs, tensile forces from the cable's own weight must not act on the connection terminals (",[60,829,830],{},"sub-section 5.2.9.5",[714,832,833,834,837,838,246],{},"In conduit it must be possible ",[221,835,836],{},"at all times"," to draw in or remove conductors or cables (",[60,839,840],{},"sub-section 5.2.9.3 point e",[714,842,843,844,846],{},"In boxes the conductors remain accessible (",[60,845,785],{},"), which does not work without a loop inside the enclosure.",[17,848,849,850,852,853,212],{},"The allowance is therefore not a safety cushion on an uncertain calculation, but a material item with a purpose. If you apply it as a flat percentage, document the percentage, its origin and the revision it applies to. Deriving the base length is covered in ",[203,851,407],{"href":406},"; which accompanying material each installation method brings with it in ",[203,854,856],{"href":855},"\u002Fen\u002Fblog\u002Finstallation-methods-arei","Installation methods under the AREI",[12,858,860],{"id":859},"how-many-spare-ways-belong-in-the-distribution-board","How many spare ways belong in the distribution board?",[17,862,863,864,867],{},"The AREI prescribes ",[221,865,866],{},"no"," spare ways. A full-text sweep of the nine parts in the Dutch, French and German versions returns no passage naming a number of free modules, a percentage or a minimum reserve. Anyone quoting a figure is quoting a company convention — which is legitimate, as long as it is said that way.",[17,869,870],{},"What the regulation does require instead, and what points in practice in the same direction:",[711,872,873,883,889,894,899],{},[714,874,875,876,879,880,246],{},"Circuits are arranged so that they can later be identified during supervision, inspection, maintenance, repair, ",[221,877,878],{},"modification or extension"," of the installation (",[60,881,882],{},"sub-section 3.1.3.1",[714,884,885,886,888],{},"Control, protective and isolating devices are individually marked clearly, conspicuously and indelibly (",[60,887,882],{},"). Labelling material is therefore an item, not a courtesy.",[714,890,891,892,246],{},"Circuits connected upstream of the board's main switch must be identified as such (",[60,893,882],{},[714,895,896,897,246],{},"Every modification or extension is shown on the position plan, which reflects the existing state at any moment (",[60,898,241],{},[714,900,901,902,246],{},"Equipment in the board remains easily accessible, in domestic installations without special means (",[60,903,904],{},"sub-section 5.3.5.1 point c",[17,906,907,908,911,912,915],{},"And one enclosure rule that is overlooked more often than spare ways: in domestic installations, distribution and switchgear assemblies are class I or II, ",[221,909,910],{},"with a back panel and a door",", made of non-combustible and non-hygroscopic material; the back panel must remain non-removable for the entire service life of the equipment (",[60,913,914],{},"sub-section 5.3.5.1 point a","). Door and back panel are therefore not an equipment option.",[12,917,919],{"id":918},"where-is-the-boundary-between-material-cost-and-labour-cost","Where is the boundary between material cost and labour cost?",[17,921,922],{},"At the question of whether the quantity follows from the plan or from the execution.",[17,924,925],{},"Material cost follows from piece counts and metres and can be derived from the model. Labour cost follows from routes, substrates, accessibility and sequencing — quantities that appear neither on the single-line diagram nor on the position plan. The same socket costs the same material whether it goes into a hollow wall or into concrete; the effort differs by a wide margin.",[17,927,928],{},"In practice, for estimating:",[711,930,931,938,941],{},[714,932,933,934,937],{},"A bill of materials is ",[221,935,936],{},"not half a quotation",". It is the half that can be checked.",[714,939,940],{},"Items that touch both — chases, penetrations, core drilling, scaffolding — belong explicitly on the labour side, otherwise they appear nowhere.",[714,942,943],{},"The installation method decides both sides at once: it determines which accompanying material is needed and how labour-intensive the execution becomes.",[17,945,946,947,207,949,952],{},"Figures for both sides are in ",[203,948,206],{"href":205},[203,950,951],{"href":210},"Cost comparison: yourself or an electrician",". This article deliberately does not repeat them: prices age, the method does not.",[12,954,956],{"id":955},"which-estimating-mistakes-make-the-list-unusable","Which estimating mistakes make the list unusable?",[711,958,959,970,976,982,988,999,1005,1011],{},[714,960,961,964,965,63,967,969],{},[221,962,963],{},"Counted per room instead of per circuit."," The rules of eight — sockets per circuit and final circuits per RCD (",[60,966,496],{},[60,968,85],{},") — generate items that appear in no room-by-room list.",[714,971,972,975],{},[221,973,974],{},"Straight-line distance instead of cable route."," Indoors the straight line sits systematically well below the real route; it is not an estimate but a lower bound.",[714,977,978,981],{},[221,979,980],{},"Net lengths used without an allowance."," The allowance exists for the four reasons above, not out of caution.",[714,983,984,987],{},[221,985,986],{},"Earthing material forgotten",", because it is one symbol on the diagram and a shell-construction topic on the schedule.",[714,989,990,993,994,996,997,246],{},[221,991,992],{},"Device boxes and branch boxes treated as accessories",", although they are mandatory diagram content (",[60,995,104],{},") and compulsory in masonry (",[60,998,127],{},[714,1000,1001,1004],{},[221,1002,1003],{},"Frames and covers not listed separately."," A triple combination is one frame and three inserts, not three complete devices.",[714,1006,1007,1010],{},[221,1008,1009],{},"A circuit with no drawn cable drops out silently"," and makes the total length too small without any line being missing.",[714,1012,1013,1016],{},[221,1014,1015],{},"Prices carried over from an older revision"," without noting date and source. A quantity without a price is incomplete; a price without a date is wrong.",[12,1018,1020],{"id":1019},"how-is-the-bill-of-materials-produced-in-planelec-and-what-does-it-not-say","How is the bill of materials produced in PlanElec — and what does it not say?",[17,1022,1023,1024,1027,1028,1031,1032,1035],{},"Through the ",[221,1025,1026],{},"Export"," tab. The ",[221,1029,1030],{},"Material List"," appears there as a separate document; the ",[221,1033,1034],{},"Open material overview"," button shows it in detail, and the PDF comes from the same derivation.",[17,1037,1038],{},"What the overview contains:",[711,1040,1041,1064,1074],{},[714,1042,1043,1044,63,1047,63,1050,63,1053,63,1056,63,1059,63,1061,212],{},"Items in seven categories: ",[221,1045,1046],{},"Consumers",[221,1048,1049],{},"Equipment and inserts",[221,1051,1052],{},"Covers and frames",[221,1054,1055],{},"Installation material",[221,1057,1058],{},"Protection devices",[221,1060,93],{},[221,1062,1063],{},"Distribution",[714,1065,1066,1067,207,1070,1073],{},"Two views: ",[221,1068,1069],{},"By category",[221,1071,1072],{},"By room","; items with no room allocation appear separately so they do not vanish quietly.",[714,1075,1076],{},"A header showing the number of consumers, positions, parts and the cable length.",[17,1078,1079],{},"Since the update of 16 July 2026 the overview breaks sockets, switches and selected connections down into manufacturer-neutral individual parts — inserts, covers, frames and installation boxes. Fixed appliances include a connection box, terminal and strain relief; appliance-specific accessories are not included. Enclosures and busbars follow the modelled row and module count.",[17,1081,1082,1083,1086,1087,1090],{},"Six ",[221,1084,1085],{},"base assumptions"," are shown explicitly in the overview rather than acting in the background. The one that matters most for estimating: cable lengths are ",[221,1088,1089],{},"net lengths from the model; waste and installation allowances are not included."," The allowance from the section above is therefore not yet in there. Equally explicit: the device box follows an unambiguously linked wall; otherwise hollow-wall boxes are assumed for rooms containing hollow walls, and flush boxes elsewhere.",[17,1092,1093,1094,1097],{},"What the list deliberately does ",[221,1095,1096],{},"not"," do:",[711,1099,1100,1106,1112,1118],{},[714,1101,1102,1105],{},[221,1103,1104],{},"It quotes no prices and is not an order release."," All items are manufacturer-neutral and must be resolved to concrete articles and professionally verified before ordering.",[714,1107,1108,1111],{},[221,1109,1110],{},"It invents no missing quantities."," A circuit without a cable route appears at 0 m with the note \"Routing missing\" rather than being estimated. A suspiciously lean list usually contains exactly those lines.",[714,1113,1114,1117],{},[221,1115,1116],{},"It adds no earthing material"," that is not in the model. Earth loop, earthing conductor and bonding conductors are model content, not an automatic addition.",[714,1119,1120,1121,1124],{},"For PV installations, ",[221,1122,1123],{},"open DC material data are reported as notices"," — missing strings, module types or route lengths — instead of being papered over.",[12,1126,1128],{"id":1127},"what-the-arei-self-check-does-not-do-here","What the AREI self-check does not do here",[17,1130,1131,1132,1135],{},"The self-check assesses the planned ",[221,1133,1134],{},"installation",", not the completeness of a bill of materials. Specifically:",[711,1137,1138,1145,1152,1158,1161],{},[714,1139,1140,1141,1144],{},"It checks ",[221,1142,1143],{},"no quantities",". There is no rule that reports a missing, under-dimensioned or duplicated item.",[714,1146,1147,1148,1151],{},"For earthing it checks only whether main equipotential bonding and the earth electrode are ",[221,1149,1150],{},"documented"," and whether the earthing system fits — not the cross-section of the installed conductor or the metres of earth loop required.",[714,1153,1140,1154,1157],{},[221,1155,1156],{},"no prices, no availability and no article allocation."," Manufacturer-neutral items stay manufacturer-neutral.",[714,1159,1160],{},"It calculates voltage drop only when the path is complete; if a partial length is missing it reports a data gap instead of a result. For the bill of materials that means the cable quantity can be incomplete without any rule firing.",[714,1162,1163,1164,1167,1168,1171],{},"It replaces ",[221,1165,1166],{},"neither"," measurement ",[221,1169,1170],{},"nor"," inspection. The official assessment is made exclusively by a recognised inspection body.",[12,1173,1175],{"id":1174},"further-reading","Further reading",[711,1177,1178,1182,1186,1190,1194,1198],{},[714,1179,1180],{},[203,1181,407],{"href":406},[714,1183,1184],{},[203,1185,856],{"href":855},[714,1187,1188],{},[203,1189,568],{"href":567},[714,1191,1192],{},[203,1193,563],{"href":562},[714,1195,1196],{},[203,1197,206],{"href":205},[714,1199,1200],{},[203,1201,951],{"href":210},[17,1203,1204],{},[203,1205,1207],{"href":1206},"\u002Fen","Open PlanElec and derive your bill of materials →",[17,1209,1210],{},[60,1211,1212],{},"Regulatory basis: AREI\u002FRGIE Book 1 V06 — sub-sections 3.1.2.1, 3.1.2.2, 3.1.2.3, 3.1.3.1, 4.2.4.3, 5.2.1.2 with table 5.1, 5.2.6.1, 5.2.6.2, 5.2.9.3, 5.2.9.5, 5.3.5.1, 5.3.5.2, 5.3.5.3, 5.4.2.1, 5.4.2.2, 5.4.3.5, 5.4.4.1 and 5.4.4.2. The official text, the actual condition of the installation and the inspection by a recognised body remain decisive.",{"title":1214,"searchDepth":1215,"depth":1215,"links":1216},"",2,[1217,1218,1219,1220,1221,1222,1223,1224,1225,1226,1227,1228,1229],{"id":14,"depth":1215,"text":15},{"id":215,"depth":1215,"text":216},{"id":252,"depth":1215,"text":253},{"id":410,"depth":1215,"text":411},{"id":571,"depth":1215,"text":572},{"id":749,"depth":1215,"text":750},{"id":805,"depth":1215,"text":806},{"id":859,"depth":1215,"text":860},{"id":918,"depth":1215,"text":919},{"id":955,"depth":1215,"text":956},{"id":1019,"depth":1215,"text":1020},{"id":1127,"depth":1215,"text":1128},{"id":1174,"depth":1215,"text":1175},"guide","2026-08-31","Seven item groups, how they derive from the single-line diagram and the position plan, the items that are routinely forgotten — earthing material, boxes, cable allowance, spare ways — and where the AREI fixes a quantity and where it does not.","md","en",{},true,"\u002Fblog\u002Fbill-of-materials-electrical.en","13 min",12,{"title":6,"description":1232},"bill-of-materials-electrical-installation","blog\u002Fbill-of-materials-electrical.en",[1244,1245,1246,1247,1248,1249,1250,1251,1252],"AREI","RGIE","bill of materials","material list","cost estimating","earthing","distribution board","single-line diagram","Belgium","TFP3C-v_VH_gc0RxY-xD9C2a60K-5wZL3F2hMO3QNCY",{"id":1255,"title":1256,"articleId":1257,"body":1258,"category":1230,"date":1231,"description":1997,"extension":1233,"lastUpdated":1231,"locale":1234,"meta":1998,"navigation":1236,"path":1999,"publishDate":1231,"readTime":2000,"refreshInterval":1239,"seo":2001,"slug":1257,"stem":2002,"tags":2003,"__hash__":2009},"blog\u002Fblog\u002Fcable-routes-and-lengths.en.md","Cable Routes and Lengths: How Do You Determine a Cable Length on an Electrical Plan?","cable-routes-and-lengths",{"type":9,"value":1259,"toc":1984},[1260,1264,1267,1274,1376,1379,1383,1394,1411,1414,1421,1424,1428,1431,1543,1549,1561,1565,1568,1584,1588,1595,1598,1623,1627,1646,1649,1676,1679,1683,1686,1776,1783,1786,1790,1793,1799,1804,1815,1818,1822,1829,1836,1839,1842,1868,1880,1884,1887,1942,1944,1974,1979],[12,1261,1263],{"id":1262},"how-do-you-determine-a-cable-length-on-an-electrical-plan","How do you determine a cable length on an electrical plan?",[17,1265,1266],{},"Not as a straight line, but as the path the cable actually takes: horizontally along the walls, vertically at both ends up or down to the device, with the detours around doors and windows and with the slack left at the board and in the box. The straight line is not a rough estimate of that path — it is a lower bound, and indoors it routinely sits 30 to 60 % below the real value.",[17,1268,1269,1270,1273],{},"This is not cosmetic. The length is the input to the voltage-drop calculation and therefore a criterion in choosing the conductor cross-section (",[60,1271,1272],{},"sub-section 5.2.1.2 point b","), and it is the unit of measure of your material costing. A guessed length makes both calculations worthless without anyone noticing.",[21,1275,1276,1289],{},[24,1277,1278],{},[27,1279,1280,1283,1286],{},[30,1281,1282],{},"Part of the route",[30,1284,1285],{},"What determines it",[30,1287,1288],{},"Where the value comes from",[43,1290,1291,1302,1313,1324,1336,1350,1364],{},[27,1292,1293,1296,1299],{},[48,1294,1295],{},"Horizontal run along the walls",[48,1297,1298],{},"Floor plan and the permitted installation zone",[48,1300,1301],{},"measurable from the plan",[27,1303,1304,1307,1310],{},[48,1305,1306],{},"Vertical run between the zone band and the device",[48,1308,1309],{},"Mounting height of the device relative to the horizontal band",[48,1311,1312],{},"mounting height minus band height",[27,1314,1315,1318,1321],{},[48,1316,1317],{},"Vertical run to the next storey",[48,1319,1320],{},"Storey height and position of the riser",[48,1322,1323],{},"architectural plan, section",[27,1325,1326,1329,1334],{},[48,1327,1328],{},"Detour around doors, windows and openings",[48,1330,1331],{},[60,1332,1333],{},"sub-section 5.2.9.10 point b",[48,1335,1301],{},[27,1337,1338,1341,1344],{},[48,1339,1340],{},"Buried run to an outbuilding",[48,1342,1343],{},"Trench route plus one descent and one ascent to burial depth",[48,1345,1346,1347],{},"minimum 0.60 m per ",[60,1348,1349],{},"sub-section 5.2.9.2 point a",[27,1351,1352,1355,1358],{},[48,1353,1354],{},"Slack at the termination point in the board",[48,1356,1357],{},"Terminal layout, wiring, later modifiability",[48,1359,1360,1361],{},"company convention — ",[221,1362,1363],{},"not a standard",[27,1365,1366,1369,1372],{},[48,1367,1368],{},"Slack in the box, switch or appliance",[48,1370,1371],{},"Connection method and space inside the enclosure",[48,1373,1360,1374],{},[221,1375,1363],{},[17,1377,1378],{},"The last two rows are marked that way deliberately: the AREI\u002FRGIE names no value at all for allowances or slack lengths. Why an obligation nevertheless follows from it is explained further down.",[12,1380,1382],{"id":1381},"why-is-the-straight-line-systematically-too-short","Why is the straight line systematically too short?",[17,1384,1385,1386,1389,1390,1393],{},"Because a cable embedded in a wall is not allowed to run diagonally. ",[60,1387,1388],{},"Sub-section 5.2.9.10 point b"," ties electrical lines embedded ",[221,1391,1392],{},"without conduit"," in the walls of rooms to a fixed pattern:",[711,1395,1396,1399,1402,1405,1408],{},[714,1397,1398],{},"The route consists exclusively of horizontal and vertical runs; horizontal runs in a ceiling are perpendicular to the vertical walls.",[714,1400,1401],{},"Horizontal runs lie 25 to 35 cm from the floor or from the ceiling, and likewise 25 to 35 cm above the underside of window lintels — provided the lines then stay at least 25 cm below the ceiling.",[714,1403,1404],{},"Vertical runs lie as close as possible to a corner of the room, or 10 to 20 cm from door frames and jambs.",[714,1406,1407],{},"Installation outside this zone pattern is carried out vertically above a visible electrical machine or appliance.",[714,1409,1410],{},"The covering plaster layer is not thinner than 0.4 cm.",[17,1412,1413],{},"The pattern serves a safety purpose — whoever drills later should know where nothing runs — and has a side effect on length: every diagonal becomes a staircase of one horizontal and one vertical leg, and every doorway forces a detour above or below it.",[17,1415,1416,1417,1420],{},"A worked example. A switch sits 6.0 m from the board in a straight line, diagonally across the room. Along the walls it is 4.2 m plus 3.6 m, so 7.8 m. Add the climb from the termination point in the board up to the horizontal band, say 0.9 m, and the drop from the band down to the switch height of 110 cm, roughly 0.8 m. Total: 9.5 m — ",[221,1418,1419],{},"58 % more than the straight line",", and that is before any slack.",[17,1422,1423],{},"For a socket outlet the last step almost disappears: if the horizontal band sits 25 to 35 cm above the floor and the socket at 30 cm, the vertical drop is close to zero. That is exactly why it pays to treat switches and sockets separately instead of applying one flat percentage to everything.",[12,1425,1427],{"id":1426},"what-does-the-installation-method-mean-for-the-length","What does the installation method mean for the length?",[17,1429,1430],{},"It decides whether the zone pattern applies at all, and which geometric constraints are added.",[21,1432,1433,1445],{},[24,1434,1435],{},[27,1436,1437,1440,1443],{},[30,1438,1439],{},"Installation method",[30,1441,1442],{},"Effect on the route",[30,1444,426],{},[43,1446,1447,1460,1473,1486,1501,1514,1527],{},[27,1448,1449,1452,1455],{},[48,1450,1451],{},"Embedded without conduit, in walls",[48,1453,1454],{},"Bound to the zone pattern; plaster cover ≥ 0.4 cm",[48,1456,1457],{},[60,1458,1459],{},"5.2.9.10 point b",[27,1461,1462,1465,1468],{},[48,1463,1464],{},"Embedded in concrete or cement",[48,1466,1467],{},"Cover ≥ 3 cm; the route follows formwork and reinforcement, not the shortest line",[48,1469,1470],{},[60,1471,1472],{},"5.2.9.10 point a",[27,1474,1475,1478,1481],{},[48,1476,1477],{},"Embedded in conduit",[48,1479,1480],{},"The zone pattern of 5.2.9.10 b does not apply by the letter of the text; instead minimum bending radii and the duty to be able to pull in and remove conductors at any time",[48,1482,1483],{},[60,1484,1485],{},"5.2.9.3 point e",[27,1487,1488,1491,1494],{},[48,1489,1490],{},"Surface, cable tray, cable ducting",[48,1492,1493],{},"Freer routing, but tensile forces from self-weight must not act on the terminals in vertical sections",[48,1495,1496,63,1498],{},[60,1497,190],{},[60,1499,1500],{},"5.2.9.6",[27,1502,1503,1506,1509],{},[48,1504,1505],{},"Under mouldings and skirting boards",[48,1507,1508],{},"The route follows the skirting, so in practice the room perimeter",[48,1510,1511],{},[60,1512,1513],{},"5.2.9.4",[27,1515,1516,1519,1522],{},[48,1517,1518],{},"Buried",[48,1520,1521],{},"At least 0.60 m deep unless technically impossible ⇒ two vertical legs on top of the trench length",[48,1523,1524],{},[60,1525,1526],{},"5.2.9.2 point a",[27,1528,1529,1532,1538],{},[48,1530,1531],{},"Extra-low voltage (ELV)",[48,1533,1534,1537],{},[60,1535,1536],{},"Point b"," of 5.2.9.10 is expressly excluded — bell and SELV wiring is not bound to the zone pattern",[48,1539,1540],{},[60,1541,1542],{},"5.2.9.15 point b",[17,1544,1545,1546,1548],{},"The bending radii for conduits bent on site are explicit: not less than ten times the outer diameter for metal conduits, eight times for flexible thermoplastic and five times for rigid thermoplastic conduits (",[60,1547,840],{},"). For a 25 mm conduit that is 12.5 to 25 cm of radius per corner. In a dwelling with a dozen changes of direction per circuit, that adds up.",[17,1550,1551,1552,1556,1557,212],{},"Which method suits which case is covered in ",[203,1553,1555],{"href":1554},"\u002Fen\u002Fblog\u002Fpreflex-vs-open-wiring","Preflex versus loose wiring","; the cable types themselves in ",[203,1558,1560],{"href":1559},"\u002Fen\u002Fblog\u002Fxvb-vs-vob-cable","XVB versus VOB",[12,1562,1564],{"id":1563},"do-you-count-the-one-way-distance-or-the-round-trip","Do you count the one-way distance or the round trip?",[17,1566,1567],{},"The one-way distance, from the board to the load. The return conductor is in the formula, not in the input: single-phase carries a factor of 2, three-phase a factor of √3. Entering twice the length counts the return conductor twice and oversizes the cross-section for no reason.",[17,1569,1570,1571,1574,1575,1579,1580,212],{},"The criterion itself is not a number in the AREI\u002FRGIE. ",[60,1572,1573],{},"Section 5.2.5"," — \"Chute de tension\" in French, \"Spanningsval\" in Dutch, \"Spannungsänderung\" in German — only requires voltage drop to be limited to the values described in the rules of the trade. The widely used 3 % for lighting and 5 % for other final circuits are an interpretation following IEC\u002FNBN HD 60364-5-52. Calculation method, network arrangements and examples are in ",[203,1576,1578],{"href":1577},"\u002Fen\u002Fblog\u002Fvoltage-drop-cable-sizing","Calculating voltage drop","; the cross-section to protection mapping in ",[203,1581,1583],{"href":1582},"\u002Fen\u002Fblog\u002Fcable-cross-section-breaker","Cable cross-section per breaker",[12,1585,1587],{"id":1586},"how-do-you-count-a-cable-split-at-a-junction-box","How do you count a cable split at a junction box?",[17,1589,1590,1591,1594],{},"Physically it is several cables; electrically it is one path. For voltage drop, what counts is the sum over the ",[221,1592,1593],{},"entire"," run from the upstream protective device to the load, not the longest individual segment. Three sections of 12 m each make 36 m, and calculating only the last leg understates the result by two thirds.",[17,1596,1597],{},"Why the split still has to exist in the model:",[711,1599,1600,1606,1611,1617],{},[714,1601,1602,1603,1605],{},"Each section can have its own cross-section and its own installation method. Both are mandatory single-line diagram content for domestic installations (",[60,1604,801],{},"), and both weigh differently in the calculation.",[714,1607,1608,1609,246],{},"Connection and junction boxes are themselves mandatory diagram content and must additionally appear with their position on the position plan (",[60,1610,402],{},[714,1612,1613,1614,1616],{},"Connections may only be made at defined places: in distribution and control assemblies, in connection or junction boxes, at the terminals of switches and socket outlets, or in sufficiently large ceiling boxes (",[60,1615,767],{},"). A joint buried in the middle of a wall is not a routing option, it is a breach.",[714,1618,1619,1620,1622],{},"For embedded conduit installations there is more: in connection, junction and draw boxes the conductors and cables remain accessible, and tees and elbows are forbidden (",[60,1621,785],{},"). The box is therefore also a geometric waypoint, not merely a terminating point.",[12,1624,1626],{"id":1625},"what-allowances-and-slack-are-customary-and-what-does-the-areirgie-say-about-them","What allowances and slack are customary — and what does the AREI\u002FRGIE say about them?",[17,1628,1629,1630,1633,1634,1637,1638,1641,1642,1645],{},"On the size of an allowance the AREI\u002FRGIE says ",[221,1631,1632],{},"nothing",". Neither ",[60,1635,1636],{},"section 5.2.5",", nor ",[60,1639,1640],{},"section 5.2.9",", nor the documentation requirements in ",[60,1643,1644],{},"section 3.1.2"," mention a percentage, a slack length or a waste factor. Any figure you use for it is a convention of your own firm — and belongs in your calculation sheet as exactly that.",[17,1647,1648],{},"What the regulation does fix are the conditions from which slack follows in the first place:",[711,1650,1651,1656,1661,1671],{},[714,1652,1653,1654,246],{},"Connections to appliances must not be subjected to tensile and torsional forces (",[60,1655,824],{},[714,1657,1658,1659,246],{},"In vertical sections, tensile forces from the self-weight of the lines must not act on the connection terminals (",[60,1660,830],{},[714,1662,1663,1664,1667,1668,1670],{},"In conduits it must be possible ",[221,1665,1666],{},"at any time"," to pull in or remove conductors or cables (",[60,1669,840],{},"). A conduit route calculated to the millimetre makes precisely that impossible.",[714,1672,843,1673,1675],{},[60,1674,785],{},") — which does not work without a loop inside the enclosure.",[17,1677,1678],{},"In practice this means: the allowance is not a safety cushion on an uncertain calculation, it is a material item with a purpose. If you apply it as a flat percentage of the total length, document the percentage, where it comes from and which design stage it belongs to. A value without provenance is no longer traceable at the next stage and quietly finds its way into quotations.",[12,1680,1682],{"id":1681},"does-the-cable-length-have-to-appear-on-the-single-line-diagram","Does the cable length have to appear on the single-line diagram?",[17,1684,1685],{},"Here the AREI\u002FRGIE distinguishes two cases, and the distinction is often overlooked.",[21,1687,1688,1703],{},[24,1689,1690],{},[27,1691,1692,1695,1698,1701],{},[30,1693,1694],{},"Document and installation type",[30,1696,1697],{},"Required data about the line",[30,1699,1700],{},"Length required?",[30,1702,426],{},[43,1704,1705,1721,1742,1757],{},[27,1706,1707,1710,1713,1717],{},[48,1708,1709],{},"Single-line diagram, domestic installation",[48,1711,1712],{},"Type, cross-section, number of conductors, installation method",[48,1714,1715],{},[221,1716,866],{},[48,1718,1719],{},[60,1720,104],{},[27,1722,1723,1726,1732,1737],{},[48,1724,1725],{},"Circuit diagram, non-domestic installation",[48,1727,1728,1729],{},"Installation method, nature, number and cross-section of conductors ",[221,1730,1731],{},"and the length of the lines",[48,1733,1734],{},[221,1735,1736],{},"yes",[48,1738,1739],{},[60,1740,1741],{},"3.1.2.2 point b",[27,1743,1744,1747,1750,1752],{},[48,1745,1746],{},"Common parts of a residential building",[48,1748,1749],{},"May be limited to the requirements for domestic installations",[48,1751,866],{},[48,1753,1754],{},[60,1755,1756],{},"3.1.2.1 point e",[27,1758,1759,1762,1769,1772],{},[48,1760,1761],{},"Position plan, domestic installation",[48,1763,1764,1765,1768],{},"The ",[221,1766,1767],{},"position"," of boards, connection and junction boxes, socket outlets, light points, switches, fixed machines and appliances and sources",[48,1770,1771],{},"no — position, not length",[48,1773,1774],{},[60,1775,143],{},[17,1777,1778,1779,1782],{},"In housing, the length is therefore a ",[221,1780,1781],{},"design quantity, not a drawing obligation",". That is precisely what makes it dangerous: because it need not appear anywhere on the diagram, nobody checks it — while the cross-section that follows from it does appear and is checked. Without a recorded length, you cannot justify afterwards why 2.5 mm² was chosen in one place and 4 mm² in another.",[17,1784,1785],{},"For a non-domestic installation the position is unambiguous: without a length figure, the circuit diagram is incomplete.",[12,1787,1789],{"id":1788},"from-length-to-material-list-and-price","From length to material list and price",[17,1791,1792],{},"Through two separate outputs that use the same resolved length.",[17,1794,1764,1795,1798],{},[221,1796,1797],{},"cable list"," gives one row per cable: type, number of cores, cross-section, length, From and To, the installation methods encountered along the route, and the CPR fire class; plus current, voltage drop in volts and percent, end voltage and the limit applied. If a length is missing, the row stays without a figure rather than showing an estimate.",[17,1800,1764,1801,1803],{},[221,1802,1247],{}," groups the same cables by specification and reports them in metres; where a price per metre exists, the line item follows from it. Two points belong explicitly with that:",[711,1805,1806,1812],{},[714,1807,1808,1809,1811],{},"The lengths shown are ",[221,1810,1089],{}," The allowance from the previous section is therefore not in there.",[714,1813,1814],{},"A circuit without a cable route does not disappear: it appears with 0 m and the note \"Routing missing\". A material list that looks suspiciously lean for a whole house usually contains exactly those rows.",[17,1816,1817],{},"The project overview draws the same distinction: it shows either a complete total length, or a subtotal marked \"≥\" together with the number of missing lengths, or no figure at all. An actual total of 0 m and an unknown length are two different states.",[12,1819,1821],{"id":1820},"how-does-planelec-route-cables-automatically-and-where-are-waypoints-still-needed","How does PlanElec route cables automatically, and where are waypoints still needed?",[17,1823,1824,1825,1828],{},"In the situation plan, under ",[221,1826,1827],{},"Linking & cabling → Cable route",". If cables exist in the topology, you route the whole active storey at once or one selected line individually.",[17,1830,1831,1832,1835],{},"The algorithm looks for the shortest path ",[221,1833,1834],{},"along the drawn walls",", not across the room: start and end points are projected onto the nearest wall edge, then a shortest-path search runs over the wall nodes. If there is no wall path — because the floor plan is interrupted there, for instance — the route falls back to the direct line. The reported length follows the visible polyline exactly; deliberately slanted wall segments are not artificially stretched to an orthogonal measure.",[17,1837,1838],{},"To adjust, select a cable line: a click on a section inserts a waypoint and starts dragging, a double-click removes it. A dragged waypoint is stored only on release and can be undone in a single step. When a circuit is rebuilt, the cable specification, manual length and saved route are preserved.",[17,1840,1841],{},"Four limits worth knowing:",[711,1843,1844,1850,1856,1862],{},[714,1845,1846,1849],{},[221,1847,1848],{},"The automatic route is two-dimensional."," It lies in the plane of the storey; height differences within one storey — the climb into the zone band, the drop to the switch — do not enter the length. That is what waypoints, or the manual length, are for.",[714,1851,1852,1855],{},[221,1853,1854],{},"Between storeys"," you explicitly pick an existing staircase, shaft or riser. PlanElec invents no vertical connection. If one is missing, or reliable heights are missing, the route stays incomplete instead of reporting an apparent length. Where the connection exists, the height difference is counted.",[714,1857,1858,1861],{},[221,1859,1860],{},"The manual length takes precedence"," over the calculated route. That is the deliberate escape hatch for measured distances — and exactly the place where an old value can quietly survive if the route changes later.",[714,1863,1864,1867],{},[221,1865,1866],{},"Routing along the walls is an assumption about the execution",", not a finding. Whether the cable runs in the zone, in conduit or on the surface is decided by the installation method you set per section — not by the router.",[17,1869,1870,1871,1875,1876,212],{},"Step-by-step operation is in the guide ",[203,1872,1874],{"href":1873},"\u002Fen\u002Fhelp\u002Fswitch-chains-circuits-and-cable-routes","Switch chains, circuits and cable routes",". Which switch type sits at the end of the chain is covered in ",[203,1877,1879],{"href":1878},"\u002Fen\u002Fblog\u002Fswitch-types-single-line-diagram","Two-way, intermediate or double switch",[12,1881,1883],{"id":1882},"what-the-arei-self-check-does-not-do-about-length","What the AREI self-check does not do about length",[17,1885,1886],{},"The self-check is advisory and evaluates only supported rules against the data entered. Specifically on length:",[711,1888,1889,1896,1903,1913,1922,1935],{},[714,1890,1891,1892,1895],{},"It calculates voltage drop ",[221,1893,1894],{},"only when the path is complete",". If the length of even one section between the protective device and the load is missing, or the path cannot be traced back without a break, it reports a data gap instead of a result. That is intentional: a value computed from partial data would be systematically too favourable.",[714,1897,1898,1899,1902],{},"It works from ",[221,1900,1901],{},"assumptions, not measurements",": 80 % of the rated current of the upstream protective device as the load case, cos φ 0.95, copper, a purely resistive model with no reactance and no temperature correction.",[714,1904,1905,1906,1909,1910,1912],{},"The 3 % and 5 % limits are an ",[221,1907,1908],{},"IEC\u002FNBN interpretation",", not the wording of the AREI\u002FRGIE. ",[60,1911,1573],{}," refers to the rules of the trade.",[714,1914,1915,1916,1918,1919,1921],{},"It does ",[221,1917,1096],{}," check whether the drawn route matches the actual installation, whether the zone pattern of ",[60,1920,1459],{}," was respected, or whether slack was provided. No drawing reveals that.",[714,1923,1915,1924,1926,1927,1930,1931,1934],{},[221,1925,1096],{}," check current-carrying capacity under the real installation method, grouping and ambient temperature. ",[60,1928,1929],{},"Sub-section 4.4.1.4"," names those influencing factors explicitly; the ",[60,1932,1933],{},"Table 4.11"," found there only caps the protective device per conductor cross-section and is not a complete verification.",[714,1936,1163,1937,1167,1939,1941],{},[221,1938,1166],{},[221,1940,1170],{}," inspection. The official assessment is made exclusively by an approved body.",[12,1943,1175],{"id":1174},[711,1945,1946,1951,1955,1959,1964,1968],{},[714,1947,1948],{},[203,1949,1950],{"href":1577},"Calculating voltage drop: how long may the cable be?",[714,1952,1953],{},[203,1954,1583],{"href":1582},[714,1956,1957],{},[203,1958,1555],{"href":1554},[714,1960,1961],{},[203,1962,1963],{"href":1559},"XVB versus VOB: which cable for what?",[714,1965,1966],{},[203,1967,1879],{"href":1878},[714,1969,1970],{},[203,1971,1973],{"href":1972},"\u002Fen\u002Fblog\u002Fdraw-situation-plan-guide","Drawing a situation plan",[17,1975,1976],{},[203,1977,1978],{"href":1206},"Open PlanElec and route your cables →",[17,1980,1981],{},[60,1982,1983],{},"Regulatory basis: AREI\u002FRGIE Book 1 V06 — sub-sections 3.1.2.1, 3.1.2.2, 3.1.2.3, 4.4.1.4 with Table 4.11, 5.2.1.2, 5.2.6.1, 5.2.6.2, 5.2.9.2, 5.2.9.3, 5.2.9.4, 5.2.9.5, 5.2.9.6, 5.2.9.10 and 5.2.9.15, plus Section 5.2.5. The official text, the actual condition of the installation and the inspection by an approved body remain decisive.",{"title":1214,"searchDepth":1215,"depth":1215,"links":1985},[1986,1987,1988,1989,1990,1991,1992,1993,1994,1995,1996],{"id":1262,"depth":1215,"text":1263},{"id":1381,"depth":1215,"text":1382},{"id":1426,"depth":1215,"text":1427},{"id":1563,"depth":1215,"text":1564},{"id":1586,"depth":1215,"text":1587},{"id":1625,"depth":1215,"text":1626},{"id":1681,"depth":1215,"text":1682},{"id":1788,"depth":1215,"text":1789},{"id":1820,"depth":1215,"text":1821},{"id":1882,"depth":1215,"text":1883},{"id":1174,"depth":1215,"text":1175},"The straight line is systematically too short. Installation zones under 5.2.9.10, installation method and route, splitting at junction boxes, allowances as trade practice, and when the AREI\u002FRGIE requires the length on the diagram.",{},"\u002Fblog\u002Fcable-routes-and-lengths.en","12 min",{"title":1256,"description":1997},"blog\u002Fcable-routes-and-lengths.en",[1244,1245,2004,2005,2006,2007,1247,2008,1251,1252],"cable route","cable length","voltage drop","installation method","situation plan","0C-jMP3AUnQlL1T1eNvfnZvlhpOG4qxyzDS-pszhvo4",{"id":2011,"title":2012,"articleId":2013,"body":2014,"category":1230,"date":1231,"description":3315,"extension":1233,"lastUpdated":1231,"locale":1234,"meta":3316,"navigation":1236,"path":3317,"publishDate":1231,"readTime":2000,"refreshInterval":1239,"seo":3318,"slug":2013,"stem":3319,"tags":3320,"__hash__":3325},"blog\u002Fblog\u002Finstallation-methods-arei.en.md","Installation methods under the AREI: which entry belongs on the single-line diagram?","installation-methods-arei",{"type":9,"value":2015,"toc":3300},[2016,2020,2042,2049,2379,2386,2390,2403,2423,2427,2432,2495,2501,2519,2523,2526,2548,2562,2581,2585,2588,2660,2667,2673,2677,2687,2690,2694,2704,2714,2725,2745,2765,2782,2786,2796,2799,2806,2810,2813,2913,2938,2942,2945,3118,3125,3132,3136,3139,3184,3188,3263,3265,3290,3295],[12,2017,2019],{"id":2018},"which-installation-methods-does-the-arei-recognise-and-which-one-belongs-on-the-diagram","Which installation methods does the AREI recognise — and which one belongs on the diagram?",[17,2021,2022,2023,2025,2026,2029,2030,2033,2034,2036,2037,729,2040,246],{},"The AREI lists the permitted installation methods for low-voltage wiring exhaustively: seventeen letters, ",[60,2024,203],{}," to ",[60,2027,2028],{},"q",", in ",[60,2031,2032],{},"sub-section 5.2.2.1"," — overhead lines, buried cables, surface and concealed wiring, skirtings, trunking and troughs, all the way to heating cables in ceilings and floors. For most of these methods, ",[60,2035,1640],{}," adds its own binding rules. And the chosen method is not the installer's private business: the single-line diagram of a domestic installation must state, alongside type, cross-section and number of conductors, ",[221,2038,2039],{},"the installation method of the wiring",[60,2041,801],{},[17,2043,2044,2045,2048],{},"The reason sits elsewhere in the regulation. The current-carrying capacity IZ of a cable depends, among other things, on \"the installation method and the environment of the wiring\" (",[60,2046,2047],{},"sub-section 4.4.1.4","). Without the installation method you cannot judge whether a cross-section suits the circuit — which is exactly why it is on the diagram.",[21,2050,2051,2069],{},[24,2052,2053],{},[27,2054,2055,2061,2063,2066],{},[30,2056,2057,2058,306],{},"Letter (",[60,2059,2060],{},"5.2.2.1",[30,2062,1439],{},[30,2064,2065],{},"Typical residential use",[30,2067,2068],{},"Specific rules",[43,2070,2071,2090,2106,2121,2136,2152,2168,2184,2200,2216,2232,2248,2264,2283,2300,2317,2333,2349,2364],{},[27,2072,2073,2075,2078,2081],{},[48,2074,203],{},[48,2076,2077],{},"overhead lines",[48,2079,2080],{},"supply to an outbuilding",[48,2082,2083,2086,2087,306],{},[60,2084,2085],{},"5.2.9.1"," (refers to book 3, ",[60,2088,2089],{},"chapter 7.1",[27,2091,2092,2095,2098,2101],{},[48,2093,2094],{},"b.1",[48,2096,2097],{},"directly buried",[48,2099,2100],{},"garden socket, carport",[48,2102,2103,2105],{},[60,2104,1526],{},": at least 0.60 m deep, cables only",[27,2107,2108,2111,2114,2117],{},[48,2109,2110],{},"b.2",[48,2112,2113],{},"buried with mechanical protection",[48,2115,2116],{},"cable under a warning tape",[48,2118,2119],{},[60,2120,1526],{},[27,2122,2123,2126,2129,2132],{},[48,2124,2125],{},"b.3",[48,2127,2128],{},"buried in ducts",[48,2130,2131],{},"crossing under a driveway or terrace",[48,2133,2134],{},[60,2135,1526],{},[27,2137,2138,2141,2144,2147],{},[48,2139,2140],{},"c",[48,2142,2143],{},"contact lines for rolling or sliding contacts",[48,2145,2146],{},"not relevant in housing",[48,2148,2149],{},[60,2150,2151],{},"5.2.1.4 point a",[27,2153,2154,2157,2160,2163],{},[48,2155,2156],{},"d",[48,2158,2159],{},"surface-mounted",[48,2161,2162],{},"visible XVB in cellar, garage, plant room",[48,2164,2165,2167],{},[60,2166,190],{},": cables only; wall clearance ≤ 0.3 × outer diameter",[27,2169,2170,2173,2176,2179],{},[48,2171,2172],{},"e",[48,2174,2175],{},"in concealed conduits",[48,2177,2178],{},"new-build standard: VOB inside Preflex",[48,2180,2181],{},[60,2182,2183],{},"5.2.9.3",[27,2185,2186,2189,2192,2195],{},[48,2187,2188],{},"f",[48,2190,2191],{},"in mouldings, skirtings and architraves",[48,2193,2194],{},"renovation, visible trunking",[48,2196,2197,2199],{},[60,2198,1513],{},": insulated conductors or single-core cables only",[27,2201,2202,2205,2208,2211],{},[48,2203,2204],{},"g",[48,2206,2207],{},"in free air with clips, or on trays, ladders, brackets and similar supports",[48,2209,2210],{},"plant room, boiler room",[48,2212,2213,2215],{},[60,2214,190],{},": clearance from any wall ≥ 0.3 × outer diameter",[27,2217,2218,2221,2224,2227],{},[48,2219,2220],{},"h",[48,2222,2223],{},"in trunking and troughs",[48,2225,2226],{},"distribution run in a plant room",[48,2228,2229,2231],{},[60,2230,1500],{},": troughs take cables only",[27,2233,2234,2237,2240,2243],{},[48,2235,2236],{},"i",[48,2238,2239],{},"in ducts above floor level",[48,2241,2242],{},"route above the floor",[48,2244,2245],{},[60,2246,2247],{},"5.2.9.7",[27,2249,2250,2253,2256,2259],{},[48,2251,2252],{},"j",[48,2254,2255],{},"in open, closed or sand-filled channels",[48,2257,2258],{},"floor channel, industrial use",[48,2260,2261],{},[60,2262,2263],{},"5.2.9.8",[27,2265,2266,2269,2272,2275],{},[48,2267,2268],{},"k",[48,2270,2271],{},"in structural voids, recesses and manufactured blocks",[48,2273,2274],{},"hollow blocks, suspended ceiling",[48,2276,2277,207,2280],{},[60,2278,2279],{},"5.2.9.9",[60,2281,2282],{},"4.3.3.5 point b",[27,2284,2285,2288,2291,2294],{},[48,2286,2287],{},"l",[48,2289,2290],{},"behind wall panels",[48,2292,2293],{},"drywall, timber frame",[48,2295,2296,207,2298],{},[60,2297,2279],{},[60,2299,2282],{},[27,2301,2302,2305,2308,2311],{},[48,2303,2304],{},"m",[48,2306,2307],{},"directly concealed, without conduits",[48,2309,2310],{},"XVB straight into the chase",[48,2312,2313,2316],{},[60,2314,2315],{},"5.2.9.10",": installation zones, concrete ≥ 3 cm, plaster ≥ 0.4 cm",[27,2318,2319,2322,2325,2328],{},[48,2320,2321],{},"n",[48,2323,2324],{},"in busbar trunking systems",[48,2326,2327],{},"rare in housing",[48,2329,2330],{},[60,2331,2332],{},"5.2.9.11",[27,2334,2335,2338,2341,2344],{},[48,2336,2337],{},"o",[48,2339,2340],{},"on insulators",[48,2342,2343],{},"legacy installations",[48,2345,2346],{},[60,2347,2348],{},"5.2.9.12",[27,2350,2351,2353,2356,2359],{},[48,2352,17],{},[48,2354,2355],{},"submerged in water",[48,2357,2358],{},"swimming-pool equipment",[48,2360,2361],{},[60,2362,2363],{},"5.2.2.1 point p",[27,2365,2366,2368,2371,2374],{},[48,2367,2028],{},[48,2369,2370],{},"in ceilings, floors and walls for heating cables and panels",[48,2372,2373],{},"underfloor heating, heating mats",[48,2375,2376],{},[60,2377,2378],{},"5.2.9.13",[17,2380,2381,2382,2385],{},"Other methods are not forbidden, but they fall under the residual clause: they must comply with \"the relevant rules of the trade\" (",[60,2383,2384],{},"sub-section 5.2.2.4","). Working outside the list therefore means leaving the territory for which the AREI itself states a rule.",[12,2387,2389],{"id":2388},"what-separates-point-e-from-point-m","What separates point e from point m?",[17,2391,2392,2393,2395,2396,2398,2399,2402],{},"This is the pair that gets confused most often, because in everyday speech both are simply \"concealed\". The difference is the conduit. Point ",[60,2394,2172],{}," is literally \"in concealed conduits\" — the Dutch text says \"in verzonken buizen\", the French \"sous conduits encastrés\". Point ",[60,2397,2304],{}," is expressly \"directly concealed, ",[221,2400,2401],{},"without"," conduits\".",[17,2404,2405,2406,2408,2409,2412,2413,2408,2415,2418,2419,2422],{},"That is not wordplay but the boundary between two sets of rules. Point ",[60,2407,2172],{}," is governed by ",[60,2410,2411],{},"sub-section 5.2.9.3"," with the conduit rules: bending radii, conductors that remain drawable and removable at all times, no connections inside the conduit. Point ",[60,2414,2304],{},[60,2416,2417],{},"sub-section 5.2.9.10"," with the installation zones and the minimum covers. Which material to choose in each case, and what it costs, is compared in ",[203,2420,2421],{"href":1554},"Preflex versus open wiring","; this article describes the systematics that both variants sit inside.",[12,2424,2426],{"id":2425},"why-does-the-installation-method-govern-current-carrying-capacity","Why does the installation method govern current-carrying capacity?",[17,2428,2429,2431],{},[60,2430,1929],{}," names five quantities that IZ depends on. The installation method is one of them, and it is the only one you cannot read off the cable itself.",[21,2433,2434,2447],{},[24,2435,2436],{},[27,2437,2438,2444],{},[30,2439,2440,2441],{},"Quantity per ",[60,2442,2443],{},"4.4.1.4",[30,2445,2446],{},"What it means on the plan",[43,2448,2449,2459,2467,2475,2484],{},[27,2450,2451,2454],{},[48,2452,2453],{},"conductor cross-section",[48,2455,2456,2457,306],{},"entry on the single-line diagram (",[60,2458,104],{},[27,2460,2461,2464],{},[48,2462,2463],{},"conductor insulation",[48,2465,2466],{},"cable type, for example XVB or VOB",[27,2468,2469,2472],{},[48,2470,2471],{},"construction of the wiring",[48,2473,2474],{},"single- or multi-core, armouring, screen",[27,2476,2477,2480],{},[48,2478,2479],{},"installation method and environment",[48,2481,2456,2482,306],{},[60,2483,104],{},[27,2485,2486,2489],{},[48,2487,2488],{},"ambient temperature",[48,2490,2491,2492],{},"where the cable runs, see ",[60,2493,2494],{},"5.2.3.1",[17,2496,2497,2498,2500],{},"The calculation itself is not in the AREI. The text only says that current-carrying capacity \"is calculated in accordance with the rules of the trade\" (",[60,2499,2443],{},"), and that the competent ministers may set out further rules. In practice the tables and correction factors therefore come from the NBN HD 60364-5-52 series, not from the AREI.",[17,2502,2503,2504,2507,2508,2511,2512,2515,2516,212],{},"What the AREI does fix is frequently mistaken for that: ",[60,2505,2506],{},"table 4.11"," gives, for domestic installations, the ",[221,2509,2510],{},"maximum"," rated current per conductor cross-section, separately for the fuse and for the circuit breaker: at 1.5 mm² 10 A and 16 A, at 2.5 mm² 16 A and 20 A, at 4 mm² 20 A and 25 A, at 6 mm² 32 A and 40 A, at 10 mm² 50 A and 63 A. That table knows nothing about the installation method. It is a ceiling, not a clearance: the condition IZ ≥ IB from ",[60,2513,2514],{},"sub-section 5.2.1.2 point a"," has to be met on top of it. The cross-section-to-protection pairing is covered in ",[203,2517,2518],{"href":1582},"Cable cross-section and breaker rating",[12,2520,2522],{"id":2521},"what-do-grouping-ambient-temperature-and-thermal-insulation-do-to-the-capacity","What do grouping, ambient temperature and thermal insulation do to the capacity?",[17,2524,2525],{},"All three lower IZ, and in all three cases the AREI supplies the boundary condition, not the factor.",[17,2527,2528,2531,2532,2535,2536,2539,2540,2543,2544,2547],{},[221,2529,2530],{},"Grouping."," The AREI defines the threshold precisely: a cable or insulated conductor counts as ",[221,2533,2534],{},"installed separately"," when it lies at least 20 mm away from any other cable or insulated conductor (",[60,2537,2538],{},"section 2.7.1","). Anything closer is installed \"in bunches or in a flat layer\". That distinction has a direct consequence in the AREI — but for fire propagation, not for heating: separately installed conductors and cables must have at least characteristic F1 or class Eca (",[60,2541,2542],{},"sub-section 5.2.7.2","); in bunches or a flat layer, at least F2 or class Cca (",[60,2545,2546],{},"sub-section 5.2.7.3","), and that applies \"regardless of the distance over which\" they are actually bunched. The thermal grouping factor itself again follows from the rules of the trade.",[17,2549,2550,2553,2554,2557,2558,2561],{},[221,2551,2552],{},"Ambient temperature."," ",[60,2555,2556],{},"Sub-section 5.2.3.1"," requires wiring to suit both the lowest and the highest local ambient temperature and to be installed only within the temperature range stated by the manufacturer. ",[60,2559,2560],{},"Section 5.2.8"," adds to this: wiring must not be exposed to harmful temperatures near heating pipes, hot-air ducts or flues, and must keep sufficient distance or be separated by a heat shield. Routing a cable alongside the heating manifold changes its thermal environment — and that environment is part of the same entry as the installation method.",[17,2563,2564,2567,2568,2570,2571,2573,2574,2577,2578,2580],{},[221,2565,2566],{},"Thermal insulation."," Here an honest statement is due: the AREI contains ",[221,2569,866],{}," reduction factor of its own for cables in or under thermal insulation. \"Thermal insulation\" appears in the regulation as a precaution for temperatures below −25 °C (",[60,2572,2494],{},") and in the chapter on heating panels, where insulating material in contact with the heating installation must be non-combustible (",[60,2575,2576],{},"5.2.9.13 point b.5","). A cable running through an insulated pitched roof therefore falls under \"installation method and environment\" in ",[60,2579,2443],{}," and is assessed by the rules of the trade — not by an AREI table that does not exist.",[12,2582,2584],{"id":2583},"where-does-the-entry-belong-single-line-diagram-position-plan-or-bill-of-materials","Where does the entry belong: single-line diagram, position plan or bill of materials?",[17,2586,2587],{},"These three documents have clearly separated mandatory content in the AREI.",[21,2589,2590,2602],{},[24,2591,2592],{},[27,2593,2594,2597,2600],{},[30,2595,2596],{},"Document",[30,2598,2599],{},"Installation method required?",[30,2601,426],{},[43,2603,2604,2618,2633,2647],{},[27,2605,2606,2609,2614],{},[48,2607,2608],{},"single-line diagram (domestic)",[48,2610,2611,2613],{},[221,2612,1736],{},", explicitly",[48,2615,2616],{},[60,2617,104],{},[27,2619,2620,2623,2629],{},[48,2621,2622],{},"position plan (domestic)",[48,2624,2625,2626,2628],{},"no — it shows the ",[221,2627,1767],{}," of the components",[48,2630,2631],{},[60,2632,143],{},[27,2634,2635,2638,2643],{},[48,2636,2637],{},"circuit diagram (non-domestic)",[48,2639,2640,2642],{},[221,2641,1736],{},", together with length and conductor count",[48,2644,2645],{},[60,2646,1741],{},[27,2648,2649,2651,2654],{},[48,2650,1246],{},[48,2652,2653],{},"not prescribed",[48,2655,2656,2657],{},"permitted as an annex under ",[60,2658,2659],{},"3.1.2.1 point c",[17,2661,2662,2663,2666],{},"The bill of materials is not a mandatory document under the AREI. ",[60,2664,2665],{},"Sub-section 3.1.2.1 point c"," merely allows diagrams and plans to be supplemented by documents \"describing in more detail the various characteristics of the electrical equipment and\u002For products\". A cable list carrying the installation method per run is exactly such an annex: useful for pricing and execution, but it does not remove the obligation to carry the entry on the single-line diagram itself.",[17,2668,2669,2670,2672],{},"How diagram and position plan divide the work is set out in ",[203,2671,407],{"href":406},", which also explains why the length is mandatory only on the non-domestic circuit diagram.",[12,2674,2676],{"id":2675},"when-does-the-installation-method-change-within-one-cable-run","When does the installation method change within one cable run?",[17,2678,2679,2680,2683,2684,246],{},"A cable run rarely has a single installation method. Out of the board, through the wall, across the ceiling, into the ground and back up an outside wall — that is four. The AREI has a term for this. The ",[221,2681,2682],{},"origin of the circuit"," is either the start of the wiring \"or the point where the cross-section, nature or construction of the wiring, or its installation method, changes\" (",[60,2685,2686],{},"section 2.6.1",[17,2688,2689],{},"In practice: every change of method opens a separate stretch for assessment. For sizing, the least favourable one governs — a cable that runs two metres inside a bundle of conduits before continuing freely across a ceiling is not sized on the free stretch. For the diagram: every method that occurs must be documented, not just the longest one.",[12,2691,2693],{"id":2692},"which-rules-apply-to-concealed-wiring","Which rules apply to concealed wiring?",[17,2695,2696,2697,2700,2701,2703],{},"For direct concealment without conduit (",[60,2698,2699],{},"point m","), ",[60,2702,2417],{}," is the governing provision, and it is unusually concrete.",[17,2705,2706,2707,2710,2711,246],{},"Wiring embedded in ",[221,2708,2709],{},"concrete or cement"," is covered by a layer of at least 3 cm; conductors with basic insulation only may not be embedded there at all (",[60,2712,2713],{},"point a",[17,2715,2716,2717,2720,2721,2724],{},"Wiring concealed without conduit ",[221,2718,2719],{},"in the walls of rooms"," must additionally stay within the installation zones (",[60,2722,2723],{},"point b","):",[711,2726,2727,2730,2733,2736,2739,2742],{},[714,2728,2729],{},"the route consists exclusively of horizontal and vertical stretches, horizontal runs in a ceiling being perpendicular to the vertical walls;",[714,2731,2732],{},"horizontal runs lie 25 to 35 cm above the floor or below the ceiling, and likewise 25 to 35 cm above the underside of window lintels, provided they then remain at least 25 cm below the ceiling;",[714,2734,2735],{},"vertical runs lie as close as possible to a corner of the room, or 10 to 20 cm from door frames and architraves;",[714,2737,2738],{},"outside these zones, only a vertical run above a visible machine or appliance is permitted;",[714,2740,2741],{},"the wiring is subjected to no mechanical stress, neither during installation nor afterwards, and is fixed to the walls without damage;",[714,2743,2744],{},"the covering plaster layer is at least 0.4 cm thick.",[17,2746,2747,2748,2750,2751,2754,2755,2758,2759,2762,2763,246],{},"For conduits, ",[60,2749,2411],{}," applies instead: conductors or cables must remain drawable and removable at all times (",[60,2752,2753],{},"point e","), connections inside the conduit are forbidden (",[60,2756,2757],{},"point f","), and in embedded conduits tees and elbows are not permitted while conductors stay accessible in junction, branch and draw boxes (",[60,2760,2761],{},"point i.2","). Conduits made of combustible material may only be used when embedded at least 3 cm deep in non-combustible materials (",[60,2764,2757],{},[17,2766,2767,2768,2771,2772,2774,2775,2778,2779,2781],{},"One important exception: for ",[221,2769,2770],{},"extra-low voltage installations",", the zone pattern of ",[60,2773,1459],{}," expressly does not apply (",[60,2776,2777],{},"sub-section 5.2.9.15 point b","). Bus, bell and control wiring at ELV therefore need not follow the zones — the remaining rules of ",[60,2780,1640],{}," still do.",[12,2783,2785],{"id":2784},"what-applies-to-buried-cables","What applies to buried cables?",[17,2787,2788,2791,2792,2795],{},[60,2789,2790],{},"Sub-section 5.2.9.2 point a"," is one of the sharpest provisions in the chapter. In the ground and in inaccessible underground ducts, only ",[221,2793,2794],{},"cables"," may be installed, independent protective conductors excepted. The minimum depth is 0.60 m measured from the ground surface, \"unless technically impossible\". Where that depth cannot be reached, protection is provided instead by a continuous or sealed duct of durable, resistant material.",[17,2797,2798],{},"The cable must additionally satisfy one of three conditions: an earthed electrical screen with armouring or a reinforced outer sheath; or a resistant outer sheath plus a continuous cover that protects against tools during excavation and overhangs on both sides; or installation in a duct or an equivalent system. Once one of these is satisfied, no additional measures are required for protection against electric shock.",[17,2800,2801,2802,2805],{},"For marking in the ground, ",[60,2803,2804],{},"point d"," carries its own rules: markers at the ends of straight sections, at least every two hundred metres, with a surface of at least 0.01 m² and a lightning symbol in relief. Connections of low-voltage network users are exempt.",[12,2807,2809],{"id":2808},"which-cable-is-allowed-in-which-installation-method","Which cable is allowed in which installation method?",[17,2811,2812],{},"The installation method restricts the choice of cable, independently of cross-section.",[21,2814,2815,2826],{},[24,2816,2817],{},[27,2818,2819,2821,2824],{},[30,2820,1439],{},[30,2822,2823],{},"Permitted",[30,2825,426],{},[43,2827,2828,2841,2852,2863,2875,2888,2901],{},[27,2829,2830,2833,2836],{},[48,2831,2832],{},"buried",[48,2834,2835],{},"cables only",[48,2837,2838],{},[60,2839,2840],{},"5.2.9.2 a",[27,2842,2843,2846,2848],{},[48,2844,2845],{},"in free air and surface-mounted",[48,2847,2835],{},[48,2849,2850],{},[60,2851,190],{},[27,2853,2854,2857,2859],{},[48,2855,2856],{},"trough",[48,2858,2835],{},[48,2860,2861],{},[60,2862,1500],{},[27,2864,2865,2868,2871],{},[48,2866,2867],{},"trunking",[48,2869,2870],{},"insulated conductors as well; outside electrical service rooms with solid walls and a lid that opens only with a tool",[48,2872,2873],{},[60,2874,1500],{},[27,2876,2877,2880,2883],{},[48,2878,2879],{},"mouldings, skirtings, architraves",[48,2881,2882],{},"insulated conductors or single-core cables",[48,2884,2885],{},[60,2886,2887],{},"5.2.9.4 b",[27,2889,2890,2893,2896],{},[48,2891,2892],{},"conduits",[48,2894,2895],{},"insulated conductors or cables",[48,2897,2898],{},[60,2899,2900],{},"5.2.9.3 b",[27,2902,2903,2906,2909],{},[48,2904,2905],{},"structural voids",[48,2907,2908],{},"no conductors with basic insulation only",[48,2910,2911],{},[60,2912,2279],{},[17,2914,2915,2916,2918,2919,63,2922,2925,2926,2929,2930,2932,2933,2937],{},"On top of that comes the reaction-to-fire class. In ",[221,2917,2905],{}," and in ",[221,2920,2921],{},"mouldings, skirtings or architraves made of combustible materials",[60,2923,2924],{},"sub-section 4.3.3.5 point b"," expressly requires the characteristic or class of ",[60,2927,2928],{},"5.2.7.3"," — that is, F2 or at least Cca. A timber-stud wall is a structural void. Which cable type suits which use is covered in ",[203,2931,1560],{"href":1559},"; for wet rooms the volume rules from ",[203,2934,2936],{"href":2935},"\u002Fen\u002Fblog\u002Fbathroom-cables-arei-zones","Bathroom cables and AREI zones"," apply on top.",[12,2939,2941],{"id":2940},"how-does-planelec-record-the-installation-method-and-what-appears-in-the-export","How does PlanElec record the installation method, and what appears in the export?",[17,2943,2944],{},"PlanElec knows twelve installation methods relevant to housing and stores the AREI reference each one sits under:",[21,2946,2947,2960],{},[24,2948,2949],{},[27,2950,2951,2954,2957],{},[30,2952,2953],{},"Choice in PlanElec",[30,2955,2956],{},"Short code",[30,2958,2959],{},"Stored AREI reference",[43,2961,2962,2974,2990,3003,3016,3028,3040,3053,3066,3079,3092,3105],{},[27,2963,2964,2966,2969],{},[48,2965,2159],{},[48,2967,2968],{},"AP",[48,2970,2971],{},[60,2972,2973],{},"5.2.2.1 d",[27,2975,2976,2979,2982],{},[48,2977,2978],{},"surface-mounted conduit",[48,2980,2981],{},"AR",[48,2983,2984,2986,2987],{},[60,2985,2973],{}," \u002F ",[60,2988,2989],{},"5.2.9.3 h",[27,2991,2992,2995,2998],{},[48,2993,2994],{},"concealed in flexible conduit",[48,2996,2997],{},"UR",[48,2999,3000],{},[60,3001,3002],{},"5.2.2.1 e",[27,3004,3005,3008,3011],{},[48,3006,3007],{},"concealed direct",[48,3009,3010],{},"UD",[48,3012,3013],{},[60,3014,3015],{},"5.2.2.1 m",[27,3017,3018,3021,3024],{},[48,3019,3020],{},"in conduit",[48,3022,3023],{},"IR",[48,3025,3026],{},[60,3027,2183],{},[27,3029,3030,3033,3036],{},[48,3031,3032],{},"bundle of conduits",[48,3034,3035],{},"RB",[48,3037,3038],{},[60,3039,2183],{},[27,3041,3042,3045,3048],{},[48,3043,3044],{},"hollow wall \u002F wall panel",[48,3046,3047],{},"HW",[48,3049,3050],{},[60,3051,3052],{},"5.2.2.1 k + l",[27,3054,3055,3058,3061],{},[48,3056,3057],{},"skirting \u002F cable trunking",[48,3059,3060],{},"FL",[48,3062,3063],{},[60,3064,3065],{},"5.2.2.1 f",[27,3067,3068,3071,3074],{},[48,3069,3070],{},"underground",[48,3072,3073],{},"EV",[48,3075,3076],{},[60,3077,3078],{},"5.2.2.1 b.1 + b.2",[27,3080,3081,3084,3087],{},[48,3082,3083],{},"underground in cable conduit",[48,3085,3086],{},"ER",[48,3088,3089],{},[60,3090,3091],{},"5.2.2.1 b.3",[27,3093,3094,3097,3100],{},[48,3095,3096],{},"cable tray \u002F ladder",[48,3098,3099],{},"KW",[48,3101,3102],{},[60,3103,3104],{},"5.2.2.1 g + h",[27,3106,3107,3110,3113],{},[48,3108,3109],{},"free in ceiling or cavity",[48,3111,3112],{},"FV",[48,3114,3115],{},[60,3116,3117],{},"5.2.2.1 g",[17,3119,3120,3121,3124],{},"The method is attached to the segment, not to the whole cable: a route on the floor plan can carry a different method per stretch, and each stretch is drawn in its own colour with the two-letter short code. On the single-line diagram, ",[221,3122,3123],{},"one"," governing method is drawn by default — the most restrictive of those present. Methods for which the tool holds no reliable reference table are deliberately given priority instead of being hidden behind an invented thermal ranking.",[17,3126,3127,3128,3131],{},"Since the update of 28 August 2026, cables in conduit, bundles of conduits, buried cables in a duct and surface conduits can be selected separately; each installation method carries the same complete sign with its own carrier line in the cable menu, the editor, the preview and the PDF. That carrier line is precisely what makes surface and concealed distinguishable: it represents the conductor, and which side the wall marks sit on ",[221,3129,3130],{},"is"," the statement. Since 29 August 2026 the installation method can be clicked directly in the diagram; the cable menu opens at the chosen spot and remains available in the properties panel. In the cable list it appears as its own column, \"Installation method\".",[12,3133,3135],{"id":3134},"what-the-arei-self-check-does-not-cover-here","What the AREI self-check does not cover here",[17,3137,3138],{},"The self-check is indicative. For the installation method that means, concretely:",[711,3140,3141,3149,3157,3168,3173],{},[714,3142,1915,3143,3145,3146,3148],{},[221,3144,1096],{}," check current-carrying capacity under the recorded installation method. What is checked is whether the cable cross-section matches the rated current of the protective device — that is the pairing from ",[60,3147,2506],{},", which ignores the installation method. Grouping, ambient temperature and insulation enter no check at all.",[714,3150,1915,3151,3153,3154,3156],{},[221,3152,1096],{}," check whether the installation zones of ",[60,3155,1459],{}," are respected, whether the plaster or concrete cover is thick enough, or whether a buried cable lies deep enough. Those are site dimensions, not model data.",[714,3158,3159,3160,3162,3163,2986,3165,3167],{},"It does check ",[221,3161,3123],{}," method-dependent rule: cables installed in structural voids must run in a conduit or reach at least class Cca (",[60,3164,2282],{},[60,3166,2928],{},"). If the fire class is missing, PlanElec reports a data gap rather than an error; if it is below Cca with no conduit documented, it is an error.",[714,3169,1915,3170,3172],{},[221,3171,1096],{}," check whether the recorded installation method matches what was actually installed later. That is a visual finding on site.",[714,3174,1163,3175,1167,3177,3179,3180,212],{},[221,3176,1166],{},[221,3178,1170],{}," inspection; the official assessment rests exclusively with an approved body. The full scope is listed in ",[203,3181,3183],{"href":3182},"\u002Fen\u002Fhelp\u002Fwhat-the-self-check-verifies","What the self-check verifies",[12,3185,3187],{"id":3186},"which-mistakes-show-up-at-inspection","Which mistakes show up at inspection?",[711,3189,3190,3201,3209,3218,3228,3236,3246,3254],{},[714,3191,3192,3195,3196,207,3198,3200],{},[221,3193,3194],{},"Insulated conductors instead of cables, surface-mounted or in a trough."," Loose VOB cores visible on a wall or lying in a trough breach ",[60,3197,190],{},[60,3199,1500],{}," respectively: only cables are admitted there.",[714,3202,3203,3206,3207,212],{},[221,3204,3205],{},"Chase outside the installation zones."," Diagonal runs and routes straight across the middle of a wall are the classic finding under ",[60,3208,1459],{},[714,3210,3211,3214,3215,246],{},[221,3212,3213],{},"Cover too thin."," Less than 0.4 cm of plaster over the cable, or less than 3 cm of concrete for embedded wiring (",[60,3216,3217],{},"5.2.9.10 points a and b",[714,3219,3220,3223,3224,3227],{},[221,3221,3222],{},"Connection inside the conduit."," Terminals and connectors within a conduit are forbidden (",[60,3225,3226],{},"5.2.9.3 point f","); connections in draw and junction boxes belong on a suitable terminal block.",[714,3229,3230,3233,3234,246],{},[221,3231,3232],{},"Conduit no longer drawable."," Tight bends or overfilled conduits breach the requirement that conductors can be drawn in and removed at any time (",[60,3235,1485],{},[714,3237,3238,3241,3242,2986,3244,246],{},[221,3239,3240],{},"Structural void with Eca instead of Cca and no conduit."," A frequent finding in timber frame and suspended ceilings (",[60,3243,2282],{},[60,3245,2928],{},[714,3247,3248,3251,3252,246],{},[221,3249,3250],{},"Buried cable too shallow."," Less than 0.60 m without a continuous protective duct (",[60,3253,1526],{},[714,3255,3256,3259,3260,3262],{},[221,3257,3258],{},"Installation method missing from the diagram."," A single-line diagram carrying type, cross-section and conductor count but no installation method is incomplete (",[60,3261,104],{},") — however cleanly the installation itself was executed.",[12,3264,1175],{"id":1174},[711,3266,3267,3271,3275,3280,3284],{},[714,3268,3269],{},[203,3270,2518],{"href":1582},[714,3272,3273],{},[203,3274,407],{"href":406},[714,3276,3277],{},[203,3278,3279],{"href":1559},"XVB versus VOB: which cable for what",[714,3281,3282],{},[203,3283,2421],{"href":1554},[714,3285,3286],{},[203,3287,3289],{"href":3288},"\u002Fen\u002Fblog\u002Fsingle-line-diagram","Creating a single-line diagram step by step",[17,3291,3292],{},[203,3293,3294],{"href":1206},"Open PlanElec and record your installation methods →",[17,3296,3297],{},[60,3298,3299],{},"Regulatory basis: AREI\u002FRGIE book 1 V06 — sections 2.6.1, 2.7.1, 2.7.2, 5.2.2, 5.2.8, sub-sections 3.1.2.1, 3.1.2.2, 3.1.2.3, 4.3.3.5, 4.4.1.4 with table 4.11, 5.2.1.2, 5.2.3.1, 5.2.7.2, 5.2.7.3 and section 5.2.9 with sub-sections 5.2.9.1 to 5.2.9.15. The official text, the actual condition of the installation and the judgement of the approved body remain decisive.",{"title":1214,"searchDepth":1215,"depth":1215,"links":3301},[3302,3303,3304,3305,3306,3307,3308,3309,3310,3311,3312,3313,3314],{"id":2018,"depth":1215,"text":2019},{"id":2388,"depth":1215,"text":2389},{"id":2425,"depth":1215,"text":2426},{"id":2521,"depth":1215,"text":2522},{"id":2583,"depth":1215,"text":2584},{"id":2675,"depth":1215,"text":2676},{"id":2692,"depth":1215,"text":2693},{"id":2784,"depth":1215,"text":2785},{"id":2808,"depth":1215,"text":2809},{"id":2940,"depth":1215,"text":2941},{"id":3134,"depth":1215,"text":3135},{"id":3186,"depth":1215,"text":3187},{"id":1174,"depth":1215,"text":1175},"The seventeen installation methods of sub-section 5.2.2.1, their specific rules in section 5.2.9, how they govern current-carrying capacity and where the entry is actually mandatory — with the AREI article next to every statement.",{},"\u002Fblog\u002Finstallation-methods-arei.en",{"title":2012,"description":3315},"blog\u002Finstallation-methods-arei.en",[1244,1245,3321,1251,3322,3323,3324,1252],"installation methods","current-carrying capacity","cable installation","installation zones","U-n7W9vh2ymcdPyPLaDwiRUpN3HWDKdtxIzl-lzken4",{"id":3327,"title":3328,"articleId":3329,"body":3330,"category":1230,"date":1231,"description":4426,"extension":1233,"lastUpdated":1231,"locale":1234,"meta":4427,"navigation":1236,"path":4428,"publishDate":1231,"readTime":4429,"refreshInterval":1239,"seo":4430,"slug":3329,"stem":4431,"tags":4432,"__hash__":4437},"blog\u002Fblog\u002Fmulti-storey-electrical-planning.en.md","Electrical planning across several floors: does every storey need its own board?","multi-storey-electrical-planning",{"type":9,"value":3331,"toc":4409},[3332,3336,3347,3358,3368,3372,3375,3513,3527,3531,3534,3543,3560,3571,3671,3703,3713,3717,3728,3731,3760,3767,3772,3776,3794,3823,3833,3839,3843,3846,3849,3925,3935,3943,3947,3954,3960,3973,3991,4004,4008,4011,4023,4039,4045,4049,4052,4068,4076,4090,4098,4111,4115,4122,4130,4134,4145,4148,4180,4190,4194,4203,4209,4228,4232,4235,4242,4255,4258,4284,4295,4297,4300,4305,4323,4328,4370,4372,4399,4404],[12,3333,3335],{"id":3334},"does-every-storey-need-its-own-board","Does every storey need its own board?",[17,3337,3338,3339,3342,3343,3346],{},"No. The AREI\u002FRGIE knows no rule along the lines of \"one board per floor\". It requires a main distribution and switching board fitted with a general load-break switch whose rated current, in domestic installations, is not less than 40 A (",[60,3340,3341],{},"sub-section 5.3.5.1 point b","), and it requires distribution and switching boards in domestic installations to be easily accessible without special means (",[60,3344,3345],{},"point c","). Whether a second board upstairs belongs to that picture is your decision — not the standard's.",[17,3348,3349,3350,3353,3354,3357],{},"What the standard does impose are quantity limits, and those are exactly what drive the circuit count up in a three- or four-level terraced house: no more than eight single or multiple socket outlets per final circuit, and at least two separate lighting circuits for dwelling units comprising more than two rooms and\u002For locations (",[60,3351,3352],{},"sub-section 5.3.5.2 point b","), plus no more than eight final circuits per high-sensitivity residual current device (",[60,3355,3356],{},"sub-section 4.2.4.3 point b","). A sub-distribution board follows from those limits and from cable runs — not from a floor boundary.",[17,3359,3360,3361,3364,3365,3367],{},"The term the AREI\u002FRGIE uses helps frame the thinking: an ",[221,3362,3363],{},"elementary circuit"," is the part of an installation between two successive overcurrent protective devices — as a main circuit or a sub-circuit — or downstream of the last such device, in which case it is a final circuit (",[60,3366,2686],{},"). The riser feeding a sub-distribution board is therefore not a final circuit but a main circuit. Every rule aimed at final circuits — the eight sockets, the eight circuits per RCD — does not apply to it.",[12,3369,3371],{"id":3370},"when-does-a-sub-board-per-floor-make-sense-and-when-not","When does a sub-board per floor make sense — and when not?",[17,3373,3374],{},"The decision reads off four observable quantities: the number of final circuits, the longest cable run, accessibility, and the extension you already know is coming. The table below summarises what actually turns up in a Belgian dwelling; the standard column names the provision that creates the limit in the first place.",[21,3376,3377,3394],{},[24,3378,3379],{},[27,3380,3381,3384,3388,3391],{},[30,3382,3383],{},"Situation",[30,3385,3387],{"align":3386},"center","One board is enough",[30,3389,3390],{"align":3386},"Sub-board per floor justified",[30,3392,3393],{},"AREI\u002FRGIE reference",[43,3395,3396,3410,3425,3439,3454,3469,3483,3498],{},[27,3397,3398,3401,3404,3407],{},[48,3399,3400],{},"Two levels, compact terraced house, under roughly 15 final circuits",[48,3402,3403],{"align":3386},"✓",[48,3405,3406],{"align":3386},"—",[48,3408,3409],{},"no prescription; the count follows from 5.3.5.2 b and 4.2.4.3 b",[27,3411,3412,3415,3417,3419],{},[48,3413,3414],{},"More than 16 final circuits, so more than two high-sensitivity RCDs",[48,3416,3406],{"align":3386},[48,3418,3403],{"align":3386},[48,3420,3421,3422,306],{},"at most 8 final circuits per high-sensitivity RCD (",[60,3423,3424],{},"4.2.4.3 b",[27,3426,3427,3430,3432,3434],{},[48,3428,3429],{},"Longest run well beyond 25–30 m from the board",[48,3431,3406],{"align":3386},[48,3433,3403],{"align":3386},[48,3435,3436,3437,306],{},"voltage drop to be limited according to the rules of good practice (",[60,3438,1636],{},[27,3440,3441,3444,3446,3448],{},[48,3442,3443],{},"Attic with a heat pump, charge-point provision or a home office planned",[48,3445,3406],{"align":3386},[48,3447,3403],{"align":3386},[48,3449,3450,3451,306],{},"supply power to be determined with diversity factors (",[60,3452,3453],{},"section 3.2.1",[27,3455,3456,3459,3461,3463],{},[48,3457,3458],{},"Board in the cellar, upper floor reachable only by ladder",[48,3460,3406],{"align":3386},[48,3462,3403],{"align":3386},[48,3464,3465,3466,306],{},"easily accessible without special means (",[60,3467,3468],{},"5.3.5.1 c",[27,3470,3471,3474,3476,3478],{},[48,3472,3473],{},"Separate energy tariffs or a DSO meter of its own per level",[48,3475,3406],{"align":3386},[48,3477,3403],{"align":3386},[48,3479,3480,3481,306],{},"separate panels at least 10 cm apart, or separate boards (",[60,3482,3468],{},[27,3484,3485,3488,3490,3492],{},[48,3486,3487],{},"A rental flat per floor, each with its own installation",[48,3489,3406],{"align":3386},[48,3491,3403],{"align":3386},[48,3493,3494,3495,306],{},"every dwelling unit is a domestic installation in its own right (",[60,3496,3497],{},"3.1.2.1 a",[27,3499,3500,3503,3505,3507],{},[48,3501,3502],{},"Renovation, one storey stays untouched for now",[48,3504,3403],{"align":3386},[48,3506,3406],{"align":3386},[48,3508,3509,3510,306],{},"the inspection is limited to the added or modified part (",[60,3511,3512],{},"6.4.7.3",[17,3514,3515,3516,3519,3520,3522,3523,3526],{},"Two arguments that regularly speak ",[221,3517,3518],{},"against"," a second board: every additional board is one more place that has to stay accessible, operable and maintainable without special means (",[60,3521,3468],{},"), and it has to carry an individual identification with the supply voltage clearly and conspicuously indicated (",[60,3524,3525],{},"sub-section 3.1.3.3 point a","). In a two-bedroom duplex that costs more than it saves in cable.",[12,3528,3530],{"id":3529},"how-do-i-size-the-riser-to-the-sub-board","How do I size the riser to the sub-board?",[17,3532,3533],{},"In three steps, only the last of which carries a number in the AREI\u002FRGIE.",[17,3535,3536,3539,3540,3542],{},[221,3537,3538],{},"First, the supply power."," When determining the supply power of an installation or of part of one, diversity and utilisation factors of the loads may be taken into account (",[60,3541,3453],{},"). The regulation puts no figure on it — which factor is appropriate is a matter of the rules of good practice and of how the floor will actually be used.",[17,3544,3545,3548,3549,3552,3556,3557,3559],{},[221,3546,3547],{},"Second, the current-carrying capacity."," The current-carrying capacity ",[60,3550,3551],{},"I",[3553,3554,3555],"sub",{},"Z"," of an electrical line depends on the conductor cross-section, the insulation, the make-up of the line, the installation method and the surroundings, and on the ambient temperature (",[60,3558,2047],{},"). A riser running 6 m vertically inside a closed shaft does not have the same capacity as the same cable laid freely on a cable tray — the installation method is part of the calculation, not cosmetics.",[17,3561,3562,3565,3566,729,3568,3570],{},[221,3563,3564],{},"Third, the rating."," For domestic installations, ",[60,3567,2506],{},[60,3569,2047],{},") caps the maximum rated current of the protective device per conductor cross-section:",[21,3572,3573,3586],{},[24,3574,3575],{},[27,3576,3577,3580,3583],{},[30,3578,3579],{},"Conductor cross-section",[30,3581,3582],{},"Maximum rated current of the fuse",[30,3584,3585],{},"Maximum rated current of the circuit breaker",[43,3587,3588,3599,3609,3619,3630,3641,3651,3661],{},[27,3589,3590,3593,3596],{},[48,3591,3592],{},"1.5 mm²",[48,3594,3595],{},"10 A",[48,3597,3598],{},"16 A",[27,3600,3601,3604,3606],{},[48,3602,3603],{},"2.5 mm²",[48,3605,3598],{},[48,3607,3608],{},"20 A",[27,3610,3611,3614,3616],{},[48,3612,3613],{},"4 mm²",[48,3615,3608],{},[48,3617,3618],{},"25 A",[27,3620,3621,3624,3627],{},[48,3622,3623],{},"6 mm²",[48,3625,3626],{},"32 A",[48,3628,3629],{},"40 A",[27,3631,3632,3635,3638],{},[48,3633,3634],{},"10 mm²",[48,3636,3637],{},"50 A",[48,3639,3640],{},"63 A",[27,3642,3643,3646,3648],{},[48,3644,3645],{},"16 mm²",[48,3647,3640],{},[48,3649,3650],{},"80 A",[27,3652,3653,3656,3658],{},[48,3654,3655],{},"25 mm²",[48,3657,3650],{},[48,3659,3660],{},"100 A",[27,3662,3663,3666,3668],{},[48,3664,3665],{},"35 mm²",[48,3667,3660],{},[48,3669,3670],{},"125 A",[17,3672,3673,3674,3677,3678,3680,3682,3683,3685,3688,3689,3691,3693,3694,3696,3698,3699,3701,212],{},"That table is a ceiling, not a recommendation. It says what rating a cross-section will tolerate — not which cross-section is right for your riser. The additional condition sits in ",[60,3675,3676],{},"sub-section 4.4.3.2",": the rated current ",[60,3679,3551],{},[3553,3681,2321],{}," of the overload protective device must be at least the design current ",[60,3684,3551],{},[3553,3686,3687],{},"B"," of the circuit and lower than the current-carrying capacity ",[60,3690,3551],{},[3553,3692,3555],{}," of the line it protects; its conventional operating current ",[60,3695,3551],{},[3553,3697,2188],{}," does not exceed 1.45 times ",[60,3700,3551],{},[3553,3702,3555],{},[17,3704,3705,3708,3709,3712],{},[221,3706,3707],{},"Trade practice, not regulation:"," in a Belgian dwelling a floor riser typically lands on 6 mm² with a C32 breaker, or on 10 mm² with a C40, and the sub-board's load-break switch is executed as 40 A — the smallest common size that covers the range and that satisfies the 40 A floor of ",[60,3710,3711],{},"5.3.5.1 b"," anyway. The AREI\u002FRGIE prescribes none of these values; it only caps them.",[12,3714,3716],{"id":3715},"does-the-riser-have-to-be-protected-in-the-main-board","Does the riser have to be protected in the main board?",[17,3718,3719,3720,3723,3724,3727],{},"In principle yes, and at its origin. A short-circuit protective device is placed at the origin of every circuit made up of electrical lines with equivalent characteristics (",[60,3721,3722],{},"sub-section 4.4.2.2 point a","). For overload the principle is the same: the device is placed, as a rule, where a change of cross-section, nature, installation method or make-up reduces the current-carrying capacity of the conductors (",[60,3725,3726],{},"sub-section 4.4.3.1",") — that is, precisely where the main board's busbar continues into a 6 mm² cable.",[17,3729,3730],{},"The regulation provides three derogations that genuinely occur in installations spread over several levels:",[711,3732,3733,3742,3751],{},[714,3734,3735,3738,3739,246],{},[221,3736,3737],{},"Upstream protection suffices."," The short-circuit protective device may be omitted at the origin of a circuit, provided it is verified that the device placed upstream can still perform its function (",[60,3740,3741],{},"4.4.2.2 a",[714,3743,3744,3747,3748,246],{},[221,3745,3746],{},"Three metres of latitude."," The protective device may sit on the line up to 3 m from the origin of the circuit, provided that stretch contains nothing liable to cause particular heating — connections, branches, reductions in cross-section, switchgear — and is not placed close to combustible materials (",[60,3749,3750],{},"4.4.2.2 b",[714,3752,3753,3756,3757,246],{},[221,3754,3755],{},"The sum of the branches."," Overload protection may be dispensed with for an electrical line supplying several branches that are individually protected against overload, provided the sum of the rated or setting currents of those branch devices is lower than the rated or setting current of the device that would protect the line in question against overload (",[60,3758,3759],{},"sub-section 4.4.3.3",[17,3761,3762,3763,3766],{},"It is the third derogation that gets misread on risers. It does not allow the feeder to be left unprotected — it allows the ",[221,3764,3765],{},"overload"," protection to be omitted where the sum of the downstream ratings could never overload the line anyway. Short-circuit protection remains due. In a sub-board holding eight C16 and two C20, the ratings add up to 168 A; a 6 mm² riser does not fall under that exemption.",[17,3768,3769,3770,246],{},"Do not forget the identification: circuits connected upstream of the main switch of the distribution and switching board must be identified as such (",[60,3771,882],{},[12,3773,3775],{"id":3774},"does-the-areirgie-require-selectivity-between-main-and-sub-board","Does the AREI\u002FRGIE require selectivity between main and sub-board?",[17,3777,3778,3779,3782,3783,207,3786,3789,3790,3793],{},"For an ordinary domestic installation: ",[221,3780,3781],{},"no."," The word selectivity appears in the AREI\u002FRGIE only in the context of safety installations and critical installations. There it says that the correct operation of a circuit with safety loads, respectively of a safety circuit, may not be affected by an electrical fault in another circuit, and that \"this requires selectivity between the protective devices\" (",[60,3784,3785],{},"sub-sections 5.5.7.1 point a",[60,3787,3788],{},"5.5.7.2","; identical wording for critical installations in ",[60,3791,3792],{},"chapter 5.6","). For the riser to the bedroom floor of a single-family house there is no equivalent prescription.",[17,3795,3796,3797,729,3800,3803,3804,3807,3808,3811,3812,3815,3816,3819,3820,246],{},"What the regulation does govern is the ",[221,3798,3799],{},"coordination of protective devices placed in series",[60,3801,3802],{},"sub-section 4.4.1.3",") — and that is a different thing from selectivity. Where several protective devices are placed in series, they may be coordinated so that, in the event of a downstream short circuit, the upstream device limits the energy passing through the downstream devices to a value that those devices and the lines they protect can withstand. Where the devices in series are circuit breakers, this accompanying protection has a name of its own: ",[60,3805,3806],{},"back-up protection"," — the French text calls it ",[221,3809,3810],{},"filiation",", the German one ",[221,3813,3814],{},"Backup-Schutz",". To determine its characteristics you have to request the manufacturers' back-up protection tables, drawn up in accordance with the product standards for circuit breakers (",[60,3817,3818],{},"4.4.1.3","). In non-domestic installations, the individual identification of the distribution and switching board must even state that the technique is being used (",[60,3821,3822],{},"sub-section 3.1.3.3 point b",[17,3824,3825,3826,3828,3829,3832],{},"The difference in one sentence: ",[221,3827,3806],{}," lets a downstream breaker survive a short circuit it could not clear on its own, and gives it a reinforced ultimate breaking capacity. ",[221,3830,3831],{},"Selectivity"," makes sure a fault upstairs does not put the whole house in the dark. The first is a safety matter and is regulated; the second is a comfort and availability matter and, outside safety installations, a design decision.",[17,3834,3835,3838],{},[221,3836,3837],{},"Trade practice:"," grading — slower and larger upstream, faster and smaller downstream, and for RCDs additionally through sensitivity and time delay — is common and sensible in multi-storey installations. But it is an application of IEC 60364-5-53 and of manufacturer data, not an AREI\u002FRGIE obligation. Anyone defending it in an inspection report as an \"AREI requirement\" is citing a provision that does not exist.",[12,3840,3842],{"id":3841},"may-one-circuit-supply-several-floors","May one circuit supply several floors?",[17,3844,3845],{},"Yes. The AREI\u002FRGIE knows no rule limiting a final circuit to one level. A lighting circuit feeding the hall, the stairwell and the upstairs landing together is permitted — and in Belgian terraced houses it is the normal case, because the stairwell belongs geometrically to both levels.",[17,3847,3848],{},"All the quantity and assignment limits nevertheless remain fully applicable, and they count across floors:",[21,3850,3851,3863],{},[24,3852,3853],{},[27,3854,3855,3858,3861],{},[30,3856,3857],{},"Limit",[30,3859,3860],{},"Value",[30,3862,426],{},[43,3864,3865,3878,3890,3901,3913],{},[27,3866,3867,3870,3873],{},[48,3868,3869],{},"Single or multiple socket outlets per final circuit",[48,3871,3872],{},"at most 8",[48,3874,3875],{},[60,3876,3877],{},"5.3.5.2 b",[27,3879,3880,3883,3886],{},[48,3881,3882],{},"Separate lighting circuits for more than two rooms and\u002For locations",[48,3884,3885],{},"at least 2",[48,3887,3888],{},[60,3889,3877],{},[27,3891,3892,3895,3897],{},[48,3893,3894],{},"Final circuits per high or very high sensitivity RCD",[48,3896,3872],{},[48,3898,3899],{},[60,3900,3424],{},[27,3902,3903,3906,3909],{},[48,3904,3905],{},"RCD placed at the origin of the electrical installation",[48,3907,3908],{},"at most 300 mA",[48,3910,3911],{},[60,3912,3424],{},[27,3914,3915,3918,3921],{},[48,3916,3917],{},"Fixed appliances with a common operating device in a mixed circuit",[48,3919,3920],{},"count as 1 socket",[48,3922,3923],{},[60,3924,3877],{},[17,3926,3927,3928,3930,3931,3934],{},"The third and fourth rows work together the moment a sub-board enters the picture. Immediately downstream of the protective device placed at the origin of the electrical installation, at least one residual current device of high or very high sensitivity is placed, to which are connected at least the socket outlets not intended for fixed appliances, the lighting, the locations containing a bath and\u002For a shower, and the washing machines, tumble dryers and dishwashers — with at most eight final circuits per RCD (",[60,3929,3424],{},"). A bathroom on the upper floor fed from the board that sits there therefore needs that assignment ",[221,3932,3933],{},"there too","; the 300 mA device at the origin of the installation does not replace it.",[17,3936,3937,3938,3940,3941,212],{},"Two practical limits follow from the principle rather than from an article: a final circuit spread over three levels becomes long, and voltage drops in electrical lines are to be limited to the values described in the rules of good practice (",[60,3939,1636],{}," — the regulation itself quotes no percentage there). And a circuit scattered over three levels makes fault-finding awkward, because that part of the installation can no longer be isolated in one place. How to establish the corresponding lengths defensibly is covered in ",[203,3942,407],{"href":406},[12,3944,3946],{"id":3945},"how-do-i-take-the-riser-through-the-floor-slab","How do I take the riser through the floor slab?",[17,3948,3949,3950,3953],{},"The penetration itself is regulated. Where electrical lines pass through floors, they are protected at the level of the finished floor against mechanical damage and against liquids that may be spilled on the finished floor. Where the penetration is made with conductors run in conduits, those conduits are watertight and their upper end projects above the floor — at least as high as the skirting boards, if any, and at least 10 cm (",[60,3951,3952],{},"sub-section 5.2.1.5","). The same provision requires special precautions against water ingress and condensation for penetrations between rooms that may differ appreciably in humidity; unsealed conduits are then inclined towards the damper room.",[17,3955,3956,3957,3959],{},"For the vertical run inside a storey, the installation zones apply: electrical lines embedded without conduit in the walls of rooms follow horizontal and vertical routes only, the vertical runs lying as close as possible to a corner of the room or between 10 and 20 cm from door frames or casings (",[60,3958,1333],{},"). Horizontal runs lie between 25 and 35 cm from the floor or the ceiling.",[17,3961,3962,3965,3966,63,3969,3972],{},[221,3963,3964],{},"Cable trunking"," is an installation method named as such by the AREI\u002FRGIE (",[60,3967,3968],{},"sub-section 5.2.2.1 point h.1",[60,3970,3971],{},"figure 5.11",") — and the right choice as soon as several lines take the same vertical route. Two points to watch:",[711,3974,3975,3981],{},[714,3976,3977,3978,246],{},"Where electrical lines of circuits at different voltages are used in a cable tray or in cable trunking, the connections for joints, terminations or branches are made in compartments that separate the lines at different voltages (",[60,3979,3980],{},"sub-section 5.2.9.6",[714,3982,3983,3984,3987,3988,3990],{},"Insulated conductors and cables installed in bunches or in a flat formation have at least characteristic F2, or at least class C",[3553,3985,3986],{},"ca"," — and this applies regardless of the distance over which they are actually bunched (",[60,3989,2546],{},"). A riser shaft with six cables is exactly such a bunch.",[17,3992,3993,3996,3997,207,4000,4003],{},[221,3994,3995],{},"What is not covered here:"," the fire-stopping of the shaft between storeys. The AREI\u002FRGIE imposes fire resistance on lines and boards only in the context of safety installations and critical installations (",[60,3998,3999],{},"chapters 5.5",[60,4001,4002],{},"5.6","). Compartmentation of a residential building belongs to construction law — the basic standards on fire prevention and the regional prescriptions — not to the electrical regulation. So do not invent an AREI article for it; where in doubt, refer to the project's fire safety file.",[12,4005,4007],{"id":4006},"how-is-equipotential-bonding-run-across-several-levels","How is equipotential bonding run across several levels?",[17,4009,4010],{},"There are two equipotential bonds, and only one of them travels through the whole building.",[17,4012,4013,4016,4017,4020,4021,246],{},[221,4014,4015],{},"Main equipotential bonding"," is building-wide. The main protective bonding conductor has a cross-section at least equal to half that of the largest protective conductor of the installation, the earthing conductor excluded, with a minimum of 6 mm² in copper; its cross-section may be limited to 25 mm² in copper, or to the electrically equivalent cross-section in another metal (",[60,4018,4019],{},"sub-section 5.4.4.1 point a","). This conductor carries green-and-yellow insulation and follows the prescriptions applicable to protective conductors (",[60,4022,2723],{},[17,4024,4025,4028,4029,729,4032,4035,4036,246],{},[221,4026,4027],{},"Supplementary equipotential bonding",", by contrast, is expressly local. In a location containing a bath and\u002For a shower, it locally connects all exposed conductive parts of the electrical equipment and all simultaneously accessible extraneous conductive parts ",[221,4030,4031],{},"situated in that location",[60,4033,4034],{},"sub-section 7.1.4.4","). A bathroom on the upper floor therefore gets its own supplementary bonding; it is not brought up from the ground floor. The cross-sections: at least half that of the protective conductor connected to an exposed conductive part, and in no case less than 2.5 mm² for mechanically protected conductors, 4 mm² for those that are not (",[60,4037,4038],{},"sub-section 5.4.4.2 point a",[17,4040,4041,4042,212],{},"The practical consequence for the riser: the protective conductor goes up in the same cable; extraneous conductive parts — water and heating pipes, metal structures — are bonded where they enter the building, via the main equipotential bonding, and not a second time per floor. Which earthing arrangement sits behind all of this is covered in ",[203,4043,4044],{"href":745},"Earthing: TT or TN-S",[12,4046,4048],{"id":4047},"how-must-the-floors-appear-on-the-position-plan-and-the-single-line-diagram","How must the floors appear on the position plan and the single-line diagram?",[17,4050,4051],{},"The AREI\u002FRGIE separates the two documents cleanly, and that separation decides where a storey becomes visible at all.",[17,4053,1764,4054,4057,4058,4060,4061,4063,4064,4067],{},[221,4055,4056],{},"position plan"," indicates the ",[221,4059,1767],{}," of the distribution and switching boards, the connection boxes and junction boxes, the socket outlets, the lighting points, the switches, the fixed machines and appliances, and the sources mentioned on the single-line diagram (",[60,4062,402],{},"). The plural in \"distribution and switching boards\" is the decisive detail: a sub-board on the upper floor must be ",[221,4065,4066],{},"located"," on the position plan. A diagram alone is not enough.",[17,4069,1764,4070,4072,4073,4075],{},[221,4071,1251],{}," carries the characteristics of the electrical lines — type, cross-section, number of conductors —, the installation methods, the type and characteristics of the residual current and overcurrent protective devices, the switches, the connection and junction boxes, the socket outlets, the lighting points, the fixed machines and appliances, and the sources (",[60,4074,801],{},"). For a riser that means, concretely: type, cross-section, number of conductors and installation method are mandatory entries, not an extra.",[17,4077,4078,4079,4081,4082,4086,4087,4089],{},"As for identification: on the single-line diagram every elementary circuit is identified by a capital letter; every lighting point, socket outlet and control unit by a number giving the order in which they are met within the elementary circuit, starting from the overcurrent protective device upstream. On the position plan those same elements carry the letter of their circuit and the sequence number assigned on the diagram (",[60,4080,241],{},", figures 3.1 and 3.2). This identification is floor-independent — a circuit ",[4083,4084,4085],"code",{},"C"," running over two levels is called ",[4083,4088,4085],{}," on both levels.",[17,4091,4092,4093,4095,4096,246],{},"Every distribution and switching board additionally carries a clear, conspicuous and indelible individual identification, with the supply voltage clearly and conspicuously indicated (",[60,4094,3525],{},"), and the control, protection and isolation devices of circuits carry individual identifications, unless any possibility of confusion is ruled out (",[60,4097,882],{},[17,4099,4100,4103,4104,4108,4109,212],{},[221,4101,4102],{},"What the AREI\u002FRGIE does not prescribe:"," that a separate sheet exists per floor, or that a separate diagram is drawn per board. Both are drawing practice — a very well-established practice, because a position plan with two levels superimposed becomes unreadable. How the two documents delimit each other is covered in ",[203,4105,4107],{"href":4106},"\u002Fen\u002Fblog\u002Fsingle-line-diagram-vs-situation-plan","Single-line diagram vs. position plan","; the make-up of a position plan is treated in ",[203,4110,1973],{"href":1972},[12,4112,4114],{"id":4113},"does-every-floor-need-a-smoke-detector","Does every floor need a smoke detector?",[17,4116,4117,4118,4121],{},"That is ",[221,4119,4120],{},"not an AREI question."," The AREI\u002FRGIE does not require smoke detectors for domestic installations. The obligation comes from regional housing law: Flanders, Wallonia and Brussels each regulate independently how many detectors go where, and the requirements differ both in the number per level and in their scope for existing dwellings.",[17,4123,4124,4125,4129],{},"For multi-storey planning only the consequence matters: the detector evidence does not belong in the AREI inspection report but in the regional conformity, and where the detectors run on 230 V, their circuit appears on the single-line diagram like any other. The regional rules in detail are in ",[203,4126,4128],{"href":4127},"\u002Fen\u002Fblog\u002Fsmoke-detector-mandatory-belgium","Smoke detector obligations in Belgium"," — there and not here, so that only one maintained version exists.",[12,4131,4133],{"id":4132},"what-applies-if-i-convert-a-floor-later-on","What applies if I convert a floor later on?",[17,4135,4136,4137,4140,4141,4144],{},"A converted attic is almost always a ",[221,4138,4139],{},"significant extension",". The AREI\u002FRGIE defines it as a modification or extension of an electrical installation that has an additional impact — not yet covered by a conformity inspection — on the safety of persons or property, and it expressly cites \"the addition of a circuit in a domestic installation\" as an example (",[60,4142,4143],{},"section 2.11.2",", definitions). A new sub-board with six circuits meets that several times over.",[17,4146,4147],{},"Three consequences follow:",[711,4149,4150,4160,4172],{},[714,4151,4152,4155,4156,4159],{},[221,4153,4154],{},"Inspection before commissioning."," Any significant modification or extension undergoes a conformity inspection before that modification or extension is put into use; this inspection is limited to the added or modified parts of the installation (",[60,4157,4158],{},"sub-section 6.4.7.3","). The old ground-floor installation is therefore not inspected automatically. Modifications or extensions that have an impact on an unmodified part must nevertheless be mentioned in the conformity inspection report.",[714,4161,4162,4165,4166,4168,4169,4171],{},[221,4163,4164],{},"300 mA for the whole installation."," In the case of a significant modification or extension in an old domestic electrical installation, the ",[221,4167,1593],{}," electrical installation is protected by at least one residual current device with a rated residual operating current of at most 300 mA (",[60,4170,3356],{},"). That is the prescription which regularly makes an attic conversion more expensive than budgeted.",[714,4173,4174,4177,4178,246],{},[221,4175,4176],{},"The position plan travels with it."," Any modification or extension made to a domestic electrical installation is shown on the position plan, which gives the existing situation of the installation's components at all times. Any older part whose on-site execution began before 1 October 1981 and which appears on the single-line diagram is marked \"older part\" (",[60,4179,241],{},[17,4181,4182,4183,4185,4186,212],{},"For modifications that cannot be qualified as significant, no new single-line diagram is required; a brief description of the modification, stating the name, capacity and address of those responsible for carrying out the work, dated and signed by them, is sufficient (",[60,4184,3497],{},"). The position plan must nevertheless be kept current. The full sequence for a new build is set out in the ",[203,4187,4189],{"href":4188},"\u002Fen\u002Fblog\u002Fnew-build-single-line-diagram-checklist","New-build single-line diagram checklist",[12,4191,4193],{"id":4192},"single-family-house-or-apartment-building-does-that-change-the-answer","Single-family house or apartment building — does that change the answer?",[17,4195,4196,4197,4199,4200,4202],{},"Yes, and on a point that is often overlooked. As long as all the storeys belong to ",[221,4198,3123],{}," dwelling unit, the whole thing is a single domestic installation: one single-line diagram, one position plan, one inspection, and the quantity limits of ",[60,4201,3877],{}," apply to that one unit.",[17,4204,4205,4206,4208],{},"The moment a dwelling unit of its own appears per floor, several domestic installations appear — each with its own main distribution and switching board with a general load-break switch of at least 40 A (",[60,4207,3711],{},"), its own diagram, its own position plan and its own inspection. The eight sockets per final circuit then count per dwelling unit, not per building.",[17,4210,4211,4212,4215,4216,4219,4220,4223,4224,4227],{},"For the ",[221,4213,4214],{},"common parts"," — stairwell lighting, bell installation, outdoor lighting, meter room — there is an explicit relaxation: by way of derogation from the prescriptions for non-domestic installations, it is permitted to limit oneself, for the diagrams, plans and documents of the common parts of a residential complex, to the prescriptions applicable to a domestic installation (",[60,4217,4218],{},"sub-section 3.1.2.1 point e","). The same goes for the identification of the corresponding distribution and switching boards (",[60,4221,4222],{},"sub-section 3.1.3.3 point c","). In practice: for the stairwell board a single-line diagram in the familiar domestic format is enough — you do not have to document prospective short-circuit currents, impedances or utilisation categories, as ",[60,4225,4226],{},"3.1.2.2 b"," would otherwise require.",[12,4229,4231],{"id":4230},"how-do-i-align-the-floors-in-planelec","How do I align the floors in PlanElec?",[17,4233,4234],{},"In PlanElec, floors are not separate drawings but levels of one shared building model. You create them, order them, and copy the outer contour or the building structure from one level to the next; a shared building origin keeps the plans superimposable, and a reference overlay shows the neighbouring floor at an adjustable opacity.",[17,4236,4237,4238,4241],{},"The alignment itself runs on ",[221,4239,4240],{},"point pairs",": you place the same distinctive point first in the current plan and then in the displayed reference plan. From two point pairs onwards, offset and rotation are derived automatically. PlanElec then reports the mean and the largest deviation in centimetres, as well as the residual deviation per point pair; the arrow keys move by 1 cm, with Shift by 10 cm. The scale stays fixed — the alignment is rigid and never distorts a floor to pull points together.",[17,4243,4244,4245,63,4248,207,4251,4254],{},"The vertical connection is an element in its own right, available as ",[221,4246,4247],{},"staircase",[221,4249,4250],{},"shaft",[221,4252,4253],{},"riser zone",". A staircase is drawn on one floor and appears on the neighbouring floor as the same editable element, mirrored — solid up to the cut line, dashed beyond it. Changes made to the projected twin are written back to the source floor. A point pair can be taken straight from a staircase or a shaft.",[17,4256,4257],{},"For the electrical side, more depends on this than it first appears:",[711,4259,4260,4266,4272,4278],{},[714,4261,4262,4265],{},[221,4263,4264],{},"Switch chains"," are project-wide. While drawing, you continue a chain via the floor selector; the display states how many members are on this floor and how many in total, across how many floors.",[714,4267,4268,4271],{},[221,4269,4270],{},"Circuit assignment"," works across floors: loads on several floors can be assigned together to an existing circuit breaker, and the selection survives a floor change.",[714,4273,4274,4277],{},[221,4275,4276],{},"Physical cable routes"," do run across floors, but in two kinds of leg: floor legs are drawn and edited locally on their own level, while the vertical leg is chosen through a connector instead of being drawn. The vertical length is derived from the storey heights and the horizontal offset as long as it has not been measured — and it feeds into the cable length and therefore into the voltage drop calculation. Storey heights are marked as an assumption or as a confirmed value; the default is 2.50 m clear height and 0.30 m slab thickness.",[714,4279,4280,4283],{},[221,4281,4282],{},"Sub-distribution boards"," are created as boards of their own, with a supply line from the upstream board. PlanElec creates the feeder circuit breaker in the supplying board, hangs the sub-board's main switch beneath it, and proposes a rating and cross-section based on the expected load and a diversity factor of 0.7. A board is assigned to a floor by the act of placing its symbol in that floor's plan.",[17,4285,4286,4287,4290,4291,4294],{},"On ",[221,4288,4289],{},"export",", each floor gets its own page of the position plan with its own title block; floors without drawn walls are skipped. The single-line diagram is built as ",[221,4292,4293],{},"one sheet per board",", main board first, and a single board may occupy several A4 pages. Between the sheets, PlanElec places cross-references in both directions: on the main board's sheet, the outgoing way to the sub-board carries that sub-board's sheet number, and on the sub-board's sheet, the incoming supply carries the sheet number of the supplying board.",[12,4296,1128],{"id":1127},[17,4298,4299],{},"The self-check is indicative and only evaluates supported rules on the basis of the data entered. For multi-storey installations that means, concretely:",[17,4301,4302],{},[221,4303,4304],{},"What it checks:",[711,4306,4307,4310,4313,4320],{},[714,4308,4309],{},"That a supply line between two boards has a protective device of its own in the upstream board, points to an existing target board, and is consistently assigned on both sides. If one of these is missing, it is an error, not a remark.",[714,4311,4312],{},"The voltage drop using the actual cable length, including the vertical legs of routes that cross floors. If the length is missing, the result is not an error but a non-blocking notice that the entry is absent.",[714,4314,4315,4316,4319],{},"Grading between upstream and downstream residual current devices — explicitly as a ",[221,4317,4318],{},"practice recommendation under IEC 60364-5-53",", not as an AREI rule, and therefore as a warning you can override.",[714,4321,4322],{},"Smoke detector coverage per floor — likewise an overridable warning and explicitly a pointer to regional law, not to the AREI. Where bedrooms or hallways are recorded as a room type, PlanElec reports room by room; only where no such room type is recognisable on a floor does the per-floor rule act as a fallback.",[17,4324,4325],{},[221,4326,4327],{},"What it does not check:",[711,4329,4330,4336,4345,4351,4357,4363],{},[714,4331,1764,4332,4335],{},[221,4333,4334],{},"cross-section of the riser",". The line between two boards is maintained as a circuit with a protective device, but not as a cable segment of its own with a cross-section. The cross-section shown when the board is created is a preview of the calculation, not a stored value — it therefore appears neither in the cross-section check nor in the voltage drop calculation.",[714,4337,1764,4338,4341,4342,4344],{},[221,4339,4340],{},"ampere grading"," between the feeder protection and the sub-board's main switch. That is a deliberate choice: the coordination of protective devices placed in series runs, per ",[60,4343,3818],{},", on let-through energy and breaking capacity, and therefore on the manufacturer's back-up protection tables, not on the rated current.",[714,4346,4347,4350],{},[221,4348,4349],{},"Short-circuit selectivity between circuit breakers."," No rule addresses it — and under the AREI\u002FRGIE there is no obligation either, outside safety and critical installations.",[714,4352,1764,4353,4356],{},[221,4354,4355],{},"riser zone as a concept."," It is a type of vertical connector in the plan, serving the cable routing; no check rule evaluates it.",[714,4358,4359,4362],{},[221,4360,4361],{},"Fire-stopping, compartmentation and shaft closure."," That lies outside the AREI\u002FRGIE and outside the self-check.",[714,4364,1163,4365,1167,4367,4369],{},[221,4366,1166],{},[221,4368,1170],{}," inspection. The official assessment rests exclusively with an approved body.",[12,4371,1175],{"id":1174},[711,4373,4374,4379,4383,4387,4391,4395],{},[714,4375,4376],{},[203,4377,4378],{"href":567},"Planning a distribution board: layout and modules",[714,4380,4381],{},[203,4382,1973],{"href":1972},[714,4384,4385],{},[203,4386,407],{"href":406},[714,4388,4389],{},[203,4390,4044],{"href":745},[714,4392,4393],{},[203,4394,4189],{"href":4188},[714,4396,4397],{},[203,4398,4128],{"href":4127},[17,4400,4401],{},[203,4402,4403],{"href":1206},"Open PlanElec and create your floors →",[17,4405,4406],{},[60,4407,4408],{},"Regulatory basis: AREI\u002FRGIE Book 1 V06 — sections 2.6.1 and 2.11.2, sub-sections 3.1.2.1, 3.1.2.2, 3.1.2.3, 3.1.3.1, 3.1.3.3, section 3.2.1, sub-section 4.2.4.3, chapter 4.4 (sub-sections 4.4.1.3, 4.4.1.4 with table 4.11, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.3.1, 4.4.3.2, 4.4.3.3), sub-sections 5.2.1.5, 5.2.2.1, 5.2.7.3, 5.2.9.6, 5.2.9.10, section 5.2.5, sub-sections 5.3.5.1, 5.3.5.2, 5.4.4.1, 5.4.4.2, 5.5.7.1, 5.5.7.2, 6.4.7.3 and 7.1.4.4. The official text, the actual state of the installation and the inspection by an approved body remain authoritative.",{"title":1214,"searchDepth":1215,"depth":1215,"links":4410},[4411,4412,4413,4414,4415,4416,4417,4418,4419,4420,4421,4422,4423,4424,4425],{"id":3334,"depth":1215,"text":3335},{"id":3370,"depth":1215,"text":3371},{"id":3529,"depth":1215,"text":3530},{"id":3715,"depth":1215,"text":3716},{"id":3774,"depth":1215,"text":3775},{"id":3841,"depth":1215,"text":3842},{"id":3945,"depth":1215,"text":3946},{"id":4006,"depth":1215,"text":4007},{"id":4047,"depth":1215,"text":4048},{"id":4113,"depth":1215,"text":4114},{"id":4132,"depth":1215,"text":4133},{"id":4192,"depth":1215,"text":4193},{"id":4230,"depth":1215,"text":4231},{"id":1127,"depth":1215,"text":1128},{"id":1174,"depth":1215,"text":1175},"When a sub-distribution board per floor earns its place, how to size and protect the riser, what the AREI\u002FRGIE actually says about selectivity, and how storeys appear on the position plan and the single-line diagram — with the article reference beside every statement.",{},"\u002Fblog\u002Fmulti-storey-electrical-planning.en","14 min",{"title":3328,"description":4426},"blog\u002Fmulti-storey-electrical-planning.en",[1244,1245,4433,4434,4435,1251,4056,4436,1252],"floors","sub-distribution board","riser","multi-storey","guI2maC64UZS9ubATQ7CXNKeclG8nRQGCbz8M123IQ4",{"id":4439,"title":4440,"articleId":4441,"body":4442,"category":1230,"date":1231,"description":5011,"extension":1233,"lastUpdated":1231,"locale":1234,"meta":5012,"navigation":1236,"path":5013,"publishDate":1231,"readTime":5014,"refreshInterval":1239,"seo":5015,"slug":4441,"stem":5016,"tags":5017,"__hash__":5022},"blog\u002Fblog\u002Fswitch-types-single-line-diagram.en.md","Two-Way, Intermediate or Double Switch: Which One Belongs on the Single-Line Diagram?","switch-types-single-line-diagram",{"type":9,"value":4443,"toc":4997},[4444,4448,4465,4476,4598,4608,4612,4623,4626,4635,4639,4642,4645,4670,4673,4677,4683,4692,4715,4721,4725,4728,4731,4743,4746,4750,4757,4764,4767,4771,4774,4785,4798,4811,4815,4822,4860,4866,4870,4873,4880,4887,4891,4898,4908,4914,4917,4923,4925,4928,4961,4965,4987,4992],[12,4445,4447],{"id":4446},"which-arrangement-matches-how-many-control-points","Which arrangement matches how many control points?",[17,4449,4450,4451,63,4454,4457,4458,63,4461,4464],{},"The number of places from which you want to operate the same light point decides the arrangement. One place is a plain switch. Two places call for two two-way switches (",[60,4452,4453],{},"wisselschakelaar",[60,4455,4456],{},"va-et-vient","). Three or more places still use two two-way switches at the ends, with one intermediate switch (",[60,4459,4460],{},"kruisschakelaar",[60,4462,4463],{},"permutateur",") added per extra control point. The double switch falls outside that series: it operates two groups separately from a single place.",[17,4466,4467,4468,4471,4472,4475],{},"These functions are not trade slang — ",[60,4469,4470],{},"Table 2.23"," of the AREI\u002FRGIE, part of ",[60,4473,4474],{},"Chapter 2.13",", gives each of them its own symbol. The same table applies to the single-line diagram and to the position plan of a domestic installation.",[21,4477,4478,4497],{},[24,4479,4480],{},[27,4481,4482,4485,4488,4491,4494],{},[30,4483,4484],{},"Control points",[30,4486,4487],{},"Arrangement",[30,4489,4490],{},"Description in Table 2.23, section E",[30,4492,4493],{},"Devices",[30,4495,4496],{},"Link between the points",[43,4498,4499,4516,4532,4549,4566,4581],{},[27,4500,4501,4504,4507,4510,4513],{},[48,4502,4503],{},"1",[48,4505,4506],{},"simple switching",[48,4508,4509],{},"\"Switch — general symbol\"",[48,4511,4512],{},"1 switch",[48,4514,4515],{},"none",[27,4517,4518,4521,4524,4527,4530],{},[48,4519,4520],{},"1, but two separate lighting groups",[48,4522,4523],{},"double switching",[48,4525,4526],{},"\"Single-pole changeover switch (double lighting: to close or open two circuits separately from a single place)\"",[48,4528,4529],{},"1 double switch with two channels",[48,4531,4515],{},[27,4533,4534,4537,4540,4543,4546],{},[48,4535,4536],{},"2",[48,4538,4539],{},"two-way switching",[48,4541,4542],{},"\"Single-pole two-way switch (two directions: to close or open one circuit from two different places)\"",[48,4544,4545],{},"2 two-way switches",[48,4547,4548],{},"2 strapping conductors",[27,4550,4551,4554,4557,4560,4563],{},[48,4552,4553],{},"3",[48,4555,4556],{},"intermediate switching",[48,4558,4559],{},"\"Intermediate switch … combined with two two-way switches at both ends\"",[48,4561,4562],{},"2 two-way switches + 1 intermediate switch",[48,4564,4565],{},"2 strapping conductors per section",[27,4567,4568,4571,4573,4576,4579],{},[48,4569,4570],{},"n ≥ 3",[48,4572,4556],{},[48,4574,4575],{},"same",[48,4577,4578],{},"2 two-way switches + (n − 2) intermediate switches",[48,4580,4565],{},[27,4582,4583,4586,4589,4592,4595],{},[48,4584,4585],{},"unlimited",[48,4587,4588],{},"push-button control",[48,4590,4591],{},"\"Push-button\" together with \"Impulse relay\"",[48,4593,4594],{},"1 push-button per place + 1 impulse relay in the board",[48,4596,4597],{},"1 shared control line, push-buttons in parallel",[17,4599,4600,4601,4604,4605,4607],{},"The AREI does not prescribe those conductor counts itself — they follow from the wiring principle. What it does require is that the single-line diagram state the type, cross-section and ",[221,4602,4603],{},"number of conductors"," of every electrical line, as well as the switches themselves (",[60,4606,259],{},"). A two-way arrangement drawn as an ordinary lighting circuit therefore omits mandatory data.",[12,4609,4611],{"id":4610},"what-is-the-difference-between-a-two-way-switch-and-a-double-switch","What is the difference between a two-way switch and a double switch?",[17,4613,4614,4615,4618,4619,4622],{},"Both look \"double\" on the shelf, yet they do the opposite. A two-way switch diverts one circuit to either of two outputs: paired with a second two-way switch it operates ",[221,4616,4617],{},"the same"," light point from two places. The double switch — Table 2.23's \"single-pole changeover switch, double lighting\" — operates ",[221,4620,4621],{},"two different"," circuits separately from a single place.",[17,4624,4625],{},"Practical consequence: a double switch never replaces a two-way arrangement, and vice versa. Fitting a double switch in a hallway that needs two control points gives you two rockers, each turning on its own lamp, not one lamp operated from both ends.",[17,4627,4628,4629,4631,4632,246],{},"Mind the terminology as well. The Dutch AREI text calls the double switch \"eenpolige omschakelaar (dubbele aansteking)\" and the French RGIE text \"commutateur unipolaire (double allumage)\"; the intermediate switch appears as \"kruisschakelaar\" and \"commutateur intermédiaire pour va-et-vient\", while site language says ",[60,4630,4463],{},". If you use different names, carry the Table 2.23 description into your legend — the regulation accepts any clearly identifiable symbol provided it is defined in the legend of the diagrams and plans (",[60,4633,4634],{},"Sub-section 3.1.2.1 point a",[12,4636,4638],{"id":4637},"how-many-conductors-does-a-two-way-arrangement-need","How many conductors does a two-way arrangement need?",[17,4640,4641],{},"Two strapping conductors run between the two two-way switches. Add to that the line conductor feeding the first switch, the switched conductor from the second switch to the light point, the neutral up to the luminaire, and the protective conductor where one is required. An intermediate switch does not change the principle: it is inserted into the straps, with two conductors on each side.",[17,4643,4644],{},"Two AREI rules govern the choice of those conductors:",[711,4646,4647,4660],{},[714,4648,4649,4652,4653,729,4656,4659],{},[221,4650,4651],{},"Cross-section."," For electrical lines that are not an integral part of an appliance, a cross-section below 2.5 mm² is prohibited in principle. ",[60,4654,4655],{},"Table 5.1",[60,4657,4658],{},"Sub-section 5.2.1.2",") expressly allows 1.5 mm² for \"electrical lines belonging to circuits without socket outlets\" — precisely a pure lighting circuit with its switches.",[714,4661,4662,4665,4666,4669],{},[221,4663,4664],{},"Colour."," The green-and-yellow combination is reserved for protective and protective-bonding conductors; using green and\u002For yellow for the insulation of an active conductor is prohibited (",[60,4667,4668],{},"Sub-section 5.1.6.2","). Blue is reserved for the neutral in circuits that have one. Where a circuit has no neutral, the blue-marked core of a multi-core cable may serve another purpose — but never as a protective or bonding conductor. A strap may therefore be blue in a cable without a neutral, never green-and-yellow.",[17,4671,4672],{},"For cable types, Table 2.23 supplies its own worked examples: an XVB cable Cca with a stated number of conductors of a stated cross-section, or individual H07V-U conductors Eca in a conduit in a wall. Put the type and installation method actually used into the diagram; both are mandatory content of the single-line diagram.",[12,4674,4676],{"id":4675},"which-symbol-goes-on-the-single-line-diagram-and-which-on-the-position-plan","Which symbol goes on the single-line diagram, and which on the position plan?",[17,4678,4679,4680,212],{},"The symbol is the same — Table 2.23 covers both documents. The difference lies in the question each document answers, and above all in the ",[221,4681,4682],{},"reference",[17,4684,4685,4686,4688,4689,4691],{},"The single-line diagram must show the switches, alongside junction and branch boxes, socket outlets, light points, fixed machines and appliances, the protective devices and the line data (",[60,4687,259],{},"). Each elementary circuit is identified by a capital letter; each light point, socket outlet and control unit receives a sequence number in the order in which it is met in the circuit, starting from the upstream overcurrent protective device (",[60,4690,4634],{},", Figure 3.1).",[17,4693,4694,4695,4697,4698,4701,4702,729,4705,4707,4708,4711,4712,4714],{},"The position plan must give the ",[221,4696,398],{}," of those same switches (",[60,4699,4700],{},"Sub-section 3.1.2.3 point a","). And that is where the most frequently missed rule sits: each switch and each control unit is identified by the letter of the circuit it belongs to ",[221,4703,4704],{},"and by the sequence number of the light point or appliance it controls",[60,4706,4634],{},", Figure 3.2). Two two-way switches jointly operating light point ",[4083,4709,4710],{},"B3"," therefore both carry the reference ",[4083,4713,4710],{},", not two consecutive numbers of their own.",[17,4716,4717,4718,212],{},"That is exactly why the switch chain is not a cosmetic detail: without a recorded relationship between switch and light point, this reference cannot be assigned correctly. How the two documents interlock is set out in ",[203,4719,4720],{"href":4106},"single-line diagram versus position plan",[12,4722,4724],{"id":4723},"when-are-push-buttons-with-an-impulse-relay-better-than-an-intermediate-arrangement","When are push-buttons with an impulse relay better than an intermediate arrangement?",[17,4726,4727],{},"From three or four control points onward, an intermediate arrangement's wiring grows quickly: every extra place needs two straps out and back. Push-buttons wired in parallel on one shared control line, together driving an impulse relay, scale better. Table 2.23 section E carries both symbols: the \"push-button\" and the \"impulse relay\" (télérupteur).",[17,4729,4730],{},"Two things to keep in mind:",[711,4732,4733,4736],{},[714,4734,4735],{},"The impulse relay sits in the distribution and switchgear assembly, so that is where it belongs on the single-line diagram, with its upstream protective device. It is not a property of the push-button in the hallway.",[714,4737,4738,4739,4742],{},"The regulation explicitly accepts \"control auxiliaries\" and \"electronic devices\" as control devices, alongside switches and circuit breakers (",[60,4740,4741],{},"Sub-section 5.3.3.2 point b","). An impulse relay or a relay contactor is therefore not an exceptional construction — but it must comply with the relevant standards.",[17,4744,4745],{},"A related variant is the staircase timer or time switch; Table 2.23 provides a symbol for those too. The choice between impulse relay and timer is functional, not normative: the first holds until the next pulse, the second drops out after a set time.",[12,4747,4749],{"id":4748},"may-a-switch-be-single-pole-and-may-it-sit-in-the-neutral","May a switch be single-pole — and may it sit in the neutral?",[17,4751,4752,4753,4756],{},"Single-pole is permitted. ",[60,4754,4755],{},"Sub-section 5.3.3.2 point c"," states explicitly that, where no danger can result, not all active conductors need to be broken. A classic single-pole lighting switch breaking the line conductor falls within that.",[17,4758,4759,4760,4763],{},"The same provision immediately draws a limit: ",[221,4761,4762],{},"except for taking measurements, a single-pole control device is not placed in the neutral conductor."," A single-pole switch mistakenly wired into the neutral leaves the appliance live while it appears to be off. That is a classic inspection finding, and it cannot be derived from a drawing — it must be established on site with the circuit de-energised.",[17,4765,4766],{},"Double-pole switching remains possible and is sometimes wanted, for instance for a permanently connected appliance that must be fully separable from the supply. Table 2.23 lists both the \"double-pole switch\" and the \"double-pole two-way switch\" for that. Pole count is therefore a property of its own, separate from the switching function — not a different arrangement.",[12,4768,4770],{"id":4769},"how-many-light-points-may-one-switch-chain-feed","How many light points may one switch chain feed?",[17,4772,4773],{},"Two AREI rules are commonly conflated here.",[17,4775,4776,4777,4780,4781,4784],{},"The limit of eight applies to ",[221,4778,4779],{},"socket outlets",": the number of single or multiple socket outlets is limited to eight per final circuit (",[60,4782,4783],{},"Sub-section 5.3.5.2 point b","). A pure lighting circuit is not subject to it.",[17,4786,4787,4788,4790,4791,4794,4795,4797],{},"As soon as socket outlets, luminaires and other fixed appliances share the ",[221,4789,4575],{}," final circuit, the rules for socket circuits apply — and then the text matters: \"a single fixed appliance or a set of fixed appliances controlled by a common control device ",[4792,4793,3130],"span",{}," treated as one socket outlet\" (",[60,4796,4783],{},"). Four spotlights hanging off one switch chain therefore count as a single unit in such a mixed circuit, not as four.",[17,4799,4800,4801,729,4804,4806,4807,212],{},"In addition, for dwelling units comprising more than two rooms and\u002For spaces, the circuits feeding the luminaires must be ",[221,4802,4803],{},"at least two separate circuits",[60,4805,4783],{},"). A single lighting circuit for a whole home is thus not a design choice but a shortcoming. The counting method in mixed circuits is worked through in ",[203,4808,4810],{"href":4809},"\u002Fen\u002Fblog\u002Fsockets-per-circuit","sockets per circuit",[12,4812,4814],{"id":4813},"where-may-the-switch-go-in-a-bathroom","Where may the switch go in a bathroom?",[17,4816,4817,4818,4821],{},"For rooms containing a bath and\u002For shower, ",[60,4819,4820],{},"Sub-section 7.1.5.2"," sets out volume by volume what is allowed. For control devices — an ordinary lighting switch among them — this gives:",[21,4823,4824,4834],{},[24,4825,4826],{},[27,4827,4828,4831],{},[30,4829,4830],{},"Volume",[30,4832,4833],{},"Control device permitted?",[43,4835,4836,4844,4852],{},[27,4837,4838,4841],{},[48,4839,4840],{},"volume 0",[48,4842,4843],{},"Not permitted, except as part of the fixed appliances allowed there and supplied by SELV with the source outside volumes 0 and 1 (point b)",[27,4845,4846,4849],{},[48,4847,4848],{},"volume 1",[48,4850,4851],{},"Only control devices supplied by SELV, with the source outside volumes 0 and 1 (point c, 4)",[27,4853,4854,4857],{},[48,4855,4856],{},"volume 2",[48,4858,4859],{},"Control devices supplied at low voltage are permitted (point d, 5), alongside the SELV variant (point d, 4)",[17,4861,4862,4863,212],{},"A 230 V two-way switch therefore belongs outside volumes 0 and 1. A ceiling pull-cord switch is a common solution and has its own symbol in Table 2.23 (\"single-pole pull-cord switch\"), but it does not escape the volume rules: what counts is the volume the equipment itself occupies. The volumes and the associated wiring rules are covered in ",[203,4864,4865],{"href":2935},"bathroom cables and AREI zones",[12,4867,4869],{"id":4868},"when-does-home-automation-replace-an-intermediate-arrangement","When does home automation replace an intermediate arrangement?",[17,4871,4872],{},"Once the same light point has to be operated from many places and in several scenes, a bus-based solution becomes more workable than an ever-growing intermediate arrangement. The regulation gives it its own section in Table 2.23: section J, \"Home automation\". The control unit is drawn there as a rectangle in two parts — the base symbol at the bottom (a switch, or a socket outlet with switch, for example) and the unit's control type at the top.",[17,4874,4875,4876,4879],{},"What home automation does not remove: every current-using appliance or electrical machine is operated through a control device, and that device is required even when operation depends on a relay, a thermostat or any similar organ (",[60,4877,4878],{},"Sub-section 5.3.3.2 point d","). The actuator in the board does not replace the required control device — it is one. What changes is the drawing: you document a control unit together with its control type instead of three intermediate switches in series.",[17,4881,4882,4883,212],{},"Selection criteria and the usual pitfalls of mixed installations are covered in ",[203,4884,4886],{"href":4885},"\u002Fen\u002Fblog\u002Fsmart-home-domotica-arei","smart home and AREI",[12,4888,4890],{"id":4889},"how-does-the-switch-chain-come-about-in-planelec-and-what-changes-on-the-diagram","How does the switch chain come about in PlanElec, and what changes on the diagram?",[17,4892,4893,4894,4897],{},"In the floor plan, the ",[221,4895,4896],{},"Switch chain"," tool links a switch to the luminaires it operates. PlanElec can propose a chain for the unassigned switches and luminaires of a room; a valid chain contains at least one switch and one luminaire, and a device cannot belong to two chains at once. Across storeys the chain stays coherent project-wide; each floor shows only its local segments and the continuation markers.",[17,4899,1764,4900,4903,4904,4907],{},[221,4901,4902],{},"switching function"," is derived from the chain: one switch gives on\u002Foff, two switches become two-way switches at both ends, and from three onward the first and last stay two-way while the ones in between become intermediate switches. ",[221,4905,4906],{},"Pole count"," is chosen separately — the two properties are only combined at drawing time. From three control points the double-pole variant is not rendered, because the RGIE symbol set holds no double-pole intermediate switch; that combination is then drawn as single-pole.",[17,4909,4910,4911,4913],{},"Push-buttons, dimmers and the double switch are deliberately ",[221,4912,1096],{}," derived automatically. The double switch stays available as a manual choice precisely because it describes two separate circuits at one control point: you assign each luminaire deliberately to channel A or B.",[17,4915,4916],{},"Since the 30 August 2026 update, the link between a switch and its light points is stored durably and updates the single-line diagram as soon as the devices are assigned to a circuit. Luminaires not yet placed remain in the same switching group and join the chain automatically when placed. Automatic lighting only fills in missing light points — one per started 8 m², and per 6 m² in kitchens and bathrooms.",[17,4918,4919,4920,212],{},"Step-by-step operation is described in the guide ",[203,4921,4922],{"href":1873},"switch chains, circuits and cable routes",[12,4924,1128],{"id":1127},[17,4926,4927],{},"The self-check is orienting and evaluates only supported rules from the data entered. For switches specifically:",[711,4929,4930,4937,4942,4947,4954],{},[714,4931,4932,4933,4936],{},"It checks the ",[221,4934,4935],{},"plausibility"," of a control group: a group must contain at least one switch and at least one switched load. Groups without a switch, without a load, or with only one element are flagged.",[714,4938,1915,4939,4941],{},[221,4940,1096],{}," check whether the chosen arrangement matches the intended operation. Two two-way switches in two different rooms form a technically valid chain and a rarely sensible one.",[714,4943,1915,4944,4946],{},[221,4945,1096],{}," check whether a single-pole switch actually sits in the line conductor rather than the neutral. That does not follow from a drawing and must be established on site with the circuit de-energised.",[714,4948,4949,4950,4953],{},"An ",[221,4951,4952],{},"impulse relay",", a DIN-rail dimmer, a staircase timer or a twilight switch is not drawn in today's single-line diagram. They do not vanish silently: before export, PlanElec explicitly flags them as \"distribution-board modules that cannot be shown\", to be reviewed or removed.",[714,4955,1163,4956,1167,4958,4960],{},[221,4957,1166],{},[221,4959,1170],{}," inspection. The official assessment rests exclusively with an approved inspection body.",[12,4962,4964],{"id":4963},"related-guidance","Related guidance",[711,4966,4967,4973,4977,4982],{},[714,4968,4969],{},[203,4970,4972],{"href":4971},"\u002Fen\u002Fblog\u002Farei-electrical-symbols-overview","AREI electrical symbols for both documents",[714,4974,4975],{},[203,4976,3289],{"href":3288},[714,4978,4979],{},[203,4980,4981],{"href":1972},"Drawing a position plan",[714,4983,4984],{},[203,4985,4986],{"href":4885},"Smart home and AREI",[17,4988,4989],{},[203,4990,4991],{"href":1206},"Open PlanElec and record your switch chains →",[17,4993,4994],{},[60,4995,4996],{},"Basis: AREI\u002FRGIE Book 1 V06 — Chapter 2.13 with Table 2.23, Sub-sections 3.1.2.1, 3.1.2.2, 3.1.2.3, 5.1.6.2, 5.2.1.2 with Table 5.1, 5.3.3.2, 5.3.5.2 and 7.1.5.2. The official text, the actual installed state and the approved body's inspection remain decisive.",{"title":1214,"searchDepth":1215,"depth":1215,"links":4998},[4999,5000,5001,5002,5003,5004,5005,5006,5007,5008,5009,5010],{"id":4446,"depth":1215,"text":4447},{"id":4610,"depth":1215,"text":4611},{"id":4637,"depth":1215,"text":4638},{"id":4675,"depth":1215,"text":4676},{"id":4723,"depth":1215,"text":4724},{"id":4748,"depth":1215,"text":4749},{"id":4769,"depth":1215,"text":4770},{"id":4813,"depth":1215,"text":4814},{"id":4868,"depth":1215,"text":4869},{"id":4889,"depth":1215,"text":4890},{"id":1127,"depth":1215,"text":1128},{"id":4963,"depth":1215,"text":4964},"The number of control points decides the wiring arrangement. Symbols from Table 2.23, conductors per variant, referencing on the situation plan and the boundary with home automation — with the AREI\u002FRGIE article beside each statement.",{},"\u002Fblog\u002Fswitch-types-single-line-diagram.en","11 min",{"title":4440,"description":5011},"blog\u002Fswitch-types-single-line-diagram.en",[1244,1245,5018,5019,5020,1251,2008,5021,1252],"two-way switch","intermediate switch","double switch","lighting","2cSK472dfXpVs34ZZfpVV93iw02i0FIQsI59Tpcktl0",{"id":5024,"title":5025,"articleId":5026,"body":5027,"category":1230,"date":5450,"description":5451,"extension":1233,"lastUpdated":5450,"locale":1234,"meta":5452,"navigation":1236,"path":5453,"publishDate":5450,"readTime":5454,"refreshInterval":1239,"seo":5455,"slug":5456,"stem":5457,"tags":5458,"__hash__":5461},"blog\u002Fblog\u002Farei-electrical-symbols.en.md","AREI Electrical Symbols: A Guide for Both Domestic Diagrams","arei-electrical-symbols",{"type":9,"value":5028,"toc":5435},[5029,5033,5044,5047,5051,5054,5070,5073,5077,5080,5195,5198,5202,5205,5216,5219,5223,5226,5240,5243,5247,5250,5256,5260,5263,5280,5283,5287,5310,5314,5317,5320,5323,5327,5330,5333,5359,5377,5381,5384,5387,5396,5400,5403,5406,5408,5425,5430],[12,5030,5032],{"id":5031},"short-answer-table-223-is-authoritative-but-deliberately-non-exhaustive","Short answer: Table 2.23 is authoritative but deliberately non-exhaustive",[17,5034,5035,5036,5039,5040,5043],{},"For a domestic installation's single-line diagram and position plan, AREI\u002FRGIE Book 1 points to the graphical symbols in ",[221,5037,5038],{},"Chapter 2.13, Table 2.23",". The table expressly calls itself a ",[221,5041,5042],{},"non-exhaustive list",". If it has no symbol for an item, another unambiguous symbol may be used when that symbol is defined in the legend of the diagrams.",[17,5045,5046],{},"This is not permission to use unexplained icons. A symbol must remain identifiable throughout the records, and it does not replace mandatory technical characteristics. This guide concerns domestic installations under Book 1 V06. Non-domestic systems and some multi-line circuit diagrams can require further standardised symbols and details.",[12,5048,5050],{"id":5049},"three-layers-of-information","Three layers of information",[17,5052,5053],{},"Subsection 3.1.2.1 connects Chapter 2.13 with domestic drawings. In practical terms, the documents carry three distinct layers:",[5055,5056,5057,5064,5067],"ol",{},[714,5058,5059,5060,5063],{},"the ",[221,5061,5062],{},"base symbol"," identifies the equipment family;",[714,5065,5066],{},"labels and ratings describe its electrical properties;",[714,5068,5069],{},"a circuit letter and sequence number connect the electrical topology to the physical location.",[17,5071,5072],{},"An RCD symbol without its type and ratings is incomplete. A line from a breaker to a socket says nothing yet about cable type, cross-section, conductor count or installation method. A point on the position plan that does not share the single-line reference cannot be reliably reconciled with the circuit.",[12,5074,5076],{"id":5075},"the-principal-table-223-groups","The principal Table 2.23 groups",[17,5078,5079],{},"The overview below describes meaning, not the exact geometry of each official mark.",[21,5081,5082,5095],{},[24,5083,5084],{},[27,5085,5086,5089,5092],{},[30,5087,5088],{},"Group",[30,5090,5091],{},"Examples",[30,5093,5094],{},"Purpose in the records",[43,5096,5097,5108,5119,5130,5140,5151,5162,5173,5184],{},[27,5098,5099,5102,5105],{},[48,5100,5101],{},"General marks",[48,5103,5104],{},"DC, AC, single-phase and three-phase AC",[48,5106,5107],{},"identify the nature of the supply",[27,5109,5110,5113,5116],{},[48,5111,5112],{},"Assemblies and boxes",[48,5114,5115],{},"distribution board, general box, connection\u002Fjunction box, service box",[48,5117,5118],{},"show structural nodes",[27,5120,5121,5124,5127],{},[48,5122,5123],{},"Wiring systems",[48,5125,5126],{},"underground, overhead, surface, concealed, in conduit, conductor count",[48,5128,5129],{},"describe construction and installation method",[27,5131,5132,5134,5137],{},[48,5133,71],{},[48,5135,5136],{},"fuse, circuit breaker, RCD, earthing",[48,5138,5139],{},"show overcurrent and fault protection",[27,5141,5142,5145,5148],{},[48,5143,5144],{},"Switches and controls",[48,5146,5147],{},"two-way, intermediate, push-button, dimmer, detector",[48,5149,5150],{},"link controls to loads",[27,5152,5153,5156,5159],{},[48,5154,5155],{},"Socket outlets",[48,5157,5158],{},"single, multiple, earthed, switched, data",[48,5160,5161],{},"distinguish connection-point functions",[27,5163,5164,5167,5170],{},[48,5165,5166],{},"Current-using equipment",[48,5168,5169],{},"lighting, heating, appliance, motor, EV charging point",[48,5171,5172],{},"identify fixed or located loads",[27,5174,5175,5178,5181],{},[48,5176,5177],{},"Sources and converters",[48,5179,5180],{},"transformer, photovoltaic cell, rectifier, inverter, DC\u002FDC converter",[48,5182,5183],{},"record generation and conversion",[27,5185,5186,5189,5192],{},[48,5187,5188],{},"Home automation",[48,5190,5191],{},"base mark combined with local, wireless, programmed or sensor control",[48,5193,5194],{},"combine electrical function and control method",[17,5196,5197],{},"The table is not a bill of materials. A project does not need every sign, and using an official sign does not prove correct product selection, connection or sizing.",[12,5199,5201],{"id":5200},"a-wiring-symbol-is-more-than-a-line","A wiring symbol is more than a line",[17,5203,5204],{},"The single-line diagram records at least wiring-system type, cross-section, number of conductors and installation method. Table 2.23 supplies base marks and worked examples for surface or concealed wiring, conduit, underground and overhead routes.",[17,5206,5207,5208,5211,5212,5215],{},"Notation should reflect the installed system. ",[4083,5209,5210],{},"3G2.5",", for example, communicates three conductors including a green-yellow protective conductor, each 2.5 mm². A notation using ",[4083,5213,5214],{},"×"," does not necessarily make the same PE statement. Concealed wiring must not be drawn as surface wiring, or vice versa, merely to simplify the page.",[17,5217,5218],{},"Nor is the symbol a cable calculation. Current-carrying capacity, installation method, grouping, temperature, voltage drop, fault-loop conditions and protective-device selection still need a full assessment.",[12,5220,5222],{"id":5221},"protective-device-symbols-need-ratings","Protective-device symbols need ratings",[17,5224,5225],{},"Table 2.23 distinguishes fuses, automatic circuit breakers and residual-current devices. Their accompanying properties make the drawing useful:",[711,5227,5228,5231,5234,5237],{},[714,5229,5230],{},"rated current and characteristic for an overcurrent device;",[714,5232,5233],{},"RCD waveform type, rated residual operating current and rated current;",[714,5235,5236],{},"identified functions where a device has multiple releases;",[714,5238,5239],{},"the earthing connection that actually exists.",[17,5241,5242],{},"“30 mA” does not say whether an RCD is Type A, F or B, or whether it is instantaneous or selective. “20 A” without a characteristic and corresponding conductor data is not a complete circuit description. Copy values from the installed equipment and verified design, not from a sample drawing.",[12,5244,5246],{"id":5245},"one-reference-across-both-diagrams","One reference across both diagrams",[17,5248,5249],{},"Each elementary circuit receives a capital letter on the single-line diagram. Lighting points, socket outlets and control units are numbered in order starting at the upstream overcurrent device. The position plan uses the same letter and number.",[17,5251,5252,5253,5255],{},"Therefore ",[4083,5254,4710],{}," must identify the same item on both documents. A switch or control unit is referenced using its circuit and the number of the lighting point or appliance it controls. This preserves function where several switches share a room. Multiple, switched and data outlets should not be collapsed into one generic socket mark when the distinction describes the installed system.",[12,5257,5259],{"id":5258},"when-the-table-has-no-exact-symbol","When the table has no exact symbol",[17,5261,5262],{},"The legend rule supports new functions and specialist equipment. A defensible process is:",[5055,5264,5265,5268,5271,5274,5277],{},[714,5266,5267],{},"first test whether a general Table 2.23 mark plus a technical label is clear;",[714,5269,5270],{},"otherwise choose a simple mark that cannot be confused with an existing one;",[714,5272,5273],{},"define the mark, abbreviation and precise meaning in the legend;",[714,5275,5276],{},"use it consistently on every relevant page;",[714,5278,5279],{},"keep the electrical properties on the diagram or in the installation dossier.",[17,5281,5282],{},"A manufacturer's logo alone rarely explains electrical function or connection. A personal sign without a legend remains ambiguous even if its author remembers the meaning.",[12,5284,5286],{"id":5285},"common-documentation-errors","Common documentation errors",[711,5288,5289,5292,5295,5298,5301,5304,5307],{},[714,5290,5291],{},"importing a DIN, IEC or software mark without checking its meaning in this drawing;",[714,5293,5294],{},"using one socket mark for ordinary, multiple, switched and data outlets;",[714,5296,5297],{},"omitting cable type, cross-section, conductor count or installation method;",[714,5299,5300],{},"labelling an RCD only “30 mA”, without type and rated current;",[714,5302,5303],{},"using different references on the single-line and position diagrams;",[714,5305,5306],{},"reducing a PV installation to a panel icon without source, inverter and relevant characteristics;",[714,5308,5309],{},"stylising the drawing until the official base mark or defined legend is no longer recognisable.",[12,5311,5313],{"id":5312},"inspect-the-final-pdf-not-only-the-editor","Inspect the final PDF, not only the editor",[17,5315,5316],{},"A correct symbol can become unusable through scaling or pagination. Review the export at ordinary reading size: does a page edge cut off a legend or rating, do lines cross identifiers, can ordinary and switched sockets still be distinguished, and is every label clearly attached to the intended device?",[17,5318,5319],{},"Do not make meaning depend on colour alone. Inspection records may be printed or copied in black and white. Shape, text and circuit reference must carry the information. Put the legend on affected pages or reference it unambiguously as part of the same document set, and keep abbreviations consistent.",[17,5321,5322],{},"Finally compare identifiers and counts across the two diagrams. This is not an electrical inspection, but it can expose duplicate references, missing loads and accidentally copied marks before the dossier is handed over.",[12,5324,5326],{"id":5325},"a-repeatable-workflow-from-survey-to-legend","A repeatable workflow from survey to legend",[17,5328,5329],{},"Do not begin with drawing. First make an equipment register in which every real point has a room, circuit, sequence number, function and the characteristics that will have to accompany its mark. Only then choose the closest base symbol from Table 2.23. This prevents a convenient-looking icon from deciding what the equipment supposedly is. A fixed fan, a socket outlet and a connection box may share one circuit, but they remain different items.",[17,5331,5332],{},"Review every entry in four passes:",[5055,5334,5335,5341,5347,5353],{},[714,5336,5337,5340],{},[221,5338,5339],{},"Base mark:"," does the family match, such as protective device, socket, luminaire, source or fixed machine?",[714,5342,5343,5346],{},[221,5344,5345],{},"Characteristics:"," are poles, rated current, residual-current sensitivity, wiring type, conductor count and cross-section present where needed to understand the circuit?",[714,5348,5349,5352],{},[221,5350,5351],{},"Reference:"," does the point on the position plan use exactly the circuit letter and number assigned on the single-line diagram?",[714,5354,5355,5358],{},[221,5356,5357],{},"Legend:"," is every project-specific combination defined once and easy to find on every affected sheet?",[17,5360,5361,5362,5365,5366,2025,5369,5372,5373,5376],{},"Consider circuit ",[4083,5363,5364],{},"K",": it starts downstream of an identified RCD and a 20 A protective device, continues through a recorded 3G2.5 cable and supplies three fixed connections. The protective device carries its ratings, the cable carries its wiring data, and the connections are referenced ",[4083,5367,5368],{},"K1",[4083,5370,5371],{},"K3",". One generic icon labelled “kitchen” would not preserve that structure. If ",[4083,5374,5375],{},"K2"," later changes function, keep the stable reference and update the symbol, functional label and relevant characteristics on both diagrams.",[12,5378,5380],{"id":5379},"handling-boundary-cases-without-hiding-information","Handling boundary cases without hiding information",[17,5382,5383],{},"For combined equipment, decide which electrical functions must remain visible for inspection and maintenance. A multi-socket assembly may be grouped if its quantity and switching remain unambiguous. A smart actuator with several outputs may instead need an official base mark, a project legend code and a reference to its technical sheet. A legend is not permission to omit the conductor path, protective function or energy source.",[17,5385,5386],{},"Version project-specific marks like any other installation data. When a definition changes, record the date and affected references, then inspect every sheet. Do not leave an obsolete legend beside the current PDFs in the handover folder. If the representation is uncertain, settle it with the responsible electrical professional and, where appropriate, the approved inspection body before work is executed.",[17,5388,1764,5389,5395],{},[203,5390,5394],{"href":5391,"rel":5392},"https:\u002F\u002Feconomie.fgov.be\u002Ffr\u002Fpublications\u002Freglement-general-sur-les",[5393],"nofollow","official AREI\u002FRGIE Book 1 publication"," remains the primary source. Check the edition applicable to the document date there. Manufacturer icon libraries and symbols borrowed from another country's standard do not replace Table 2.23 or the Belgian diagram rules.",[12,5397,5399],{"id":5398},"what-planelecs-catalogue-does-and-does-not-prove","What PlanElec's catalogue does and does not prove",[17,5401,5402],{},"PlanElec provides an electrical-symbol catalogue for Belgian documentation. Recorded components can feed the single-line diagram and position plan and be exported as PDF. The indicative self-check covers only supported rules for which the project contains sufficient data.",[17,5404,5405],{},"The catalogue does not prove that every specialist item or every AREI case is fully modelled or checked. Verify the actual device, ratings, references and physical location before export. A well-rendered symbol is not a complete design, an AREI conformity statement or an approved inspection report.",[12,5407,4964],{"id":4963},[711,5409,5410,5415,5420],{},[714,5411,5412],{},[203,5413,5414],{"href":4106},"Single-line diagram vs. position plan: difference and coordination",[714,5416,5417],{},[203,5418,5419],{"href":3288},"Create a single-line diagram step by step",[714,5421,5422],{},[203,5423,5424],{"href":1582},"Cable cross-section and protective device",[17,5426,5427],{},[203,5428,5429],{"href":1206},"Open PlanElec to record symbols and export both diagrams →",[17,5431,5432],{},[60,5433,5434],{},"Basis: AREI\u002FRGIE Book 1 V06, Chapter 2.13 and subsections 3.1.2.1 to 3.1.2.3. Official Table 2.23 and the installed system remain decisive.",{"title":1214,"searchDepth":1215,"depth":1215,"links":5436},[5437,5438,5439,5440,5441,5442,5443,5444,5445,5446,5447,5448,5449],{"id":5031,"depth":1215,"text":5032},{"id":5049,"depth":1215,"text":5050},{"id":5075,"depth":1215,"text":5076},{"id":5200,"depth":1215,"text":5201},{"id":5221,"depth":1215,"text":5222},{"id":5245,"depth":1215,"text":5246},{"id":5258,"depth":1215,"text":5259},{"id":5285,"depth":1215,"text":5286},{"id":5312,"depth":1215,"text":5313},{"id":5325,"depth":1215,"text":5326},{"id":5379,"depth":1215,"text":5380},{"id":5398,"depth":1215,"text":5399},{"id":4963,"depth":1215,"text":4964},"2026-08-29","How AREI Table 2.23 symbols work, when a defined legend may fill a gap, and which technical data must accompany symbols on Belgian domestic electrical plans.",{},"\u002Fblog\u002Farei-electrical-symbols.en","9 min",{"title":5025,"description":5451},"arei-electrical-symbols-overview","blog\u002Farei-electrical-symbols.en",[1244,1245,5459,4470,1251,4056,5460,1252],"electrical symbols","legend","6UMRifUftGAf0FX8z2sQ4tEEMdZswWnlH6BgZOQvNFY",{"id":5463,"title":5464,"articleId":5465,"body":5466,"category":5880,"date":5450,"description":5881,"extension":1233,"lastUpdated":5450,"locale":1234,"meta":5882,"navigation":1236,"path":5883,"publishDate":5450,"readTime":5884,"refreshInterval":1239,"seo":5885,"slug":5465,"stem":5886,"tags":5887,"__hash__":5893},"blog\u002Fblog\u002Fheat-pump-single-line-diagram.en.md","Heat Pump on a Single-Line Diagram: Showing the Circuit and Equipment Correctly","heat-pump-single-line-diagram",{"type":9,"value":5467,"toc":5858},[5468,5475,5478,5482,5485,5511,5514,5518,5521,5524,5533,5536,5542,5554,5558,5561,5587,5593,5597,5600,5617,5625,5629,5632,5652,5663,5667,5678,5695,5702,5706,5711,5714,5718,5721,5725,5728,5732,5735,5739,5742,5762,5765,5769,5772,5775,5779,5782,5785,5788,5792,5795,5798,5818,5821,5825,5828,5834,5838,5846,5850],[17,5469,5470,5471,5474],{},"Electrically, a heat pump is often more than one appliance. An outdoor unit, indoor module, backup resistance heater, circulation pump, controller and hot-water cylinder may use separate supplies. Other systems combine several functions behind one connection. The single-line diagram must show the ",[221,5472,5473],{},"electrical installation as actually built",", not the simplified hydraulic drawing in a sales brochure.",[17,5476,5477],{},"AREI Book 1 V06 does not assign one universal heat-pump symbol, breaker or RCD type to every make and model. General requirements for circuits, protection, conductors and documentation apply together with the electrical instructions for the exact equipment. A dependable drawing starts by distinguishing those sources.",[12,5479,5481],{"id":5480},"collect-the-electrical-evidence-first","Collect the electrical evidence first",[17,5483,5484],{},"Before drawing, inspect the distribution board, nameplates and installation manuals. Record for every electrically supplied component:",[711,5486,5487,5490,5493,5496,5499,5502,5505,5508],{},[714,5488,5489],{},"exact equipment reference and function;",[714,5491,5492],{},"voltage and single- or three-phase supply;",[714,5494,5495],{},"rated current and the maximum protective device specified by the manufacturer;",[714,5497,5498],{},"inverter or variable-speed drive technology;",[714,5500,5501],{},"RCD instructions and information about possible smooth-DC residual currents;",[714,5503,5504],{},"cable type, conductor count, cross-section and actual route;",[714,5506,5507],{},"local isolator or maintenance switch where installed;",[714,5509,5510],{},"separate supplies for backup heat, controls, pumps or the cylinder.",[17,5512,5513],{},"A label stating “8 kW heating output” does not give the electrical input or connection rating. Thermal output and electrical demand are different values. Only the relevant electrical value belongs beside the circuit.",[12,5515,5517],{"id":5516},"decide-how-many-circuits-really-exist","Decide how many circuits really exist",[17,5519,5520],{},"A monobloc unit may have one supply. A split system may feed outdoor and indoor units separately. A built-in resistance heater may share a terminal block or require a distinct, higher-current branch. Controls may be powered from the indoor unit or from their own protected supply.",[17,5522,5523],{},"Do not automatically draw this simplified chain:",[5525,5526,5531],"pre",{"className":5527,"code":5529,"language":5530,"meta":1214},[5528],"language-text","Distribution board → breaker → heat pump\n","text",[4083,5532,5529],{"__ignoreMap":1214},[17,5534,5535],{},"An installed arrangement could instead be:",[5525,5537,5540],{"className":5538,"code":5539,"language":5530,"meta":1214},[5528],"Main distribution board\n├─ circuit HP1 → protection → cable → outdoor unit\u002Finverter\n├─ circuit HP2 → protection → cable → indoor unit\u002Fcontroller\n└─ circuit HP3 → protection → cable → electric backup heater\n",[4083,5541,5539],{"__ignoreMap":1214},[17,5543,5544,63,5547,207,5550,5553],{},[4083,5545,5546],{},"HP1",[4083,5548,5549],{},"HP2",[4083,5551,5552],{},"HP3"," are examples only. Follow the project’s circuit lettering and repeat exactly the same references on the situation plan.",[12,5555,5557],{"id":5556},"what-to-show-on-each-branch","What to show on each branch",[17,5559,5560],{},"The path from board to load should be understandable without assumptions. Include at least:",[5055,5562,5563,5566,5569,5572,5575,5578,5581,5584],{},[714,5564,5565],{},"circuit reference;",[714,5567,5568],{},"overcurrent-device type, pole count and rating;",[714,5570,5571],{},"upstream RCD rating and type where present;",[714,5573,5574],{},"cable or conductor type, conductor count and cross-section;",[714,5576,5577],{},"phase allocation for a multiphase supply;",[714,5579,5580],{},"an unambiguous label such as “heat pump outdoor unit”;",[714,5582,5583],{},"relevant electrical power or rated current;",[714,5585,5586],{},"a fixed isolator, contactor or load-control device when it is part of the installation.",[17,5588,1764,5589,5592],{},[203,5590,5591],{"href":1582},"relationship between cable cross-section and breaker"," cannot be derived from appliance power alone. Route length, installation method, grouping, ambient temperature, voltage drop, prospective fault current and manufacturer limits remain part of the full design.",[12,5594,5596],{"id":5595},"rcd-selection-is-model-specific","RCD selection is model-specific",[17,5598,5599],{},"Power electronics driving a compressor can produce residual-current waveforms unlike those of a purely resistive load. That does not make Type B mandatory for every heat pump, nor does it mean Type A is always sufficient. Check together:",[711,5601,5602,5605,5608,5611,5614],{},[714,5603,5604],{},"the binding instructions for the exact model and installed options;",[714,5606,5607],{},"any integrated smooth-DC residual-current detection;",[714,5609,5610],{},"the earthing arrangement and planned disconnection conditions;",[714,5612,5613],{},"selectivity and division between upstream RCDs;",[714,5615,5616],{},"cumulative leakage from other connected equipment.",[17,5618,5619,5620,5624],{},"The guide to ",[203,5621,5623],{"href":5622},"\u002Fen\u002Fblog\u002Frcd-type-a-vs-b","RCD Type A versus Type B"," separates waveform capability, high immunity and time selectivity. The diagram must state what is installed, rather than repeating a generic table.",[12,5626,5628],{"id":5627},"use-a-clear-symbol-and-legend","Use a clear symbol and legend",[17,5630,5631],{},"Table 2.23 of AREI Book 1 V06 is non-exhaustive. If no standard symbol clearly describes the installed heat-pump arrangement, an unambiguous project symbol may be used when its meaning is defined in the legend. For example:",[711,5633,5634,5640,5646],{},[714,5635,5636,5639],{},[4083,5637,5638],{},"HP-O",": heat-pump outdoor unit;",[714,5641,5642,5645],{},[4083,5643,5644],{},"HP-I",": heat-pump indoor unit;",[714,5647,5648,5651],{},[4083,5649,5650],{},"BH",": electric backup heater.",[17,5653,5654,5655,5658,5659,5662],{},"Keep each abbreviation consistent throughout the dossier. Do not reuse ",[4083,5656,5657],{},"HP"," for a hydraulic pump elsewhere. The ",[203,5660,5661],{"href":4971},"AREI electrical-symbol overview"," explains when a project legend is appropriate.",[12,5664,5666],{"id":5665},"keep-the-situation-plan-aligned","Keep the situation plan aligned",[17,5668,5669,5670,5673,5674,5677],{},"The single-line diagram explains ",[221,5671,5672],{},"how"," the heat pump is supplied and protected. The situation plan identifies ",[221,5675,5676],{},"where"," fixed electrical equipment is located. Depending on the installation, place:",[711,5679,5680,5683,5686,5689,5692],{},[714,5681,5682],{},"outdoor and indoor units;",[714,5684,5685],{},"a maintenance switch or local isolator;",[714,5687,5688],{},"a control cabinet or sub-board;",[714,5690,5691],{},"the fixed electric backup heater;",[714,5693,5694],{},"important fixed cable routes when needed for safe future work.",[17,5696,5697,5698,5701],{},"Every location must use the same circuit reference as the single-line diagram. A hydraulic schematic can supplement the dossier but cannot replace the electrical plans. See ",[203,5699,5700],{"href":4106},"single-line diagram versus situation plan"," for the division of roles.",[12,5703,5705],{"id":5704},"common-documentation-failures","Common documentation failures",[5707,5708,5710],"h3",{"id":5709},"showing-only-8-kw-heat-pump","Showing only “8 kW heat pump”",[17,5712,5713],{},"That figure is commonly thermal output. It leaves the electrical supply, protection and wiring unknown.",[5707,5715,5717],{"id":5716},"omitting-backup-heat","Omitting backup heat",[17,5719,5720],{},"A resistance heater can materially increase peak demand and may have its own connection. Show it whenever it forms part of the fixed electrical installation.",[5707,5722,5724],{"id":5723},"copying-another-models-protection","Copying another model’s protection",[17,5726,5727],{},"Similar thermal ratings do not imply identical supply, RCD or breaker requirements. Use the actual manual and design calculations.",[5707,5729,5731],{"id":5730},"treating-design-intent-as-as-built-information","Treating design intent as as-built information",[17,5733,5734],{},"Phases, options and routes can change during installation. Reconcile the drawing, board labels and equipment on site before completing the dossier.",[12,5736,5738],{"id":5737},"final-document-review","Final document review",[17,5740,5741],{},"Before handover, confirm that:",[711,5743,5744,5747,5750,5753,5756,5759],{},[714,5745,5746],{},"equipment labels match the nameplates;",[714,5748,5749],{},"outdoor, indoor and auxiliary supplies are all represented;",[714,5751,5752],{},"pole counts, ratings and RCD details match installed devices;",[714,5754,5755],{},"conductor and phase information is traceable;",[714,5757,5758],{},"circuit references agree across board, single-line diagram and situation plan;",[714,5760,5761],{},"manufacturer instructions and later changes remain in the installation dossier.",[17,5763,5764],{},"This is a documentation review. It does not replace electrical design, competent installation or the required inspection by a recognised inspection body.",[12,5766,5768],{"id":5767},"when-the-diagram-needs-another-revision","When the diagram needs another revision",[17,5770,5771],{},"Review the documents not only after replacing the complete heat pump, but also when enabling a backup heater, changing available electrical power, moving from single- to three-phase equipment or adding a permanently wired controller. A changed RCD, breaker, cable route or phase allocation must also reach the as-built version.",[17,5773,5774],{},"Compare old and new connection data, available conductors, protection, manufacturer requirements, situation-plan locations and supporting manuals. If a disconnected circuit remains physically present, show its real status clearly. A drawing that still presents an isolated appliance as active is as misleading as one that omits a newly connected resistance heater.",[12,5776,5778],{"id":5777},"worked-example-outdoor-unit-indoor-module-and-backup-heater","Worked example: outdoor unit, indoor module and backup heater",[17,5780,5781],{},"Assume an installation has a three-phase outdoor unit, a separately supplied indoor module and electrical backup heat. Do not immediately reduce it to one block. Check the delivered model and site wiring to determine whether there are three final circuits or whether some components are supplied internally by the outdoor unit. Only genuinely separate circuits receive their own protective chain, wiring data and reference.",[17,5783,5784],{},"For each real branch, record maximum electrical input from the authoritative manufacturer documentation, not thermal output from a sales sheet. Show phases, neutral and protective conductor according to the installed cable. A three-phase outdoor unit may sit beside a single-phase controller or indoor module; the common function “heat pump” does not make those differences disappear. Review the backup heater especially carefully because its connected load and stages can exceed the compressor input by a wide margin.",[17,5786,5787],{},"Locate the outdoor unit, indoor module, fixed means of isolation and any separately supplied heater at their actual positions on the position plan. Do not present control, bus or sensor wiring as a power circuit. Where it matters for maintenance, explain it in the legend or technical documentation without mixing it with the mains supply.",[12,5789,5791],{"id":5790},"account-for-commissioning-settings-and-operating-modes","Account for commissioning settings and operating modes",[17,5793,5794],{},"After commissioning, compare the drawn branch with nameplates, terminals, installer settings and test records. Load limiting, inhibit contacts and energy management may affect operation, but they do not automatically replace competent sizing and protective-device assessment. Record only settings that were actually applied, protected against unintended change and relevant to the design basis.",[17,5796,5797],{},"Review operating cases that a normal heating cycle can hide:",[711,5799,5800,5803,5806,5809,5812,5815],{},[714,5801,5802],{},"defrost with simultaneous backup heat;",[714,5804,5805],{},"emergency or hygiene cycle using the electric heater;",[714,5807,5808],{},"starting and inverter behaviour stated by the manufacturer;",[714,5810,5811],{},"separate supply for tray or trace heating;",[714,5813,5814],{},"safe isolation for maintenance;",[714,5816,5817],{},"restart following a supply interruption or load-shedding event.",[17,5819,5820],{},"This list does not prescribe one breaker, RCD or cable size. It identifies inputs the electrical designer must settle against the exact instructions and installation conditions. Measurements and disconnection performance remain on-site verification matters.",[12,5822,5824],{"id":5823},"interfaces-with-pv-storage-and-load-management","Interfaces with PV, storage and load management",[17,5826,5827],{},"A heat pump may respond to self-consumption control, but that does not place it electrically “behind the PV inverter” when the AC topology says otherwise. Draw energy paths according to the real connections and explain communications or smart-grid contacts separately. For backup power, establish whether the heat pump is actually supplied by the backup board and whether starting and power limits permit that mode. A setting visible in an app is not evidence of the wiring arrangement.",[17,5829,1764,5830,5833],{},[203,5831,5394],{"href":5391,"rel":5832},[5393]," provides the general diagram and safety framework. Model-specific input values, external protection requirements and connection variants come from the current instructions for the exact installed equipment.",[12,5835,5837],{"id":5836},"documenting-the-system-in-planelec","Documenting the system in PlanElec",[17,5839,5840,5841,5845],{},"In ",[203,5842,5844],{"href":5843},"\u002Fen\u002F","PlanElec",", you can assign heat-pump components to the circuits actually installed, record protection and conductor details, and export the single-line diagram and situation plan as PDFs. Project-specific symbols still require a clear legend. The indicative self-check can flag supported data, but it does not certify AREI compliance, approve the manufacturer design or create an official inspection report.",[12,5847,5849],{"id":5848},"sources-and-reviewed-version","Sources and reviewed version",[17,5851,5852,5853,5857],{},"The regulatory basis is the official ",[203,5854,5856],{"href":5391,"rel":5855},[5393],"AREI\u002FRGIE Book 1 publication",", particularly Table 2.23 and Part 3 on electrical plans, together with the electrical installation manual for the exact heat-pump model. Reviewed against Book 1 V06 on 29 August 2026.",{"title":1214,"searchDepth":1215,"depth":1215,"links":5859},[5860,5861,5862,5863,5864,5865,5866,5873,5874,5875,5876,5877,5878,5879],{"id":5480,"depth":1215,"text":5481},{"id":5516,"depth":1215,"text":5517},{"id":5556,"depth":1215,"text":5557},{"id":5595,"depth":1215,"text":5596},{"id":5627,"depth":1215,"text":5628},{"id":5665,"depth":1215,"text":5666},{"id":5704,"depth":1215,"text":5705,"children":5867},[5868,5870,5871,5872],{"id":5709,"depth":5869,"text":5710},3,{"id":5716,"depth":5869,"text":5717},{"id":5723,"depth":5869,"text":5724},{"id":5730,"depth":5869,"text":5731},{"id":5737,"depth":1215,"text":5738},{"id":5767,"depth":1215,"text":5768},{"id":5777,"depth":1215,"text":5778},{"id":5790,"depth":1215,"text":5791},{"id":5823,"depth":1215,"text":5824},{"id":5836,"depth":1215,"text":5837},{"id":5848,"depth":1215,"text":5849},"tutorial","Document the outdoor unit, indoor unit, backup heater, protection, cable and manufacturer data of a heat pump under AREI Book 1 V06.",{},"\u002Fblog\u002Fheat-pump-single-line-diagram.en","10 min",{"title":5464,"description":5881},"blog\u002Fheat-pump-single-line-diagram.en",[5888,5889,1244,5890,5891,5892,1252],"Heat pump","Single-line diagram","Circuit","Outdoor unit","Backup heater","vCdies-pNOH9Ahq9i2TKMHEh_tDplz85BO3_C144bHI",{"id":5895,"title":5896,"articleId":5897,"body":5898,"category":5880,"date":5450,"description":6288,"extension":1233,"lastUpdated":5450,"locale":1234,"meta":6289,"navigation":1236,"path":6290,"publishDate":5450,"readTime":5014,"refreshInterval":1239,"seo":6291,"slug":6292,"stem":6293,"tags":6294,"__hash__":6298},"blog\u002Fblog\u002Fnew-build-single-line-checklist.en.md","Single-Line Diagram for a New Build: A Reliable AREI Checklist","new-build-single-line-checklist",{"type":9,"value":5899,"toc":6269},[5900,5904,5907,5910,5914,5917,5937,5940,5944,5947,5970,5973,5977,5980,6000,6003,6007,6010,6013,6017,6020,6023,6030,6034,6037,6040,6044,6047,6050,6054,6057,6074,6077,6081,6084,6087,6107,6110,6114,6117,6120,6124,6197,6201,6204,6207,6211,6214,6217,6221,6224,6232,6236,6239,6241,6259,6264],[12,5901,5903],{"id":5902},"objective-document-the-installation-that-was-actually-built","Objective: document the installation that was actually built",[17,5905,5906],{},"For a new domestic electrical installation, the person responsible for the work prepares a single-line diagram and position plan. The single-line diagram is not an early design that can be left unchanged after construction. Before conformity inspection, it must match the installed boards, protective devices, wiring, circuits, loads and sources.",[17,5908,5909],{},"This checklist follows AREI\u002FRGIE Book 1 V06 and focuses on the usual AC case. The provisions for earthed DC systems applicable from 1 April 2026 form a separate specialist area; AC conductor roles and symbols must not be improvised for DC.",[12,5911,5913],{"id":5912},"_1-give-the-document-set-an-identity","1. Give the document set an identity",[17,5915,5916],{},"Record before drawing:",[711,5918,5919,5922,5925,5928,5931,5934],{},[714,5920,5921],{},"document number, version and version date;",[714,5923,5924],{},"installation address;",[714,5926,5927],{},"name and capacity of the person responsible for execution;",[714,5929,5930],{},"VAT number where applicable;",[714,5932,5933],{},"fields for dates and signatures;",[714,5935,5936],{},"voltage and current type on the single-line diagram.",[17,5938,5939],{},"The single-line and position plans should carry the same version. A filename or export timestamp alone is lost when pages are printed or merged. A working draft must not contain a pre-emptive inspector endorsement or “AREI-compliant” statement. Endorsement belongs to the actual inspection procedure.",[12,5941,5943],{"id":5942},"_2-establish-the-real-supply","2. Establish the real supply",[17,5945,5946],{},"Start from connection data and construction, not a template:",[711,5948,5949,5952,5955,5958,5961,5964,5967],{},[714,5950,5951],{},"single- or three-phase supply;",[714,5953,5954],{},"nominal voltage and AC\u002FDC;",[714,5956,5957],{},"neutral and protective-conductor arrangement;",[714,5959,5960],{},"meter and service connection;",[714,5962,5963],{},"service protective rating and main isolating switch;",[714,5965,5966],{},"network and earthing arrangement needed for the protection design;",[714,5968,5969],{},"additional sources, inverters or transformers.",[17,5971,5972],{},"A Belgian 230 V socket does not identify whether the building has 3×400 V+N or 3×230 V. A false assumption affects pole count, neutral conductors, RCD wiring and loads. Connection agreement, board construction and measurements must agree.",[12,5974,5976],{"id":5975},"_3-represent-the-full-protective-chain","3. Represent the full protective chain",[17,5978,5979],{},"Include main and sub-distribution boards with their supplies. Every final circuit should be traceable from the origin. Record as applicable:",[711,5981,5982,5985,5988,5991,5994,5997],{},[714,5983,5984],{},"main switch and upstream protective devices;",[714,5986,5987],{},"RCD waveform type, rated residual current, rated current and relevant timing characteristic;",[714,5989,5990],{},"fuses or circuit breakers with rating and required characteristic;",[714,5992,5993],{},"connections and downstream boards needed to explain the structure;",[714,5995,5996],{},"spare breakers as spares, without fictitious outgoing cable;",[714,5998,5999],{},"a unique label for every board and outgoing way.",[17,6001,6002],{},"Putting 300 mA upstream of 30 mA does not prove selectivity. Waveform type, enhanced immunity and time delay are different properties. Product coordination, short-circuit conditions and disconnection times remain design checks.",[12,6004,6006],{"id":6005},"_4-give-every-final-circuit-a-stable-reference","4. Give every final circuit a stable reference",[17,6008,6009],{},"Each elementary circuit receives a capital letter. Lighting points, sockets and control units are numbered from the upstream overcurrent device. Use the same identifier on the board label and position plan.",[17,6011,6012],{},"For every outgoing circuit, establish its purpose and loads, whether it is lighting, socket, mixed or dedicated, fixed appliances, intermediate boxes, assigned RCD and agreement across board and both diagrams. “Kitchen” is too vague where lighting, worktop sockets, dishwasher and cooking equipment use separate circuits.",[12,6014,6016],{"id":6015},"_5-complete-the-wiring-system-data","5. Complete the wiring-system data",[17,6018,6019],{},"Subsection 3.1.2.2 requires type, cross-section, conductor count and installation method. Attach the information to the relevant segment. Wiring can change after a junction or connection box; one cable label at the circuit origin must not conceal a different downstream segment.",[17,6021,6022],{},"The design behind the diagram also checks load current, protective rating and permissible current capacity, installation and grouping, temperature, length and voltage drop, short-circuit and fault-loop conditions, minimum cross-sections and the protective conductor. Table 4.11 gives domestic copper ceilings, not a universal sizing calculation.",[17,6024,6025,6026,6029],{},"A neat ",[4083,6027,6028],{},"XVB 3G2.5"," label is only valuable if that cable is installed. Verify against visible construction and reliable as-built records.",[12,6031,6033],{"id":6032},"_6-record-outlets-boxes-and-controls","6. Record outlets, boxes and controls",[17,6035,6036],{},"The single-line diagram includes sockets, lighting points, switches, connection\u002Fjunction boxes and fixed equipment. Use Table 2.23. If no listed mark fits, define an unambiguous symbol in the legend.",[17,6038,6039],{},"Distinguish where relevant: single or multiple socket, protective contact, switched or data outlet; lighting point and switching function; push-button, relay, detector or home automation; fixed appliance or ordinary socket load; connection box or junction box. A general equipment box with a clear label is better than an unexplained decorative icon.",[12,6041,6043],{"id":6042},"_7-include-sources-and-specialist-sections","7. Include sources and specialist sections",[17,6045,6046],{},"PV, inverter, battery, generator or transformer belongs in the electrical structure. Source properties appear on the single-line diagram or remain available in the dossier. For domestic low-voltage PV, Section 9.1.2 additionally calls for operating and maintenance instructions, safety information and technical references for installed equipment.",[17,6048,6049],{},"A panel symbol beside the board does not document point of connection, protection and conversion equipment. Establish which source can energise what, where it connects and through which components. Do not guess whether a battery can export. Safety or critical installations may need additional lists and plans with their sources, circuits and loads clearly identified.",[12,6051,6053],{"id":6052},"_8-synchronise-the-position-plan","8. Synchronise the position plan",[17,6055,6056],{},"Place every represented board, box, socket, light, control, fixed machine and source on the position plan with the same reference. Check both directions:",[5055,6058,6059,6062,6065,6068,6071],{},[714,6060,6061],{},"find every single-line item on the floor plan;",[714,6063,6064],{},"find every floor-plan electrical symbol on the single-line;",[714,6066,6067],{},"compare circuit letter and number;",[714,6069,6070],{},"confirm floor, room and supplying board;",[714,6072,6073],{},"include concealed boxes and outdoor equipment.",[17,6075,6076],{},"Do not invent an unseen cable route. The position plan locates the required elements; additional cable or electrode plans should only contain reliable data.",[12,6078,6080],{"id":6079},"_9-freeze-the-as-built-state-before-inspection","9. Freeze the as-built state before inspection",[17,6082,6083],{},"The new installation undergoes conformity inspection before being put into use. The approved body compares construction with both diagrams and performs checks and measurements including earthing resistance, insulation, continuity and coordination of protective measures.",[17,6085,6086],{},"Immediately before the appointment compare site and dossier:",[711,6088,6089,6092,6095,6098,6101,6104],{},[714,6090,6091],{},"was a different breaker or RCD fitted?",[714,6093,6094],{},"did cable type or cross-section change?",[714,6096,6097],{},"was a socket, light or box added?",[714,6099,6100],{},"was a circuit moved to another RCD?",[714,6102,6103],{},"do board labels and references match?",[714,6105,6106],{},"are all pages from the same version?",[17,6108,6109],{},"Update the physical installation and records together. A technical defect must not be hidden by changing only the drawing.",[12,6111,6113],{"id":6112},"_10-organise-the-dossier-and-later-revisions","10. Organise the dossier and later revisions",[17,6115,6116],{},"The domestic dossier contains the two diagrams, inspection reports and applicable evidence and alteration records. The owner keeps it in duplicate and passes it to a new owner.",[17,6118,6119],{},"After inspection, significant work calls for updated diagrams. Non-significant alterations follow their description rule and the position plan remains current. Retain the endorsed version separately from later revisions so the history is clear.",[12,6121,6123],{"id":6122},"final-checklist","Final checklist",[711,6125,6128,6137,6143,6149,6155,6161,6167,6173,6179,6185,6191],{"className":6126},[6127],"contains-task-list",[714,6129,6132,6136],{"className":6130},[6131],"task-list-item",[6133,6134],"input",{"disabled":1236,"type":6135},"checkbox"," identity, version, address and responsible person complete",[714,6138,6140,6142],{"className":6139},[6131],[6133,6141],{"disabled":1236,"type":6135}," actual voltage, current type and connection recorded",[714,6144,6146,6148],{"className":6145},[6131],[6133,6147],{"disabled":1236,"type":6135}," all boards, protective devices and sources included",[714,6150,6152,6154],{"className":6151},[6131],[6133,6153],{"disabled":1236,"type":6135}," every final circuit uniquely identified",[714,6156,6158,6160],{"className":6157},[6131],[6133,6159],{"disabled":1236,"type":6135}," cable type, cross-section, conductor count and installation method shown",[714,6162,6164,6166],{"className":6163},[6131],[6133,6165],{"disabled":1236,"type":6135}," sockets, lights, boxes, controls and fixed equipment present",[714,6168,6170,6172],{"className":6169},[6131],[6133,6171],{"disabled":1236,"type":6135}," official symbols or an unambiguous legend used",[714,6174,6176,6178],{"className":6175},[6131],[6133,6177],{"disabled":1236,"type":6135}," references match the board and position plan",[714,6180,6182,6184],{"className":6181},[6131],[6133,6183],{"disabled":1236,"type":6135}," construction changes incorporated",[714,6186,6188,6190],{"className":6187},[6131],[6133,6189],{"disabled":1236,"type":6135}," PV and specialist records added",[714,6192,6194,6196],{"className":6193},[6131],[6133,6195],{"disabled":1236,"type":6135}," calculations and measurements completed outside the drawing",[12,6198,6200],{"id":6199},"reconcile-design-site-changes-and-commissioning","Reconcile design, site changes and commissioning",[17,6202,6203],{},"A new build almost always changes between tender and energisation. Keep an open deviation register containing the planned reference, the work actually carried out, the responsible decision, affected drawings and any evidence still missing. Typical entries include a relocated board, an extra outdoor socket, revised heat-pump input data or a PV inverter added late. The design diagram becomes an as-built diagram only after every item has been resolved or explicitly marked as not installed.",[17,6205,6206],{},"Then walk through the installation with the labels and commissioning records. Do not operate circuits on the basis of assumed room names alone. Compare each physical board label with the diagram reference and the point on the position plan. If conductors, protective devices or settings change during commissioning, update the records afterwards. An early PDF export is not a reliable final edition merely because it looks complete.",[12,6208,6210],{"id":6209},"worked-review-of-one-new-final-circuit","Worked review of one new final circuit",[17,6212,6213],{},"For a fixed tumble dryer, “utility room” is not enough. The records should show the supplying board and protective chain, the stable circuit reference, the wiring system with conductor count and cross-section, and the fixed equipment at the end. The same reference appears at the actual connection point on the position plan. Keep the manufacturer's instructions, rating data and required settings separately as technical documentation.",[17,6215,6216],{},"Review the interfaces next. Is the protective-conductor path traceable? Does the real connection method match the drawing? Did a dedicated route in the design become a shared run on site? Is there a junction box missing from the diagram? These checks prevent formally complete pages from preserving an obsolete design state.",[12,6218,6220],{"id":6219},"hand-over-a-controlled-document-set","Hand over a controlled document set",[17,6222,6223],{},"Identify the final issue clearly with project, address, revision and export date. Assemble the single-line diagram, position plan, inspection report and relevant technical documents in an ordered dossier. Keep working copies and superseded revisions separate and visibly historic. The owner should know which files are current and that later alterations require another documentation update.",[17,6225,1764,6226,6231],{},[203,6227,6230],{"href":6228,"rel":6229},"https:\u002F\u002Feconomie.fgov.be\u002Ffr\u002Fthemes\u002Fenergie\u002Fsources-et-vecteurs-denergie\u002Felectricite\u002Fsecurite-et-controle-des\u002Fcontrole-des-installations",[5393],"official FPS Economy page on domestic electrical inspections"," lists the minimum diagrams to provide and summarises their content. It does not replace the detailed requirements of AREI\u002FRGIE Book 1 V06 or competent assessment of the particular project.",[12,6233,6235],{"id":6234},"preparing-with-planelec","Preparing with PlanElec",[17,6237,6238],{},"PlanElec can keep the floor plan, electrical topology and board data in one project, export both diagrams as PDF and run an indicative self-check for supported rules. It does not replace supply verification, cable design, site survey or measurement. A software check with no findings is not an AREI conformity statement; the approved body performs the official inspection.",[12,6240,4964],{"id":4963},[711,6242,6243,6248,6253],{},[714,6244,6245],{},[203,6246,6247],{"href":4106},"Coordinate the single-line and position plans",[714,6249,6250],{},[203,6251,6252],{"href":4971},"Understand AREI electrical symbols",[714,6254,6255],{},[203,6256,6258],{"href":6257},"\u002Fen\u002Fblog\u002Felectrical-inspection","Prepare for electrical inspection",[17,6260,6261],{},[203,6262,6263],{"href":1206},"Start a new-build project in PlanElec →",[17,6265,6266],{},[60,6267,6268],{},"Basis: AREI\u002FRGIE Book 1 V06, particularly Chapter 2.13, Section 3.1.2, Chapter 6.4 and Section 9.1.2. The official text and installed system remain decisive.",{"title":1214,"searchDepth":1215,"depth":1215,"links":6270},[6271,6272,6273,6274,6275,6276,6277,6278,6279,6280,6281,6282,6283,6284,6285,6286,6287],{"id":5902,"depth":1215,"text":5903},{"id":5912,"depth":1215,"text":5913},{"id":5942,"depth":1215,"text":5943},{"id":5975,"depth":1215,"text":5976},{"id":6005,"depth":1215,"text":6006},{"id":6015,"depth":1215,"text":6016},{"id":6032,"depth":1215,"text":6033},{"id":6042,"depth":1215,"text":6043},{"id":6052,"depth":1215,"text":6053},{"id":6079,"depth":1215,"text":6080},{"id":6112,"depth":1215,"text":6113},{"id":6122,"depth":1215,"text":6123},{"id":6199,"depth":1215,"text":6200},{"id":6209,"depth":1215,"text":6210},{"id":6219,"depth":1215,"text":6220},{"id":6234,"depth":1215,"text":6235},{"id":4963,"depth":1215,"text":4964},"From supply and protective devices to cable data, references and the matching position plan: a complete domestic new-build checklist under AREI Book 1 V06.",{},"\u002Fblog\u002Fnew-build-single-line-checklist.en",{"title":5896,"description":6288},"new-build-single-line-diagram-checklist","blog\u002Fnew-build-single-line-checklist.en",[1244,1245,6295,1251,6296,4056,6297,1252],"new build","checklist","conformity inspection","F2KQJLjtzWt1Lps1jCssuEG7AUqfHqlV-b8Yq7pNRlI",{"id":6300,"title":6301,"articleId":6302,"body":6303,"category":5880,"date":5450,"description":6652,"extension":1233,"lastUpdated":5450,"locale":1234,"meta":6653,"navigation":1236,"path":6654,"publishDate":5450,"readTime":5014,"refreshInterval":1239,"seo":6655,"slug":6656,"stem":6657,"tags":6658,"__hash__":6663},"blog\u002Fblog\u002Fpv-ev-charger-single-line-diagram.en.md","Combining Solar PV and an EV Charger on a Single-Line Diagram","pv-ev-charger-single-line-diagram",{"type":9,"value":6304,"toc":6636},[6305,6312,6315,6319,6322,6342,6345,6349,6352,6358,6361,6365,6368,6391,6398,6402,6405,6408,6431,6437,6441,6444,6461,6464,6468,6471,6477,6480,6497,6500,6504,6507,6510,6514,6517,6520,6540,6544,6547,6550,6554,6557,6560,6563,6567,6570,6573,6590,6593,6597,6600,6603,6607,6612,6616,6633],[17,6306,6307,6308,6311],{},"An energy app may show rooftop solar flowing straight into a car. Electrically, the PV installation and charger are normally ",[221,6309,6310],{},"two separate branches"," of the same distribution system. The inverter injects on its AC side; a conventional charger draws power through a dedicated final circuit. An energy-management system can measure and control both, but it does not turn them into a direct series connection.",[17,6313,6314],{},"A dependable combined diagram shows sources, possible power directions, protection boundaries and metering points. It avoids claiming a guaranteed solar share, available capacity or network approval that only the actual design and relevant parties can establish.",[12,6316,6318],{"id":6317},"inventory-three-related-systems","Inventory three related systems",[17,6320,6321],{},"Separate the installation into:",[5055,6323,6324,6330,6336],{},[714,6325,6326,6329],{},[221,6327,6328],{},"Grid and main distribution:"," service, meter, main protection, earthing and relevant boards.",[714,6331,6332,6335],{},[221,6333,6334],{},"PV generation:"," modules or strings, DC components, inverter, AC protection and connection point.",[714,6337,6338,6341],{},[221,6339,6340],{},"Charging load:"," dedicated circuit, overcurrent and residual-current protection, cable, charging point and optional load control.",[17,6343,6344],{},"An integrated hybrid product or bidirectional charger may use a different topology. Draw it only from the approved manufacturer system design and retain model, firmware and configuration evidence in the dossier.",[12,6346,6348],{"id":6347},"a-typical-common-ac-topology","A typical common AC topology",[17,6350,6351],{},"A conventional arrangement can be simplified as:",[5525,6353,6356],{"className":6354,"code":6355,"language":5530,"meta":1214},[5528],"Distribution grid ↔ meter ↔ main distribution board\n                              ├─ PV AC branch ↔ protection ↔ inverter ↔ PV DC side\n                              └─ charging branch → protection → cable → charger → vehicle\n                                                 └─ metering\u002Fload control, if installed\n",[4083,6357,6355],{"__ignoreMap":1214},[17,6359,6360],{},"The double arrow indicates a possible direction of power; it is not a protective function. A unidirectional wallbox remains a load even when its software offers “solar surplus charging”.",[12,6362,6364],{"id":6363},"document-the-pv-branch-completely","Document the PV branch completely",[17,6366,6367],{},"Chapter 7.112 of AREI Book 1 V06 adds requirements for domestic low-voltage PV installations up to 10 kVA. The drawing and dossier should make the installed chain traceable:",[711,6369,6370,6373,6376,6379,6382,6385,6388],{},[714,6371,6372],{},"PV generator and relevant string or module arrangement;",[714,6374,6375],{},"DC conductors, polarity and cross-section;",[714,6377,6378],{},"installed or integrated DC isolation and protective functions;",[714,6380,6381],{},"exact inverter model and maximum AC output;",[714,6383,6384],{},"AC cable, overcurrent device, RCD and other designed protection;",[714,6386,6387],{},"clear connection point at the distribution board;",[714,6389,6390],{},"warnings and identification belonging to the installation.",[17,6392,1764,6393,6397],{},[203,6394,6396],{"href":6395},"\u002Fen\u002Fblog\u002Fpv-system-diagram","PV system diagram guide"," covers this branch in more detail. A generic label such as “PV protection” is not enough when the actual functions remain unknown.",[12,6399,6401],{"id":6400},"keep-the-charger-on-its-dedicated-circuit","Keep the charger on its dedicated circuit",[17,6403,6404],{},"AREI Chapter 7.22 requires a separate circuit for every connection point of a fixed conductive charging installation. Every separate AC circuit is individually protected by an RCD rated at no more than 30 mA. Protection must remain effective with disruptive DC components, using a suitable RCD or a coordinated combination with DC residual-current detection. Each separate circuit also receives appropriate overcurrent protection.",[17,6406,6407],{},"Show at least:",[711,6409,6410,6413,6416,6419,6422,6425,6428],{},[714,6411,6412],{},"circuit reference and phases;",[714,6414,6415],{},"overcurrent device with pole count and rating;",[714,6417,6418],{},"RCD type and any coordinated DC detection;",[714,6420,6421],{},"cable type, conductor count and cross-section;",[714,6423,6424],{},"charger and number of connection points;",[714,6426,6427],{},"rated power or maximum charging current;",[714,6429,6430],{},"fixed control, metering or disconnection equipment.",[17,6432,6433,6434,6436],{},"The acceptable combination depends on AREI requirements, product standards and the exact manual. ",[203,6435,5623],{"href":5622}," provides background but is not approval for a particular charger.",[12,6438,6440],{"id":6439},"put-energy-management-in-the-right-place","Put energy management in the right place",[17,6442,6443],{},"Solar-surplus charging or grid-import limiting needs measurements and control logic. A system may include an energy meter, current transformers, controller, communication and a controllable charger. Place electrically relevant fixed components where they actually connect:",[711,6445,6446,6449,6452,6455,6458],{},[714,6447,6448],{},"measurement point at the service or relevant board;",[714,6450,6451],{},"current sensors with correct phase assignment and orientation;",[714,6453,6454],{},"controller supply;",[714,6456,6457],{},"contactor or control contact if it performs electrical switching or enablement;",[714,6459,6460],{},"data connection only to the extent needed to understand the function.",[17,6462,6463],{},"A dashed line can distinguish communication from power conductors when defined in the legend. Avoid “100% solar charging”: generation, building load, vehicle demand and control strategy continually vary.",[12,6465,6467],{"id":6466},"phases-and-power-balance","Phases and power balance",[17,6469,6470],{},"Show the real phase allocation of inverter and charger. A single-phase inverter and three-phase charger do not become one electrical branch because a meter nets their values. A software current limit also does not replace conductor sizing or overcurrent protection.",[17,6472,1764,6473,6476],{},[203,6474,6475],{"href":1582},"cable cross-section and breaker relationship"," must therefore be established fully and separately for the PV and charging branches.",[17,6478,6479],{},"The design should consider:",[711,6481,6482,6485,6488,6491,6494],{},[714,6483,6484],{},"service capacity and permitted phase loading;",[714,6486,6487],{},"simultaneous generation and consumption;",[714,6489,6490],{},"switchboard bus and upstream-device loading for possible power directions;",[714,6492,6493],{},"fault current, selectivity and voltage-drop conditions;",[714,6495,6496],{},"measurement range and manufacturer limits of the control system.",[17,6498,6499],{},"The diagram records the selected design; it is not the design calculation itself.",[12,6501,6503],{"id":6502},"treat-bidirectional-charging-separately","Treat bidirectional charging separately",[17,6505,6506],{},"If a charger can return vehicle energy to the fixed installation or grid, it is no longer only a load. AREI 7.22.5.4 then invokes requirements for decentralised generation and warnings at affected chargers and distribution boards. Synergrid states that bidirectional, or technically bidirectional-capable, charging infrastructure falls within C10\u002F11 and C10\u002F26 type approval; purely unidirectional charging does not.",[17,6508,6509],{},"Show power directions, isolation and protective functions according to the approved system concept. Do not reuse a normal wallbox topology for Vehicle-to-Home or Vehicle-to-Grid.",[12,6511,6513],{"id":6512},"situation-plan-and-dossier","Situation plan and dossier",[17,6515,6516],{},"Locate modules, inverter, relevant isolators, boards, fixed metering, charger and its related parking space. Repeat the same circuit references used on the single-line diagram. Keep datasheets, equipment declarations, settings and subsequent changes in the installation dossier.",[17,6518,6519],{},"Before finalising, check that:",[711,6521,6522,6525,6528,6531,6534,6537],{},[714,6523,6524],{},"the drawing, board labels and as-built installation agree;",[714,6526,6527],{},"both branches can be traced to their common point;",[714,6529,6530],{},"every energy-flow direction is correct;",[714,6532,6533],{},"protection is drawn on the correct side without invented duplicates;",[714,6535,6536],{},"load management appears as control, not a substitute for protection;",[714,6538,6539],{},"unidirectional or bidirectional capability is explicit.",[12,6541,6543],{"id":6542},"carry-later-changes-through-the-whole-system","Carry later changes through the whole system",[17,6545,6546],{},"Combined energy systems often evolve after handover. A replacement inverter, extra array, second charging point, battery or new metering method can change the topology. Do not edit only the equipment label: trace every modified branch back to the common board.",[17,6548,6549],{},"Record the additional source or connection point, changed maximum AC value and power direction, revised protection, sensor position and phase mapping, conductor data and physical labels. Keep software limits with the equipment version and configuration evidence. A battery or bidirectional vehicle is not an invisible app feature; once another source can energise the fixed installation, its source, isolation, protection and warnings must be technically traceable. Archive the superseded drawing and mark the current revision clearly.",[12,6551,6553],{"id":6552},"worked-case-adding-a-second-charging-point-to-existing-pv","Worked case: adding a second charging point to existing PV",[17,6555,6556],{},"Suppose a building already has a PV inverter and a unidirectional wallbox, and a second connection point is added later. Do not begin by copying the first symbol. Establish whether the project uses another charger, one station with two connection points or a different manufacturer architecture, and locate the actual overcurrent and residual-current protective functions. Chapter 7.22 contains a narrow option for common overcurrent protection where several connection points are not used simultaneously and the necessary protection remains effective for each point. It is not a general permission to share circuits or RCD protection.",[17,6558,6559],{},"Update service demand, phase assignment and load management next. The two points may share capacity dynamically, but the drawing still has to identify both connection points, their real electrical subdivision and the maximum enabled load. Current sensors must match the measured conductors and orientation. A software screen showing two parking bays is not evidence of the as-built wiring or integrated protection.",[17,6561,6562],{},"Revisit the PV path as well. If only consumption changes, modules and inverter may remain untouched, but the common board and possible current directions may need a new assessment. If a hybrid inverter or battery is added at the same time, it introduces another source or operating mode and needs its own traceable protection, isolation and documentation concept.",[12,6564,6566],{"id":6565},"build-an-evidence-chain-for-commissioning","Build an evidence chain for commissioning",[17,6568,6569],{},"Link each important boundary on the drawing to evidence: a nameplate or datasheet for power values, a manufacturer system diagram for integrated protective functions, test records for the installed work, and a configuration export for relevant limits. Mark assumptions as open. Do not draw an RCD type or DC residual-current detection as installed until the exact device and arrangement support that statement.",[17,6571,6572],{},"At final review, walk through several energy-flow cases:",[5055,6574,6575,6578,6581,6584,6587],{},[714,6576,6577],{},"vehicle charging at night with no PV generation;",[714,6579,6580],{},"PV generation with low building demand;",[714,6582,6583],{},"PV and charging operating against a dynamic import limit;",[714,6585,6586],{},"loss of load-management measurement or communication;",[714,6588,6589],{},"for bidirectional equipment, energy returning from the vehicle.",[17,6591,6592],{},"For each case, the power path, limit, protection and fail-safe response should be explainable from the designed system and manufacturer concept. The single-line need not reproduce every software decision, but it must not hide an electrically relevant component or possible source direction.",[12,6594,6596],{"id":6595},"keep-grid-and-product-approvals-distinct","Keep grid and product approvals distinct",[17,6598,6599],{},"AREI documentation, Synergrid type approval and the relevant distribution-system operator's connection process answer different questions. A competently designed AREI protection concept is not evidence of C10\u002F26 listing, while a listed product does not prove correct installation in this building. Synergrid currently states that purely unidirectional chargers do not require C10\u002F26 approval under C10\u002F11 ed.2.4; other technical or network conditions can still apply.",[17,6601,6602],{},"Record equipment model, firmware, uni- or bidirectional capability, grid-operator correspondence and actual commissioning settings with the drawing revision. This makes clear which technical state an approval or inspection considered.",[12,6604,6606],{"id":6605},"building-the-documents-in-planelec","Building the documents in PlanElec",[17,6608,5840,6609,6611],{},[203,6610,5844],{"href":5843},", you can record PV and charging branches, align them with the situation plan and export both PDFs. The indicative self-check can flag supported data. PlanElec does not perform full protection coordination, grant network permission, certify AREI compliance or produce an official inspection report.",[12,6613,6615],{"id":6614},"official-sources","Official sources",[711,6617,6618,6625],{},[714,6619,6620,6624],{},[203,6621,6623],{"href":5391,"rel":6622},[5393],"AREI\u002FRGIE Book 1 from the FPS Economy",": Chapters 7.22 and 7.112 and Parts 3 and 9, reviewed at V06.",[714,6626,6627,6632],{},[203,6628,6631],{"href":6629,"rel":6630},"https:\u002F\u002Fwww.synergrid.be\u002Ffr\u002Fhomologation\u002Felectricite\u002Funites-de-production-decentralisee",[5393],"Synergrid: decentralised generation unit approval",": C10\u002F11 ed.2.4, C10\u002F26 and the distinction for bidirectional charging.",[17,6634,6635],{},"Technical review date: 29 August 2026. Recheck current connection conditions and manufacturer versions before implementation.",{"title":1214,"searchDepth":1215,"depth":1215,"links":6637},[6638,6639,6640,6641,6642,6643,6644,6645,6646,6647,6648,6649,6650,6651],{"id":6317,"depth":1215,"text":6318},{"id":6347,"depth":1215,"text":6348},{"id":6363,"depth":1215,"text":6364},{"id":6400,"depth":1215,"text":6401},{"id":6439,"depth":1215,"text":6440},{"id":6466,"depth":1215,"text":6467},{"id":6502,"depth":1215,"text":6503},{"id":6512,"depth":1215,"text":6513},{"id":6542,"depth":1215,"text":6543},{"id":6552,"depth":1215,"text":6553},{"id":6565,"depth":1215,"text":6566},{"id":6595,"depth":1215,"text":6596},{"id":6605,"depth":1215,"text":6606},{"id":6614,"depth":1215,"text":6615},"Show the PV inverter, EV charger, separate circuits, protection, energy metering and possible reverse power flow correctly on one diagram.",{},"\u002Fblog\u002Fpv-ev-charger-single-line-diagram.en",{"title":6301,"description":6652},"solar-pv-ev-charger-single-line-diagram","blog\u002Fpv-ev-charger-single-line-diagram.en",[6659,6660,5889,1244,6661,6662,1252],"Solar PV","EV charger","Load management","Reverse power flow","hl5nc9zmkArGzfAZRNg2bc0xR67VCqeIAasIb03n1OM",{"id":6665,"title":6666,"articleId":6667,"body":6668,"category":5880,"date":5450,"description":7025,"extension":1233,"lastUpdated":5450,"locale":1234,"meta":7026,"navigation":1236,"path":7027,"publishDate":5450,"readTime":5884,"refreshInterval":1239,"seo":7028,"slug":7029,"stem":7030,"tags":7031,"__hash__":7036},"blog\u002Fblog\u002Fpv-situation-plan.en.md","Drawing Solar PV on a Situation Plan: Modules, Inverter and Cable Routes","pv-situation-plan",{"type":9,"value":6669,"toc":7003},[6670,6677,6680,6684,6687,6710,6713,6717,6720,6737,6744,6748,6751,6768,6771,6775,6778,6781,6787,6790,6794,6797,6814,6819,6823,6826,6829,6843,6849,6853,6857,6860,6864,6867,6871,6874,6878,6881,6885,6888,6908,6911,6915,6935,6939,6942,6945,6949,6952,6955,6958,6962,6965,6968,6972,6975,6978,6984,6988,6994,6996],[17,6671,6672,6673,6676],{},"PV documentation often focuses on the single-line diagram, where strings, inverter, protection and the distribution-board connection appear. A situation plan has a different purpose: recording the ",[221,6674,6675],{},"physical location"," of fixed electrical equipment. For later maintenance, alteration or inspection, a reader should find the module fields, inverter and fixed route back to the board.",[17,6678,6679],{},"The situation plan is neither a roof-structure design nor a duplicate DC schematic. It complements the single-line diagram without repeating all of its electrical detail.",[12,6681,6683],{"id":6682},"start-from-an-as-built-survey","Start from an as-built survey",[17,6685,6686],{},"Use a recognisable plan with storeys, rooms, access points and important external areas. A roof plan or elevation may be needed. Verify on site:",[711,6688,6689,6692,6695,6698,6701,6704,6707],{},[714,6690,6691],{},"actual module fields and orientation;",[714,6693,6694],{},"central inverters or microinverters;",[714,6696,6697],{},"fixed DC and AC isolation points where installed;",[714,6699,6700],{},"main or sub-distribution board receiving the PV connection;",[714,6702,6703],{},"fixed penetrations and important cable routes;",[714,6705,6706],{},"meter cabinet where needed to explain the connection;",[714,6708,6709],{},"battery, backup switching or another source included in the system.",[17,6711,6712],{},"Do not copy the quotation drawing without checking it. Module layout, inverter location and cable route frequently change during installation.",[12,6714,6716],{"id":6715},"what-to-show-on-the-roof","What to show on the roof",[17,6718,6719],{},"Make the module field unambiguous. Depending on scale, show:",[711,6721,6722,6725,6728,6731,6734],{},[714,6723,6724],{},"individual modules or clearly bounded module groups;",[714,6726,6727],{},"the relevant roof pitch, outbuilding, façade or ground area;",[714,6729,6730],{},"string references where they connect the plan to the single-line diagram;",[714,6732,6733],{},"fixed DC combiner or switching boxes;",[714,6735,6736],{},"useful roof edges, access points or fire compartments where they explain electrical location.",[17,6738,6739,6740,6743],{},"The plan does not need every connector beneath every module. String arrangement, polarity, conductor data and electrical protection primarily belong on the ",[203,6741,6742],{"href":6395},"PV single-line diagram",". Use identical string and equipment identifiers on both documents.",[12,6745,6747],{"id":6746},"locate-the-inverter-precisely","Locate the inverter precisely",[17,6749,6750],{},"Mark the actual mounting position and distinguish where relevant:",[711,6752,6753,6756,6759,6762,6765],{},[714,6754,6755],{},"central string inverter;",[714,6757,6758],{},"multiple inverters;",[714,6760,6761],{},"microinverters at the modules;",[714,6763,6764],{},"hybrid inverter and separate battery;",[714,6766,6767],{},"associated fixed isolation or switching devices.",[17,6769,6770],{},"A label saying only “garage” may be too vague in a large space. Put the symbol at the correct wall or technical zone. Identify the façade when equipment is outside.",[12,6772,6774],{"id":6773},"draw-useful-cable-routes","Draw useful cable routes",[17,6776,6777],{},"A serviceable plan shows how the fixed electrical route runs from module field to inverter and onward to the board. Include building penetrations, risers, ducts and changes of level that will later be concealed.",[17,6779,6780],{},"Distinguish DC and AC routes by line style or text, not colour alone. A black-and-white print must remain understandable:",[5525,6782,6785],{"className":6783,"code":6784,"language":5530,"meta":1214},[5528],"PV-DC  ─ ─ ─  DC route from the module field\nPV-AC  ─────  AC route to the distribution board\nDATA   ·····  fixed metering or communication route\n",[4083,6786,6784],{"__ignoreMap":1214},[17,6788,6789],{},"Define each line in the legend. It does not state cable type or installation method; those data remain attached to the circuit on the single-line diagram.",[12,6791,6793],{"id":6792},"symbols-and-project-legend","Symbols and project legend",[17,6795,6796],{},"Table 2.23 of AREI Book 1 V06 is non-exhaustive. A project symbol for a module field, inverter or DC isolator may be used when it is unambiguous and defined in the legend. Ensure:",[711,6798,6799,6802,6805,6808,6811],{},[714,6800,6801],{},"sufficient size in the final PDF;",[714,6803,6804],{},"different form or text for inverter and battery;",[714,6806,6807],{},"stable references across pages;",[714,6809,6810],{},"meaning that does not rely only on colour;",[714,6812,6813],{},"clear distinction between electrical equipment and building objects.",[17,6815,1764,6816,6818],{},[203,6817,5661],{"href":4971}," explains the legend rule in more detail.",[12,6820,6822],{"id":6821},"share-references-with-the-single-line-diagram","Share references with the single-line diagram",[17,6824,6825],{},"Part 3 of AREI Book 1 V06 links the two plans through circuit references. The inverter AC branch therefore carries the same identifier on the situation plan and single-line diagram. String and equipment references used on both must also agree.",[17,6827,6828],{},"Check in both directions:",[5055,6830,6831,6834,6837,6840],{},[714,6832,6833],{},"Every fixed PV item on the situation plan can be found on the single-line diagram or in its legend.",[714,6835,6836],{},"Every spatially relevant PV component on the single-line diagram has a discoverable position.",[714,6838,6839],{},"Board and storey names match.",[714,6841,6842],{},"Address, date and document revision are the same.",[17,6844,6845,6846,6848],{},"See ",[203,6847,5700],{"href":4106}," for their separate roles.",[12,6850,6852],{"id":6851},"special-configurations","Special configurations",[5707,6854,6856],{"id":6855},"microinverters","Microinverters",[17,6858,6859],{},"For many identical units, a grouped symbol with quantity, type and related modules may be clearer than overlapping marks. The electrical parallel connection remains visible on the single-line diagram.",[5707,6861,6863],{"id":6862},"home-battery","Home battery",[17,6865,6866],{},"Locate the battery, inverter, fixed isolation and any backup board. A battery is not a PV module and needs a distinct symbol. Location constraints come from design and manufacturer information; the plan records the installed position.",[5707,6868,6870],{"id":6869},"outbuilding-or-ground-array","Outbuilding or ground array",[17,6872,6873],{},"Show the route between buildings, entry point and any sub-board. An arrow marked “to house” without a precise destination is poor evidence for future work.",[5707,6875,6877],{"id":6876},"existing-installation","Existing installation",[17,6879,6880],{},"Part 8 contains a limited derogation for certain existing domestic PV installations up to 10 kVA, allowing a written description possibly supported by photographs. Do not generalise that existing-installation rule to new construction or a significant alteration. Have the particular case classified correctly.",[12,6882,6884],{"id":6883},"dossier-and-photographs","Dossier and photographs",[17,6886,6887],{},"Photographs help document concealed routes, roofs and equipment labels, but do not automatically replace structured electrical plans. Retain:",[711,6889,6890,6893,6896,6899,6902,6905],{},[714,6891,6892],{},"final situation plan and single-line diagram;",[714,6894,6895],{},"module and inverter data;",[714,6897,6898],{},"available string and measurement records;",[714,6900,6901],{},"manuals and equipment declarations;",[714,6903,6904],{},"reports from the recognised inspection body;",[714,6906,6907],{},"later changes under a new revision.",[17,6909,6910],{},"The owner should keep the dossier available and arrange updates after alterations.",[12,6912,6914],{"id":6913},"pre-export-check","Pre-export check",[711,6916,6917,6920,6923,6926,6929,6932],{},[714,6918,6919],{},"Are module fields, inverters and fixed auxiliary devices at their actual locations?",[714,6921,6922],{},"Are DC and AC routes distinguishable and explained in the legend?",[714,6924,6925],{},"Do circuit, string and board references match the single-line diagram?",[714,6927,6928],{},"Are symbols and labels legible at the intended print size?",[714,6930,6931],{},"Does the plan represent as-built conditions rather than the original offer?",[714,6933,6934],{},"Do both plans carry the same address, date and revision?",[12,6936,6938],{"id":6937},"organising-a-multi-sheet-plan","Organising a multi-sheet plan",[17,6940,6941],{},"If the roof, technical room and boards cannot fit legibly on one sheet, use named views. An overview can connect the building, roof areas and distribution boards while detail sheets enlarge arrays and equipment zones. Number every sheet and use explicit continuation notes such as “PV-DC continues on sheet S2”.",[17,6943,6944],{},"Keep enough orientation on each view: storey, room, north arrow or recognisable façade. Do not repeat one equipment identifier at several positions unless several devices really exist. A reference table can link symbol, equipment ID, circuit and sheet. This keeps a large installation traceable without shrinking labels or drawing long ambiguous lines across the page.",[12,6946,6948],{"id":6947},"worked-case-two-roof-faces-and-one-inverter-in-a-plant-room","Worked case: two roof faces and one inverter in a plant room",[17,6950,6951],{},"Consider a house with modules on east- and west-facing roofs, two DC strings and one inverter in the plant room. Show two identified array areas rather than one icon at the centre of the roof. State which string reference belongs to each face and where its DC conductors enter the building. Draw a shared route to the plant room only where the installed cables really share that route.",[17,6953,6954],{},"Give the inverter a stable equipment reference and its actual wall position. If DC isolation, surge protection or other fixed equipment is external, locate it too and link its identifier to the single-line diagram. Keep integrated functions attached to the equipment record rather than inventing separate boxes. The AC route ends at the correct board and circuit; a line aimed merely at the nearest room adds no traceability.",[17,6956,6957],{},"Check the orientation of each roof detail. Roof face, eaves, ridge, north direction and recognisable building edges should let a person find the array and entry point on site. The position plan is not a mechanical mounting drawing and need not show every hook. It should show differences that matter for electrical assignment, safe work and later fault finding.",[12,6959,6961],{"id":6960},"survey-concealed-or-inaccessible-routes-honestly","Survey concealed or inaccessible routes honestly",[17,6963,6964],{},"Do not invent a geometrically precise path where an existing installation hides it. Mark a section as concealed or derived from retained documentation and keep the source of that information. Photographs of entries, labels, penetrations and the plant room help narrow the uncertainty. A dashed line has that meaning only when the legend defines it.",[17,6966,6967],{},"Separate three evidence states: observed on site, supported by reliable technical records and still unresolved. Open items belong in a survey task list, not as confident lines on the final drawing. Before inspection, the responsible professional decides whether more surveying or access is required.",[12,6969,6971],{"id":6970},"carry-roof-alterations-through-the-documents","Carry roof alterations through the documents",[17,6973,6974],{},"After replacing modules, extending an array or changing an inverter, review more than the roof outline. Update array and string identifiers, cable route, entry point, equipment location, DC and AC references and supporting technical records. Even where modules are replaced within an existing string, retain the actual installed quantity and rating in the relevant dossier information. If strings are rearranged, the single-line and position plan must share the new state.",[17,6976,6977],{},"Archive the superseded edition separately with its date. This makes clear whether a photograph or inspection report concerns the old or current arrangement. An inverter cloud portal can provide production data, but it is not a spatial survey and does not replace the position-plan revision.",[17,6979,1764,6980,6983],{},[203,6981,6230],{"href":6228,"rel":6982},[5393]," explicitly includes energy sources on both diagrams and PV technical documentation in the dossier. The required detail follows the installation and current official Book 1 V06, not a generic roof template.",[12,6985,6987],{"id":6986},"creating-the-plan-in-planelec","Creating the plan in PlanElec",[17,6989,6990,6991,6993],{},"With ",[203,6992,5844],{"href":5843},", you can place PV components on the situation plan, record their electrical structure on the single-line diagram and export both as PDFs. The software reproduces the project data entered. Its indicative self-check can flag supported information, but does not replace an on-site survey or recognised inspection and does not certify AREI compliance.",[12,6995,5849],{"id":5848},[17,6997,6998,6999,7002],{},"The basis is the official ",[203,7000,5856],{"href":5391,"rel":7001},[5393],": Table 2.23, Part 3, Chapter 7.112, the narrow existing-installation derogation in Part 8 and the dossier requirements in Part 9. Reviewed against V06 on 29 August 2026.",{"title":1214,"searchDepth":1215,"depth":1215,"links":7004},[7005,7006,7007,7008,7009,7010,7011,7017,7018,7019,7020,7021,7022,7023,7024],{"id":6682,"depth":1215,"text":6683},{"id":6715,"depth":1215,"text":6716},{"id":6746,"depth":1215,"text":6747},{"id":6773,"depth":1215,"text":6774},{"id":6792,"depth":1215,"text":6793},{"id":6821,"depth":1215,"text":6822},{"id":6851,"depth":1215,"text":6852,"children":7012},[7013,7014,7015,7016],{"id":6855,"depth":5869,"text":6856},{"id":6862,"depth":5869,"text":6863},{"id":6869,"depth":5869,"text":6870},{"id":6876,"depth":5869,"text":6877},{"id":6883,"depth":1215,"text":6884},{"id":6913,"depth":1215,"text":6914},{"id":6937,"depth":1215,"text":6938},{"id":6947,"depth":1215,"text":6948},{"id":6960,"depth":1215,"text":6961},{"id":6970,"depth":1215,"text":6971},{"id":6986,"depth":1215,"text":6987},{"id":5848,"depth":1215,"text":5849},"Locate PV modules, inverter, fixed isolators, distribution boards and cable routes on the situation plan using the same references as the single-line diagram.",{},"\u002Fblog\u002Fpv-situation-plan.en",{"title":6666,"description":7025},"solar-pv-situation-plan","blog\u002Fpv-situation-plan.en",[6659,7032,7033,7034,1244,7035,1252],"Situation plan","PV modules","Inverter","Cable route","14hraDbdna7RayPwnHWqET2nD7xmRylYG7BYzoqZROs",{"id":7038,"title":7039,"articleId":7040,"body":7041,"category":1230,"date":5450,"description":7421,"extension":1233,"lastUpdated":5450,"locale":1234,"meta":7422,"navigation":1236,"path":7423,"publishDate":5450,"readTime":5454,"refreshInterval":1239,"seo":7424,"slug":7425,"stem":7426,"tags":7427,"__hash__":7430},"blog\u002Fblog\u002Fsingle-line-vs-situation-plan.en.md","Single-Line Diagram vs. Position Plan: Difference and Coordination","single-line-vs-situation-plan",{"type":9,"value":7042,"toc":7406},[7043,7047,7055,7058,7062,7065,7068,7072,7075,7101,7104,7107,7111,7114,7130,7133,7136,7140,7156,7166,7170,7173,7196,7199,7203,7206,7209,7212,7216,7277,7281,7284,7287,7290,7293,7297,7300,7324,7327,7344,7348,7359,7362,7368,7372,7375,7378,7380,7396,7401],[12,7044,7046],{"id":7045},"the-difference-in-one-sentence","The difference in one sentence",[17,7048,1764,7049,7051,7052,7054],{},[221,7050,1251],{}," shows how the supply, protective devices, wiring systems and loads connect electrically. The ",[221,7053,4056],{},", also called a situation plan in English product language, shows where the relevant equipment is located in the building. Shared circuit identifiers connect the electrical path to the real room.",[17,7056,7057],{},"Both documents are required for a new domestic installation and for significant alterations or extensions. They are not interchangeable views. A floor plan does not specify RCDs, breakers or conductor data; an electrical tree does not locate the socket beside a particular door.",[12,7059,7061],{"id":7060},"a-shared-identity-and-version","A shared identity and version",[17,7063,7064],{},"Book 1 V06 subsection 3.1.2.1 requires an unambiguous number, version and version date for plans and records. Domestic diagrams also state the name and capacity of the person responsible for the work, their VAT number where applicable and the installation address. Voltage and current type appear on the single-line diagram.",[17,7066,7067],{},"Where the approved body establishes conformity, the drawings are dated and signed or endorsed and join the inspection report in the installation dossier. A PDF exported before inspection is therefore not already an approved drawing or a positive report.",[12,7069,7071],{"id":7070},"what-the-single-line-diagram-contains","What the single-line diagram contains",[17,7073,7074],{},"Subsection 3.1.2.2 lists at least:",[711,7076,7077,7080,7083,7086,7089,7092,7095,7098],{},[714,7078,7079],{},"wiring-system type, cross-section and conductor count;",[714,7081,7082],{},"wiring installation method;",[714,7084,7085],{},"type and characteristics of residual-current devices;",[714,7087,7088],{},"type and characteristics of overcurrent devices;",[714,7090,7091],{},"switches, connection boxes and junction boxes;",[714,7093,7094],{},"socket outlets and lighting points;",[714,7096,7097],{},"fixed machines and appliances;",[714,7099,7100],{},"sources such as transformers, photovoltaic cells, inverters and batteries.",[17,7102,7103],{},"It answers structural questions: which RCD is upstream of circuit C, which breaker protects a cable, how does a junction branch, and which loads follow? It does not give a scaled location in the home.",[17,7105,7106],{},"Each elementary circuit receives a capital letter. Lighting points, sockets and control units are numbered in order from the upstream overcurrent device. That sequence is an electrical reference, not necessarily the walking route through the rooms.",[12,7108,7110],{"id":7109},"what-the-position-plan-contains","What the position plan contains",[17,7112,7113],{},"Subsection 3.1.2.3 requires the physical location of items represented on the single-line diagram, including:",[711,7115,7116,7119,7122,7125,7127],{},[714,7117,7118],{},"distribution and switchgear assemblies;",[714,7120,7121],{},"connection and junction boxes;",[714,7123,7124],{},"sockets, lighting points and switches;",[714,7126,7097],{},[714,7128,7129],{},"sources, inverters and batteries.",[17,7131,7132],{},"A legible floor plan distinguishes storeys and rooms. Scale can help, but the position must above all be unambiguous. Placing a socket in the centre of a bedroom does not identify the wall on which it is installed. Concealed junction boxes matter because maintenance must be able to find them later.",[17,7134,7135],{},"The position plan is not automatically a complete cable-route plan. The rule calls for the listed equipment locations. Unknown concealed routes should not be invented; underground cables and specialist systems may require additional plans.",[12,7137,7139],{"id":7138},"the-shared-reference-is-the-bridge","The shared reference is the bridge",[17,7141,7142,7143,7145,7146,2025,7149,7152,7153,7155],{},"Suppose circuit ",[4083,7144,3687],{}," supplies three socket outlets and one lighting point. The single-line diagram identifies them ",[4083,7147,7148],{},"B1",[4083,7150,7151],{},"B4"," in electrical sequence. The position plan places each reference at its real location. A switch controlling ",[4083,7154,7151],{}," is marked so that the controlled point is clear.",[17,7157,7158,7159,7161,7162,7165],{},"An inspector or electrician can then move from the protective device to the load, and from the room back to the board. If ",[4083,7160,4710],{}," is absent from the floor plan, its location is unknown. If the plan shows a further socket ",[4083,7163,7164],{},"B5"," that does not exist on the single-line diagram, the two documents describe different installation states.",[12,7167,7169],{"id":7168},"build-both-from-one-survey","Build both from one survey",[17,7171,7172],{},"A robust workflow is to:",[5055,7174,7175,7178,7181,7184,7187,7190,7193],{},[714,7176,7177],{},"record storeys, rooms, boards and sources;",[714,7179,7180],{},"establish the protective chain and final circuits;",[714,7182,7183],{},"assign every socket, appliance and box to the correct circuit;",[714,7185,7186],{},"create each reference once and reuse it in both views;",[714,7188,7189],{},"add cable and equipment properties to the electrical path;",[714,7191,7192],{},"verify physical positions on site;",[714,7194,7195],{},"export both documents with the same version and status date.",[17,7197,7198],{},"Board labels are clues, not proof. Existing circuits may need safe identification by a competent person. A guessed concealed connection is not made reliable by drawing it neatly.",[12,7200,7202],{"id":7201},"alterations-and-document-history","Alterations and document history",[17,7204,7205],{},"For a non-significant alteration, a short dated and signed description may replace a completely new single-line diagram where the AREI conditions are met. Every domestic alteration or extension is nevertheless added to the position plan so it continuously represents the existing state. Significant work requires the corresponding updated diagrams.",[17,7207,7208],{},"Older sections whose on-site execution began before 1 October 1981 and which appear on the single-line diagram are marked “old section”. The label is not blanket approval; the actual legacy deviations must still be assessed.",[17,7210,7211],{},"Version the documents as a pair. A position plan at Version 4 beside a single-line diagram at Version 2 makes the inspected state unclear. Retain earlier endorsed versions in the dossier rather than erasing the history.",[12,7213,7215],{"id":7214},"typical-inconsistencies","Typical inconsistencies",[21,7217,7218,7228],{},[24,7219,7220],{},[27,7221,7222,7225],{},[30,7223,7224],{},"Difference",[30,7226,7227],{},"Why it matters",[43,7229,7230,7245,7253,7261,7269],{},[27,7231,7232,7242],{},[48,7233,7234,7235,7238,7239],{},"Single-line has ",[4083,7236,7237],{},"C1–C6",", position plan only ",[4083,7240,7241],{},"C1–C5",[48,7243,7244],{},"one item cannot be located or is not electrically recorded",[27,7246,7247,7250],{},[48,7248,7249],{},"Different circuit letter at the same socket",[48,7251,7252],{},"its location cannot be tied to the protective device",[27,7254,7255,7258],{},[48,7256,7257],{},"Inverter appears only on the floor plan",[48,7259,7260],{},"its source connection and protection are absent",[27,7262,7263,7266],{},[48,7264,7265],{},"Junction box appears only on the single-line",[48,7267,7268],{},"maintenance cannot find it physically",[27,7270,7271,7274],{},[48,7272,7273],{},"Different address or version",[48,7275,7276],{},"the files may concern different states or installations",[12,7278,7280],{"id":7279},"how-the-approved-body-uses-both","How the approved body uses both",[17,7282,7283],{},"During conformity inspection, the approved body checks among other things whether the installation was built according to the single-line diagram and position plan. The single-line makes protection and wiring assignments traceable; the position plan lets the inspector find the identified points. Measurements and visual inspection remain separate parts of the process.",[17,7285,7286],{},"A mutually consistent pair can still contain a design error. Conversely, technically sound work is poorly documented when the diagrams contradict each other. Keep three decisions separate: the records are complete, the design has been competently checked and the installed system has passed official inspection. None follows automatically from a polished PDF.",[17,7288,7289],{},"After a conforming result, the owner receives the endorsed drawings and report for the dossier. The approved body retains a copy for the prescribed period, but the owner remains responsible for keeping their own records current and available for later work.",[17,7291,7292],{},"Treat the approved body's copy as a recovery option, not version control. A later alteration kept only in a loose note makes the set inconsistent again. Attach each change to the correct versions of both diagrams.",[12,7294,7296],{"id":7295},"a-practical-reconciliation-before-release","A practical reconciliation before release",[17,7298,7299],{},"Do not reconcile the files only by looking at the pages side by side. Work circuit by circuit. Start from a list of circuit letters, then follow each circuit from its protective device to the final item and ask the same questions in both records: which points exist, what reference identifies them, where are they located, and what fixed function do they perform? Record a mismatch as an open task instead of hiding it under a broad room label.",[17,7301,7302,7303,7306,7307,7310,7311,7314,7315,7317,7318,7320,7321,7323],{},"For circuit ",[4083,7304,7305],{},"H",", the list might contain ceiling light ",[4083,7308,7309],{},"H1",", wall light ",[4083,7312,7313],{},"H2"," and their associated switches. The single-line diagram shows how these points sit electrically behind protection and wiring. The position plan shows ",[4083,7316,7309],{}," in the hall and ",[4083,7319,7313],{}," outdoors. If ",[4083,7322,7313],{}," is missing from one page, the other page is not automatically correct. Resolve the difference against the survey and installed system, then correct both records.",[17,7325,7326],{},"Also perform cross-circuit checks:",[711,7328,7329,7332,7335,7338,7341],{},[714,7330,7331],{},"Every board and fixed energy source on the single-line has a findable location.",[714,7333,7334],{},"Relevant connection and junction boxes use consistent identifiers.",[714,7336,7337],{},"Fixed machines are not represented only by room text.",[714,7339,7340],{},"Continuation references between sheets terminate at the intended circuit rather than a similarly named group.",[714,7342,7343],{},"Header, address, page numbering, date and revision make one identifiable document set.",[12,7345,7347],{"id":7346},"example-recording-a-small-extension","Example: recording a small extension",[17,7349,7350,7351,7354,7355,7358],{},"When an extra socket is installed in a study, first establish the circuit to which it was actually connected. If it is the next point on circuit ",[4083,7352,7353],{},"D",", it may receive ",[4083,7356,7357],{},"D6","; add that code at the electrical position on the single-line and at the physical position on the position plan. Do not infer its wiring and protection from the nearest socket on the drawing. Verify the real connection and advance the date and revision of both documents together.",[17,7360,7361],{},"For a non-important alteration, the AREI may permit a short description instead of a new single-line diagram, while the position plan still has to reflect alterations and the current installed position of elements. Whether particular work is important or non-important requires competent assessment. Do not use the provision to accumulate years of undocumented small works. Once assignment or current state is no longer clear, consolidate the records.",[17,7363,1764,7364,7367],{},[203,7365,6230],{"href":6228,"rel":7366},[5393]," summarises the contents and relationship of the two documents. The current official Book 1 remains decisive; published examples are guidance, not drawings to copy without surveying the installation.",[12,7369,7371],{"id":7370},"planelecs-role","PlanElec's role",[17,7373,7374],{},"PlanElec combines floor-plan positions and electrical topology in one project. The single-line diagram and position plan can be exported as PDF, and an indicative self-check evaluates supported rules that are decidable from the recorded data. Shared data reduces duplicate entry but does not guarantee that the survey was correct.",[17,7376,7377],{},"PlanElec cannot see concealed cables, perform measurements or endorse drawings. Actual circuit assignments, equipment properties and wiring data require competent verification. Only an approved body performs the official inspection.",[12,7379,4964],{"id":4963},[711,7381,7382,7387,7391],{},[714,7383,7384],{},[203,7385,7386],{"href":4971},"AREI symbols for both diagrams",[714,7388,7389],{},[203,7390,4189],{"href":4188},[714,7392,7393],{},[203,7394,7395],{"href":1972},"Draw a position plan step by step",[17,7397,7398],{},[203,7399,7400],{"href":1206},"Open PlanElec to prepare and export both diagrams →",[17,7402,7403],{},[60,7404,7405],{},"Basis: AREI\u002FRGIE Book 1 V06, Section 3.1.2 and Section 9.1.2. The official text, installed state and approved inspection remain decisive.",{"title":1214,"searchDepth":1215,"depth":1215,"links":7407},[7408,7409,7410,7411,7412,7413,7414,7415,7416,7417,7418,7419,7420],{"id":7045,"depth":1215,"text":7046},{"id":7060,"depth":1215,"text":7061},{"id":7070,"depth":1215,"text":7071},{"id":7109,"depth":1215,"text":7110},{"id":7138,"depth":1215,"text":7139},{"id":7168,"depth":1215,"text":7169},{"id":7201,"depth":1215,"text":7202},{"id":7214,"depth":1215,"text":7215},{"id":7279,"depth":1215,"text":7280},{"id":7295,"depth":1215,"text":7296},{"id":7346,"depth":1215,"text":7347},{"id":7370,"depth":1215,"text":7371},{"id":4963,"depth":1215,"text":4964},"A single-line diagram shows electrical structure; a position plan locates equipment. Shared circuit references make the two Belgian domestic records work together.",{},"\u002Fblog\u002Fsingle-line-vs-situation-plan.en",{"title":7039,"description":7421},"single-line-diagram-vs-situation-plan","blog\u002Fsingle-line-vs-situation-plan.en",[1244,1245,1251,4056,2008,7428,7429,1252],"circuit","electrical dossier","FQY8-YvjcEyRZp2Bc_-yU3AP6VWVZdu8yZmUc1jjGgo",{"id":7432,"title":7433,"articleId":7434,"body":7435,"category":1230,"date":7954,"description":7955,"extension":1233,"lastUpdated":5450,"locale":1234,"meta":7956,"navigation":1236,"path":7957,"publishDate":7954,"readTime":7958,"refreshInterval":7959,"seo":7960,"slug":7961,"stem":7962,"tags":7963,"__hash__":7972},"blog\u002Fblog\u002Fsynergrid-c10-26-list.en.md","Synergrid C10\u002F26 list: is my inverter on the list – and what if it is not?","synergrid-c10-26-list",{"type":9,"value":7436,"toc":7937},[7437,7452,7456,7463,7472,7476,7530,7537,7541,7548,7655,7659,7666,7670,7724,7728,7736,7740,7783,7787,7793,7819,7822,7826,7835,7839,7849,7855,7861,7867,7871,7887,7890,7902,7906,7909,7917,7920,7923,7930,7934],[17,7438,7439,7442,7443,7446,7447,7451],{},[221,7440,7441],{},"Short answer:"," the Synergrid C10\u002F26 list is the Belgian register of every inverter, hybrid inverter and battery system homologated under the technical prescription C10\u002F11 (Annex D). As a rule, the grid operators (Fluvius, ORES, RESA, Sibelga) accept only listed devices at registration – in the listed ",[221,7444,7445],{},"firmware version",". If a device is not listed, the only route left is an individual proof of conformity against C10\u002F11, which the grid operator has to accept. To find out whether a device is on it, use the free ",[203,7448,7450],{"href":7449},"\u002Fen\u002Ftools\u002Fsynergrid-c10-26-inverter-check","Synergrid C10\u002F26 check by PlanElec"," – the data is reconciled with a dated copy of the official list.",[12,7453,7455],{"id":7454},"what-is-the-synergrid-c1026-list","What is the Synergrid C10\u002F26 list?",[17,7457,7458,7459,7462],{},"Synergrid is the federation of Belgian electricity and gas grid operators. The prescription ",[221,7460,7461],{},"C10\u002F11"," defines the technical requirements that decentralised generation units (PV inverters, home batteries, CHP, wind) must meet on the low-voltage grid: protection functions during grid disturbances, frequency and voltage behaviour, power control.",[17,7464,1764,7465,7468,7469,212],{},[221,7466,7467],{},"C10\u002F26 list"," is its practical result: manufacturers have their devices tested against C10\u002F11; approved device types are published with reference number, firmware version and technical data. Synergrid keeps the list up to date as an Excel file; the current edition refers to ",[221,7470,7471],{},"C10\u002F11 edition 2.4 (15\u002F10\u002F2025)",[12,7473,7475],{"id":7474},"why-the-list-matters-for-registration-and-inspection","Why the list matters for registration and inspection",[21,7477,7478,7488],{},[24,7479,7480],{},[27,7481,7482,7485],{},[30,7483,7484],{},"Step",[30,7486,7487],{},"Role of the C10\u002F26 list",[43,7489,7490,7500,7510,7520],{},[27,7491,7492,7497],{},[48,7493,7494],{},[221,7495,7496],{},"Registration with the grid operator",[48,7498,7499],{},"Fluvius, ORES, RESA and Sibelga require a listed device; the inverter type is requested in the registration form",[27,7501,7502,7507],{},[48,7503,7504],{},[221,7505,7506],{},"Conformity inspection",[48,7508,7509],{},"The inspection body checks the inverter against the single-line diagram and the manufacturer data",[27,7511,7512,7517],{},[48,7513,7514],{},[221,7515,7516],{},"Injection approval",[48,7518,7519],{},"Without a homologated device the grid operator does not release feed-in",[27,7521,7522,7527],{},[48,7523,7524],{},[221,7525,7526],{},"Firmware update or replacement",[48,7528,7529],{},"A new firmware version or a replacement device must be listed again",[17,7531,7532,7533,7536],{},"For residential PV systems up to 10 kVA, AREI Art. 7.112 (requirements on the electrical installation itself) applies in addition – both must be right. The guide ",[203,7534,7535],{"href":6395},"PV system in the single-line diagram"," shows what the diagram looks like.",[12,7538,7540],{"id":7539},"how-to-read-a-list-entry","How to read a list entry",[17,7542,7543,7544,7547],{},"Each row describes ",[221,7545,7546],{},"one combination of model and firmware",". The key columns:",[21,7549,7550,7560],{},[24,7551,7552],{},[27,7553,7554,7557],{},[30,7555,7556],{},"Column",[30,7558,7559],{},"Meaning",[43,7561,7562,7575,7585,7595,7605,7615,7625,7635,7645],{},[27,7563,7564,7572],{},[48,7565,7566,7568,7569,306],{},[221,7567,426],{}," (e.g. ",[4083,7570,7571],{},"GLV052-09-0003",[48,7573,7574],{},"Synergrid homologation number of the device – complements brand and model in the registration (not always unique per model)",[27,7576,7577,7582],{},[48,7578,7579],{},[221,7580,7581],{},"Brand \u002F series \u002F model",[48,7583,7584],{},"Manufacturer designation, exactly as on the rating plate",[27,7586,7587,7592],{},[48,7588,7589],{},[221,7590,7591],{},"Firmware",[48,7593,7594],{},"Tested software version; the homologation applies to this version only",[27,7596,7597,7602],{},[48,7598,7599],{},[221,7600,7601],{},"Pac,r (W)",[48,7603,7604],{},"Rated active power at the AC output",[27,7606,7607,7612],{},[48,7608,7609],{},[221,7610,7611],{},"Smax (VA)",[48,7613,7614],{},"Maximum apparent power – decisive for the power class; grid operators typically cap single-phase generation units at around 5 kVA (check the exact threshold with your grid operator)",[27,7616,7617,7622],{},[48,7618,7619],{},[221,7620,7621],{},"Phases",[48,7623,7624],{},"Single-phase or three-phase",[27,7626,7627,7632],{},[48,7628,7629],{},[221,7630,7631],{},"Application",[48,7633,7634],{},"Solar, storage, CHP, wind, backup",[27,7636,7637,7642],{},[48,7638,7639],{},[221,7640,7641],{},"Restrictions",[48,7643,7644],{},"Conditions under which the device is admitted (see below)",[27,7646,7647,7652],{},[48,7648,7649],{},[221,7650,7651],{},"Homologated since",[48,7653,7654],{},"Date of final (or provisional) homologation",[5707,7656,7658],{"id":7657},"why-the-firmware-version-counts","Why the firmware version counts",[17,7660,7661,7662,7665],{},"The protection functions under C10\u002F11 are software. A device running a firmware other than the listed one counts as ",[221,7663,7664],{},"not homologated"," at registration and inspection – even if the model itself is on the list. Check the firmware on the device or in the manufacturer's app and compare it with the list entry.",[5707,7667,7669],{"id":7668},"interpreting-restrictions-correctly","Interpreting restrictions correctly",[21,7671,7672,7682],{},[24,7673,7674],{},[27,7675,7676,7679],{},[30,7677,7678],{},"Restriction on the list",[30,7680,7681],{},"What it means",[43,7683,7684,7694,7704,7714],{},[27,7685,7686,7691],{},[48,7687,7688],{},[221,7689,7690],{},"Only within a module \u003C 800 W",[48,7692,7693],{},"Admitted solely as part of a plug-in generation unit (balcony solar, plug-in battery)",[27,7695,7696,7701],{},[48,7697,7698],{},[221,7699,7700],{},"Small generating installations only",[48,7702,7703],{},"Not for larger installations with extended requirements",[27,7705,7706,7711],{},[48,7707,7708],{},[221,7709,7710],{},"High-voltage connection only",[48,7712,7713],{},"Not for domestic connections on the low-voltage grid",[27,7715,7716,7721],{},[48,7717,7718],{},[221,7719,7720],{},"Backup power system only",[48,7722,7723],{},"Homologated for backup supply only, not for feeding into the grid – the unit supplies an isolated part of the installation during an outage",[12,7725,7727],{"id":7726},"plug-in-solar-and-plug-in-batteries-the-same-list","Plug-in solar and plug-in batteries: the same list",[17,7729,7730,7731,7735],{},"Micro-inverters and plug-in batteries up to 800 W – Marstek, Zendure, Anker Solix, HomeWizard or Hoymiles, for instance – must also be on the C10\u002F26 list, usually with the restriction \"only in module \u003C 800 W\". A device sold in Germany or the Netherlands is not automatically admitted in Belgium: the Belgian grid protection settings (C10\u002F11) differ, and the manufacturer must have the Belgian variant homologated separately. So check before buying whether the specific model is listed. Even a listed plug-in device must be registered with the grid operator; the electrical installation itself remains subject to the AREI. If you are specifically after a battery, use the ",[203,7732,7734],{"href":7733},"\u002Fen\u002Ftools\u002Fhome-battery-synergrid-check","Synergrid C10\u002F26 check for home batteries"," – the same list, but written for batteries and hybrid inverters.",[12,7737,7739],{"id":7738},"common-mistakes-in-practice","Common mistakes in practice",[5055,7741,7742,7755,7761,7767,7773],{},[714,7743,7744,7747,7748,207,7751,7754],{},[221,7745,7746],{},"Model checked without its suffix"," – ",[4083,7749,7750],{},"SUN2000-8KTL-M0",[4083,7752,7753],{},"SUN2000-8KTL-M1"," are different entries.",[714,7756,7757,7760],{},[221,7758,7759],{},"Firmware not compared"," – the device is listed but installed with an older version.",[714,7762,7763,7766],{},[221,7764,7765],{},"Expired homologation overlooked"," – Synergrid withdraws entries; the device then appears under \"expired\".",[714,7768,7769,7772],{},[221,7770,7771],{},"Imported from abroad"," – same name, different country variant without Belgian homologation.",[714,7774,7775,7778,7779,212],{},[221,7776,7777],{},"Battery forgotten"," – the battery inverter needs a list entry too, not only the PV inverter. See ",[203,7780,7782],{"href":7781},"\u002Fen\u002Fblog\u002Fhome-battery-arei","Home battery and AREI",[12,7784,7786],{"id":7785},"check-a-device-in-seconds","Check a device in seconds",[17,7788,1764,7789,7792],{},[203,7790,7791],{"href":7449},"Synergrid C10\u002F26 check"," loads a dated copy of the official list and makes it searchable:",[5055,7794,7795,7801,7807,7813],{},[714,7796,7797,7800],{},[221,7798,7799],{},"Type the brand"," – suggestions show how many models are listed per brand.",[714,7802,7803,7806],{},[221,7804,7805],{},"Refine the model"," – keep typing until the exact model appears; expired entries are flagged.",[714,7808,7809,7812],{},[221,7810,7811],{},"Read the result"," – the table shows firmware, Smax, Pac, phases, application, restrictions and the Synergrid reference; sortable and filterable by phases, segment and status.",[714,7814,7815,7818],{},[221,7816,7817],{},"No match?"," – the tool suggests technically comparable homologated devices of the same power class.",[17,7820,7821],{},"Filters and sorting are kept in the URL, so the link can be passed straight to a customer or colleague.",[12,7823,7825],{"id":7824},"limits-of-the-tool","Limits of the tool",[17,7827,7828,7829,7834],{},"The tool is a search aid, not an official statement. The ",[203,7830,7833],{"href":7831,"rel":7832},"https:\u002F\u002Fwww.synergrid.be\u002Fnl\u002Fhomologatie\u002Felektriciteit\u002Fdecentrale-productie-eenheden",[5393],"official list on synergrid.be"," remains authoritative; in case of discrepancy the official list prevails. The tool does not check the electrical installation itself (protection, RCD, cable size, isolator) – that is what the AREI self-check in PlanElec's single-line diagram is for.",[12,7836,7838],{"id":7837},"frequently-asked-questions","Frequently asked questions",[17,7840,7841,7844,7845,7848],{},[221,7842,7843],{},"Do I have to put the Synergrid reference in the registration?","\nGrid operators primarily ask for brand, model and firmware version. The GLV reference is a useful addition but not always unique per model: Synergrid sometimes assigns the same reference to several models. So state the reference ",[221,7846,7847],{},"and"," the model designation.",[17,7850,7851,7854],{},[221,7852,7853],{},"My device is listed, but the entry is \"expired\" – what now?","\nThe homologation has been withdrawn or has lapsed. For new installations the device is no longer admitted; existing installations are generally unaffected. When in doubt, ask the grid operator.",[17,7856,7857,7860],{},[221,7858,7859],{},"Does the list also apply in Wallonia and Brussels?","\nYes. C10\u002F11 and C10\u002F26 are Synergrid prescriptions and apply nationwide to all distribution grid operators.",[17,7862,7863,7866],{},[221,7864,7865],{},"How often does the list change?","\nSynergrid publishes new editions regularly; the tool shows the date of the imported data and shows the date of its data.",[12,7868,7870],{"id":7869},"related-articles","Related articles",[711,7872,7873,7878,7882],{},[714,7874,7875],{},[203,7876,7877],{"href":6395},"Documenting a PV system in the single-line diagram",[714,7879,7880],{},[203,7881,7782],{"href":7781},[714,7883,7884],{},[203,7885,7886],{"href":6257},"Electrical inspection in Belgium",[7888,7889],"hr",{},[17,7891,7892],{},[60,7893,7894,7895,7897,7898],{},"Plan PV system and battery with ",[221,7896,5844],{}," in the single-line diagram – inverter, protective devices and registration documents in one place. ",[203,7899,7901],{"href":7900},"\u002F","Get started →",[12,7903,7905],{"id":7904},"a-defensible-device-check-step-by-step","A defensible device check, step by step",[17,7907,7908],{},"Start from the label on the device that will actually be installed, not from a webshop title. Record manufacturer, complete model suffix, product reference, rated apparent power and firmware. Hybrid families often contain several power variants, regional variants or firmware branches. A search result that matches only the brand or first part of the name is not enough.",[17,7910,7911,7912,7916],{},"Open the current ",[203,7913,7915],{"href":6629,"rel":7914},[5393],"Synergrid homologation page"," and download or consult the official list linked there. Match the row field by field. Read restrictions and notes, including permitted modes, external protection, export limitation, storage use or combinations with other components. For plug-and-play equipment, use Synergrid's dedicated Plug & Play information and exact list entry; a normal decentralized-production entry must not be assumed to cover every plug-in configuration.",[17,7918,7919],{},"Save evidence with the project: the row or official reference, list date, firmware seen on site and the date you checked. Recheck before commissioning and notification because the intended device, firmware or official data can change between quotation and installation. If the row is absent, ask the manufacturer or importer to clarify the Belgian homologation and ask the relevant network operator which evidence it accepts. PlanElec's search is a convenience view, not an attestation, and the official source prevails.",[17,7921,7922],{},"Keep three decisions separate. C10\u002F26 type homologation addresses the network-interface characteristics of the product. The approved control body assesses the electrical installation against the AREI\u002FRGIE. The distribution network operator handles notification and connection conditions. One positive result does not automatically grant the other two.",[17,7924,7925,7926,7929],{},"On the single-line diagram, document the exact inverter and the associated protection, isolation and cable data. Keep the situation plan, manufacturer declarations, commissioning information and inspection report in the installation dossier. See ",[203,7927,7928],{"href":6395},"PV system documentation"," for the complete workflow. This review was performed on 29 August 2026; always use the live official list for a purchase or commissioning decision.",[5707,7931,7933],{"id":7932},"similar-rows-are-not-interchangeable","Similar rows are not interchangeable",[17,7935,7936],{},"Compare electrical variant, firmware range, Smax and notes as well as model text. Keep the official reference and check date, not only a screenshot. A system combining inverter, battery and external network protection may need several related entries or proofs. Recheck after firmware updates. CE marking is not C10\u002F26 homologation and neither replaces inspection. For zero-export configurations, document the required components and settings; an export limit does not automatically remove network-connection obligations. Clarify edge cases in writing before ordering.",{"title":1214,"searchDepth":1215,"depth":1215,"links":7938},[7939,7940,7941,7945,7946,7947,7948,7949,7950,7951],{"id":7454,"depth":1215,"text":7455},{"id":7474,"depth":1215,"text":7475},{"id":7539,"depth":1215,"text":7540,"children":7942},[7943,7944],{"id":7657,"depth":5869,"text":7658},{"id":7668,"depth":5869,"text":7669},{"id":7726,"depth":1215,"text":7727},{"id":7738,"depth":1215,"text":7739},{"id":7785,"depth":1215,"text":7786},{"id":7824,"depth":1215,"text":7825},{"id":7837,"depth":1215,"text":7838},{"id":7869,"depth":1215,"text":7870},{"id":7904,"depth":1215,"text":7905,"children":7952},[7953],{"id":7932,"depth":5869,"text":7933},"2026-08-26","What the Synergrid C10\u002F26 list is, why grid operators and inspection bodies require it, how to read reference, firmware, Smax and restrictions correctly – and how to check a device in seconds.",{},"\u002Fblog\u002Fsynergrid-c10-26-list.en","7 min",6,{"title":7433,"description":7955},"synergrid-c10-26-list-inverter","blog\u002Fsynergrid-c10-26-list.en",[7964,7965,7966,7967,7968,7969,7970,7971],"synergrid","c10\u002F26","inverter","solar","pv","home battery","plug-in solar","grid operator registration","xmXW2ZX9TT5zV63FleCBkE08Toxd3c8Pl7zOne1j8sA",{"id":7974,"title":7975,"articleId":7976,"body":7977,"category":8450,"date":8451,"description":8452,"extension":1233,"lastUpdated":5450,"locale":1234,"meta":8453,"navigation":1236,"path":8454,"publishDate":8451,"readTime":8455,"refreshInterval":5869,"seo":8456,"slug":8457,"stem":8458,"tags":8459,"__hash__":8461},"blog\u002Fblog\u002Ftrikker-alternative.en.md","PlanElec as an alternative to Trikker: a comparison","planelec-vs-trikker",{"type":9,"value":7978,"toc":8435},[7979,7982,7985,7989,8218,8234,8238,8241,8247,8253,8259,8265,8269,8272,8278,8284,8287,8290,8294,8297,8303,8309,8315,8321,8325,8329,8332,8336,8343,8347,8350,8354,8357,8359,8365,8371,8377,8383,8389,8395,8397,8421,8425],[17,7980,7981],{},"PlanElec is a browser-based alternative to Trikker for producing single-line diagrams and situation plans for Belgian installations. Trikker runs on Windows and costs €45 per month excl. VAT. PlanElec runs in any browser and is currently free during Early Access. If you work fully offline, Trikker still serves you better.",[17,7983,7984],{},"This comparison is written by the team behind PlanElec. The figures on Trikker come from their own website, with the source and the date we checked them, so you can verify every point yourself.",[12,7986,7988],{"id":7987},"comparison-at-a-glance","Comparison at a glance",[21,7990,7991,8003],{},[24,7992,7993],{},[27,7994,7995,7998,8000],{},[30,7996,7997],{},"Criterion",[30,7999,5844],{},[30,8001,8002],{},"Trikker",[43,8004,8005,8017,8030,8043,8056,8069,8082,8095,8106,8116,8129,8142,8155,8167,8180,8193,8206],{},[27,8006,8007,8012,8014],{},[48,8008,8009],{},[221,8010,8011],{},"Vendor",[48,8013,5844],{},[48,8015,8016],{},"Bluebits BV",[27,8018,8019,8024,8027],{},[48,8020,8021],{},[221,8022,8023],{},"Platform",[48,8025,8026],{},"Browser — Windows, macOS, Linux, iPad",[48,8028,8029],{},"Windows; macOS announced for late summer 2026, web version to follow",[27,8031,8032,8037,8040],{},[48,8033,8034],{},[221,8035,8036],{},"Installation",[48,8038,8039],{},"None",[48,8041,8042],{},"Install plus activation via licence server",[27,8044,8045,8050,8053],{},[48,8046,8047],{},[221,8048,8049],{},"Multiple devices",[48,8051,8052],{},"Yes, with the same login",[48,8054,8055],{},"One licence covers one PC at a time",[27,8057,8058,8063,8066],{},[48,8059,8060],{},[221,8061,8062],{},"Languages",[48,8064,8065],{},"Dutch, French, German, English",[48,8067,8068],{},"Dutch, French, English",[27,8070,8071,8076,8079],{},[48,8072,8073],{},[221,8074,8075],{},"Price",[48,8077,8078],{},"Early Access, currently free",[48,8080,8081],{},"€45\u002Fmonth or €360\u002Fyear, excl. VAT",[27,8083,8084,8089,8092],{},[48,8085,8086],{},[221,8087,8088],{},"Free trial",[48,8090,8091],{},"Available workflow; pilot statuses apply",[48,8093,8094],{},"Demo: max. 5 circuits, 1 page situation plan, watermark",[27,8096,8097,8101,8104],{},[48,8098,8099],{},[221,8100,5889],{},[48,8102,8103],{},"Yes",[48,8105,8103],{},[27,8107,8108,8112,8114],{},[48,8109,8110],{},[221,8111,7032],{},[48,8113,8103],{},[48,8115,8103],{},[27,8117,8118,8123,8126],{},[48,8119,8120],{},[221,8121,8122],{},"Floor plan",[48,8124,8125],{},"Drawn in the application, or a DXF plan as underlay",[48,8127,8128],{},"AutoCAD DWG or DXF import as background",[27,8130,8131,8136,8139],{},[48,8132,8133],{},[221,8134,8135],{},"Several plans on one sheet",[48,8137,8138],{},"Marked as sections during import, one storey per section",[48,8140,8141],{},"Not provided",[27,8143,8144,8149,8152],{},[48,8145,8146],{},[221,8147,8148],{},"Scale on import",[48,8150,8151],{},"From the file; if the unit is missing, one confirmation",[48,8153,8154],{},"Background is placed like an image",[27,8156,8157,8161,8164],{},[48,8158,8159],{},[221,8160,50],{},[48,8162,8163],{},"Separate part of the project",[48,8165,8166],{},"Part of the diagram",[27,8168,8169,8174,8177],{},[48,8170,8171],{},[221,8172,8173],{},"AREI self-check",[48,8175,8176],{},"Supporting planning aid, not an official inspection",[48,8178,8179],{},"Assessed by the person drawing the plan",[27,8181,8182,8187,8190],{},[48,8183,8184],{},[221,8185,8186],{},"Offline use",[48,8188,8189],{},"No, internet connection required",[48,8191,8192],{},"Yes, offline for a period after activation",[27,8194,8195,8200,8203],{},[48,8196,8197],{},[221,8198,8199],{},"Maturity",[48,8201,8202],{},"New, small user base",[48,8204,8205],{},"Established product; see the vendor website for its current company figures",[27,8207,8208,8213,8216],{},[48,8209,8210],{},[221,8211,8212],{},"Migrating files",[48,8214,8215],{},"No import of Trikker files",[48,8217,3406],{},[17,8219,8220],{},[60,8221,8222,8223,207,8228,8233],{},"Trikker details Checked on 29 August 2026 at ",[203,8224,8227],{"href":8225,"rel":8226},"https:\u002F\u002Fwww.trikker.be\u002F",[5393],"trikker.be",[203,8229,8232],{"href":8230,"rel":8231},"https:\u002F\u002Fwww.trikker.be\u002Fpricing",[5393],"trikker.be\u002Fpricing",". Prices and features may change. If you spot a discrepancy, let us know — we will correct this table.",[12,8235,8237],{"id":8236},"why-electricians-look-for-an-alternative","Why electricians look for an alternative",[17,8239,8240],{},"Trikker has been the established choice for single-line diagrams in Belgium for over fifteen years. People who look for an alternative usually do so not because the program works badly, but because their way of working no longer fits a single fixed PC.",[17,8242,8243,8246],{},[221,8244,8245],{},"Working across devices."," One Trikker licence covers one PC at a time. When you switch computers you re-enter your licence code; if it is still active on another device, it has to be released there first. Anyone alternating between office, home and site runs into this regularly.",[17,8248,8249,8252],{},[221,8250,8251],{},"Not on Windows."," Trikker currently runs on Windows. A macOS version is announced for late summer 2026, with a web version to follow. If you already work on a Mac or iPad, there is no working option for you today.",[17,8254,8255,8258],{},[221,8256,8257],{},"Cost for a handful of diagrams a year."," €45 per month or €360 per year is well spent if you draw diagrams daily. For a firm producing a few per year, or an owner who needs a single dossier to sell a house, the arithmetic looks different.",[17,8260,8261,8264],{},[221,8262,8263],{},"German-speaking installers."," Trikker is offered in Dutch, French and English. In the East Cantons a share of installers work in German. PlanElec is available in four languages, German included.",[12,8266,8268],{"id":8267},"the-substantive-difference-drawing-versus-planning","The substantive difference: drawing versus planning",[17,8270,8271],{},"This is where the two programs genuinely differ, and it decides whether PlanElec is an improvement for you or not.",[17,8273,8274,8277],{},[221,8275,8276],{},"Trikker is a drawing program."," You drag AREI symbols onto a sheet and build up your single-line diagram and situation plan. You decide the structure, you keep the overview, and the result is exactly what you drew. That gives full control, and if you know the standard well, it is fast.",[17,8279,8280,8283],{},[221,8281,8282],{},"PlanElec starts from a project model."," You first draw the floor plan, place the loads in it, define the circuits and lay out the distribution board. The single-line diagram is derived from that. Add a socket or a circuit later and the drawing is rebuilt, without you redrawing the diagram by hand.",[17,8285,8286],{},"That difference has two consequences. Floor plan, circuits, board and diagram cannot drift apart, because they come from the same data — with two separate drawings, keeping them consistent is your job. In return you have less freedom in the layout: what the model does not know, you cannot draw in it either.",[17,8288,8289],{},"If you work changes in continuously during a renovation, the project model is the clearest practical advantage. If you produce one diagram and never return to it, that advantage counts for less.",[12,8291,8293],{"id":8292},"when-trikker-remains-the-better-choice","When Trikker remains the better choice",[17,8295,8296],{},"There are situations where we would point you to Trikker, competitor or not.",[17,8298,8299,8302],{},[221,8300,8301],{},"You work without an internet connection."," Trikker needs a connection to activate and re-checks the licence occasionally, but works offline for a period in between. PlanElec runs in the browser and needs a connection. On sites without coverage, that settles it.",[17,8304,8305,8308],{},[221,8306,8307],{},"Your plans arrive only as DWG."," PlanElec reads DXF; Trikker also reads DWG. If the architect's drawings invariably arrive as DWG and whoever produced them cannot supply a DXF, Trikker saves you that conversion step.",[17,8310,8311,8314],{},[221,8312,8313],{},"You have a settled workflow."," Fifteen years of product history means a mature symbol library, an active user community, and inspectors who recognise the diagrams. Changing a working routine costs time, and that effort has to pay for itself.",[17,8316,8317,8320],{},[221,8318,8319],{},"You do not want a product in Early Access."," PlanElec is new. That means a smaller user base and features still under development. If you have no room for that, an established product is the safer choice.",[12,8322,8324],{"id":8323},"what-to-know-before-switching","What to know before switching",[5707,8326,8328],{"id":8327},"your-existing-diagrams-do-not-come-with-you","Your existing diagrams do not come with you",[17,8330,8331],{},"PlanElec cannot read Trikker files. The workable route is to finish current dossiers in Trikker and start with PlanElec on your next new project. Redrawing an existing installation in full is possible, but costs the time of a normal build-up.",[5707,8333,8335],{"id":8334},"what-the-self-check-does-and-does-not-do","What the self-check does and does not do",[17,8337,8338,8339,8342],{},"The AREI self-check in PlanElec is a planning aid. It flags supported check points, for example on protective devices and cable cross-sections, and shows which data is missing. It is ",[221,8340,8341],{},"not an official conformity assessment"," and does not replace inspection by an approved body. The report itself lists which checks are supported and which are not — read that before relying on it.",[5707,8344,8346],{"id":8345},"what-an-inspector-expects-from-the-document","What an inspector expects from the document",[17,8348,8349],{},"No drawing program, Trikker included, makes a diagram compliant by itself. What matters is that the documentation is legible, complete and standard-compliant, and that it matches the actual installation. Both programs produce a PDF that can meet this; the correctness of the content remains with whoever drew it.",[5707,8351,8353],{"id":8352},"what-early-access-means-in-practice","What \"Early Access\" means in practice",[17,8355,8356],{},"PlanElec is currently free and payment processing is not active. We are not naming a future price today, because we have not set one. What we do commit to: you can export your single-line diagram and situation plan as PDF at any time. Those documents stay usable, independently of the application.",[12,8358,7838],{"id":7837},[17,8360,8361,8364],{},[221,8362,8363],{},"What does Trikker cost in 2026?","\n€45 per month excl. VAT (€54.45 incl. VAT for consumers) or €360 per year excl. VAT (€435.60 incl. VAT). Both licences renew automatically and can be cancelled through the customer portal. A free licence with watermark is available for education. Checked on 29 August 2026.",[17,8366,8367,8370],{},[221,8368,8369],{},"Is there a free alternative to Trikker?","\nTrikker itself offers a free demo, limited to five circuits and one page of situation plan, with a watermark — useful to try out, not for official plans. PlanElec is currently free during Early Access; diagram and situation-plan export are available, while pilot statuses still apply.",[17,8372,8373,8376],{},[221,8374,8375],{},"Does Trikker run on a Mac?","\nNot today. Trikker runs on Windows; a macOS version is announced for late summer 2026 and a web version should follow. PlanElec already runs in the browser on macOS, Windows, Linux and iPad.",[17,8378,8379,8382],{},[221,8380,8381],{},"Can I import my Trikker diagrams into PlanElec?","\nNo. There is no import of Trikker files. If you switch, finish current dossiers in Trikker and start with PlanElec on the next project.",[17,8384,8385,8388],{},[221,8386,8387],{},"Can I use my architect's drawing?","\nYes. Load the plan as a DXF file and PlanElec places it as an underlay beneath your floor plan. If the file carries a unit, PlanElec takes the scale from it. If it does not — which is common, because DXF coordinates are unitless in themselves — PlanElec proposes a unit based on the building's dimensions and asks you to confirm it. Either way, there is nothing to redraw or measure. PlanElec does not read DWG: ask for a DXF export instead, which any CAD package produces in seconds. A PDF works too: if one sheet carries several storeys, you mark a section per storey during import and each becomes its own floor plan. The source file stays in the project, so another section can be cut later without uploading again.",[17,8390,8391,8394],{},[221,8392,8393],{},"Will an inspector accept a diagram from PlanElec?","\nAn inspector assesses whether the documentation is legible, complete and standard-compliant and whether it matches the installation — not which program produced it. PlanElec exports the single-line diagram and situation plan as PDF with standardised symbols. The correctness of the content remains with the author.",[12,8396,7870],{"id":7869},[711,8398,8399,8404,8410,8415],{},[714,8400,8401],{},[203,8402,8403],{"href":3288},"Creating a single-line diagram: the complete guide",[714,8405,8406],{},[203,8407,8409],{"href":8408},"\u002Fen\u002Fblog\u002Fwhat-is-a-situation-plan","What is a situation plan?",[714,8411,8412],{},[203,8413,8414],{"href":567},"Planning a distribution board: structure and layout",[714,8416,8417],{},[203,8418,8420],{"href":8419},"\u002Fen\u002Fblog\u002Fgetting-started-guide","Getting started with PlanElec",[12,8422,8424],{"id":8423},"try-it-yourself","Try it yourself",[17,8426,6990,8427,8429,8430],{},[221,8428,5844],{}," you plan floor plan, circuits and distribution board within one project and export the single-line diagram and situation plan as PDF. During Early Access this is currently free, with no installation. The self-check supports preparation and does not replace an official inspection. ",[203,8431,8434],{"href":8432,"rel":8433},"https:\u002F\u002Fplanelec.be",[5393],"Start now →",{"title":1214,"searchDepth":1215,"depth":1215,"links":8436},[8437,8438,8439,8440,8441,8447,8448,8449],{"id":7987,"depth":1215,"text":7988},{"id":8236,"depth":1215,"text":8237},{"id":8267,"depth":1215,"text":8268},{"id":8292,"depth":1215,"text":8293},{"id":8323,"depth":1215,"text":8324,"children":8442},[8443,8444,8445,8446],{"id":8327,"depth":5869,"text":8328},{"id":8334,"depth":5869,"text":8335},{"id":8345,"depth":5869,"text":8346},{"id":8352,"depth":5869,"text":8353},{"id":7837,"depth":1215,"text":7838},{"id":7869,"depth":1215,"text":7870},{"id":8423,"depth":1215,"text":8424},"comparison","2026-08-22","A factual comparison of PlanElec and Trikker: platform, price, working method and AREI support — including the cases where Trikker remains the better choice.",{},"\u002Fblog\u002Ftrikker-alternative.en","8 min",{"title":7975,"description":8452},"trikker-alternative","blog\u002Ftrikker-alternative.en",[8002,5844,8450,1251,2008,8460,1244],"software","sYALQWYgk8UPT_8d30RzNNVazejpoPw7N8NiKVmRv5U",{"id":8463,"title":8464,"articleId":8465,"body":8466,"category":1230,"date":8858,"description":8859,"extension":1233,"lastUpdated":5450,"locale":1234,"meta":8860,"navigation":1236,"path":8861,"publishDate":8858,"readTime":7958,"refreshInterval":1239,"seo":8862,"slug":8465,"stem":8863,"tags":8864,"__hash__":8869},"blog\u002Fblog\u002Fvoltage-drop-cable-sizing.en.md","Voltage Drop Calculation: How Long Can Your Cable Be?","voltage-drop-cable-sizing",{"type":9,"value":8467,"toc":8837},[8468,8471,8475,8478,8481,8485,8495,8501,8505,8516,8536,8549,8553,8556,8635,8638,8645,8649,8653,8656,8661,8671,8675,8678,8683,8690,8694,8701,8708,8712,8715,8719,8751,8753,8757,8760,8764,8767,8771,8774,8778,8785,8787,8809,8813,8816,8823,8826,8829],[17,8469,8470],{},"Matching a circuit breaker to a conductor is essential, but it does not tell you how much voltage reaches the load. Voltage drop rises with cable length and current. A cross-section that works beside the distribution board may be too small for a garage, garden room or EV charger. Cable sizing therefore starts with two separate checks: can the protective device safely protect the conductor, and is voltage drop kept within the intended range? The stricter result sets the preliminary size.",[12,8472,8474],{"id":8473},"when-does-voltage-drop-matter","When does voltage drop matter?",[17,8476,8477],{},"Long runs to outbuildings, outdoor lighting, sub-distribution boards, heat pumps and charging points are typical cases. Distance is only one input. Current, single- or three-phase supply, conductor material, cross-section, nominal voltage and power factor all affect the result.",[17,8479,8480],{},"The complete electrical route from the board matters too. If the supply consists of several cable segments, their voltage drops add up. Calculating only the last section to the appliance understates the total.",[12,8482,8484],{"id":8483},"what-areirgie-says-and-what-it-does-not","What AREI\u002FRGIE says — and what it does not",[17,8486,8487,8488,207,8491,8494],{},"Book 1, subsection 5.2.5 of Belgium’s AREI\u002FRGIE does not state a numeric percentage. It requires voltage drop in electrical lines to be limited to the values described by the rules of good practice. The familiar ",[221,8489,8490],{},"3% for lighting",[221,8492,8493],{},"5% for other final circuits"," are the commonly applied interpretation from IEC\u002FNBN HD 60364-5-52, not percentages literally printed in AREI\u002FRGIE.",[17,8496,8497,8498,212],{},"Section 5.2.1.2 also requires cable selection to be compatible with the safe operation of the supplied equipment. Table 4.11 in 4.4.1.4 limits the protective-device rating for each conductor cross-section in domestic installations. It is not a complete current-carrying-capacity calculation for every installation method. The complete Table 4.11 — with both the fuse and the circuit-breaker column — is in ",[203,8499,8500],{"href":1582},"cable cross-section by circuit breaker",[12,8502,8504],{"id":8503},"the-calculation","The calculation",[17,8506,8507,8508,8511,8512,8515],{},"Here ",[4083,8509,8510],{},"L"," is the ",[221,8513,8514],{},"one-way cable length",":",[711,8517,8518,8524,8530],{},[714,8519,8520,8521],{},"single-phase: ",[4083,8522,8523],{},"ΔU = 2 × ρ × L × I × cos φ \u002F S",[714,8525,8526,8527],{},"three-phase: ",[4083,8528,8529],{},"ΔU = √3 × ρ × L × I × cos φ \u002F S",[714,8531,8532,8533],{},"percentage: ",[4083,8534,8535],{},"ΔU% = ΔU \u002F Un × 100",[17,8537,8538,8541,8542,8544,8545,8548],{},[4083,8539,8540],{},"ρ"," is conductor resistivity, ",[4083,8543,3551],{}," is current and ",[4083,8546,8547],{},"S"," is cross-section in mm². For this preliminary check, PlanElec uses 0.0175 Ω·mm²\u002Fm for copper, 0.029 for aluminium, a default power factor of 0.95, and the nominal voltage of the circuit: 230 V for single-phase final circuits, and for three-phase circuits the voltage between line conductors (230 V or 400 V). This is a resistance-only model; it does not include reactance or temperature correction.",[12,8550,8552],{"id":8551},"which-voltage-applies-to-your-circuit","Which voltage applies to your circuit?",[17,8554,8555],{},"The most common mistake in voltage-drop calculations is confusing the network type with the circuit. The 400 V of a three-phase connection exists only between two line conductors. An ordinary socket or lighting circuit is connected between a line conductor and neutral even in such a home, and therefore sees 230 V.",[21,8557,8558,8573],{},[24,8559,8560],{},[27,8561,8562,8565,8567,8570],{},[30,8563,8564],{},"Supply network",[30,8566,5890],{},[30,8568,8569],{},"Nominal voltage",[30,8571,8572],{},"Factor",[43,8574,8575,8588,8600,8612,8624],{},[27,8576,8577,8580,8583,8586],{},[48,8578,8579],{},"1×230 V",[48,8581,8582],{},"single-phase",[48,8584,8585],{},"230 V",[48,8587,4536],{},[27,8589,8590,8593,8596,8598],{},[48,8591,8592],{},"3×230 V without N",[48,8594,8595],{},"single-phase, L–L",[48,8597,8585],{},[48,8599,4536],{},[27,8601,8602,8604,8607,8609],{},[48,8603,8592],{},[48,8605,8606],{},"three-phase",[48,8608,8585],{},[48,8610,8611],{},"√3",[27,8613,8614,8617,8620,8622],{},[48,8615,8616],{},"3N~400\u002F230 V",[48,8618,8619],{},"single-phase, L–N",[48,8621,8585],{},[48,8623,4536],{},[27,8625,8626,8628,8630,8633],{},[48,8627,8616],{},[48,8629,8606],{},[48,8631,8632],{},"400 V",[48,8634,8611],{},[17,8636,8637],{},"Because the factor and the reference voltage change together, the difference is large: the same 16 A over 30 m with 2.5 mm² gives 2.78% single-phase, but 1.38% as a three-phase circuit at 400 V. Calculating a single-phase circuit as if it were three-phase yields a roughly twice as favourable result and leads to an undersized cross-section.",[17,8639,8640,8641,212],{},"In a network without a neutral, a single-phase circuit runs between two line conductors. The voltage there is also 230 V, and because both conductors carry the full current, factor 2 still applies. To identify your network type, see ",[203,8642,8644],{"href":8643},"\u002Fen\u002Fblog\u002Fsingle-phase-vs-three-phase","Single-phase or three-phase in Belgium",[12,8646,8648],{"id":8647},"two-worked-examples","Two worked examples",[5707,8650,8652],{"id":8651},"lighting-in-a-garden-room","Lighting in a garden room",[17,8654,8655],{},"A 45 m copper run supplies a lighting-only circuit at 230 V and 8 A. With 1.5 mm² and power factor 0.95:",[17,8657,8658],{},[4083,8659,8660],{},"ΔU = 2 × 0.0175 × 45 × 8 × 0.95 \u002F 1.5 = 7.98 V",[17,8662,4117,8663,8666,8667,8670],{},[221,8664,8665],{},"3.47%",", above the 3% preliminary value used for lighting. Increasing the conductor to 2.5 mm² reduces the loss to ",[221,8668,8669],{},"4.79 V or 2.08%",". It is the first standard cross-section that passes this criterion.",[5707,8672,8674],{"id":8673},"garage-socket-circuit","Garage socket circuit",[17,8676,8677],{},"For a 30 m copper run carrying 16 A at 230 V with 2.5 mm²:",[17,8679,8680],{},[4083,8681,8682],{},"ΔU = 2 × 0.0175 × 30 × 16 × 0.95 \u002F 2.5 = 6.38 V",[17,8684,8685,8686,8689],{},"The result is ",[221,8687,8688],{},"2.78%",". The preliminary check uses 5% for this type of final circuit, so 2.5 mm² passes the voltage-drop criterion. That does not prove that the cable has adequate current-carrying capacity under its actual installation conditions.",[12,8691,8693],{"id":8692},"use-the-free-calculator","Use the free calculator",[17,8695,1764,8696,8700],{},[203,8697,8699],{"href":8698},"\u002Fen\u002Ftools\u002Fcable-sizing-calculator-belgium","voltage-drop and cable-sizing calculator"," can check a selected cross-section or find a preliminary size. It covers all three network types (1×230 V, 3×230 V and 3N~400\u002F230 V), distinguishes single-phase from three-phase circuits, and takes loads in A, W, kW or kVA for copper or aluminium conductors. The result compares standard sizes and reports voltage-drop and protection checks separately.",[17,8702,8703,8704,8707],{},"The calculation runs directly in the browser so that sliders and result move together without delay; the same core is also available as the PlanElec API. It remains a ",[221,8705,8706],{},"preliminary assessment",", not a complete cable design. The tool does not assess installation method, grouping, ambient temperature, insulation type, reactance, current-carrying capacity, short-circuit withstand, disconnection conditions, terminals or manufacturer data. A competent professional must validate the final design.",[12,8709,8711],{"id":8710},"what-can-you-do-if-the-drop-is-too-high","What can you do if the drop is too high?",[17,8713,8714],{},"Increasing the cross-section is usually the simplest response. A shorter route or a sub-distribution board closer to the loads may be more practical. Aluminium can be economical for long feeders, but it requires suitable terminals, transitions and its own design checks. For an EV charger or heat pump, three-phase supply can sharply reduce current per phase at the same total power. Load management can also prevent the service connection or breaker from being overloaded.",[12,8716,8718],{"id":8717},"common-mistakes","Common mistakes",[711,8720,8721,8727,8733,8739,8745],{},[714,8722,8723,8726],{},[221,8724,8725],{},"Applying 3% to every circuit."," This preliminary model uses 3% for lighting and 5% for other final circuits.",[714,8728,8729,8732],{},[221,8730,8731],{},"Checking only the breaker table."," It does not account for cable length or actual load.",[714,8734,8735,8738],{},[221,8736,8737],{},"Entering the return distance too."," Enter the one-way length; the single-phase formula already contains factor 2.",[714,8740,8741,8744],{},[221,8742,8743],{},"Ignoring upstream segments."," Voltage drops across consecutive sections are cumulative.",[714,8746,8747,8750],{},[221,8748,8749],{},"Treating an online result as proof of compliance."," Installation and short-circuit checks are still missing.",[12,8752,7838],{"id":7837},[5707,8754,8756],{"id":8755},"is-cable-length-one-way-or-there-and-back","Is cable length one way or there and back?",[17,8758,8759],{},"Enter the one-way distance from the distribution board to the load. Factor 2 covers the return conductor in a single-phase circuit; the three-phase equation uses √3.",[5707,8761,8763],{"id":8762},"can-lighting-use-a-15-mm-conductor","Can lighting use a 1.5 mm² conductor?",[17,8765,8766],{},"AREI\u002FRGIE 5.2.1.2 permits 1.5 mm² for a final circuit without sockets when protection and all other conditions are suitable. A long run can still require 2.5 mm² or more because of voltage drop.",[5707,8768,8770],{"id":8769},"is-a-larger-cross-section-always-better","Is a larger cross-section always better?",[17,8772,8773],{},"It reduces losses but costs more, occupies more space and must fit the terminals. The sensible choice is the first size that passes every relevant design check.",[5707,8775,8777],{"id":8776},"is-the-result-ready-for-inspection","Is the result ready for inspection?",[17,8779,8780,8781,8784],{},"No. It is a transparent plausibility check, not a complete calculation or inspection certificate. An ",[203,8782,8783],{"href":6257},"electrical inspection dossier"," covers diagrams, protection, bonding and other requirements as well.",[12,8786,7870],{"id":7869},[711,8788,8789,8794,8798,8804],{},[714,8790,8791],{},[203,8792,8793],{"href":1582},"Cable cross-section by circuit breaker",[714,8795,8796],{},[203,8797,8644],{"href":8643},[714,8799,8800],{},[203,8801,8803],{"href":8802},"\u002Fen\u002Fblog\u002Fev-charger-arei","Installing an EV charger under AREI\u002FRGIE",[714,8805,8806],{},[203,8807,8808],{"href":562},"Dedicated circuits for appliances",[12,8810,8812],{"id":8811},"turn-a-preliminary-result-into-a-design-record","Turn a preliminary result into a design record",[17,8814,8815],{},"A useful calculation sheet records more than the final percentage. Identify the board and circuit, every cable segment, the one-way route length, conductor material, phase arrangement, nominal voltage, design current and the source of that current. State whether the load came from a nameplate, a manufacturer design sheet or an explicit planning scenario. If a power factor was assumed, keep it visible rather than presenting it as measured data.",[17,8817,8818,8819,8822],{},"Next, record the acceptance criterion and its source. AREI subsection 5.2.5 refers to the rules of good practice without printing one universal percentage for every installation. A project value may therefore come from the applicable standard, a specification, the network operator or equipment limits. The 3% and 5% values shown in the examples above are ",[221,8820,8821],{},"editable preliminary scenarios",", not an AREI guarantee. A designer may need a different criterion, and a sensitive load can impose a stricter terminal-voltage range.",[17,8824,8825],{},"Finally, keep the checks separate. Voltage change answers only one question. The selected conductor must also satisfy current-carrying capacity under the actual installation method, protection against overload and short circuit, automatic disconnection, thermal withstand, terminal range and mechanical constraints. Several individually acceptable cable sections can still produce an unacceptable cumulative drop. Record the upstream feeder, sub-board feeder and final circuit so that the total can be reviewed.",[17,8827,8828],{},"After installation, compare the documented route and conductor with the work on site. Measurements can reveal supply-voltage conditions or connections that a resistance-only model cannot predict. Update the single-line diagram and cable list when a route, material or phase assignment changes. This traceable record is much more useful to the electrician and inspector than a screenshot containing only a green result.",[17,8830,8831,8832,8836],{},"Official basis: ",[203,8833,8835],{"href":5391,"rel":8834},[5393],"FPS Economy, AREI Book 1 V06",", sections 3.2.2 and 5.2.5. The PlanElec calculator remains a preliminary comparison tool and does not issue a conformity conclusion.",{"title":1214,"searchDepth":1215,"depth":1215,"links":8838},[8839,8840,8841,8842,8843,8847,8848,8849,8850,8856,8857],{"id":8473,"depth":1215,"text":8474},{"id":8483,"depth":1215,"text":8484},{"id":8503,"depth":1215,"text":8504},{"id":8551,"depth":1215,"text":8552},{"id":8647,"depth":1215,"text":8648,"children":8844},[8845,8846],{"id":8651,"depth":5869,"text":8652},{"id":8673,"depth":5869,"text":8674},{"id":8692,"depth":1215,"text":8693},{"id":8710,"depth":1215,"text":8711},{"id":8717,"depth":1215,"text":8718},{"id":7837,"depth":1215,"text":7838,"children":8851},[8852,8853,8854,8855],{"id":8755,"depth":5869,"text":8756},{"id":8762,"depth":5869,"text":8763},{"id":8769,"depth":5869,"text":8770},{"id":8776,"depth":5869,"text":8777},{"id":7869,"depth":1215,"text":7870},{"id":8811,"depth":1215,"text":8812},"2026-08-02","Calculate the voltage drop of your cable and see when a larger cross-section is needed. Free tool for Belgium, no sign-up required.",{},"\u002Fblog\u002Fvoltage-drop-cable-sizing.en",{"title":8464,"description":8859},"blog\u002Fvoltage-drop-cable-sizing.en",[8865,8866,8867,8868],"voltage-drop","cable-cross-section","calculator","arei","jBQmtdce99fkIpVMb0qNfjX7_cHz3yohpaoio3uJFXM",{"id":8871,"title":8872,"articleId":8873,"body":8874,"category":1230,"date":9307,"description":9308,"extension":1233,"lastUpdated":5450,"locale":1234,"meta":9309,"navigation":1236,"path":9310,"publishDate":9307,"readTime":2000,"refreshInterval":1239,"seo":9311,"slug":8873,"stem":9312,"tags":9313,"__hash__":9319},"blog\u002Fblog\u002Fsingle-phase-vs-three-phase.en.md","Single-phase or three-phase? Belgian networks and building connections","single-phase-vs-three-phase",{"type":9,"value":8875,"toc":9287},[8876,8880,8883,8897,8908,8912,8982,8985,8989,8992,9031,9034,9038,9058,9067,9071,9074,9078,9081,9085,9088,9092,9095,9099,9102,9105,9109,9112,9115,9119,9122,9125,9129,9167,9171,9177,9183,9189,9193,9196,9199,9203,9206,9209,9213,9216,9220,9263,9265,9282],[12,8877,8879],{"id":8878},"short-answer-there-are-more-than-two-cases","Short answer: there are more than two cases",[17,8881,8882],{},"Two separate questions matter in Belgium:",[5055,8884,8885,8891],{},[714,8886,8887,8890],{},[221,8888,8889],{},"The low-voltage street network:"," 230 V without neutral, or 400\u002F230 V with neutral.",[714,8892,8893,8896],{},[221,8894,8895],{},"Your individual building connection:"," single-phase or three-phase.",[17,8898,8899,8900,8903,8904,8907],{},"“Single-phase = 1×230 V” is a valid connection description, but not a separate street-network form. A single-phase 230 V connection can be ",[221,8901,8902],{},"line-to-neutral"," from a 400\u002F230 V network or ",[221,8905,8906],{},"line-to-line"," from a 3×230 V network. ORES explicitly says that a single-phase connection does not necessarily include a neutral conductor.",[12,8909,8911],{"id":8910},"the-four-combinations","The four combinations",[21,8913,8914,8930],{},[24,8915,8916],{},[27,8917,8918,8921,8924,8927],{},[30,8919,8920],{},"Street network",[30,8922,8923],{},"Building connection",[30,8925,8926],{},"Conductors at the connection",[30,8928,8929],{},"Technical notation",[43,8931,8932,8946,8958,8971],{},[27,8933,8934,8937,8940,8943],{},[48,8935,8936],{},"400\u002F230 V with N",[48,8938,8939],{},"Single-phase",[48,8941,8942],{},"L + N",[48,8944,8945],{},"1×230 V, L–N",[27,8947,8948,8950,8953,8956],{},[48,8949,8936],{},[48,8951,8952],{},"Three-phase",[48,8954,8955],{},"L1 + L2 + L3 + N",[48,8957,8616],{},[27,8959,8960,8963,8965,8968],{},[48,8961,8962],{},"230 V without N",[48,8964,8939],{},[48,8966,8967],{},"Two line conductors",[48,8969,8970],{},"1×230 V, L–L",[27,8972,8973,8975,8977,8980],{},[48,8974,8962],{},[48,8976,8952],{},[48,8978,8979],{},"Three line conductors",[48,8981,8592],{},[17,8983,8984],{},"The 3×230 V network is not merely theoretical. Fluvius reported 18,101 km of 230 V low-voltage network at the end of 2024, concentrated especially in urban and western areas. Sibelga says about 80% of Brussels is covered by 230 V. That does not mean every home there has three phases: Sibelga describes 9.2 kVA, single-phase 230 V at 40 A, as its standard household connection.",[12,8986,8988],{"id":8987},"power-with-the-same-current-rating","Power with the same current rating",[17,8990,8991],{},"ORES publishes these values at 40 A:",[21,8993,8994,9005],{},[24,8995,8996],{},[27,8997,8998,9001],{},[30,8999,9000],{},"Connection",[30,9002,9004],{"align":9003},"right","Apparent power at 40 A",[43,9006,9007,9015,9023],{},[27,9008,9009,9012],{},[48,9010,9011],{},"Single-phase 230 V",[48,9013,9014],{"align":9003},"9.2 kVA",[27,9016,9017,9020],{},[48,9018,9019],{},"Three-phase 3×230 V",[48,9021,9022],{"align":9003},"15.9 kVA",[27,9024,9025,9028],{},[48,9026,9027],{},"Three-phase 3N~400\u002F230 V",[48,9029,9030],{"align":9003},"27.7 kVA",[17,9032,9033],{},"Your actual contracted capacity still depends on the connection breaker and the grid operator's records.",[12,9035,9037],{"id":9036},"ev-chargers-heat-pumps-and-solar","EV chargers, heat pumps and solar",[711,9039,9040,9046,9052],{},[714,9041,9042,9045],{},[221,9043,9044],{},"EV charger:"," 3.7 or 7.4 kW may be possible on single phase. 11 or 22 kW normally needs a suitable three-phase connection. Not every device works on 3×230 V; Sibelga lists restrictions for 11\u002F22 kW charging.",[714,9047,9048,9051],{},[221,9049,9050],{},"Heat pump and cooker:"," Check the nameplate. Equipment designed for 3N~400 V cannot automatically run on 3×230 V without neutral.",[714,9053,9054,9057],{},[221,9055,9056],{},"Solar:"," Permitted inverter power and phase distribution depend on the grid operator and the actual connection. A blanket Belgian 5 kWp rule would be misleading.",[17,9059,9060,9061,207,9064,212],{},"Before buying a large load, check both ",[221,9062,9063],{},"single\u002Fthree-phase",[221,9065,9066],{},"230 V without N\u002F400\u002F230 V with N",[12,9068,9070],{"id":9069},"rcds-on-a-3230-v-network","RCDs on a 3×230 V network",[17,9072,9073],{},"An RCD does not need a neutral conductor as a “reference”. It compares the currents in all active conductors routed through it. On a 3×230 V network, the participating line conductors must therefore be monitored and switched together. The previous blanket claim that RCD protection is reduced merely because no neutral is present was incorrect.",[12,9075,9077],{"id":9076},"phase-balancing","Phase balancing",[17,9079,9080],{},"Sensible load distribution is good design practice on a three-phase connection. The AREI\u002FRGIE does not, however, prescribe a universal exact 30% limit. Such a threshold may be used as a planning warning, but should not be presented as a verbatim statutory rule. A single-phase connection has no three phases to balance.",[12,9082,9084],{"id":9083},"identifying-your-connection","Identifying your connection",[17,9086,9087],{},"Check the meter, connection breaker and incoming conductors without opening sealed areas. ORES provides examples of single-phase 230 V, 3×230 V and 3×400 V + N. When in doubt, the grid operator or an electrician can confirm the connection. Counting visible wires alone can be misleading because of PE, internal wiring and legacy installations.",[12,9089,9091],{"id":9090},"upgrading-or-changing-the-connection","Upgrading or changing the connection",[17,9093,9094],{},"There is no single Belgian price or timeline. It depends on the grid operator, requested capacity, available street infrastructure, meter position and work required inside the building. Ask the relevant grid operator for a specific quotation first. Significant changes may also require updated diagrams and a new inspection.",[12,9096,9098],{"id":9097},"turn-equipment-data-into-a-connection-decision","Turn equipment data into a connection decision",[17,9100,9101],{},"Build a load schedule before requesting more capacity. Separate continuous loads, short coincident peaks and controllable consumers. A cooker, heat pump, instantaneous water heater, EV charger and inverter have different operating profiles. Adding every nameplate is not automatically the required connection capacity, but dismissing large loads without a calculation is equally unsafe. Load management can reduce peaks only when it is compatible with the actual equipment, meter and grid-operator process.",[17,9103,9104],{},"For each item, record four basics: permitted supply voltage, whether neutral is required, phase count and maximum current per phase. Add starting current, power factor and manufacturer conditions where relevant. “Three-phase” is insufficient: equipment designed for 3N~400 V may require a neutral or internal connection unlike equipment intended for 3×230 V. The electrician must also resolve protection, conductor sizing, disconnection and possibly phase sequence.",[12,9106,9108],{"id":9107},"reading-the-kva-figures-correctly","Reading the kVA figures correctly",[17,9110,9111],{},"For single-phase 230 V, apparent power is approximately voltage multiplied by current. For a balanced three-phase load, use voltage multiplied by current and √3, with the relevant line voltage. ORES therefore lists about 9.2 kVA for 40 A single phase, 15.9 kVA for 3×230 V and 27.7 kVA for 3×400 V + N. These are technical magnitudes, not automatically the usable real power of every appliance, diversity allowance, contract value or network approval.",[17,9113,9114],{},"With an unbalanced installation, each line conductor matters. A generous total capacity does not prevent one phase being overloaded by many single-phase loads. Document assignments in the board and revisit them after changes. Software may use planning alerts, but an arbitrary percentage cannot replace connection conditions and electrical calculation.",[12,9116,9118],{"id":9117},"representing-the-supply-in-the-single-line-diagram","Representing the supply in the single-line diagram",[17,9120,9121],{},"Record voltage, current type and connection configuration at the supply point. Show main protection and every active conductor without ambiguity. Do not invent a neutral on a 3×230 V network; on 3N~400\u002F230 V, show it where it is actually distributed. After a conversion, review the board population, protective devices, conductors and final circuits, then update the diagrams to the as-built state.",[17,9123,9124],{},"PlanElec can document network form, building connection, phase allocation and circuits as separate structured data. It cannot know the binding street-network availability, all appliance characteristics or grid approval. Its output therefore does not replace a grid-operator request, professional execution design or official inspection.",[12,9126,9128],{"id":9127},"frequent-decision-errors","Frequent decision errors",[711,9130,9131,9137,9143,9149,9155,9161],{},[714,9132,9133,9136],{},[221,9134,9135],{},"Reading only the meter:"," its display alone may not establish the full conductor configuration.",[714,9138,9139,9142],{},[221,9140,9141],{},"Treating 3×230 V and 3N~400\u002F230 V as equivalent:"," both are three-phase, but provide different voltages and conductors.",[714,9144,9145,9148],{},[221,9146,9147],{},"Equating kVA and kW:"," real power also depends on the load and power factor.",[714,9150,9151,9154],{},[221,9152,9153],{},"Using charger power as total connection demand:"," other coincident loads and management are omitted.",[714,9156,9157,9160],{},[221,9158,9159],{},"Keeping old drawings after conversion:"," supply, protection chain and phase allocation no longer describe reality.",[714,9162,9163,9166],{},[221,9164,9165],{},"Opening sealed equipment:"," rely on safe visible records, the operator or a qualified person.",[12,9168,9170],{"id":9169},"three-planning-scenarios","Three planning scenarios",[17,9172,9173,9176],{},[221,9174,9175],{},"Existing 1×230 V:"," first confirm the actual breaker rating and neutral situation. A charger at limited single-phase power with load management may be possible, but vehicle, charger, house demand and operator conditions decide. A higher number in a brochure does not create available capacity.",[17,9178,9179,9182],{},[221,9180,9181],{},"Existing 3×230 V:"," distribute single-phase consumers across line-conductor pairs and check every three-phase appliance explicitly for operation without neutral. The RCD monitors all participating active conductors together. Equipment is not compatible merely because its brochure says “three phase” if its controls require 230 V to neutral.",[17,9184,9185,9188],{},[221,9186,9187],{},"Existing 3N~400\u002F230 V:"," single-phase loads normally use line to neutral and three-phase equipment follows its manufacturer's connection. A generous calculated capacity removes neither the per-phase current limit nor the need for protection and conductor sizing.",[12,9190,9192],{"id":9191},"before-requesting-a-quotation","Before requesting a quotation",[17,9194,9195],{},"Collect the EAN or connection reference, current breaker setting, requested capacity, equipment data and target commissioning date. Ask explicitly which voltage, phases and neutral are available at the address. Have the electrician identify work to the meter position, connecting cable, main board, RCD arrangement and phase distribution. Only then can the network quotation and internal work be compared meaningfully.",[17,9197,9198],{},"After conversion, do more than update one project field. Review every dependent conductor, protective chain and appliance assignment. Preserve the previous drawing and issue a new dated as-built revision.",[12,9200,9202],{"id":9201},"measurement-and-commissioning","Measurement and commissioning",[17,9204,9205],{},"Do not establish the final configuration from paperwork alone. A qualified person verifies actual voltages with suitable methods without unauthorised access to operator equipment. Phase sequence, neutral routing and protective conductors are checked separately where relevant. Following alteration, the required tests and measurements cover the affected work.",[17,9207,9208],{},"For controlled high-power loads, observe behaviour in operation. Load management needs a safe documented response to communication loss or bad measurements. Its limit must agree with connection protection and consider per-phase peaks, not only an average. Treat setting changes as design-relevant records.",[12,9210,9212],{"id":9211},"use-a-decision-matrix","Use a decision matrix",[17,9214,9215],{},"Consider confirmed network form, equipment voltages, peaks per phase, planned additions and operator costs together. Three-phase is not automatically necessary or economical; single-phase is not automatically sufficient. The sound option satisfies verified requirements and is accepted by both network process and professional electrical design.",[12,9217,9219],{"id":9218},"sources","Sources",[711,9221,9222,9229,9236,9243,9250,9257],{},[714,9223,9224],{},[203,9225,9228],{"href":9226,"rel":9227},"https:\u002F\u002Fwww.ores.be\u002Fparticulier\u002Freconnaitre-informations-techniques\u002F",[5393],"ORES: Identifying technical connection information",[714,9230,9231],{},[203,9232,9235],{"href":9233,"rel":9234},"https:\u002F\u002Fwww.sibelga.be\u002Fen\u002Fconnections-meters\u002Fmy-connection\u002Felectrical-power",[5393],"Sibelga: Electrical capacity and connection types",[714,9237,9238],{},[203,9239,9242],{"href":9240,"rel":9241},"https:\u002F\u002Fwww.sibelga.be\u002Fen\u002Fconnections-meters\u002Felectric-charging\u002Fcharging-at-home",[5393],"Sibelga: Charging at home",[714,9244,9245],{},[203,9246,9249],{"href":9247,"rel":9248},"https:\u002F\u002Fover.fluvius.be\u002Fsites\u002Ffluvius\u002Ffiles\u002F2025-06\u002Finvesteringsplan-2026-2035-versie-publieke-consultatie.pdf",[5393],"Fluvius: Investment plan 2026–2035",[714,9251,9252],{},[203,9253,9256],{"href":9254,"rel":9255},"https:\u002F\u002Fdownload.schneider-electric.com\u002Ffiles?p_File_Id=905251744&p_File_Name=ECT114.pdf&p_Reference=ECT114&p_enDocType=Cahier+Technique",[5393],"Schneider Electric: RCD operating principle, including three-phase circuits without neutral",[714,9258,9259],{},[203,9260,9262],{"href":5391,"rel":9261},[5393],"FPS Economy: current official RGIE\u002FAREI Book 1 publication",[12,9264,7870],{"id":7869},[711,9266,9267,9272,9277],{},[714,9268,9269],{},[203,9270,9271],{"href":1577},"Calculate voltage drop and choose a cable size",[714,9273,9274],{},[203,9275,9276],{"href":8802},"Installing an EV charger in Belgium",[714,9278,9279],{},[203,9280,9281],{"href":6395},"Registering and documenting a PV system",[17,9283,9284],{},[203,9285,9286],{"href":7900},"Document the network and building connection separately in PlanElec →",{"title":1214,"searchDepth":1215,"depth":1215,"links":9288},[9289,9290,9291,9292,9293,9294,9295,9296,9297,9298,9299,9300,9301,9302,9303,9304,9305,9306],{"id":8878,"depth":1215,"text":8879},{"id":8910,"depth":1215,"text":8911},{"id":8987,"depth":1215,"text":8988},{"id":9036,"depth":1215,"text":9037},{"id":9069,"depth":1215,"text":9070},{"id":9076,"depth":1215,"text":9077},{"id":9083,"depth":1215,"text":9084},{"id":9090,"depth":1215,"text":9091},{"id":9097,"depth":1215,"text":9098},{"id":9107,"depth":1215,"text":9108},{"id":9117,"depth":1215,"text":9118},{"id":9127,"depth":1215,"text":9128},{"id":9169,"depth":1215,"text":9170},{"id":9191,"depth":1215,"text":9192},{"id":9201,"depth":1215,"text":9202},{"id":9211,"depth":1215,"text":9212},{"id":9218,"depth":1215,"text":9219},{"id":7869,"depth":1215,"text":7870},"2026-07-27","1×230 V, 3×230 V or 3N~400\u002F230 V: understand the street network, neutral conductor and connection phase count in Belgium.",{},"\u002Fblog\u002Fsingle-phase-vs-three-phase.en",{"title":8872,"description":9308},"blog\u002Fsingle-phase-vs-three-phase.en",[1244,1245,8582,8606,1252,9314,9315,9316,6660,9317,9318,1251],"Fluvius","ORES","Sibelga","heat pump","solar panels","l76T_2uxOy3y9_V8q_mJsbZJfemCJ9fnTXIXMrKYM9I",{"id":9321,"title":9322,"articleId":9323,"body":9324,"category":1230,"date":9755,"description":9756,"extension":1233,"lastUpdated":5450,"locale":1234,"meta":9757,"navigation":1236,"path":9758,"publishDate":9755,"readTime":2000,"refreshInterval":1239,"seo":9759,"slug":9323,"stem":9760,"tags":9761,"__hash__":9769},"blog\u002Fblog\u002Frenovation-electrical-plans.en.md","Renovation and AREI: When Do You Need New Electrical Plans?","renovation-electrical-plans",{"type":9,"value":9325,"toc":9727},[9326,9330,9333,9336,9340,9372,9375,9379,9382,9385,9389,9392,9395,9399,9403,9406,9409,9413,9416,9419,9423,9426,9429,9433,9436,9440,9443,9447,9451,9454,9458,9461,9465,9468,9472,9492,9495,9498,9502,9505,9525,9529,9536,9556,9565,9569,9572,9576,9579,9610,9614,9617,9650,9653,9680,9684,9695,9697,9722],[12,9327,9329],{"id":9328},"when-does-renovation-lead-to-new-plans-and-inspection","When does renovation lead to new plans and inspection?",[17,9331,9332],{},"The electrical scope matters, not the word “renovation”. Book 1 V06 requires substantial changes or extensions to be inspected before they enter service. That conformity inspection is generally limited to the added or modified parts. If the change affects an unchanged part, that part is included for the affected properties and mentioned in the report.",[17,9334,9335],{},"For substantial work on a domestic installation, the single-line diagram and position plan are prepared or updated. For a non-substantial change, a dated and signed short description may replace a new single-line diagram, but the position plan still shows the change. The AREI\u002FRGIE does not provide a simplistic table that classifies every moved socket. Agree the scope with the electrician and, where necessary, the control body before work starts.",[12,9337,9339],{"id":9338},"a-practical-decision-path","A practical decision path",[5055,9341,9342,9348,9354,9360,9366],{},[714,9343,9344,9347],{},[221,9345,9346],{},"Is the work non-electrical?"," Painting and flooring do not alter the electrical installation.",[714,9349,9350,9353],{},[221,9351,9352],{},"Is equipment merely maintained?"," Record an equivalent replacement and confirm that properties and protection remain unchanged.",[714,9355,9356,9359],{},[221,9357,9358],{},"Are new conductors, circuits, sources or boards introduced?"," Treat this as a possible substantial change or extension until professionally classified.",[714,9361,9362,9365],{},[221,9363,9364],{},"Do voltage, connection type, earthing or protection change?"," Effects may extend beyond the new component.",[714,9367,9368,9371],{},[221,9369,9370],{},"Which existing sections are affected?"," Define them by circuit, board and actual cable path.",[17,9373,9374],{},"A new sub-board, dedicated EV or heat-pump circuit, board replacement or supply conversion therefore needs early professional review. A cover plate, lamp or equivalent switch replacement with no electrical-property change is closer to maintenance. These examples do not decide an individual case.",[12,9376,9378],{"id":9377},"there-is-no-blanket-contamination-rule","There is no blanket “contamination rule”",[17,9380,9381],{},"The popular term suggests that any intervention automatically subjects the whole house to current rules. Book 1 does not say that. Inspection of a substantial change is limited to changed or added parts. Only when a change affects properties of an unchanged part is that part inspected for those properties. Independent hazards can become visible during a visit, but that does not create an all-or-nothing rule.",[17,9383,9384],{},"Precise scope records matter more than the slogan. Identify circuits, cable sections, protective devices and rooms touched by the works. Mark the existing installation, new work and shared supply or protection points. This supports a professional scope decision but does not unilaterally limit the approved control body.",[12,9386,9388],{"id":9387},"what-part-8-actually-does","What Part 8 actually does",[17,9390,9391],{},"Part 8 contains specific derogations for existing parts, partly based on their installation period. It does not declare every old installation acceptable. Each derogation has a defined scope and often extra conditions. Equipment must remain safe; age never legitimises an immediate danger. New or substantially modified sections are designed to the currently applicable provisions.",[17,9393,9394],{},"For each existing section, record installation period, previous reports, cable and protection data, and later changes. A 1960s building can contain work from several decades. The construction year alone does not prove which derogation applies to one circuit.",[12,9396,9398],{"id":9397},"documentation-for-renovations","Documentation for renovations",[5707,9400,9402],{"id":9401},"survey-without-unsafe-assumptions","Survey without unsafe assumptions",[17,9404,9405],{},"Start with existing inspection reports, drawings, invoices and labels, then compare them with the real board. A qualified person can isolate circuits systematically and record which points actually lose supply. Live work and sealed equipment are not DIY survey methods. A suspected cable path is labelled as a hypothesis until verified.",[17,9407,9408],{},"Build a circuit inventory with identifier, rooms served, visible cable type and cross-section, protective device, RCD group, known junctions and fixed appliances. Keep unknown values separate from confirmed facts. Photographs preserve labels and condition but replace neither measurements nor a diagram.",[5707,9410,9412],{"id":9411},"divide-the-renovation-into-work-packages","Divide the renovation into work packages",[17,9414,9415],{},"Separate immediate safety defects, changes necessary for the construction scope, and optional comfort additions. This reveals what must be resolved before commissioning and what can wait. Review shared points first: main board, earthing, supply cable and common RCDs may connect several rooms. A new kitchen circuit is spatially local but electrically touches the board and its protection chain.",[17,9417,9418],{},"For every package, record initial state, intended change, affected existing properties and final state. Do not postpone the substantial\u002Fnon-substantial classification until walls are closed. Inspection scope, measurement access and required tests influence sequence and timing.",[5707,9420,9422],{"id":9421},"produce-an-as-built-record","Produce an as-built record",[17,9424,9425],{},"Do not copy intended positions into the final plan without checking. Compare sockets, switches, lights, boxes and fixed equipment room by room. Then match every circuit to its protection, conductor data and board position. When older parts installed before 1 October 1981 appear on the single-line diagram, identify them as older parts.",[17,9427,9428],{},"Give each diagram a number, revision and revision date. A short change note should name affected rooms or circuits. Retain previous released versions because they help explain when existing sections arose. Keep current documents available on site for supervision, inspection, maintenance, repair and later alteration.",[5707,9430,9432],{"id":9431},"inspection-and-findings","Inspection and findings",[17,9434,9435],{},"Provide readable plans and supporting documents to the approved control body. A measurement or installation defect is not fixed by redrawing it: technical work must correct the cause. After remediation, align the installation and documents again. The inspection report, signed drawings, measurements and relevant product evidence then belong in the installation file.",[5707,9437,9439],{"id":9438},"planelecs-bounded-role","PlanElec's bounded role",[17,9441,9442],{},"PlanElec connects floor plan, topology, board, single-line diagram and position plan, making shared references and PDFs easier to maintain. The detailed material list and working dossier remain pilot capabilities with declared coverage limits. They provide no price, manufacturer order, official report or conformity certificate. Qualified people remain responsible for design, work and assessment.",[12,9444,9446],{"id":9445},"three-scope-examples","Three scope examples",[5707,9448,9450],{"id":9449},"a-bathroom-is-rebuilt","A bathroom is rebuilt",[17,9452,9453],{},"New cables, sockets, lighting and protective measures form a new work package. Record which existing supply and board branch feed it. The electrician checks current bathroom zones, protection, conductors and bonding against the actual installation. Other rooms are not automatically “contaminated”, but shared or affected properties still require professional attention.",[5707,9455,9457],{"id":9456},"an-existing-circuit-is-repaired","An existing circuit is repaired",[17,9459,9460],{},"For an equivalent replacement, record type and properties and verify safe restoration. If location, conductor, protection or function changes, reassess the scope. Calling work a repair cannot hide an actual extension.",[5707,9462,9464],{"id":9463},"the-distribution-board-is-replaced","The distribution board is replaced",[17,9466,9467],{},"A new board touches many shared protection and assignment records. Identify every outgoing circuit before removal. After installation, labels, RCD groups, phases, conductors and diagrams must agree with the actual population. Resolve unknown legacy circuits before reconnection instead of carrying forward generic labels.",[12,9469,9471],{"id":9470},"questions-for-the-planning-meeting","Questions for the planning meeting",[711,9473,9474,9477,9480,9483,9486,9489],{},[714,9475,9476],{},"Which parts are new, moved, replaced or unchanged?",[714,9478,9479],{},"Which existing facts are documented and which require measurement or access?",[714,9481,9482],{},"Which common supply or protection points are affected?",[714,9484,9485],{},"Is the work a substantial change or extension, and who confirms that classification?",[714,9487,9488],{},"Which drawings, descriptions, measurements and manufacturer documents are needed?",[714,9490,9491],{},"When must inspection and document release occur in the construction sequence?",[17,9493,9494],{},"These questions create no legal guarantee. They prevent technical and documentary tasks surfacing only when the inspection is imminent.",[17,9496,9497],{},"In an occupied building, plan safe intermediate states as well. Unfinished circuits remain clearly isolated and labelled. Temporary supplies require professional execution and separate records. At each phase, identify which sections already match the as-built plan and which remain work in progress.",[5707,9499,9501],{"id":9500},"houses-with-existing-plans","Houses with existing plans",[17,9503,9504],{},"If a current single-line diagram and situation plan exist:",[5055,9506,9507,9513,9519],{},[714,9508,9509,9512],{},[221,9510,9511],{},"Update the plans"," — add new circuits, modified positions",[714,9514,9515,9518],{},[221,9516,9517],{},"Mark clearly"," what is old and what is new",[714,9520,9521,9524],{},[221,9522,9523],{},"Present updated plans"," to the inspector",[5707,9526,9528],{"id":9527},"houses-without-plans-pre-1981","Houses without plans (pre-1981)",[17,9530,9531,9532,9535],{},"Many older houses have ",[221,9533,9534],{},"no existing documentation",". In that case (Art. 9.1.2):",[5055,9537,9538,9544,9550],{},[714,9539,9540,9543],{},[221,9541,9542],{},"Survey the entire installation"," — including unmodified parts",[714,9545,9546,9549],{},[221,9547,9548],{},"Create a complete new single-line diagram"," — for the entire installation",[714,9551,9552,9555],{},[221,9553,9554],{},"Create a situation plan"," — draw all sockets, switches, lighting points",[9557,9558,9559],"blockquote",{},[17,9560,9561,9564],{},[221,9562,9563],{},"Warning",": This is one of the most common reasons renovations become significantly more expensive than planned — the documentation requirement for the entire installation.",[12,9566,9568],{"id":9567},"plan-effort-without-invented-fixed-prices","Plan effort without invented fixed prices",[17,9570,9571],{},"Cost depends on survey effort, missing records, circuit count, measurements, construction scope and control body. Old web ranges are not a quotation. Request separate estimates for survey, design, installation, inspection and possible corrective work. PlanElec is currently free in Early Access with no active payment flow, but that does not remove professional services.",[5707,9573,9575],{"id":9574},"the-planelec-advantage-for-renovations","The PlanElec advantage for renovations",[17,9577,9578],{},"With PlanElec, you can:",[711,9580,9581,9586,9592,9598,9604],{},[714,9582,9583],{},[221,9584,9585],{},"Document the existing installation",[714,9587,9588,9591],{},[221,9589,9590],{},"Add new circuits"," and review them with an advisory self-check of limited coverage",[714,9593,9594,9597],{},[221,9595,9596],{},"Clearly separate"," old vs. new",[714,9599,9600,9603],{},[221,9601,9602],{},"Export the result as PDF"," for the inspector",[714,9605,9606,9609],{},[221,9607,9608],{},"Early Access currently free","; payment processing is not active yet",[12,9611,9613],{"id":9612},"checklist-for-renovators","Checklist for renovators",[17,9615,9616],{},"Before starting renovations:",[711,9618,9620,9626,9632,9638,9644],{"className":9619},[6127],[714,9621,9623,9625],{"className":9622},[6131],[6133,9624],{"disabled":1236,"type":6135}," Check: Do my works trigger a re-inspection?",[714,9627,9629,9631],{"className":9628},[6131],[6133,9630],{"disabled":1236,"type":6135}," Find existing electrical plans (if available)",[714,9633,9635,9637],{"className":9634},[6131],[6133,9636],{"disabled":1236,"type":6135}," Budget for documentation + inspection",[714,9639,9641,9643],{"className":9640},[6131],[6133,9642],{"disabled":1236,"type":6135}," Involve an electrician early (for the installation work)",[714,9645,9647,9649],{"className":9646},[6131],[6133,9648],{"disabled":1236,"type":6135}," Use PlanElec for documentation (create plans yourself)",[17,9651,9652],{},"After renovation:",[711,9654,9656,9662,9668,9674],{"className":9655},[6127],[714,9657,9659,9661],{"className":9658},[6131],[6133,9660],{"disabled":1236,"type":6135}," Updated plans created?",[714,9663,9665,9667],{"className":9664},[6131],[6133,9666],{"disabled":1236,"type":6135}," All new circuits in the single-line diagram?",[714,9669,9671,9673],{"className":9670},[6131],[6133,9672],{"disabled":1236,"type":6135}," Inspection body contacted?",[714,9675,9677,9679],{"className":9676},[6131],[6133,9678],{"disabled":1236,"type":6135}," Inspection report and any findings reviewed with the electrician?",[12,9681,9683],{"id":9682},"official-source","Official source",[711,9685,9686,9692],{},[714,9687,9688],{},[203,9689,9691],{"href":5391,"rel":9690},[5393],"FPS Economy: RGIE\u002FAREI Book 1, Version 06",[714,9693,9694],{},"Especially relevant: section 3.1.2, subsection 6.4.7.3, Part 8 and dossier duties in Part 9.",[12,9696,7870],{"id":7869},[711,9698,9699,9705,9710,9716],{},[714,9700,9701],{},[203,9702,9704],{"href":9703},"\u002Fen\u002Fblog\u002Fold-arei-part-8","Old wiring in Belgium: AREI Part 8 explained",[714,9706,9707],{},[203,9708,9709],{"href":205},"What does an electrical plan cost? Price comparison 2026",[714,9711,9712],{},[203,9713,9715],{"href":9714},"\u002Fen\u002Fblog\u002Fwhat-inspector-checks","What does the inspector check during the inspection?",[714,9717,9718],{},[203,9719,9721],{"href":9720},"\u002Fen\u002Fblog\u002Fproperty-sale-electrical-dossier","Electrical dossier for property sales",[17,9723,9724],{},[203,9725,9726],{"href":7900},"Document the renovation state traceably in PlanElec →",{"title":1214,"searchDepth":1215,"depth":1215,"links":9728},[9729,9730,9731,9732,9733,9740,9745,9749,9752,9753,9754],{"id":9328,"depth":1215,"text":9329},{"id":9338,"depth":1215,"text":9339},{"id":9377,"depth":1215,"text":9378},{"id":9387,"depth":1215,"text":9388},{"id":9397,"depth":1215,"text":9398,"children":9734},[9735,9736,9737,9738,9739],{"id":9401,"depth":5869,"text":9402},{"id":9411,"depth":5869,"text":9412},{"id":9421,"depth":5869,"text":9422},{"id":9431,"depth":5869,"text":9432},{"id":9438,"depth":5869,"text":9439},{"id":9445,"depth":1215,"text":9446,"children":9741},[9742,9743,9744],{"id":9449,"depth":5869,"text":9450},{"id":9456,"depth":5869,"text":9457},{"id":9463,"depth":5869,"text":9464},{"id":9470,"depth":1215,"text":9471,"children":9746},[9747,9748],{"id":9500,"depth":5869,"text":9501},{"id":9527,"depth":5869,"text":9528},{"id":9567,"depth":1215,"text":9568,"children":9750},[9751],{"id":9574,"depth":5869,"text":9575},{"id":9612,"depth":1215,"text":9613},{"id":9682,"depth":1215,"text":9683},{"id":7869,"depth":1215,"text":7870},"2026-07-20","Not every renovation needs the same records. Learn how to distinguish substantial changes, existing parts, updated plans and inspection scope.",{},"\u002Fblog\u002Frenovation-electrical-plans.en",{"title":9322,"description":9756},"blog\u002Frenovation-electrical-plans.en",[1244,1245,9762,9763,9764,9765,9766,9767,9766,1251,2008,1252,9768],"renovation","remodelling","electrical plans","re-inspection","existing installation","Part 8","electrical inspection","QRBX4e2Aauyfm8U99wbntJaWbVj7KoXF9gw4hkRn_OA",{"id":9771,"title":9772,"articleId":9773,"body":9774,"category":1230,"date":9755,"description":10085,"extension":1233,"lastUpdated":5450,"locale":1234,"meta":10086,"navigation":1236,"path":10087,"publishDate":9755,"readTime":8455,"refreshInterval":7959,"seo":10088,"slug":10089,"stem":10090,"tags":10091,"__hash__":10095},"blog\u002Fblog\u002Fwhat-can-you-do-with-planelec.en.md","What Can You Do with PlanElec? From Floor Plan to Working Dossier","planelec-capabilities-overview",{"type":9,"value":9775,"toc":10070},[9776,9779,9782,9786,9789,9792,9796,9799,9802,9819,9822,9826,9829,9832,9835,9839,9842,9862,9865,9869,9872,9875,9878,9882,9885,9888,9892,9895,9900,9903,9907,9910,9920,9927,9931,9934,9994,9997,10000,10004,10007,10010,10014,10044,10047,10051,10054,10057,10060,10063],[17,9777,9778],{},"PlanElec is a Belgian electrical planning tool that keeps the spatial plan, electrical topology, distribution board, diagrams, and exports in one project. It is built first for electrical contractors and planners, while remaining open to owners who want to prepare a project carefully.",[17,9780,9781],{},"The short version: PlanElec takes you from a drawn floor plan to a situation plan, circuit and board planning, a generated single-line diagram, an advisory AREI\u002FRGIE self-check, and several project documents. The exact status matters, though: some outputs are generally available, while detailed lists and the combined dossier are still in a pilot or working state.",[12,9783,9785],{"id":9784},"one-project-model-instead-of-separate-drawings","One project model instead of separate drawings",[17,9787,9788],{},"Traditional workflows often repeat the same information in several files. PlanElec records rooms, devices, electrical connections, circuits, cables, and protection devices in one linked model.",[17,9790,9791],{},"That connection is useful when the project changes. Moving a device changes its location on the situation plan; changing its electrical connection changes the topology and single-line diagram. You still review every result, but you do not have to maintain unrelated drawings for each view.",[12,9793,9795],{"id":9794},"_1-draw-the-floor-plan-and-situation-plan","1. Draw the floor plan and situation plan",[17,9797,9798],{},"Start by drawing exterior and interior walls, or add an existing plan image as a calibrated reference. Closed wall areas become rooms that you can name and classify. You can add doors, windows, stairs, dimensions, bathroom zones, and several floors.",[17,9800,9801],{},"Next, place the electrical symbols at their intended locations:",[711,9803,9804,9807,9810,9813,9816],{},[714,9805,9806],{},"sockets and switches;",[714,9808,9809],{},"lighting points and spotlights;",[714,9811,9812],{},"fixed appliances and dedicated connections;",[714,9814,9815],{},"distribution, connection, and junction boxes;",[714,9817,9818],{},"special equipment such as a heat pump or EV charger where supported by the public workflow.",[17,9820,9821],{},"The same spatial data feeds the situation plan PDF. PlanElec also includes helpers that can propose socket positions, lighting, standard equipment, and spotlight grids. These are editable proposals, not a substitute for deciding what the installation needs.",[12,9823,9825],{"id":9824},"_2-build-switch-chains-and-cable-routes","2. Build switch chains and cable routes",[17,9827,9828],{},"Switches and lighting points can be linked into switch chains. For unassigned devices in the same room, PlanElec can propose a sequence that you can edit.",[17,9830,9831],{},"Once the electrical topology is present, PlanElec creates cable segments for the actual parent-to-child connections. Its automatic router searches for a short path along the walls of a floor. You can then add or move waypoints and override the calculated length with a manual value.",[17,9833,9834],{},"Connection and junction boxes are modeled as real electrical nodes. A box only becomes part of a cable path when it is explicitly connected; physical proximity alone does not rewrite the topology.",[12,9836,9838],{"id":9837},"_3-propose-circuits-and-distribute-loads","3. Propose circuits and distribute loads",[17,9840,9841],{},"Automatic circuit assignment groups standard devices and proposes protection based on the recorded device types. Among other things, the current workflow can:",[711,9843,9844,9847,9850,9853,9856,9859],{},[714,9845,9846],{},"group common lighting and socket points by room;",[714,9848,9849],{},"limit standard circuits to eight connection points;",[714,9851,9852],{},"assign dedicated breakers to several high-demand or fixed appliances;",[714,9854,9855],{},"place standard groups behind 30 mA RCDs;",[714,9857,9858],{},"handle the current special protection model for an EV charger;",[714,9860,9861],{},"distribute loads across phases and multiple boards.",[17,9863,9864],{},"The preview remains essential. Automatic planning applies product defaults to the data you entered; it cannot assess every site condition, manufacturer requirement, or engineering decision.",[12,9866,9868],{"id":9867},"_4-plan-the-distribution-board","4. Plan the distribution board",[17,9870,9871],{},"The distribution board editor represents DIN rails, enclosures, main switches, RCDs, MCBs, and selected accessories. You can move modules manually, change compatible pole and module-width variants, and connect protection devices to circuits.",[17,9873,9874],{},"Auto-fill arranges existing protection modules on the DIN rails and reserves spare capacity. This is separate from automatic circuit assignment: one builds the electrical protection structure, while the other lays its modules out physically in the board.",[17,9876,9877],{},"The board view also shows RCD groups and phase loads. Review the enclosure size, protection chain, module widths, spare capacity, and the actual installation constraints before treating the proposal as a design.",[12,9879,9881],{"id":9880},"_5-generate-and-review-the-single-line-diagram","5. Generate and review the single-line diagram",[17,9883,9884],{},"PlanElec generates the single-line diagram from the topology rather than asking you to draw a second, unrelated scheme. The diagram contains the modeled supply, protection devices, circuits, cable data, boxes, and consumers and can span multiple PDF pages.",[17,9886,9887],{},"Because the diagram reflects the project model, missing or incorrect links remain visible. Resolve unconnected components and review circuit names, protection settings, cable specifications, and symbols before export.",[12,9889,9891],{"id":9890},"_6-run-an-advisory-areirgie-self-check","6. Run an advisory AREI\u002FRGIE self-check",[17,9893,9894],{},"The self-check evaluates a documented subset of rules that can be decided from the data in the project. It can flag supported issues and state when a check is incomplete or outside the current coverage.",[17,9896,1915,9897,9899],{},[221,9898,1096],{}," prove that an installation complies with the full AREI\u002FRGIE. A clean result only means that no error was found in the currently supported, data-driven checks. Measurements, evidence, on-site conditions, and rules that are not modeled remain outside its scope.",[17,9901,9902],{},"PlanElec does not issue a certificate of conformity. Professional review and the official inspection by a recognized inspection body remain separate requirements.",[5707,9904,9906],{"id":9905},"how-large-is-that-coverage-exactly","How large is that coverage exactly?",[17,9908,9909],{},"An installer asked us directly: does PlanElec cover all of Book 1, including every exception, or only the most common cases? The honest answer is the latter.",[17,9911,1764,9912,9915,9916,9919],{},[221,9913,9914],{},"integrated rule text"," is complete — Book 1, Version 06, Parts 1 through 9. The ",[221,9917,9918],{},"automatic check logic"," covers part of it: the emphasis lies on protection, earthing, cable sizing and completeness of the file in a domestic AC installation. The direct-current side, eleven of the fourteen chapters on special installations and the transitional exceptions of articles 59 and 69 are not included.",[17,9921,9922,9923,9926],{},"We would rather publish that boundary than have it discovered: ",[203,9924,9925],{"href":3182},"the full list of what the self-check does and does not verify"," is in the knowledge base.",[12,9928,9930],{"id":9929},"_7-export-more-than-two-diagrams","7. Export more than two diagrams",[17,9932,9933],{},"The export area makes the available documents easier to find and combine:",[21,9935,9936,9946],{},[24,9937,9938],{},[27,9939,9940,9943],{},[30,9941,9942],{},"Output",[30,9944,9945],{},"Status today",[43,9947,9948,9956,9963,9970,9978,9986],{},[27,9949,9950,9953],{},[48,9951,9952],{},"Single-line diagram PDF",[48,9954,9955],{},"Available",[27,9957,9958,9961],{},[48,9959,9960],{},"Situation plan PDF",[48,9962,9955],{},[27,9964,9965,9968],{},[48,9966,9967],{},"Advisory AREI\u002FRGIE self-check report",[48,9969,9955],{},[27,9971,9972,9975],{},[48,9973,9974],{},"Circuit, cable, and detailed material lists",[48,9976,9977],{},"Central pilot workflow",[27,9979,9980,9983],{},[48,9981,9982],{},"Distribution board PDF",[48,9984,9985],{},"Available only behind the relevant feature flag",[27,9987,9988,9991],{},[48,9989,9990],{},"Combined installation dossier",[48,9992,9993],{},"Local working\u002Fpilot state",[17,9995,9996],{},"The detailed material list is manufacturer-neutral. It can break modeled assemblies into useful quantities and show material by category or room, but it contains no prices or specific manufacturer products. Cable amounts are net lengths without an automatic waste factor. Treat it as a review and quotation starting point, not as an approved order.",[17,9998,9999],{},"The dossier builder can merge selected PDFs with a cover, document index, and continuous page numbering. A versioned final server snapshot and formally accepted real-world outputs are still open before that working dossier can be presented as a generally released final dossier.",[12,10001,10003],{"id":10002},"who-is-planelec-for","Who is PlanElec for?",[17,10005,10006],{},"Electrical contractors and planners can use the connected model to structure a project and prepare consistent documentation. Engaged owners can use the same workflow to understand and prepare their installation, provided a qualified electrician reviews it before installation and inspection.",[17,10008,10009],{},"Early Access currently costs 0 EUR and no paid subscription or project price is active. Commercial terms will be communicated before any paid use.",[12,10011,10013],{"id":10012},"explore-the-workflow","Explore the workflow",[711,10015,10016,10023,10030,10037],{},[714,10017,10018,10019,212],{},"Compare the complete capability and status overview on the ",[203,10020,10022],{"href":10021},"\u002Fen\u002Ffeatures","features page",[714,10024,10025,10026,212],{},"Follow the practical guides in the ",[203,10027,10029],{"href":10028},"\u002Fen\u002Fhelp","PlanElec help center",[714,10031,10032,10033,212],{},"Start with the ",[203,10034,10036],{"href":10035},"\u002Fen\u002Fhelp\u002Fgetting-started","getting-started guide",[714,10038,10039,10040,212],{},"If the workflow fits your project, ",[203,10041,10043],{"href":10042},"\u002Fauth\u002Fregister","create a free Early Access account",[17,10045,10046],{},"PlanElec's value is not a promise that every installation can be documented automatically. It is a connected workspace in which spatial planning, electrical structure, review, and document generation can be carried out from the same project data.",[12,10048,10050],{"id":10049},"a-practical-acceptance-workflow","A practical acceptance workflow",[17,10052,10053],{},"Treat every automated step as a proposal with a named reviewer. First establish the building geometry and room names, then place only devices that really belong to the planned installation. Review switch links and connection boxes before assigning circuits, because topology errors propagate into cable segments and the single-line diagram. Record actual conductor and protection data instead of leaving defaults unchallenged.",[17,10055,10056],{},"At the board stage, check phase arrangement, upstream protection, RCD grouping, available modules and the electrical paths between devices. The visual grid helps organise the board, but it cannot know measured fault conditions, prospective short-circuit current, the installation method or every manufacturer constraint. Those decisions remain with the competent designer and installer.",[17,10058,10059],{},"Before export, run the supported self-check and read both findings and coverage notices. A green result means that no issue was found in the supported checks for the data supplied; it is not evidence that Book 1 was checked in full. Reconcile the situation plan and single-line diagram against the built installation, attach the documents and measurements required for the real dossier, and let an approved body perform the official inspection.",[17,10061,10062],{},"The output status also matters. Single-line and situation-plan PDFs are available in the normal workflow. The detailed neutral material list and combined installation dossier are working pilot outputs: they expose known, partial and missing data and are not order-ready procurement documents or official reports. Cabinet PDF availability depends on its feature flag. Battery, generator and bidirectional V2G groundwork must not be read as complete released workflows.",[17,10064,10065,10066,10069],{},"This article was checked on 29 August 2026 against the current ",[203,10067,10068],{"href":10021},"PlanElec product-truth statement"," and the reachable editor\u002Fexport workflow. Feature status can change; use the in-product label as the immediate source and keep exported project versions with your dossier.",{"title":1214,"searchDepth":1215,"depth":1215,"links":10071},[10072,10073,10074,10075,10076,10077,10078,10081,10082,10083,10084],{"id":9784,"depth":1215,"text":9785},{"id":9794,"depth":1215,"text":9795},{"id":9824,"depth":1215,"text":9825},{"id":9837,"depth":1215,"text":9838},{"id":9867,"depth":1215,"text":9868},{"id":9880,"depth":1215,"text":9881},{"id":9890,"depth":1215,"text":9891,"children":10079},[10080],{"id":9905,"depth":5869,"text":9906},{"id":9929,"depth":1215,"text":9930},{"id":10002,"depth":1215,"text":10003},{"id":10012,"depth":1215,"text":10013},{"id":10049,"depth":1215,"text":10050},"A practical overview of PlanElec: draw the situation plan, structure circuits and cables, plan the distribution board, run an AREI\u002FRGIE self-check, and export project documents.",{},"\u002Fblog\u002Fwhat-can-you-do-with-planelec.en",{"title":9772,"description":10085},"what-can-you-do-with-planelec","blog\u002Fwhat-can-you-do-with-planelec.en",[5844,10092,2008,1251,1250,10093,10094,1244,1245],"electrical planning","automatic planning","PDF export","g9lfcy--1norW9LeapHZE2rhHcWTh9vQjiKiN656px0",{"id":10097,"title":10098,"articleId":10099,"body":10100,"category":10247,"date":10248,"description":10249,"extension":1233,"lastUpdated":5450,"locale":1234,"meta":10250,"navigation":1236,"path":10251,"publishDate":10248,"readTime":10252,"refreshInterval":1239,"seo":10253,"slug":10099,"stem":10254,"tags":10255,"__hash__":10265},"blog\u002Fblog\u002Fdedicated-circuits-appliances.en.md","Dedicated Circuit Required: Which Appliances Need Their Own Breaker?","dedicated-circuits-appliances",{"type":9,"value":10101,"toc":10238},[10102,10106,10113,10116,10120,10123,10143,10147,10150,10153,10157,10160,10179,10187,10191,10194,10196,10214,10218,10232],[12,10103,10105],{"id":10104},"which-appliances-require-a-separate-circuit","Which appliances require a separate circuit?",[17,10107,10108,10109,10112],{},"AREI Book 1 V06, subsection 5.2.1.2, gives two rules. Every fixed or mobile appliance with a fixed location and a rated power of at least ",[221,10110,10111],{},"2,600 W"," is supplied by a separate circuit. Independently of that threshold, the washing machine, dishwasher, tumble dryer, electric cooker, electric hob and electric oven are each supplied by a circuit intended exclusively for that appliance. Fixed electric-heating appliances are supplied by one or more separate circuits.",[17,10114,10115],{},"The rule determines the circuit structure, not a universal breaker rating or cable size. Those still depend on the appliance data, supply system, installation method, conductor material, ambient conditions, grouping, length, voltage change, fault protection and manufacturer instructions. A table that assigns the same amperage and cross-section to every oven, heat pump or charger would therefore be misleading.",[12,10117,10119],{"id":10118},"why-a-dedicated-circuit","Why a dedicated circuit?",[17,10121,10122],{},"Three reasons why the AREI requires dedicated circuits:",[5055,10124,10125,10131,10137],{},[714,10126,10127,10130],{},[221,10128,10129],{},"Safety",": High-power appliances continuously load the circuit near its limit. A shared circuit can overheat.",[714,10132,10133,10136],{},[221,10134,10135],{},"Availability",": If the breaker trips, only the affected appliance loses power — not the entire kitchen.",[714,10138,10139,10142],{},[221,10140,10141],{},"Cable protection",": The cable cross-section can be precisely matched to the appliance.",[12,10144,10146],{"id":10145},"apply-the-rule-appliance-by-appliance","Apply the rule appliance by appliance",[17,10148,10149],{},"Start with the nameplate and installation manual. Record rated power, phase arrangement, permitted connection method and any dedicated protective-device requirement. A combined cooking appliance may have a different connection concept from a separate hob and oven; a heat pump may have separate feeds for the outdoor unit, indoor unit and auxiliary heater. Do not collapse those cases into one template.",[17,10151,10152],{},"On the single-line diagram, show each exclusive circuit with its own reference, protective device, conductor information and endpoint. The situation plan uses the same reference at the actual appliance location. If an appliance is replaced later, recheck the circuit rather than assuming that the old design fits the new rating.",[12,10154,10156],{"id":10155},"laundry-room-utility-room","Laundry room \u002F utility room",[17,10158,10159],{},"Same principle applies: each major appliance gets its own circuit:",[711,10161,10162,10168,10173],{},[714,10163,10164,10167],{},[221,10165,10166],{},"Washing machine",": exclusive circuit, sized from the actual appliance and installation",[714,10169,10170,10167],{},[221,10171,10172],{},"Tumble dryer",[714,10174,10175,10178],{},[221,10176,10177],{},"Water heater",": exclusive circuit when the fixed-location 2,600 W threshold is reached",[9557,10180,10181],{},[17,10182,10183,10186],{},[221,10184,10185],{},"Tip",": Also plan a separate socket circuit in laundry rooms for the iron and other appliances.",[12,10188,10190],{"id":10189},"planelec-supports-dedicated-circuit-checks","PlanElec supports dedicated-circuit checks",[17,10192,10193],{},"For supported appliance types, the PlanElec self-check can flag that no dedicated circuit has been recorded. The warning remains planning assistance and does not replace professional design or an official inspection.",[12,10195,7870],{"id":7869},[711,10197,10198,10203,10209],{},[714,10199,10200],{},[203,10201,10202],{"href":1582},"Which cable cross-section for which circuit breaker?",[714,10204,10205],{},[203,10206,10208],{"href":10207},"\u002Fen\u002Fblog\u002F30ma-rcd-per-socket","Do I need a 30mA RCD for every socket?",[714,10210,10211],{},[203,10212,10213],{"href":4809},"How many sockets per circuit?",[12,10215,10217],{"id":10216},"sources-and-scope","Sources and scope",[711,10219,10220,10227],{},[714,10221,10222,10226],{},[203,10223,10225],{"href":5391,"rel":10224},[5393],"FPS Economy — AREI Book 1 V06"," — subsection 5.2.1.2 and the complete conductor-sizing rules.",[714,10228,10229,10231],{},[203,10230,7886],{"href":6257}," — dossier and inspection context.",[17,10233,10234,10235],{},"PlanElec can record these circuits and flag supported missing assignments. That self-check is advisory: it does not inspect the appliance manual, installation method or measurements and is not an official conformity assessment. ",[203,10236,10237],{"href":7900},"Start planning →",{"title":1214,"searchDepth":1215,"depth":1215,"links":10239},[10240,10241,10242,10243,10244,10245,10246],{"id":10104,"depth":1215,"text":10105},{"id":10118,"depth":1215,"text":10119},{"id":10145,"depth":1215,"text":10146},{"id":10155,"depth":1215,"text":10156},{"id":10189,"depth":1215,"text":10190},{"id":7869,"depth":1215,"text":7870},{"id":10216,"depth":1215,"text":10217},"faq","2026-07-13","Cooker, washing machine, dryer — the AREI requires a dedicated circuit for certain appliances. Here's the complete list.",{},"\u002Fblog\u002Fdedicated-circuits-appliances.en","3 min",{"title":10098,"description":10249},"blog\u002Fdedicated-circuits-appliances.en",[1244,1245,10256,10257,10258,10259,10260,10261,10262,10263,10264,1252,9768],"dedicated circuit","individual circuit","washing machine","dryer","cooker","dishwasher","boiler","circuit breaker","cable cross-section","edIMIok4MwkML2UXj0TlsG7O6kxEa-FHBBGvNgZhZ0k",{"id":10267,"title":10268,"articleId":10269,"body":10270,"category":1230,"date":10603,"description":10604,"extension":1233,"lastUpdated":5450,"locale":1234,"meta":10605,"navigation":1236,"path":10606,"publishDate":10607,"readTime":2000,"refreshInterval":7959,"seo":10608,"slug":10269,"stem":10609,"tags":10610,"__hash__":10617},"blog\u002Fblog\u002Fgetting-started-guide.en.md","Getting Started with PlanElec: From Floor Plan to First Export","getting-started-guide",{"type":9,"value":10271,"toc":10583},[10272,10275,10281,10285,10292,10303,10306,10309,10313,10316,10319,10322,10326,10339,10342,10356,10359,10363,10366,10369,10372,10375,10379,10382,10385,10388,10395,10403,10407,10410,10413,10416,10433,10436,10443,10447,10450,10454,10457,10461,10464,10468,10471,10475,10478,10481,10485,10517,10521,10524,10527,10531,10534,10537,10541,10544,10547,10551,10573,10577,10580],[17,10273,10274],{},"A PlanElec project connects the floor plan, electrical topology, distribution board, and exports. The most reliable start therefore follows the real project sequence: spaces first, electrical devices and connections next, and documents after that.",[17,10276,10277,10278,212],{},"This guide takes you through that first cycle. For a permanent reference with more detail, open the ",[203,10279,10280],{"href":10028},"help center",[12,10282,10284],{"id":10283},"step-1-create-a-project","Step 1: Create a project",[17,10286,10287,10288,10291],{},"After signing in, choose ",[221,10289,10290],{},"Create project"," in the project overview, enter a recognizable name, and select how you want to start:",[711,10293,10294,10297,10300],{},[714,10295,10296],{},"the guided workflow;",[714,10298,10299],{},"a localized project template;",[714,10301,10302],{},"an empty project.",[17,10304,10305],{},"The guided workflow follows seven areas: project, floor plan, rooms, devices, distribution board, single-line diagram, and export. You can pause it without removing project data.",[17,10307,10308],{},"Next, create at least the building and its first floor. Add the project, customer, and installer details early; PlanElec reuses them later in title blocks, the self-check report, and the working dossier.",[12,10310,10312],{"id":10311},"step-2-draw-or-calibrate-the-floor-plan","Step 2: Draw or calibrate the floor plan",[17,10314,10315],{},"Draw exterior and interior walls with the polygon, rectangle, or line tool. If you already have a plan image, use it as a reference and calibrate it with a known measurement.",[17,10317,10318],{},"The image remains an underlay. Walls, doors, windows, stairs, rooms, and electrical points are stored as separate project data. That is what allows PlanElec to generate a readable situation plan later.",[17,10320,10321],{},"Work one floor at a time and review the geometry before placing many electrical devices. Major structural changes are easier while the plan is still relatively empty.",[12,10323,10325],{"id":10324},"step-3-name-and-review-the-rooms","Step 3: Name and review the rooms",[17,10327,10328,10329,63,10332,10335,10336,212],{},"When the walls enclose an area, PlanElec detects it as a room. Give every room a clear name, such as ",[221,10330,10331],{},"Kitchen",[221,10333,10334],{},"Utility room",", or ",[221,10337,10338],{},"Bedroom 1",[17,10340,10341],{},"A good room structure supports several later steps:",[711,10343,10344,10347,10350,10353],{},[714,10345,10346],{},"automatic socket and lighting proposals;",[714,10348,10349],{},"grouping standard devices during circuit assignment;",[714,10351,10352],{},"viewing material by room;",[714,10354,10355],{},"placing symbols on the situation plan.",[17,10357,10358],{},"Review outdoor areas and special zones too. A room without a correct boundary or name makes the later review harder.",[12,10360,10362],{"id":10361},"step-4-place-the-electrical-devices","Step 4: Place the electrical devices",[17,10364,10365],{},"Open the symbol palette and place sockets, switches, lighting points, fixed connections, and special appliances in their real locations. Place the distribution board and any connection or junction boxes as well.",[17,10367,10368],{},"PlanElec includes helpers for automatic sockets, lighting, standard equipment, and spotlight grids. Use them as proposals: review every position and adapt quantities or patterns to the real design.",[17,10370,10371],{},"Link switches to their lighting points. An automatic switch chain can connect unassigned switches and lights in the same room, but you decide whether the proposed control logic is correct.",[17,10373,10374],{},"Also note the distinction between location and electrical structure. A floor-plan symbol must be linked to a compatible topology node. The unconnected-components list helps you find missing links.",[12,10376,10378],{"id":10377},"step-5-propose-circuits-cables-and-the-board-layout","Step 5: Propose circuits, cables, and the board layout",[17,10380,10381],{},"Once the devices are recorded, automatic circuit assignment can create a preview. The current logic groups standard devices, creates separate breakers for several special appliances, uses 30 mA groups where applicable, and can distribute loads across phases or multiple boards.",[17,10383,10384],{},"Apply the proposal only after reviewing the groups, protection devices, and existing manual decisions.",[17,10386,10387],{},"Cable segments can then be generated from the topology. The automatic router searches for routes along the walls on a floor. Review the cable type, cross-section, route, and length; a manual length can override the calculation.",[17,10389,10390,10391,10394],{},"Finally, open the distribution board editor. ",[221,10392,10393],{},"Auto-fill"," arranges the existing main switch, RCDs, and MCBs on DIN rails and reserves spare capacity by default. This is not the same as circuit assignment: the electrical structure is created first, and its modules are positioned physically after that.",[17,10396,10397,10398,10402],{},"Read ",[203,10399,10401],{"href":10400},"\u002Fen\u002Fhelp\u002Fautomatic-planning","Using automatic planning"," for the detailed workflow.",[12,10404,10406],{"id":10405},"step-6-review-the-diagram-self-check-and-exports","Step 6: Review the diagram, self-check, and exports",[17,10408,10409],{},"The single-line diagram is generated from the electrical topology. Review every protection device, connection, cable specification, circuit name, and symbol. Resolve unconnected components and relevant validation findings.",[17,10411,10412],{},"The AREI\u002FRGIE self-check covers a documented subset of rules that can be evaluated from project data. It is advisory: a clean run is not a certificate of conformity and does not replace an electrician's review or the official inspection.",[17,10414,10415],{},"The export workspace currently brings together:",[711,10417,10418,10421,10424,10427,10430],{},[714,10419,10420],{},"the single-line diagram as a PDF;",[714,10422,10423],{},"the situation plan as a PDF;",[714,10425,10426],{},"the advisory self-check report;",[714,10428,10429],{},"circuit, cable, and material lists in the pilot workflow;",[714,10431,10432],{},"a selected working dossier with cover, index, and page numbering.",[17,10434,10435],{},"The distribution board PDF is only shown when its feature flag is enabled. The detailed material list is manufacturer-neutral and contains no prices; it is not yet approved for ordering.",[17,10437,10397,10438,10442],{},[203,10439,10441],{"href":10440},"\u002Fen\u002Fhelp\u002Fexport-documents","Exporting documents"," for the current status and document-by-document checklist.",[12,10444,10446],{"id":10445},"a-dependable-first-project-cycle","A dependable first project cycle",[17,10448,10449],{},"Keep the first project deliberately small and real: one floor with a board, two socket circuits, lighting and one fixed appliance is enough. This makes the three kinds of information visible. A floor-plan symbol answers where an item is. Its circuit, protective device and cable answer how it is supplied. The export joins those views, but cannot invent missing measurements.",[5707,10451,10453],{"id":10452},"inventory-before-drawing","Inventory before drawing",[17,10455,10456],{},"Record the visible connection type and voltage, boards, floors, rooms and electrical points. Do not open sealed equipment and do not infer the network solely from a conductor count. For an existing installation, photographs of labels and a careful survey by a qualified person are safer than assumptions. Keep unknown cable or protection data explicitly open instead of entering a plausible-looking value.",[5707,10458,10460],{"id":10459},"review-devices-and-circuits-separately","Review devices and circuits separately",[17,10462,10463],{},"Place the board and real devices first. Link switches to the lights they actually control, then assign consumers to circuits. Review every planning proposal before accepting it. PlanElec provides a guided editor and suggestions, not automatic professional approval. Cable route, installation method, grouping, ambient conditions, voltage drop, fault current and manufacturer restrictions may sit outside the data captured by the project.",[5707,10465,10467],{"id":10466},"keep-three-views-aligned","Keep three views aligned",[17,10469,10470],{},"Use the same circuit identifiers in the board, single-line diagram and situation plan. After moving a device, splitting a circuit or changing protection, inspect all three views. A useful test is whether another person can start from a position-plan symbol, follow its identifier to the correct circuit and return to the physical board. If not, the project is not ready to be treated as documentation.",[5707,10472,10474],{"id":10473},"treat-export-as-a-review-stage","Treat export as a review stage",[17,10476,10477],{},"Generate previews first. Inspect page breaks, clipped labels, legend, installation address, responsible person, document revision and date. Reopen the PDFs and compare them with the current project. Single-line and situation-plan PDF export are available in the normal workflow. The detailed material list and working dossier are pilot capabilities with visible coverage boundaries; they are not a purchase approval or official inspection report.",[17,10479,10480],{},"The AREI\u002FRGIE self-check is advisory. A result without reported errors only means that supported rules decidable from the entered data found no issue. Measurements, product instructions, site conditions and unmodelled provisions remain outside that conclusion. Have the design, installed work and dossier reviewed by a qualified electrician before commissioning and official inspection.",[12,10482,10484],{"id":10483},"when-the-views-disagree","When the views disagree",[711,10486,10487,10493,10499,10505,10511],{},[714,10488,10489,10492],{},[221,10490,10491],{},"A device is absent from the diagram:"," inspect its electrical assignment, not only its position.",[714,10494,10495,10498],{},[221,10496,10497],{},"A circuit has no position-plan items:"," look for unplaced or incorrectly referenced devices.",[714,10500,10501,10504],{},[221,10502,10503],{},"A protection rating looks doubtful:"," resolve conductor data and professional design before overriding it.",[714,10506,10507,10510],{},[221,10508,10509],{},"An export shows stale information:"," compare metadata, current revision and the latest saved state.",[714,10512,10513,10516],{},[221,10514,10515],{},"The self-check is incomplete:"," fill known gaps; never read incomplete as passed.",[12,10518,10520],{"id":10519},"saving-alternatives-and-collaboration","Saving, alternatives and collaboration",[17,10522,10523],{},"Give the project and floors stable names. Before testing a major automatic proposal or structural edit, confirm the saved state and create a comparison export where useful. A design alternative is not an as-built installation. Mark which option is proposed, rejected or installed.",[17,10525,10526],{},"When several people contribute, agree who owns the floor plan, electrical assignment, board and final review. Do not quietly rename shared circuit references. A short change note with date, affected area and author avoids exporting a new spatial revision with an old electrical revision.",[12,10528,10530],{"id":10529},"worked-first-room","Worked first room",[17,10532,10533],{},"Use a kitchen as an exercise. Draw and name the room, then place general sockets, lighting and the fixed equipment actually intended. Link switches to their lights and keep high-load appliances separate where professional design calls for it. Do not infer cable and breaker values from an appliance name. Enter confirmed data and leave unknown routes or lengths open.",[17,10535,10536],{},"Now compare position references, every consumer path in the single-line diagram and board population. Consider whether exterior areas or additional sources affect the scope. Export both plans and trace three devices in both directions. Only after that chain is coherent should you extend the method to the next room.",[12,10538,10540],{"id":10539},"data-handling-and-a-real-finish-line","Data handling and a real finish line",[17,10542,10543],{},"Do not put real third-party customer data into a practice project. A real dossier legitimately needs installation and responsible-party information, but it should stay inside the authorised project and distribution circle. Before sending a file, check for internal notes, obsolete alternatives and incomplete values.",[17,10545,10546],{},"The first project is not finished because a PDF exists. It is finished when spatial points match the building, assignments are traceable, the board and drawings use the same references, missing data remain visible, and a qualified person has reviewed relevant decisions. The inspection assesses installed work, not how quickly software produced pages.",[12,10548,10550],{"id":10549},"further-guides-and-official-source","Further guides and official source",[711,10552,10553,10557,10562,10567],{},[714,10554,10555],{},[203,10556,5419],{"href":3288},[714,10558,10559],{},[203,10560,10561],{"href":1972},"Draw a situation plan",[714,10563,10564],{},[203,10565,10566],{"href":567},"Plan a distribution board",[714,10568,10569],{},[203,10570,10572],{"href":5391,"rel":10571},[5393],"FPS Economy: official RGIE\u002FAREI books, Book 1 V06",[12,10574,10576],{"id":10575},"a-useful-first-finish-line","A useful first finish line",[17,10578,10579],{},"Treat the project as ready for an initial review when the rooms and symbols are correctly placed, all relevant electrical points are linked, automatic proposals have been checked manually, and the exported documents have been reviewed page by page outside the editor.",[17,10581,10582],{},"PlanElec keeps those steps in one model. Technical responsibility remains with the relevant professional, and only a recognized inspection body performs the official inspection.",{"title":1214,"searchDepth":1215,"depth":1215,"links":10584},[10585,10586,10587,10588,10589,10590,10591,10597,10598,10599,10600,10601,10602],{"id":10283,"depth":1215,"text":10284},{"id":10311,"depth":1215,"text":10312},{"id":10324,"depth":1215,"text":10325},{"id":10361,"depth":1215,"text":10362},{"id":10377,"depth":1215,"text":10378},{"id":10405,"depth":1215,"text":10406},{"id":10445,"depth":1215,"text":10446,"children":10592},[10593,10594,10595,10596],{"id":10452,"depth":5869,"text":10453},{"id":10459,"depth":5869,"text":10460},{"id":10466,"depth":5869,"text":10467},{"id":10473,"depth":5869,"text":10474},{"id":10483,"depth":1215,"text":10484},{"id":10519,"depth":1215,"text":10520},{"id":10529,"depth":1215,"text":10530},{"id":10539,"depth":1215,"text":10540},{"id":10549,"depth":1215,"text":10550},{"id":10575,"depth":1215,"text":10576},"2026-07-07","A step-by-step PlanElec guide: create a project, draw the floor plan and rooms, place devices, review automatic planning, and export documents.",{},"\u002Fblog\u002Fgetting-started-guide.en","2026-07-14",{"title":10268,"description":10604},"blog\u002Fgetting-started-guide.en",[10611,10612,10613,10614,10615,10616,4289],"getting-started","onboarding","floor-plan","devices","distribution-board","single-line-diagram","WyXsQVq9O3galXxKG7GgY3WrtUNlNIY-f8sRjTEmlF4",{"id":10619,"title":10620,"articleId":10621,"body":10622,"category":10247,"date":10808,"description":10809,"extension":1233,"lastUpdated":5450,"locale":1234,"meta":10810,"navigation":1236,"path":10811,"publishDate":10808,"readTime":10252,"refreshInterval":1239,"seo":10812,"slug":10621,"stem":10813,"tags":10814,"__hash__":10821},"blog\u002Fblog\u002Fsurge-protection-spd-mandatory.en.md","Surge Protection Under AREI — What You Need to Know","surge-protection-spd-mandatory",{"type":9,"value":10623,"toc":10799},[10624,10628,10635,10639,10646,10704,10708,10718,10724,10731,10734,10738,10741,10745,10748,10762,10770,10774,10782,10784,10794],[12,10625,10627],{"id":10626},"surge-protection-under-the-arei","Surge Protection Under the AREI",[17,10629,10630,10631,10634],{},"The AREI prescribes in Art. 4.5.1 as a ",[221,10632,10633],{},"general principle"," that persons and property must be protected against the harmful effects of overvoltages — including those caused by atmospheric phenomena and switching surges. However, the AREI does not contain an explicit obligation for a specific SPD device (e.g., \"Type 2\"). The concrete implementation follows the project-specific risk assessment and manufacturer instructions.",[12,10636,10638],{"id":10637},"what-is-a-surge-protection-device","What is a surge protection device?",[17,10640,10641,10642,10645],{},"An SPD protects your electrical equipment from ",[221,10643,10644],{},"voltage spikes"," caused by lightning strikes, switching operations in the grid, or other disturbances. These spikes can destroy sensitive electronics like computers, TVs, heat pumps, and inverters.",[21,10647,10648,10661],{},[24,10649,10650],{},[27,10651,10652,10655,10658],{},[30,10653,10654],{},"SPD Type",[30,10656,10657],{},"Protects against",[30,10659,10660],{},"Installation location",[43,10662,10663,10676,10691],{},[27,10664,10665,10670,10673],{},[48,10666,10667],{},[221,10668,10669],{},"Type 1",[48,10671,10672],{},"Direct lightning strike",[48,10674,10675],{},"At the main connection (only with external lightning protection)",[27,10677,10678,10683,10686],{},[48,10679,10680],{},[221,10681,10682],{},"Type 2",[48,10684,10685],{},"Indirect surges",[48,10687,10688],{},[221,10689,10690],{},"At the main distribution board — recommended",[27,10692,10693,10698,10701],{},[48,10694,10695],{},[221,10696,10697],{},"Type 3",[48,10699,10700],{},"Residual surges",[48,10702,10703],{},"At the socket (fine protection, optional)",[12,10705,10707],{"id":10706},"where-is-the-spd-installed","Where is the SPD installed?",[17,10709,10710,10711,10714,10715,8515],{},"The SPD Type 2 is installed in the distribution board. A common installation variant is ",[221,10712,10713],{},"after the main RCD"," (residual-current device) and ",[221,10716,10717],{},"before the outgoing circuits",[5525,10719,10722],{"className":10720,"code":10721,"language":5530},[5528],"Grid → Main switch → Main RCD (300mA) → SPD Type 2 → Group RCDs → MCBs\n",[4083,10723,10721],{"__ignoreMap":1214},[17,10725,10726,10727,10730],{},"The SPD can also be installed directly after the main switch, ",[221,10728,10729],{},"before"," the main RCD, with its own upstream fuse — depending on the manufacturer's specifications and the installation concept.",[17,10732,10733],{},"The diagram records the actual SPD, connection and protection data. Location, backup protection, conductor length, earthing system and coordination follow the risk assessment and manufacturer instructions; “typically 20 A” is not a general AREI rule.",[12,10735,10737],{"id":10736},"does-this-apply-to-existing-installations","Does this apply to existing installations?",[17,10739,10740],{},"There is no universal yes\u002Fno answer. Transitional rules, the date and scope of later alterations, and the specific risk assessment must be checked. Section 4.5.1 states protection objectives; it does not say “retrofit Type 2 in every dwelling”. A professional assesses lightning protection, supply, routes, equipment and the manufacturer concept.",[12,10742,10744],{"id":10743},"spd-with-photovoltaic-pv-systems","SPD with photovoltaic (PV) systems",[17,10746,10747],{},"For PV, assess the AC and DC sides separately:",[711,10749,10750,10756],{},[714,10751,10752,10755],{},[221,10753,10754],{},"AC side",": SPD Type 2 in the main distribution board — as described above",[714,10757,10758,10761],{},[221,10759,10760],{},"DC side",": SPD Type 2 at the inverter — protects modules and inverter from lightning damage. The AREI (Chapter 7.112) does not explicitly require a DC-side SPD for domestic PV systems; however, a DC SPD at the inverter is strongly recommended by good engineering practice and manufacturer guidance, especially with long DC cables or cabling routed across the roof (increased lightning strike risk)",[9557,10763,10764],{},[17,10765,10766,10769],{},[221,10767,10768],{},"Important",": Many inverters already have a built-in DC SPD. Check your inverter's datasheet.",[12,10771,10773],{"id":10772},"source-and-planning-boundary","Source and planning boundary",[17,10775,10776,10777,10781],{},"The primary source is ",[203,10778,10780],{"href":5391,"rel":10779},[5393],"FPS Economy AREI\u002FRGIE Book 1 version 06",", especially the protection objective in section 4.5.1. Cost depends on poles, discharge capacity, lightning protection, backup device, space and alterations, so use a current project quotation. PlanElec documents the selected design and offers a limited self-check; it does not guarantee design or compliance.",[12,10783,7870],{"id":7869},[711,10785,10786,10790],{},[714,10787,10788],{},[203,10789,10208],{"href":10207},[714,10791,10792],{},[203,10793,9715],{"href":9714},[17,10795,10796],{},[203,10797,10798],{"href":7900},"Document the selected protection devices in PlanElec →",{"title":1214,"searchDepth":1215,"depth":1215,"links":10800},[10801,10802,10803,10804,10805,10806,10807],{"id":10626,"depth":1215,"text":10627},{"id":10637,"depth":1215,"text":10638},{"id":10706,"depth":1215,"text":10707},{"id":10736,"depth":1215,"text":10737},{"id":10743,"depth":1215,"text":10744},{"id":10772,"depth":1215,"text":10773},{"id":7869,"depth":1215,"text":7870},"2026-07-06","The AREI requires general surge protection (Art. 4.5.1) without mandating a specific SPD type. Learn what the AREI actually regulates.",{},"\u002Fblog\u002Fsurge-protection-spd-mandatory.en",{"title":10620,"description":10809},"blog\u002Fsurge-protection-spd-mandatory.en",[1244,1245,10815,10816,10817,10818,10682,10819,1250,1252,9768,10820],"surge protection","SPD","Surge Protection Device","lightning protection","new installation","keuring","pcjOg5s4CllRMEQzZgROlnXRgyAHpDKlsjyUq9kSwrU",{"id":10823,"title":10824,"articleId":10825,"body":10826,"category":1230,"date":11161,"description":11162,"extension":1233,"lastUpdated":5450,"locale":1234,"meta":11163,"navigation":1236,"path":11164,"publishDate":11161,"readTime":5884,"refreshInterval":1239,"seo":11165,"slug":10825,"stem":11166,"tags":11167,"__hash__":11171},"blog\u002Fblog\u002Fproperty-sale-electrical-dossier.en.md","Electrical Dossier for a Property Sale in 2026: Rules and Records","property-sale-electrical-dossier",{"type":9,"value":10827,"toc":11141},[10828,10832,10843,10846,10850,10857,10860,10877,10880,10884,10887,10890,10894,10897,10922,10925,10929,10932,10935,10955,10958,10962,10969,10972,10976,10979,10983,10986,10990,10993,10996,11000,11003,11006,11010,11013,11017,11020,11023,11027,11030,11034,11079,11083,11086,11089,11103,11107,11110,11114,11131,11136],[12,10829,10831],{"id":10830},"a-sale-inspection-and-an-electrical-dossier-are-different-questions","A sale inspection and an electrical dossier are different questions",[17,10833,10834,10835,10838,10839,10842],{},"For a Belgian property transfer, separate two issues: ",[221,10836,10837],{},"does this sale trigger a special inspection duty?"," And: ",[221,10840,10841],{},"which records belong to the electrical installation's dossier?"," The familiar statement “the notary cannot execute the deed without a complete electrical dossier” is too broad. Book 1 sets inspection, information and handover duties for defined situations.",[17,10844,10845],{},"This guide uses AREI\u002FRGIE Book 1, Version 06, applicable from 1 April 2026. It addresses electrical requirements, not every regional property or notarial formality.",[12,10847,10849],{"id":10848},"when-does-the-special-sale-inspection-apply","When does the special sale inspection apply?",[17,10851,10852,10853,10856],{},"Section 8.4.2 concerns the sale of a dwelling unit with an ",[221,10854,10855],{},"old domestic electrical installation"," that has not undergone the relevant conformity inspection. An approved inspection body must perform a control visit before the transfer. The seller gives the report to the notary, who informs the buyer about its content and possible obligations.",[17,10858,10859],{},"This is not an automatic rule for every building sale. Establish at least:",[711,10861,10862,10865,10868,10871,10874],{},[714,10863,10864],{},"whether the property is a dwelling unit with a domestic installation;",[714,10866,10867],{},"whether the installation falls within the old-installation provisions of Part 8;",[714,10869,10870],{},"whether a relevant report already exists;",[714,10872,10873],{},"whether the installation was extended, substantially altered or fully renewed;",[714,10875,10876],{},"whether an express exception applies.",[17,10878,10879],{},"Part 8 includes exceptions, for example where the dwelling will be demolished or the electrical installation completely renovated and that intention is recorded in the deed. Judicial transfers do not simply follow the ordinary route either. The notary and approved body should classify the actual case.",[12,10881,10883],{"id":10882},"missing-plans-do-not-automatically-prevent-the-visit","Missing plans do not automatically prevent the visit",[17,10885,10886],{},"If the single-line diagram or position plan is absent during the sale inspection, the approved body can still inspect the installation. The missing document is recorded as an infringement. That is different from saying that inspection or execution of the deed is impossible.",[17,10888,10889],{},"Current plans remain valuable because they make circuits, protective devices and points of use traceable. They do not correct technical defects and never replace the inspection report.",[12,10891,10893],{"id":10892},"the-dossier-is-broader-than-three-documents","The dossier is broader than three documents",[17,10895,10896],{},"Chapter 9.1.2 describes more than a fixed trio of report, single-line diagram and position plan. Depending on the installation and its history, the dossier includes:",[711,10898,10899,10905,10910,10913,10916,10919],{},[714,10900,10901,10902,10904],{},"the current ",[221,10903,1251],{},";",[714,10906,5059,10907,10909],{},[221,10908,4056],{}," of electrical elements;",[714,10911,10912],{},"reports of conformity inspections, control visits and follow-up visits;",[714,10914,10915],{},"records of alterations and extensions;",[714,10917,10918],{},"instructions and technical information required for safe use and maintenance;",[714,10920,10921],{},"for decentralised generation, additional diagrams and data on generation and protective equipment.",[17,10923,10924],{},"An installer does not issue a standalone “AREI conformity certificate” that replaces the approved body's report. Invoices, technical sheets and as-built records can be useful, but the formal inspection result comes from the approved body.",[12,10926,10928],{"id":10927},"plans-must-match-the-installed-system","Plans must match the installed system",[17,10930,10931],{},"The single-line diagram records boards, protective devices, circuits, conductor data and required identification. The position plan locates the electrical elements. Original building plans or a pre-renovation diagram are insufficient if the installation has changed.",[17,10933,10934],{},"A defensible preparation process is to:",[5055,10936,10937,10940,10943,10946,10949,10952],{},[714,10938,10939],{},"identify every distribution board and outgoing circuit;",[714,10941,10942],{},"record RCD and overcurrent-device types and ratings;",[714,10944,10945],{},"verify conductor type and cross-section rather than guessing;",[714,10947,10948],{},"locate sockets, lighting points, controls and fixed appliances;",[714,10950,10951],{},"record the electrode, test joint and equipotential bonding;",[714,10953,10954],{},"compare the diagrams and labels with the physical installation.",[17,10956,10957],{},"Do not present an invisible cable route as a known fact. Resolve material uncertainties through competent investigation before the visit.",[12,10959,10961],{"id":10960},"a-negative-report-when-do-18-months-apply","A negative report: when do 18 months apply?",[17,10963,10964,10965,10968],{},"Under the specific procedure in section 8.4.2, a non-conforming installation does not automatically block the sale. The negative report and duties transfer to the buyer. In this particular case, the buyer has ",[221,10966,10967],{},"18 months from the date of the deed"," to remedy the infringements and have the same approved body perform the follow-up inspection.",[17,10970,10971],{},"Eighteen months is not the universal deadline for every negative electrical report. Other inspection contexts commonly use a twelve-month follow-up period. Always read the inspection reason, findings and explicit deadline in the report. A procedural deadline is also not permission to leave an immediate danger in service.",[12,10973,10975],{"id":10974},"why-valid-for-25-years-is-too-simple","Why “valid for 25 years” is too simple",[17,10977,10978],{},"Certain domestic installations require a periodic control visit no later than every 25 years. That does not make every report a 25-year passport for every sale. An extension, significant alteration, supply upgrade, negative report or mismatch between the report and the installed state can trigger a different inspection. Check the address, scope, result and all later work.",[12,10980,10982],{"id":10981},"costs-and-schedules-require-real-quotations","Costs and schedules require real quotations",[17,10984,10985],{},"AREI sets no market price for preparing plans, inspection or remedial work. It does not prescribe a general appointment waiting time or a standard reduction in sale price after a negative report. Cost and timing vary with the installation, provider, region and work required. Obtain actual quotations and coordinate the timetable with the notary, approved body and, where needed, an electrician. Promises of a few hours or a fixed number of weeks are not regulation-backed facts.",[12,10987,10989],{"id":10988},"keep-each-participants-role-clear","Keep each participant's role clear",[17,10991,10992],{},"Where section 8.4.2 applies, the seller arranges the sale inspection and transfers the report. The approved body inspects and records infringements; it does not automatically design the remedial work. The notary handles the prescribed information during transfer but does not replace a technical assessment. With a negative sale report, the buyer assumes the specifically regulated remedy and follow-up duty.",[17,10994,10995],{},"An electrician can survey the installation, carry out work and update the diagrams, but does not issue the official inspection report. The owner retains the dossier and records later alterations. If the author or inspected scope of a document is uncertain, resolve that before handover.",[12,10997,10999],{"id":10998},"work-between-inspection-and-deed","Work between inspection and deed",[17,11001,11002],{},"An inspection records the installation at one point in time. Adding circuits, upgrading the supply, installing an EV charger or PV system, or changing protective devices afterwards can make the report incomplete for the property as transferred. An updated diagram alone does not prove that the alteration was inspected. Record the date, scope and contractor and ask the approved body whether another visit is required.",[17,11004,11005],{},"For decentralised generation, placing a PV symbol on the single-line diagram is not the whole dossier. Relevant connection, protection and technical data are also needed. If an inverter model is missing or differs from the paperwork, do not fill the gap by assumption.",[12,11007,11009],{"id":11008},"read-more-than-the-conclusion","Read more than the conclusion",[17,11011,11012],{},"Check installation identification, connection details, inspected scope, measured values, applicable deviations, remarks and follow-up date. A remark is not necessarily an infringement; conversely, a few satisfactory measurements do not reverse a negative conclusion. Refer contradictions between report and installation to the approved body.",[12,11014,11016],{"id":11015},"existing-sections-partial-work-and-complete-renovation","Existing sections, partial work and complete renovation",[17,11018,11019],{},"Part 8 provides deviations for defined old installation sections, not a blanket discount for the whole building. Where only one room or board changes, the boundary of the work must be traceable. Current requirements can apply to the altered section while specific legacy provisions remain relevant to untouched parts. The complete-renovation exception to the advance sale inspection only applies when its conditions and required deed statement are met; it is not an advance statement of conformity after the work.",[17,11021,11022],{},"Retain dated old and new plan versions instead of erasing the history. Link each report to the version inspected and record subsequent work. Photographs, invoices and data sheets may support that trail but do not replace required diagrams or reports.",[5707,11024,11026],{"id":11025},"flats-and-common-areas","Flats and common areas",[17,11028,11029],{},"In an apartment building, the private installation and common parts can have different owners, boards and inspection histories. Record only the sold installation that was actually surveyed and identify common supplies clearly. The co-ownership dossier is not automatically the dwelling's dossier; the notary and approved body determine the records relevant to the particular transfer.",[12,11031,11033],{"id":11032},"handover-checklist","Handover checklist",[711,11035,11037,11043,11049,11055,11061,11067,11073],{"className":11036},[6127],[714,11038,11040,11042],{"className":11039},[6131],[6133,11041],{"disabled":1236,"type":6135}," Inspection trigger and any exception confirmed",[714,11044,11046,11048],{"className":11045},[6131],[6133,11047],{"disabled":1236,"type":6135}," Existing reports matched to the correct address and installation",[714,11050,11052,11054],{"className":11051},[6131],[6133,11053],{"disabled":1236,"type":6135}," Single-line diagram and position plan reflect the installed state",[714,11056,11058,11060],{"className":11057},[6131],[6133,11059],{"disabled":1236,"type":6135}," Alterations, generation equipment and relevant technical records included",[714,11062,11064,11066],{"className":11063},[6131],[6133,11065],{"disabled":1236,"type":6135}," Boards and circuits legibly identified",[714,11068,11070,11072],{"className":11069},[6131],[6133,11071],{"disabled":1236,"type":6135}," Infringements, deadlines and responsibilities understood",[714,11074,11076,11078],{"className":11075},[6131],[6133,11077],{"disabled":1236,"type":6135}," Original dossier handed to the buyer and a copy retained",[12,11080,11082],{"id":11081},"audit-the-records-before-instruction-and-handover","Audit the records before instruction and handover",[17,11084,11085],{},"Before inspection, place every available record side by side and classify it by address, meter or EAN, distribution board and date. Check whether the newest drawing actually concerns the dwelling being sold. A report for common parts, an obsolete street number or a plan predating renovation must not silently become the current evidence. List inconsistencies and ask the notary and approved body which records apply to the specific transfer.",[17,11087,11088],{},"After inspection, do not copy only the conclusion into a task list. Record each finding with its location, related drawing reference, responsible party and the deadline stated in the report. Have corrective work competently executed and documented. A quotation or invoice does not prove the installed result; updated diagrams and any required follow-up inspection complete the evidence chain.",[17,11090,1764,11091,11096,11097,11102],{},[203,11092,11095],{"href":11093,"rel":11094},"https:\u002F\u002Feconomie.fgov.be\u002Ffr\u002Fthemes\u002Fenergie\u002Fsources-et-vecteurs-denergie\u002Felectricite\u002Fsecurite-et-controle-des\u002Flivre-1-du-reglement-general",[5393],"official FPS Economy FAQ for notaries and the property sector"," explains sale inspection, dossier contents and roles. The ",[203,11098,11101],{"href":11099,"rel":11100},"https:\u002F\u002Feconomie.fgov.be\u002Ffr\u002Fthemes\u002Fenergie\u002Fsources-et-vecteurs-denergie\u002Felectricite\u002Fsecurite-et-controle-des\u002Fcontrole-des-installations\u002Ftypes-de-controle-des",[5393],"official overview of inspection types"," further defines the trigger. Read both with the current Book 1 and the actual inspection report.",[12,11104,11106],{"id":11105},"planelecs-actual-role","PlanElec's actual role",[17,11108,11109],{},"PlanElec can record the installation in the editor, export a single-line diagram and position plan as PDF, and run an indicative self-check. This helps organise dossier preparation. It does not issue an official report, declare AREI conformity, perform measurements or replace inspection by an approved body.",[12,11111,11113],{"id":11112},"related-guides","Related guides",[711,11115,11116,11121,11127],{},[714,11117,11118],{},[203,11119,11120],{"href":6257},"Preparing for an electrical inspection in Belgium",[714,11122,11123],{},[203,11124,11126],{"href":11125},"\u002Fen\u002Fblog\u002Finspection-checklist","What does the electrical inspector check?",[714,11128,11129],{},[203,11130,5419],{"href":3288},[17,11132,11133],{},[203,11134,11135],{"href":1206},"Open PlanElec for diagrams, position plans and an indicative self-check →",[17,11137,11138],{},[60,11139,11140],{},"Legal basis: AREI\u002FRGIE Book 1 V06, principally Part 8 section 8.4.2 and Chapter 9.1. The official text, the actual report, and the assessment by the notary and approved inspection body remain decisive.",{"title":1214,"searchDepth":1215,"depth":1215,"links":11142},[11143,11144,11145,11146,11147,11148,11149,11150,11151,11152,11153,11154,11157,11158,11159,11160],{"id":10830,"depth":1215,"text":10831},{"id":10848,"depth":1215,"text":10849},{"id":10882,"depth":1215,"text":10883},{"id":10892,"depth":1215,"text":10893},{"id":10927,"depth":1215,"text":10928},{"id":10960,"depth":1215,"text":10961},{"id":10974,"depth":1215,"text":10975},{"id":10981,"depth":1215,"text":10982},{"id":10988,"depth":1215,"text":10989},{"id":10998,"depth":1215,"text":10999},{"id":11008,"depth":1215,"text":11009},{"id":11015,"depth":1215,"text":11016,"children":11155},[11156],{"id":11025,"depth":5869,"text":11026},{"id":11032,"depth":1215,"text":11033},{"id":11081,"depth":1215,"text":11082},{"id":11105,"depth":1215,"text":11106},{"id":11112,"depth":1215,"text":11113},"2026-06-29","When does Belgium’s special sale inspection apply, what belongs in the AREI dossier, and when does the 18-month deadline run? A precise Book 1 V06 guide.",{},"\u002Fblog\u002Fproperty-sale-electrical-dossier.en",{"title":10824,"description":11162},"blog\u002Fproperty-sale-electrical-dossier.en",[1244,1245,11168,7429,11169,1251,4056,11170,1252,9768],"property sale","inspection report","notary","OuI_LRlZF9QD2sBzpxXe-ISBU9jV-Zvc_C78dlhmgNU",{"id":11173,"title":11174,"articleId":11175,"body":11176,"category":1230,"date":11838,"description":11839,"extension":1233,"lastUpdated":5450,"locale":1234,"meta":11840,"navigation":1236,"path":11841,"publishDate":11838,"readTime":8455,"refreshInterval":1239,"seo":11842,"slug":11175,"stem":11843,"tags":11844,"__hash__":11851},"blog\u002Fblog\u002Ftop-10-arei-violations.en.md","10 Important AREI Inspection Points: Identify, Avoid and Correct Them","top-10-arei-violations",{"type":9,"value":11177,"toc":11775},[11178,11181,11183,11187,11193,11197,11200,11204,11211,11215,11226,11230,11233,11235,11239,11244,11247,11255,11258,11261,11264,11278,11282,11285,11287,11291,11296,11299,11302,11305,11308,11311,11328,11331,11334,11336,11340,11345,11348,11355,11358,11361,11364,11375,11378,11381,11383,11387,11392,11395,11398,11401,11404,11407,11421,11424,11427,11429,11433,11438,11441,11444,11447,11454,11457,11522,11533,11536,11539,11541,11545,11550,11553,11560,11563,11566,11569,11580,11583,11586,11588,11592,11597,11600,11607,11610,11613,11616,11627,11630,11633,11635,11639,11644,11647,11650,11653,11656,11659,11670,11673,11676,11678,11682,11687,11690,11693,11696,11699,11702,11713,11716,11719,11721,11725,11737,11739,11744,11767],[17,11179,11180],{},"These ten points are a professional checklist, not a statistical ranking. No authoritative nationwide source supports a failure percentage or this order. The actual report remains decisive.",[7888,11182],{},[12,11184,11186],{"id":11185},"_1-missing-or-incorrect-rcd-residual-current-device","1. Missing or Incorrect RCD (Residual Current Device)",[17,11188,11189,11192],{},[221,11190,11191],{},"AREI Article:"," Art. 4.2.4.3 (main RCD) \u002F Art. 4.2.4.3b (30 mA group RCD obligation)",[5707,11194,11196],{"id":11195},"description","Description",[17,11198,11199],{},"An important inspection area is a missing, unsuitable or incorrectly rated RCD. For domestic installations, the AREI specifically places socket-outlet circuits, lighting, locations containing a bath or shower, washing machines, dryers and dishwashers behind a high- or very-high-sensitivity RCD. This does not establish a nationwide frequency ranking.",[5707,11201,11203],{"id":11202},"why-its-a-problem","Why It's a Problem",[17,11205,11206,11207,11210],{},"The RCD is the most important personal protection device in an electrical installation. It detects fault currents (e.g. when current flows through the human body) and disconnects within milliseconds. Without RCD protection, there is a ",[221,11208,11209],{},"risk to life"," in case of insulation faults.",[5707,11212,11214],{"id":11213},"how-to-fix-it","How to Fix It",[711,11216,11217,11220,11223],{},[714,11218,11219],{},"Derive the RCD type and protection combination from the expected residual-current spectrum, earthing system, manufacturer evidence and applicable special chapter. For charging points, assess the individual AC-circuit RCD together with smooth-DC fault-current protection; for inverters, use evidence for the exact variant.",[714,11221,11222],{},"Maximum 8 final circuits per 30 mA RCD (AREI Art. 4.2.4.3b)",[714,11224,11225],{},"At least one RCD rated at no more than 300 mA is required at the origin; domestic RCDs are at least Type A. Time-delayed or selective construction depends on project coordination and is not a universal Type A-S prescription.",[5707,11227,11229],{"id":11228},"project-specific-scope","Project-specific scope",[17,11231,11232],{},"Device, poles, board space, wiring and measurements determine the quotation.",[7888,11234],{},[12,11236,11238],{"id":11237},"_2-missing-or-outdated-electrical-plans","2. Missing or Outdated Electrical Plans",[17,11240,11241,11243],{},[221,11242,11191],{}," Art. 9.1.2 Nr. 1 (single-line diagram), Art. 9.1.2 Nr. 2 (situation plan)",[5707,11245,11196],{"id":11246},"description-1",[17,11248,11249,11250,207,11252,11254],{},"The AREI requires a current ",[221,11251,1251],{},[221,11253,2008],{}," for every electrical installation. Often these plans are completely missing or don't reflect the current state of the installation — for example because circuits were added or modified after construction.",[5707,11256,11203],{"id":11257},"why-its-a-problem-1",[17,11259,11260],{},"Without current plans, neither the inspector nor an electrician can safely assess the installation. In emergencies (fire, accident), the documentation showing which switch supplies which area is missing.",[5707,11262,11214],{"id":11263},"how-to-fix-it-1",[711,11265,11266,11269,11272],{},[714,11267,11268],{},"Create or update the single-line diagram and situation plan",[714,11270,11271],{},"Document all circuits, breakers, RCDs and consumers",[714,11273,11274,11275],{},"Plans must show the ",[221,11276,11277],{},"actual current state",[5707,11279,11281],{"id":11280},"typical-costs","Typical Costs",[17,11283,11284],{},"Verified inputs and circuit tracing determine the work; software does not replace a survey.",[7888,11286],{},[12,11288,11290],{"id":11289},"_3-faulty-earthing","3. Faulty Earthing",[17,11292,11293,11295],{},[221,11294,11191],{}," Art. 4.2.3",[5707,11297,11196],{"id":11298},"description-2",[17,11300,11301],{},"Earthing is part of the installation's protection concept. A measured resistance above 30 ohms is not automatically equivalent to missing earthing under Art. 4.2.4.3b; it triggers additional residual-current protection requirements. A defect exists, for example, when earthing is absent or damaged or when the protective arrangement required for the measured value is not provided. Loose connections and corroded protective conductors also require professional assessment.",[5707,11303,11203],{"id":11304},"why-its-a-problem-2",[17,11306,11307],{},"Without functioning earthing, metal enclosures can be live without the RCD tripping. This creates an invisible death trap.",[5707,11309,11214],{"id":11310},"how-to-fix-it-2",[711,11312,11313,11316,11319,11322,11325],{},[714,11314,11315],{},"Have the earth resistance measured",[714,11317,11318],{},"Above 30 ohms, verify the supplementary Book 1 arrangement: at least two high- or very-high-sensitivity RCDs, no more than sixteen simple or multiple socket outlets per such RCD, plus the additional protection required for the other affected circuits",[714,11320,11321],{},"Decide professionally whether to improve the earth electrode system, adapt the protective arrangement, or do both",[714,11323,11324],{},"Check all earthing connections and tighten if necessary",[714,11326,11327],{},"Inspect the earth conductor for corrosion",[5707,11329,11281],{"id":11330},"typical-costs-1",[17,11332,11333],{},"Measurements, existing system, soil and professional work determine the remedy.",[7888,11335],{},[12,11337,11339],{"id":11338},"_4-missing-main-switch","4. Missing Main Switch",[17,11341,11342,11344],{},[221,11343,11191],{}," Art. 5.3.5.1b (main load-break switch)",[5707,11346,11196],{"id":11347},"description-3",[17,11349,11350,11351,11354],{},"Every electrical installation must have an ",[221,11352,11353],{},"all-pole main switch"," that can de-energise the entire installation. The main switch must be rated at least 40A (for standard dwellings).",[5707,11356,11203],{"id":11357},"why-its-a-problem-3",[17,11359,11360],{},"In an emergency, the entire installation must be switchable off with a single action — for example in case of fire, flooding or accident. A missing main switch can cost life-saving seconds.",[5707,11362,11214],{"id":11363},"how-to-fix-it-3",[711,11365,11366,11369,11372],{},[714,11367,11368],{},"Install an all-pole main switch of at least 40A before the first RCD",[714,11370,11371],{},"The switch must be easily accessible (distribution board)",[714,11373,11374],{},"For three-phase installations: use a 4-pole main switch",[5707,11376,11281],{"id":11377},"typical-costs-2",[17,11379,11380],{},"Rating, poles, board space and alterations are project-specific.",[7888,11382],{},[12,11384,11386],{"id":11385},"_5-bathroom-zones-not-respected","5. Bathroom Zones Not Respected",[17,11388,11389,11391],{},[221,11390,11191],{}," Art. 7.1",[5707,11393,11196],{"id":11394},"description-4",[17,11396,11397],{},"The AREI defines protection zones in the bathroom (Zone 0, 1, 2 and 3), in which only certain electrical devices are permitted. Common violations: sockets in Zone 0 or 1, missing splash protection, switches too close to the bathtub or shower.",[5707,11399,11203],{"id":11400},"why-its-a-problem-4",[17,11402,11403],{},"Water and electricity are a deadly combination. Bathroom zones ensure that electrical devices maintain a sufficient safety distance from water sources.",[5707,11405,11214],{"id":11406},"how-to-fix-it-4",[711,11408,11409,11412,11415,11418],{},[714,11410,11411],{},"Relocate sockets and switches outside Zone 0 and 1 (minimum 60 cm from bathtub\u002Fshower)",[714,11413,11414],{},"In Zone 2: only IPX4-rated devices (splash protection)",[714,11416,11417],{},"Protect all bathroom circuits with a 30 mA RCD",[714,11419,11420],{},"No junction boxes in Zone 0 or 1",[5707,11422,11281],{"id":11423},"typical-costs-3",[17,11425,11426],{},"Position, route, finishes and equipment determine the work.",[7888,11428],{},[12,11430,11432],{"id":11431},"_6-cable-cross-section-too-small-for-the-breaker","6. Cable Cross-Section Too Small for the Breaker",[17,11434,11435,11437],{},[221,11436,11191],{}," Art. 4.4.1 (overcurrent protection) \u002F Art. 5.2.1.2 (cable selection)",[5707,11439,11196],{"id":11440},"description-5",[17,11442,11443],{},"The circuit breaker (MCB) must match the cable cross-section. A common mismatch: a 20A breaker on a 1.5 mm² cable (which is only rated for 16A). The breaker then fails to protect the cable from overload.",[5707,11445,11203],{"id":11446},"why-its-a-problem-5",[17,11448,11449,11450,11453],{},"When a cable carries more current than it can handle, it heats up and can cause fires. The breaker must ",[221,11451,11452],{},"always be less than or equal to"," the cable's current carrying capacity.",[5707,11455,11214],{"id":11456},"how-to-fix-it-5",[21,11458,11459,11472],{},[24,11460,11461],{},[27,11462,11463,11466,11469],{},[30,11464,11465],{},"Cable cross-section",[30,11467,11468],{},"Max. fuse (gG)",[30,11470,11471],{},"Max. circuit breaker",[43,11473,11474,11484,11493,11502,11512],{},[27,11475,11476,11478,11481],{},[48,11477,3592],{},[48,11479,11480],{},"10A",[48,11482,11483],{},"16A",[27,11485,11486,11488,11490],{},[48,11487,3603],{},[48,11489,11483],{},[48,11491,11492],{},"20A",[27,11494,11495,11497,11499],{},[48,11496,3613],{},[48,11498,11492],{},[48,11500,11501],{},"25A",[27,11503,11504,11506,11509],{},[48,11505,3623],{},[48,11507,11508],{},"32A",[48,11510,11511],{},"40A",[27,11513,11514,11516,11519],{},[48,11515,3634],{},[48,11517,11518],{},"50A",[48,11520,11521],{},"63A",[711,11523,11524,11530],{},[714,11525,11526,11527],{},"Reduce the breaker to the correct value ",[221,11528,11529],{},"or",[714,11531,11532],{},"Replace the cable with a larger cross-section",[5707,11534,11281],{"id":11535},"typical-costs-4",[17,11537,11538],{},"Reducing protection and replacing conductors are different remedies.",[7888,11540],{},[12,11542,11544],{"id":11543},"_7-too-many-circuits-per-rcd","7. Too Many Circuits Per RCD",[17,11546,11547,11549],{},[221,11548,11191],{}," Art. 4.2.4.3b (max. 8 final circuits per 30 mA RCD); Art. 5.3.5.2b (max. 8 sockets per final circuit)",[5707,11551,11196],{"id":11552},"description-6",[17,11554,11555,11556,11559],{},"The AREI limits the number of circuits per 30 mA RCD to ",[221,11557,11558],{},"maximum 8",". In older installations, all circuits often hang off a single RCD.",[5707,11561,11203],{"id":11562},"why-its-a-problem-6",[17,11564,11565],{},"When too many circuits are connected to one RCD, the probability of nuisance tripping increases (due to cumulative leakage currents). Additionally, a fault leaves the entire dwelling without power — not just the affected area.",[5707,11567,11214],{"id":11568},"how-to-fix-it-6",[711,11570,11571,11574,11577],{},[714,11572,11573],{},"Install additional 30 mA RCDs",[714,11575,11576],{},"Distribute circuits logically (e.g. by floor or function)",[714,11578,11579],{},"Maximum 8 circuits per 30 mA RCD",[5707,11581,11281],{"id":11582},"typical-costs-5",[17,11584,11585],{},"Board space, allocation, rating and measurements belong in the quotation.",[7888,11587],{},[12,11589,11591],{"id":11590},"_8-missing-circuit-labelling","8. Missing Circuit Labelling",[17,11593,11594,11596],{},[221,11595,11191],{}," Art. 3.1.3.1 (identification of circuits)",[5707,11598,11196],{"id":11599},"description-7",[17,11601,11602,11603,11606],{},"All breakers and RCDs in the distribution board must be ",[221,11604,11605],{},"clearly labelled",". The labelling must indicate which room or appliance is supplied by the respective circuit.",[5707,11608,11203],{"id":11609},"why-its-a-problem-7",[17,11611,11612],{},"Without labelling, the correct circuit cannot be quickly switched off in an emergency. Clear identification is also essential for maintenance work.",[5707,11614,11214],{"id":11615},"how-to-fix-it-7",[711,11617,11618,11621,11624],{},[714,11619,11620],{},"Apply readable labels to all breakers",[714,11622,11623],{},"Name by room and\u002For function (e.g. \"Kitchen sockets\", \"Bathroom lighting\")",[714,11625,11626],{},"Labelling must match the single-line diagram",[5707,11628,11281],{"id":11629},"typical-costs-6",[17,11631,11632],{},"Labels are simple; safely identifying unknown circuits may need a professional.",[7888,11634],{},[12,11636,11638],{"id":11637},"_9-cables-without-protection","9. Cables Without Protection",[17,11640,11641,11643],{},[221,11642,11191],{}," Art. 5.2.2 (installation methods) \u002F Art. 5.2.1.5 (mechanical protection)",[5707,11645,11196],{"id":11646},"description-8",[17,11648,11649],{},"Electrical cables must be routed in protective conduit (empty tubes), cable trays or wall chases. Exposed cables without mechanical protection — such as surface-mounted or loose in the basement — are a violation.",[5707,11651,11203],{"id":11652},"why-its-a-problem-8",[17,11654,11655],{},"Unprotected cables can be mechanically damaged (nails, screws, rodents). Damaged cable insulation can lead to short circuits and fires.",[5707,11657,11214],{"id":11658},"how-to-fix-it-8",[711,11660,11661,11664,11667],{},[714,11662,11663],{},"Route exposed cables through cable trays (protective conduit)",[714,11665,11666],{},"For surface mounting: use appropriate cable channels",[714,11668,11669],{},"Seal wall penetrations with fire-stop collars",[5707,11671,11281],{"id":11672},"typical-costs-7",[17,11674,11675],{},"Cable, environment, mechanical protection and building work define the solution.",[7888,11677],{},[12,11679,11681],{"id":11680},"_10-missing-surge-protection-spd-for-new-installations","10. Missing Surge Protection (SPD) for New Installations",[17,11683,11684,11686],{},[221,11685,11191],{}," Art. 4.5.1",[5707,11688,11196],{"id":11689},"description-9",[17,11691,11692],{},"Art. 4.5.1 generally requires that persons and property must be protected against the harmful effects of overvoltages — according to good professional practice. In practice, an SPD (surge protection device) is required for new installations and substantial extensions. For existing installations, it is recommended but not explicitly required.",[5707,11694,11203],{"id":11695},"why-its-a-problem-9",[17,11697,11698],{},"Surges from lightning strikes or grid disturbances can destroy sensitive electronics. An SPD safely diverts surges to earth and protects connected devices.",[5707,11700,11214],{"id":11701},"how-to-fix-it-9",[711,11703,11704,11707,11710],{},[714,11705,11706],{},"Install SPD Type 2 in the distribution board (after the main switch, before the RCDs)",[714,11708,11709],{},"With lightning protection: additionally SPD Type 1",[714,11711,11712],{},"Regularly check the SPD status indicator (green = OK)",[5707,11714,11281],{"id":11715},"typical-costs-8",[17,11717,11718],{},"SPD selection, coordination, connection and board alterations are project-specific.",[7888,11720],{},[12,11722,11724],{"id":11723},"conclusion-the-self-check-as-planning-assistance","Conclusion: The Self-Check as Planning Assistance",[17,11726,11727,11728,207,11732,11736],{},"PlanElec flags some supported planning issues. It cannot detect physical defects; the self-check remains partial and is not official. Sources are ",[203,11729,11731],{"href":5391,"rel":11730},[5393],"AREI\u002FRGIE Book 1 V06",[203,11733,11735],{"href":6228,"rel":11734},[5393],"official domestic-inspection guidance",", without a frequency ranking.",[7888,11738],{},[17,11740,11741],{},[221,11742,11743],{},"Related articles:",[711,11745,11746,11752,11757,11762],{},[714,11747,11748],{},[203,11749,11751],{"href":11750},"\u002Fen\u002Fblog\u002Finspection-failed-what-now","Inspection Failed — What Now?",[714,11753,11754],{},[203,11755,11756],{"href":10207},"30 mA RCD: When Is It Mandatory?",[714,11758,11759],{},[203,11760,11761],{"href":1582},"Cable Cross-Section and Breaker: The Right Combination",[714,11763,11764],{},[203,11765,11766],{"href":2935},"Bathroom Cables and AREI Zones",[17,11768,11769,2553,11772],{},[221,11770,11771],{},"Structure your project with PlanElec and use the self-check to prepare for professional review and the official inspection.",[203,11773,7901],{"href":8432,"rel":11774},[5393],{"title":1214,"searchDepth":1215,"depth":1215,"links":11776},[11777,11783,11789,11795,11801,11807,11813,11819,11825,11831,11837],{"id":11185,"depth":1215,"text":11186,"children":11778},[11779,11780,11781,11782],{"id":11195,"depth":5869,"text":11196},{"id":11202,"depth":5869,"text":11203},{"id":11213,"depth":5869,"text":11214},{"id":11228,"depth":5869,"text":11229},{"id":11237,"depth":1215,"text":11238,"children":11784},[11785,11786,11787,11788],{"id":11246,"depth":5869,"text":11196},{"id":11257,"depth":5869,"text":11203},{"id":11263,"depth":5869,"text":11214},{"id":11280,"depth":5869,"text":11281},{"id":11289,"depth":1215,"text":11290,"children":11790},[11791,11792,11793,11794],{"id":11298,"depth":5869,"text":11196},{"id":11304,"depth":5869,"text":11203},{"id":11310,"depth":5869,"text":11214},{"id":11330,"depth":5869,"text":11281},{"id":11338,"depth":1215,"text":11339,"children":11796},[11797,11798,11799,11800],{"id":11347,"depth":5869,"text":11196},{"id":11357,"depth":5869,"text":11203},{"id":11363,"depth":5869,"text":11214},{"id":11377,"depth":5869,"text":11281},{"id":11385,"depth":1215,"text":11386,"children":11802},[11803,11804,11805,11806],{"id":11394,"depth":5869,"text":11196},{"id":11400,"depth":5869,"text":11203},{"id":11406,"depth":5869,"text":11214},{"id":11423,"depth":5869,"text":11281},{"id":11431,"depth":1215,"text":11432,"children":11808},[11809,11810,11811,11812],{"id":11440,"depth":5869,"text":11196},{"id":11446,"depth":5869,"text":11203},{"id":11456,"depth":5869,"text":11214},{"id":11535,"depth":5869,"text":11281},{"id":11543,"depth":1215,"text":11544,"children":11814},[11815,11816,11817,11818],{"id":11552,"depth":5869,"text":11196},{"id":11562,"depth":5869,"text":11203},{"id":11568,"depth":5869,"text":11214},{"id":11582,"depth":5869,"text":11281},{"id":11590,"depth":1215,"text":11591,"children":11820},[11821,11822,11823,11824],{"id":11599,"depth":5869,"text":11196},{"id":11609,"depth":5869,"text":11203},{"id":11615,"depth":5869,"text":11214},{"id":11629,"depth":5869,"text":11281},{"id":11637,"depth":1215,"text":11638,"children":11826},[11827,11828,11829,11830],{"id":11646,"depth":5869,"text":11196},{"id":11652,"depth":5869,"text":11203},{"id":11658,"depth":5869,"text":11214},{"id":11672,"depth":5869,"text":11281},{"id":11680,"depth":1215,"text":11681,"children":11832},[11833,11834,11835,11836],{"id":11689,"depth":5869,"text":11196},{"id":11695,"depth":5869,"text":11203},{"id":11701,"depth":5869,"text":11214},{"id":11715,"depth":5869,"text":11281},{"id":11723,"depth":1215,"text":11724},"2026-06-20","Ten recurring checks for Belgian domestic installations, explained without an unsupported ranking, failure rate or cost promise.",{},"\u002Fblog\u002Ftop-10-arei-violations.en",{"title":11174,"description":11839},"blog\u002Ftop-10-arei-violations.en",[8868,11845,11846,11847,11848,1249,11849,11850],"violations","electrical-inspection","inspection","rcd","belgium","deficiencies","eFx1wSu98_ZTDXtuslHvjM1ytmcH59fFQwLkKYXD_VI",{"id":11853,"title":11854,"articleId":11855,"body":11856,"category":1230,"date":12293,"description":12294,"extension":1233,"lastUpdated":5450,"locale":1234,"meta":12295,"navigation":1236,"path":12296,"publishDate":12293,"readTime":12297,"refreshInterval":1239,"seo":12298,"slug":11855,"stem":12299,"tags":12300,"__hash__":12302},"blog\u002Fblog\u002Finspection-failed-what-now.en.md","Electrical Inspection Failed — What Now? Step-by-Step Guide After a Negative Inspection","inspection-failed-what-now",{"type":9,"value":11857,"toc":12267},[11858,11864,11867,11871,11878,11882,11928,11931,11935,11939,11946,11950,11953,11957,11964,11968,11971,12003,12006,12009,12013,12017,12020,12031,12035,12038,12042,12048,12062,12066,12073,12077,12080,12084,12087,12091,12094,12113,12117,12120,12123,12140,12143,12147,12150,12153,12157,12160,12163,12167,12170,12174,12197,12200,12204,12210,12234,12237,12239,12243,12259],[17,11859,11860,11863],{},[221,11861,11862],{},"Work methodically."," The official sources used here do not publish a dependable national failure percentage. A negative report also does not tell you, in the abstract, whether it concerns documentation or an immediate safety risk. The individual findings in the inspection body's report are decisive.",[17,11865,11866],{},"In this guide, you'll learn what to do after a negative inspection, what the deficiency codes mean and how to prepare for the re-inspection.",[12,11868,11870],{"id":11869},"what-happens-after-a-negative-inspection","What Happens After a Negative Inspection?",[17,11872,11873,11874,11877],{},"After the inspection, you receive a ",[221,11875,11876],{},"detailed report"," from the approved inspection body. It lists the infringements, affected installation sections and conclusion.",[5707,11879,11881],{"id":11880},"read-codes-using-the-reports-own-legend","Read codes using the report's own legend",[21,11883,11884,11894],{},[24,11885,11886],{},[27,11887,11888,11891],{},[30,11889,11890],{},"Report field",[30,11892,11893],{},"What to derive from it",[43,11895,11896,11904,11912,11920],{},[27,11897,11898,11901],{},[48,11899,11900],{},"Code or category",[48,11902,11903],{},"Meaning from this report's own legend only",[27,11905,11906,11909],{},[48,11907,11908],{},"Rule reference",[48,11910,11911],{},"Provision and protective function being challenged",[27,11913,11914,11917],{},[48,11915,11916],{},"Location or circuit",[48,11918,11919],{},"Unambiguous affected installation section",[27,11921,11922,11925],{},[48,11923,11924],{},"Conclusion and deadline",[48,11926,11927],{},"Consequence of the actual control type, not a generic short code",[17,11929,11930],{},"Code systems and priority classes can vary between organisations and report templates. Do not derive a universal Belgian deadline from “C1”, “C2” or “C3”. Use the legend in the actual report and ask the issuer to clarify the rule reference, circuit and expected proof. Any finding identified as immediate danger takes priority regardless of its short code.",[12,11932,11934],{"id":11933},"deadlines-by-situation","Deadlines by Situation",[5707,11936,11938],{"id":11937},"property-sale","Property Sale",[17,11940,11941,11942,11945],{},"For the relevant sale inspection of an old dwelling, the buyer generally has ",[221,11943,11944],{},"18 months from the authentic deed",", not simply a private offer date, to remedy the installation and arrange a new inspection.",[5707,11947,11949],{"id":11948},"new-installation","New Installation",[17,11951,11952],{},"For a new installation or major modification, the section affected by infringements cannot be put into use. The issues must first be corrected and a new conformity control carried out. Any grid-connection process must be confirmed separately with the relevant operator.",[5707,11954,11956],{"id":11955},"periodic-inspection","Periodic Inspection",[17,11958,11959,11960,11963],{},"After a negative periodic inspection, federal guidance requires a supplementary visit by the ",[221,11961,11962],{},"same body within twelve months",". Still verify the control type, report and any special instruction.",[12,11965,11967],{"id":11966},"ten-review-areas-not-a-statistical-ranking","Ten review areas, not a statistical ranking",[17,11969,11970],{},"Use these as review areas, not a claim about national frequency or an automatic verdict:",[5055,11972,11973,11976,11979,11982,11985,11988,11991,11994,11997,12000],{},[714,11974,11975],{},"residual-current protection appropriate to each circuit and load;",[714,11977,11978],{},"single-line diagram, situation plan and board labels describing the same installation;",[714,11980,11981],{},"earthing, bonding and automatic-disconnection concept supported by measurements;",[714,11983,11984],{},"clear identification of circuits and protective devices;",[714,11986,11987],{},"cable selection and mechanical protection appropriate to the installation method;",[714,11989,11990],{},"special-location rules, including the actual bathroom geometry;",[714,11992,11993],{},"main switching and isolation suitable for the installation;",[714,11995,11996],{},"coordination of conductor, installation conditions and overcurrent protection;",[714,11998,11999],{},"an explicit project assessment of surge protection;",[714,12001,12002],{},"separation of AREI\u002FRGIE findings from regional housing duties such as smoke alarms.",[17,12004,12005],{},"The inspector's exact finding and the current Book 1 text determine what must be corrected. A list cannot replace diagnosis, measurements or the report.",[17,12007,12008],{},"Record the applicable edition and the inspector's wording before choosing a remedy.",[12,12010,12012],{"id":12011},"step-by-step-after-the-negative-inspection","Step by Step: After the Negative Inspection",[5707,12014,12016],{"id":12015},"step-1-read-the-report-carefully","Step 1: Read the Report Carefully",[17,12018,12019],{},"Go through each deficiency individually. Note down:",[711,12021,12022,12025,12028],{},[714,12023,12024],{},"Which report category and legend does the inspection body use?",[714,12026,12027],{},"Where exactly is the problem (room, circuit)?",[714,12029,12030],{},"What exactly is the complaint?",[5707,12032,12034],{"id":12033},"step-2-set-priorities","Step 2: Set Priorities",[17,12036,12037],{},"Start with every item the report identifies as immediate danger, a reason for disconnection, or a barrier to first use. Then order the remaining work by dependency: cause and protection concept first, followed by execution, measurement and documentation.",[5707,12039,12041],{"id":12040},"step-3-professional-or-diy","Step 3: Professional or DIY?",[17,12043,12044,12045,8515],{},"You can organise the report, collect records and compare the drawings with visible equipment. Whether a correction is safe and lawful to carry out yourself depends on the work and your competence. Work inside a distribution board or on protection, earthing and fixed wiring belongs with an ",[221,12046,12047],{},"electrical professional",[711,12049,12050,12053,12056,12059],{},[714,12051,12052],{},"Retrofit or replace RCDs",[714,12054,12055],{},"Improve earthing",[714,12057,12058],{},"Route cables through protective conduit",[714,12060,12061],{},"Install the main switch",[5707,12063,12065],{"id":12064},"step-4-update-plans","Step 4: Update Plans",[17,12067,12068,12069,12072],{},"The single-line diagram and situation plan must reflect the ",[221,12070,12071],{},"current state",". Do not invent conductor sizes or protection ratings. Resolve unknown characteristics before export or record them clearly as open.",[5707,12074,12076],{"id":12075},"step-5-schedule-the-re-inspection","Step 5: Schedule the Re-Inspection",[17,12078,12079],{},"The responsible body depends on the procedure. A supplementary visit after a negative periodic inspection is carried out by the same body. For a new inspection after the relevant negative sale inspection, the buyer may generally select an approved body and the complete installation is reviewed again. Confirm the scope from the report before booking.",[12,12081,12083],{"id":12082},"budget-without-false-precision","Budget without false precision",[17,12085,12086],{},"Fees and repair costs vary with procedure, inspection body, travel, number of boards, measurement effort and the actual defect. Request the current tariff directly. A repair quotation should separate diagnosis, materials, labour, measurements, drawing updates and the next inspection. A fixed online price cannot represent concealed wiring repairs or a board rebuild.",[12,12088,12090],{"id":12089},"build-evidence-for-the-next-inspection","Build evidence for the next inspection",[17,12092,12093],{},"Keep one row per finding: report text, affected circuit, planned action, responsible person, completion date and evidence. Photos can support the record but do not replace measurements. Update drawings only after the work has actually been completed, then reconcile labels and references again.",[17,12095,12096,12097,12101,12102,12106,12107,12112],{},"The official ",[203,12098,12100],{"href":11099,"rel":12099},[5393],"domestic inspection-types page"," explains consequences and deadlines. The ",[203,12103,12105],{"href":11093,"rel":12104},[5393],"federal property-sale FAQ"," covers the 18-month period and selection of an inspection body. Use the federal ",[203,12108,12111],{"href":12109,"rel":12110},"https:\u002F\u002Feconomie.fgov.be\u002Ffr\u002Fthemes\u002Fenergie\u002Fsources-et-vecteurs-denergie\u002Felectricite\u002Fsecurite-et-controle-des\u002Forganismes-de-controle-agrees",[5393],"list of approved bodies"," when booking.",[12,12114,12116],{"id":12115},"turn-each-finding-into-a-verifiable-action","Turn each finding into a verifiable action",[17,12118,12119],{},"An inspection report often states an outcome rather than the technical cause. Low insulation resistance might come from a damaged conductor, moisture, connected equipment or several issues together. “Drawing does not match” can mean a missing socket or an incorrect sequence of protective devices. Do not immediately order one component; first establish the cause and affected scope.",[17,12121,12122],{},"Ask five questions for every finding:",[5055,12124,12125,12128,12131,12134,12137],{},[714,12126,12127],{},"which installation section was actually inspected?",[714,12129,12130],{},"which rule or protective function is affected?",[714,12132,12133],{},"what diagnosis or measurement confirms the cause?",[714,12135,12136],{},"what correction removes the cause instead of hiding the symptom?",[714,12138,12139],{},"what evidence will allow the inspection body to verify the completed correction?",[17,12141,12142],{},"Findings can depend on one another. A board alteration changes the single-line diagram, labels, protective devices and potentially measurements. Earthing work must be complete before the final drawings and repeat measurements. Plan one consistent final state instead of documenting a chain of contradictory intermediate states.",[12,12144,12146],{"id":12145},"separate-documentation-from-physical-defects","Separate documentation from physical defects",[17,12148,12149],{},"A missing drawing is not solved by drawing unverified assumptions. Survey the installation first; opening and measuring equipment belongs only with someone able to do so safely and competently. Then connect every plan symbol to the actual circuit and confirm that the board, single-line diagram and situation plan use the same reference.",[17,12151,12152],{},"A physical defect is not solved by improving the drawing. If a protective device is unsuitable, earthing inadequate or a cable mechanically exposed, the physical installation must be corrected and, where required, measured again. Only then should the drawings be updated to the executed condition. This order prevents a return visit from finding current documents but the same hazard.",[12,12154,12156],{"id":12155},"the-property-sale-case","The property-sale case",[17,12158,12159],{},"After a negative sale inspection, keep the report, authentic deed and installation file together. The eighteen months run from the authentic deed. The buyer communicates identity and deed date to the original inspection body. If another approved body is chosen for the new visit, the official federal explanation says that body informs the first one.",[17,12161,12162],{},"The period is not permission to ignore an evident hazard. Have unsafe sections assessed promptly and isolated where necessary. A resale, complete renovation or demolition during the period may change the procedure; use the federal FAQ and the specific notarial situation rather than a generic answer.",[12,12164,12166],{"id":12165},"control-changes-before-the-follow-up-visit","Control changes before the follow-up visit",[17,12168,12169],{},"After remediation, freeze a documented state: dated plans, board labels, measurement records and photographs of work that will become concealed. Compare every later change with that state and update the file where necessary. Otherwise, one seemingly minor added cable can break the consistency that the electrician and drafter established. Ask all users to avoid temporary connections and independent alterations before the visit. If a change is unavoidable, give the responsible professional the report, current plans and an exact description of the new work. The evidence then remains continuous and the inspector does not unknowingly assess a different installation from the one prepared.",[12,12171,12173],{"id":12172},"final-readiness-check","Final readiness check",[711,12175,12176,12179,12182,12185,12188,12191,12194],{},[714,12177,12178],{},"Every finding maps to a completed action.",[714,12180,12181],{},"Corrections requiring measurements have documented results.",[714,12183,12184],{},"Circuit references match at the board and on both plans.",[714,12186,12187],{},"Added and removed equipment is reflected on the situation plan.",[714,12189,12190],{},"Ratings and cable data match the executed single-line diagram.",[714,12192,12193],{},"The correct body and inspection type are confirmed.",[714,12195,12196],{},"Report, drawings, EAN code and relevant manufacturer evidence are ready.",[17,12198,12199],{},"This cannot promise a positive report. It does prevent a completed repair from becoming unverifiable because records or references contradict one another.",[12,12201,12203],{"id":12202},"how-planelec-helps","How PlanElec Helps",[17,12205,12206,12207,8515],{},"The PlanElec self-check can flag some supported planning issues ",[221,12208,12209],{},"before the inspection",[711,12211,12212,12218,12223,12228],{},[714,12213,12214,12217],{},[221,12215,12216],{},"Validation"," flags supported data about RCDs and protection sizing",[714,12219,12220,12222],{},[221,12221,5889],{}," represents the entered topology consistently",[714,12224,12225,12227],{},[221,12226,7032],{}," uses the supported Belgian symbol library",[714,12229,12230,12233],{},[221,12231,12232],{},"Labelling"," of all circuits is automatically documented in the diagram",[17,12235,12236],{},"The self-check is not a conformity certificate, performs no measurements and cannot guarantee a positive result. It supports a consistent file for professional review.",[7888,12238],{},[17,12240,12241],{},[221,12242,11743],{},[711,12244,12245,12251,12255],{},[714,12246,12247],{},[203,12248,12250],{"href":12249},"\u002Fen\u002Fblog\u002Ftop-10-arei-violations","Top 10 AREI Violations",[714,12252,12253],{},[203,12254,11756],{"href":10207},[714,12256,12257],{},[203,12258,11761],{"href":1582},[17,12260,12261,2553,12264],{},[221,12262,12263],{},"Prepare your electrical plans with PlanElec and use the self-check as guidance before professional review and the official inspection.",[203,12265,7901],{"href":8432,"rel":12266},[5393],{"title":1214,"searchDepth":1215,"depth":1215,"links":12268},[12269,12272,12277,12278,12285,12286,12287,12288,12289,12290,12291,12292],{"id":11869,"depth":1215,"text":11870,"children":12270},[12271],{"id":11880,"depth":5869,"text":11881},{"id":11933,"depth":1215,"text":11934,"children":12273},[12274,12275,12276],{"id":11937,"depth":5869,"text":11938},{"id":11948,"depth":5869,"text":11949},{"id":11955,"depth":5869,"text":11956},{"id":11966,"depth":1215,"text":11967},{"id":12011,"depth":1215,"text":12012,"children":12279},[12280,12281,12282,12283,12284],{"id":12015,"depth":5869,"text":12016},{"id":12033,"depth":5869,"text":12034},{"id":12040,"depth":5869,"text":12041},{"id":12064,"depth":5869,"text":12065},{"id":12075,"depth":5869,"text":12076},{"id":12082,"depth":1215,"text":12083},{"id":12089,"depth":1215,"text":12090},{"id":12115,"depth":1215,"text":12116},{"id":12145,"depth":1215,"text":12146},{"id":12155,"depth":1215,"text":12156},{"id":12165,"depth":1215,"text":12166},{"id":12172,"depth":1215,"text":12173},{"id":12202,"depth":1215,"text":12203},"2026-06-16","Your electrical inspection came back negative? Learn how to read the report, identify the applicable deadline, plan safe corrections and prepare the next inspection.",{},"\u002Fblog\u002Finspection-failed-what-now.en","6 min",{"title":11854,"description":12294},"blog\u002Finspection-failed-what-now.en",[11847,11846,12301,11850,9765,8868,11849],"failed","7jZl0H6vyH4U2qw0McO_s2xf1uoYREMPn4MLk15YcAs",{"id":12304,"title":12305,"articleId":12306,"body":12307,"category":10247,"date":12554,"description":12555,"extension":1233,"lastUpdated":5450,"locale":1234,"meta":12556,"navigation":1236,"path":12557,"publishDate":12554,"readTime":10252,"refreshInterval":1239,"seo":12558,"slug":12306,"stem":12559,"tags":12560,"__hash__":12566},"blog\u002Fblog\u002Fsmart-home-domotica-arei.en.md","Smart Home and AREI: What You Need to Know About Home Automation","smart-home-domotica-arei",{"type":9,"value":12308,"toc":12546},[12309,12315,12319,12325,12328,12342,12346,12353,12360,12364,12460,12464,12467,12471,12478,12495,12499,12502,12515,12517,12521,12538],[17,12310,12311,12314],{},[221,12312,12313],{},"The AREI does not directly regulate Smart Home devices"," — but the underlying electrical installation must in any case be AREI-compliant. Whether WiFi switches, smart plugs or DIN-rail modules: as long as the base installation meets regulations, Smart Home solutions are not a problem.",[12,12316,12318],{"id":12317},"what-is-allowed","What Is Allowed?",[17,12320,12321,12322,212],{},"Smart Home devices such as WiFi switches (Shelly, Sonoff), smart plugs (TP-Link, Hue Smart Plug) or intelligent lighting (Philips Hue, IKEA TRADFRI) can be used without issues — ",[221,12323,12324],{},"as long as the underlying electrical installation is AREI-compliant",[17,12326,12327],{},"This means:",[711,12329,12330,12333,12336,12339],{},[714,12331,12332],{},"The wiring must be correctly dimensioned",[714,12334,12335],{},"Circuit breakers and RCDs must be present and correctly assigned",[714,12337,12338],{},"The installation must be earthed",[714,12340,12341],{},"Smart Home modules in the fixed installation must have CE marking and be used within the manufacturer-declared intended purpose and installation conditions",[12,12343,12345],{"id":12344},"din-rail-smart-modules-in-the-distribution-board","DIN-Rail Smart Modules in the Distribution Board",[17,12347,12348,12349,12352],{},"A special category is ",[221,12350,12351],{},"DIN-rail Smart modules"," such as Shelly Pro, Shelly Pro 3EM or Sonoff DIN modules. These are installed directly in the distribution board on the DIN rail.",[17,12354,12355,12356,12359],{},"Important: since they are part of the fixed installation in the distribution board, ",[221,12357,12358],{},"DIN-rail modules appear in the single-line diagram"," (which per Section 3.1.2.2.a must show, among other things, protective devices, switches and fixed equipment; the obligation to keep the diagram as part of the installation file derives from Art. 9.1.2). They must be correctly represented there, just like other distribution board components.",[12,12361,12363],{"id":12362},"overview-smart-home-types-and-arei","Overview: Smart Home Types and AREI",[21,12365,12366,12382],{},[24,12367,12368],{},[27,12369,12370,12373,12376,12379],{},[30,12371,12372],{},"Smart Home Type",[30,12374,12375],{},"Installation Location",[30,12377,12378],{},"AREI Relevant?",[30,12380,12381],{},"In Single-Line Diagram?",[43,12383,12384,12398,12411,12423,12435,12448],{},[27,12385,12386,12389,12392,12395],{},[48,12387,12388],{},"WiFi switch (Shelly 1, Sonoff)",[48,12390,12391],{},"Behind existing switch",[48,12393,12394],{},"No, if base installation is compliant",[48,12396,12397],{},"No, if no wiring change. Yes, if fixed wiring is modified (e.g. neutral pulled to switch)",[27,12399,12400,12403,12406,12409],{},[48,12401,12402],{},"Smart plug (plug-in)",[48,12404,12405],{},"In existing socket",[48,12407,12408],{},"No",[48,12410,12408],{},[27,12412,12413,12416,12419,12421],{},[48,12414,12415],{},"Smart bulb (Hue, TRADFRI)",[48,12417,12418],{},"In existing fixture",[48,12420,12408],{},[48,12422,12408],{},[27,12424,12425,12428,12430,12433],{},[48,12426,12427],{},"DIN-rail module (Shelly Pro)",[48,12429,50],{},[48,12431,12432],{},"Yes — fixed installation",[48,12434,8103],{},[27,12436,12437,12440,12443,12446],{},[48,12438,12439],{},"Smart thermostat (Nest, tado)",[48,12441,12442],{},"Wall-mounted",[48,12444,12445],{},"No, if correctly wired",[48,12447,12408],{},[27,12449,12450,12453,12456,12458],{},[48,12451,12452],{},"Smart door lock",[48,12454,12455],{},"Door frame",[48,12457,12408],{},[48,12459,12408],{},[12,12461,12463],{"id":12462},"local-control-switching-and-isolation-are-design-questions","Local control, switching and isolation are design questions",[17,12465,12466],{},"Do not infer a universal rule that every smart function needs a conventional wall switch. What matters is the function of the device and the applicable provisions for operation, switching, isolation, emergency action and maintenance. An app or cloud connection must not be described as an isolating device unless the complete product and circuit are designed for that function. Follow the manufacturer instructions and have the fixed wiring designed professionally.",[12,12468,12470],{"id":12469},"during-the-electrical-inspection-keuring","During the Electrical Inspection (Keuring)",[17,12472,12473,12474,12477],{},"During the electrical inspection, the inspector checks the ",[221,12475,12476],{},"electrical installation",", not the Smart Home logic. This means:",[711,12479,12480,12483,12486,12492],{},[714,12481,12482],{},"The wiring, circuit breakers and earthing are checked",[714,12484,12485],{},"DIN-rail modules must appear in the diagram",[714,12487,12488,12489],{},"The Smart Home app or automation rules are ",[221,12490,12491],{},"not inspected",[714,12493,12494],{},"WiFi switches behind the wall are generally not flagged, provided the base installation is compliant",[12,12496,12498],{"id":12497},"documenting-supported-components-with-planelec","Documenting supported components with PlanElec",[17,12500,12501],{},"PlanElec can document supported fixed components and their electrical relationships in the project. If a particular actuator or module is not modeled, record it in the dossier rather than substituting a different catalog item. The self-check does not validate automation logic, cybersecurity, radio availability or every product instruction.",[17,12503,12504,12505,12508,12509,12514],{},"Official sources: ",[203,12506,10225],{"href":5391,"rel":12507},[5393]," and the ",[203,12510,12513],{"href":12511,"rel":12512},"https:\u002F\u002Fsingle-market-economy.ec.europa.eu\u002Fsingle-market\u002Fce-marking_en",[5393],"European Commission guidance on CE marking",". CE marking reflects the manufacturer's declaration under applicable EU rules; it is not a third-party approval of the Belgian installation.",[7888,12516],{},[17,12518,12519],{},[221,12520,11743],{},[711,12522,12523,12528,12532],{},[714,12524,12525],{},[203,12526,12527],{"href":562},"Dedicated Circuits: Which Appliances Need Their Own Circuit?",[714,12529,12530],{},[203,12531,12250],{"href":12249},[714,12533,12534],{},[203,12535,12537],{"href":12536},"\u002Fen\u002Fblog\u002Farei-regulations-2026","AREI Regulations 2026: What Has Changed?",[17,12539,12540,2553,12543],{},[221,12541,12542],{},"Document supported components and have the fixed installation reviewed professionally.",[203,12544,7901],{"href":8432,"rel":12545},[5393],{"title":1214,"searchDepth":1215,"depth":1215,"links":12547},[12548,12549,12550,12551,12552,12553],{"id":12317,"depth":1215,"text":12318},{"id":12344,"depth":1215,"text":12345},{"id":12362,"depth":1215,"text":12363},{"id":12462,"depth":1215,"text":12463},{"id":12469,"depth":1215,"text":12470},{"id":12497,"depth":1215,"text":12498},"2026-06-09","Does a Smart Home installation need to be AREI-compliant? Yes — the underlying electrical installation must meet regulations. Here's what's allowed and what to watch out for.",{},"\u002Fblog\u002Fsmart-home-domotica-arei.en",{"title":12305,"description":12555},"blog\u002Fsmart-home-domotica-arei.en",[12561,12562,8868,12563,12564,12565,11847],"smart-home","domotica","shelly","din-rail","home-automation","rWltZOy0_yguo-Q7ok5yL5tIT2ewwqxDUwMh8NBkzGA",{"id":12568,"title":12569,"articleId":12570,"body":12571,"category":1230,"date":12959,"description":12960,"extension":1233,"lastUpdated":5450,"locale":1234,"meta":12961,"navigation":1236,"path":12962,"publishDate":12959,"readTime":5014,"refreshInterval":1239,"seo":12963,"slug":12570,"stem":12964,"tags":12965,"__hash__":12969},"blog\u002Fblog\u002Fhome-battery-arei.en.md","Home Battery and AREI: Correctly Integrating Battery Storage into Your Electrical Installation","home-battery-arei",{"type":9,"value":12572,"toc":12934},[12573,12576,12580,12583,12586,12590,12594,12597,12601,12604,12608,12615,12619,12622,12626,12629,12633,12636,12656,12660,12663,12680,12684,12687,12701,12705,12712,12716,12719,12733,12736,12740,12743,12777,12781,12784,12787,12792,12797,12800,12804,12807,12821,12825,12828,12831,12835,12838,12842,12866,12870,12873,12877,12903,12906,12908,12912,12926],[17,12574,12575],{},"A home battery can shift energy in time, but it is not a standard add-on that can be designed from capacity alone. AC or DC coupling, inverter, parallel operation, backup, protection, manufacturer instructions and regional registration determine the project. This guide therefore provides a documented review path, not a compliance or return promise.",[12,12577,12579],{"id":12578},"why-a-home-battery","Why a Home Battery?",[17,12581,12582],{},"A battery can store surplus energy and deliver it later. Any reduction in grid import or cost depends on measured load and PV profiles, usable capacity, efficiency, control strategy, tariff, ageing and operating mode. Without time-series data and a dated tariff model, neither fixed savings nor a payback period is supported.",[17,12584,12585],{},"The AREI has no dedicated chapter for domestic home battery storage — the general rules apply (protection against electric shock, overcurrent protection, isolation\u002Fsafety disconnection). The dedicated battery chapter 7.103 (industrial accumulator batteries) explicitly excludes domestic installations. Where the battery is coupled with a PV installation, Art. 7.112 (domestic low-voltage photovoltaic installations ≤ 10 kVA) applies to the PV part; the battery itself does not fall under it.",[12,12587,12589],{"id":12588},"arei-requirements-for-home-batteries","AREI Requirements for Home Batteries",[5707,12591,12593],{"id":12592},"ac-connection-protection-and-conductor","AC connection, protection and conductor",[17,12595,12596],{},"The battery or hybrid inverter is treated as a source in the installation design. Circuit arrangement, overcurrent protection, conductor section, RCD type and switching rating follow the equipment ratings, earthing system, installation conditions, manufacturer instructions and applicable AREI rules. Generic combinations such as “always 20 A on 2.5 mm²” or “three-phase always needs Type B” are unsafe shortcuts. Integrated residual-current monitoring counts only where the exact device documentation and rules allow it.",[5707,12598,12600],{"id":12599},"disconnect-switch-isolation-point","Disconnect Switch (Isolation Point)",[17,12602,12603],{},"The project needs a traceable isolation and switching concept. Which poles are switched, what may be integrated and where an additional isolator is required depend on topology, manufacturer evidence and the applicable provisions. Show actual isolators in the diagram; drawing one does not prove its suitability.",[5707,12605,12607],{"id":12606},"surge-protection-spd","Surge Protection (SPD)",[17,12609,12610,12611,12614],{},"A ",[221,12612,12613],{},"surge protection device (SPD)"," is recommended at the AC connection. Art. 4.5.1 establishes the general principle that persons and property must be protected against overvoltages, but does not mandate a specific SPD type. On the DC side, an SPD is also advisable, especially for outdoor cabling.",[5707,12616,12618],{"id":12617},"ventilation-for-lithium-batteries","Ventilation for Lithium Batteries",[17,12620,12621],{},"Location, temperature limits, clearances, ventilation and fire or escape-route conditions follow the battery technology, manufacturer instructions and project risk assessment. A universal 35°C threshold or the statement that all products share one chemistry would be inaccurate. Retain the product type, operating limits and installation manual in the dossier.",[12,12623,12625],{"id":12624},"integration-in-the-single-line-diagram","Integration in the Single-Line Diagram",[17,12627,12628],{},"The single-line diagram must correctly represent the home battery. The integration covers two sides:",[5707,12630,12632],{"id":12631},"dc-side","DC Side",[17,12634,12635],{},"The direct current side shows the path from the battery pack through the battery management system (BMS) to the inverter:",[711,12637,12638,12653],{},[714,12639,12640,12643,12644,12643,12647,12643,12650],{},[221,12641,12642],{},"Battery"," → ",[221,12645,12646],{},"BMS",[221,12648,12649],{},"DC disconnect switch",[221,12651,12652],{},"Hybrid inverter",[714,12654,12655],{},"For AC-coupled systems: Battery → dedicated battery inverter → AC connection",[5707,12657,12659],{"id":12658},"ac-side","AC Side",[17,12661,12662],{},"The alternating current side shows the integration into the household network:",[711,12664,12665,12677],{},[714,12666,12667,12643,12669,12643,12672,12643,12675],{},[221,12668,12652],{},[221,12670,12671],{},"AC disconnect switch",[221,12673,12674],{},"MCB",[221,12676,50],{},[714,12678,12679],{},"The connection is typically made after the main switch but before the individual circuit RCDs",[5707,12681,12683],{"id":12682},"representation-in-the-diagram","Representation in the Diagram",[17,12685,12686],{},"In the single-line diagram, the home battery appears as its own branch, similar to the PV installation. The symbols include:",[711,12688,12689,12692,12695,12698],{},[714,12690,12691],{},"Battery symbol (per IEC 60617)",[714,12693,12694],{},"Inverter symbol",[714,12696,12697],{},"Disconnect switch",[714,12699,12700],{},"Associated MCB and RCD",[12,12702,12704],{"id":12703},"backup-emergency-power-function","Backup \u002F Emergency Power Function",[17,12706,12707,12708,12711],{},"Many modern home batteries offer a ",[221,12709,12710],{},"backup function",". When the grid fails, the battery continues to supply selected circuits.",[5707,12713,12715],{"id":12714},"transfer-switch","Transfer Switch",[17,12717,12718],{},"A backup function requires a documented transfer and islanding concept. Depending on the system, the function may be internal to the inverter or implemented with external switching equipment; a marketing label alone proves neither safe grid separation nor permissible island operation:",[711,12720,12721,12727],{},[714,12722,12723,12726],{},[221,12724,12725],{},"Automatic Transfer Switch (ATS):"," A documented internal or external arrangement changes operating mode under its approved conditions.",[714,12728,12729,12732],{},[221,12730,12731],{},"Manual Transfer Switch:"," A changeover switch allows manual disconnection from the grid and operation in island mode.",[17,12734,12735],{},"Show the switching function and backed-up boundary on the single-line diagram. Which conductors must be switched follows from the earthing system, neutral treatment, manufacturer evidence and grid-operator conditions. The resulting design must prevent dangerous energisation of the isolated grid; “always all-pole” is not a reliable standalone rule without that topology.",[12,12737,12739],{"id":12738},"registration-with-the-grid-operator","Registration with the Grid Operator",[17,12741,12742],{},"Registration and connection procedures are regional and depend on the operating mode. Before ordering and commissioning, check the current process of the operator responsible for the address, particularly for equipment operating in parallel with the grid or technically capable of doing so:",[711,12744,12745,12751,12757,12765,12771],{},[714,12746,12747,12750],{},[221,12748,12749],{},"With existing PV installation:"," Modification notification — the installation is registered as PV + battery",[714,12752,12753,12756],{},[221,12754,12755],{},"Technical data:"," Capacity (kWh), inverter power (kW), AC or DC coupling",[714,12758,12759,12762,12763],{},[221,12760,12761],{},"Homologation:"," C10\u002F11 ed. 2.4 and C10\u002F26 type approval apply to grid-parallel or technically capable generation units. Check model, variant and firmware with the ",[203,12764,7734],{"href":7733},[714,12766,12767,12770],{},[221,12768,12769],{},"Documents:"," Update the single-line diagram and situation plan to the installed state; confirm the submission package with the competent operator",[714,12772,12773,12776],{},[221,12774,12775],{},"Electrical inspection:"," The nature and scope of the alteration together with Book 1 determine which new control step is required",[12,12778,12780],{"id":12779},"separate-equipment-selection-from-economics","Separate equipment selection from economics",[17,12782,12783],{},"Compare dated manufacturer data and the exact Synergrid listing, not a brand ranking that quickly ages. Record AC apparent and active power, phases, battery-voltage range, usable capacity, protection functions, firmware variant, parallel and backup behaviour, and expansion conditions.",[17,12785,12786],{},"An editable economic scenario is:",[17,12788,12789],{},[4083,12790,12791],{},"annual effect = avoided import + valued services − extra losses − running costs",[17,12793,12794],{},[4083,12795,12796],{},"scenario duration = investment \u002F cautiously estimated annual net effect",[17,12798,12799],{},"These equations are not forecasts. Use measured load and generation profiles, usable rather than nominal capacity, charge\u002Fdischarge losses, power limits, degradation, warranty terms and a transparent tariff path. Regional incentives and network charges are time-sensitive and must be checked immediately before a decision.",[12,12801,12803],{"id":12802},"build-the-documentation-around-energy-paths","Build the documentation around energy paths",[17,12805,12806],{},"A useful diagram separates AC and DC as well as operating states. For every path, show source, conversion, protection, isolation and destination. In a DC-coupled system, the PV generator and battery share a hybrid inverter but retain different electrical limits and manufacturer conditions. With AC coupling, a separate battery inverter feeds the AC side. Source power must not silently disappear from connection assessment.",[17,12808,12809,12810,63,12813,12816,12817,12820],{},"Mark each item as ",[221,12811,12812],{},"known",[221,12814,12815],{},"taken from manufacturer evidence"," or ",[221,12818,12819],{},"still to verify",". Capture rated power and maximum current per mode, phase arrangement, cable type and installation method, protective-device characteristics, AC\u002FDC isolators, metering or limiting controls, firmware reference and the distinction between grid-parallel and island paths. An inverter replacement may alter protection, connection power, homologation and notification even when battery capacity stays unchanged.",[12,12822,12824],{"id":12823},"backup-is-a-separate-design-project","Backup is a separate design project",[17,12826,12827],{},"A product advertised as “backup” does not automatically supply the whole dwelling during an outage. Transfer arrangement, safe grid separation, neutral treatment, island earthing, selected loads, starting currents and behaviour at low state of charge all require design. Terms such as backup, EPS and whole-home backup are not interchangeable legal categories.",[17,12829,12830],{},"Create a load list for the backed-up section and identify those circuits on the situation plan. Determine whether a separate board or selective transfer is used. A competent person must ensure that no dangerous backfeed into an isolated distribution grid is possible.",[12,12832,12834],{"id":12833},"prepare-the-inspection-and-registration-package","Prepare the inspection and registration package",[17,12836,12837],{},"Retain updated diagrams, product data, installation and protection instructions, Synergrid evidence for the exact variant, grid-interface settings, inspection report and regional registration confirmation. In Flanders, Fluvius explicitly links storage registration with AREI inspection and Synergrid conditions. Wallonia and Brussels use their competent operators and procedures, so do not copy Flemish thresholds or sequencing without checking the connection location.",[12,12839,12841],{"id":12840},"current-primary-sources","Current primary sources",[711,12843,12844,12851,12858],{},[714,12845,12846,12850],{},[203,12847,12849],{"href":5391,"rel":12848},[5393],"FPS Economy: AREI\u002FRGIE books, Book 1 version 06",", including the DC-system changes applicable from 1 April 2026.",[714,12852,12853,12857],{},[203,12854,12856],{"href":6629,"rel":12855},[5393],"Synergrid: homologation of decentralised generation units",", covering C10\u002F11 ed.2.4 and C10\u002F26 for grid-parallel or technically capable battery and hybrid inverters.",[714,12859,12860,12865],{},[203,12861,12864],{"href":12862,"rel":12863},"https:\u002F\u002Fwww.fluvius.be\u002Fnl\u002Fgroene-energie\u002Fthuisbatterij\u002Fopslagsysteem-aanmelden",[5393],"Fluvius: storage-system registration",", a regional primary source for Flanders.",[12,12867,12869],{"id":12868},"planelec-boundary","PlanElec boundary",[17,12871,12872],{},"PlanElec currently connects floor plan, electrical topology and available exports in one project. Its technical model can represent sources, but battery, generator and V2G are not yet released as a complete palette, inspector, rendering and export workflow. A battery symbol or a self-check without findings therefore proves neither full battery coverage nor AREI compliance.",[12,12874,12876],{"id":12875},"pre-installation-review-list","Pre-installation review list",[5055,12878,12879,12882,12885,12888,12891,12894,12897,12900],{},[714,12880,12881],{},"Describe grid-parallel, zero-export and backup modes separately.",[714,12883,12884],{},"Record the exact inverter model, firmware and current Synergrid status.",[714,12886,12887],{},"Draw AC and DC coupling with every energy path, rather than only a battery icon.",[714,12889,12890],{},"Derive protection and isolation from manufacturer evidence and the applicable AREI provisions.",[714,12892,12893],{},"Keep cable and location data project-specific; do not copy them from an example.",[714,12895,12896],{},"Check effects on existing PV, metering, connection capacity and phase balance.",[714,12898,12899],{},"Confirm inspection and notification documents with the operator responsible for the address.",[714,12901,12902],{},"After commissioning, retain settings, signed diagrams, inspection report and registration confirmation.",[17,12904,12905],{},"Common documentation failures include mixing AC- and DC-coupled variants with a similar product name, checking C10\u002F26 only by brand, omitting the transfer arrangement from a backup diagram, or retaining the old plan after an inverter replacement. Another failure is to treat a manufacturer example of breaker or RCD selection as a universal rule. A clearly marked open point is safer than a plausible but invented value.",[7888,12907],{},[17,12909,12910],{},[221,12911,11743],{},[711,12913,12914,12918,12922],{},[714,12915,12916],{},[203,12917,12537],{"href":12536},[714,12919,12920],{},[203,12921,12527],{"href":562},[714,12923,12924],{},[203,12925,11761],{"href":1582},[17,12927,12928,2553,12931],{},[221,12929,12930],{},"Structure known project data in PlanElec and have protection, installation and registration reviewed professionally.",[203,12932,7901],{"href":8432,"rel":12933},[5393],{"title":1214,"searchDepth":1215,"depth":1215,"links":12935},[12936,12937,12943,12948,12951,12952,12953,12954,12955,12956,12957,12958],{"id":12578,"depth":1215,"text":12579},{"id":12588,"depth":1215,"text":12589,"children":12938},[12939,12940,12941,12942],{"id":12592,"depth":5869,"text":12593},{"id":12599,"depth":5869,"text":12600},{"id":12606,"depth":5869,"text":12607},{"id":12617,"depth":5869,"text":12618},{"id":12624,"depth":1215,"text":12625,"children":12944},[12945,12946,12947],{"id":12631,"depth":5869,"text":12632},{"id":12658,"depth":5869,"text":12659},{"id":12682,"depth":5869,"text":12683},{"id":12703,"depth":1215,"text":12704,"children":12949},[12950],{"id":12714,"depth":5869,"text":12715},{"id":12738,"depth":1215,"text":12739},{"id":12779,"depth":1215,"text":12780},{"id":12802,"depth":1215,"text":12803},{"id":12823,"depth":1215,"text":12824},{"id":12833,"depth":1215,"text":12834},{"id":12840,"depth":1215,"text":12841},{"id":12868,"depth":1215,"text":12869},{"id":12875,"depth":1215,"text":12876},"2026-06-02","How is a home battery installed according to AREI regulations? This guide explains the requirements for dedicated circuits, disconnect switches, single-line diagrams and grid operator registration.",{},"\u002Fblog\u002Fhome-battery-arei.en",{"title":12569,"description":12960},"blog\u002Fhome-battery-arei.en",[6862,12966,8868,12967,7968,10616,12968],"energy-storage","photovoltaic","backup-power","XAelzMnHoO6V2wBrIZfCWWSY3sP7Jpg5iGBRyYuEsAI",{"id":12971,"title":12972,"articleId":12973,"body":12974,"category":10247,"date":13232,"description":13233,"extension":1233,"lastUpdated":13234,"locale":1234,"meta":13235,"navigation":1236,"path":13236,"publishDate":13232,"readTime":10252,"refreshInterval":1239,"seo":13237,"slug":13238,"stem":13239,"tags":13240,"__hash__":13244},"blog\u002Fblog\u002Fsmoke-detector-mandatory.en.md","Smoke Detectors Mandatory in Belgium: What Applies in Flanders, Wallonia and Brussels?","smoke-detector-mandatory",{"type":9,"value":12975,"toc":13221},[12976,12980,12986,12990,12994,12997,13020,13024,13030,13045,13049,13056,13073,13077,13144,13148,13155,13158,13162,13191,13195,13201,13203,13207,13213],[12977,12978,12972],"h1",{"id":12979},"smoke-detectors-mandatory-in-belgium-what-applies-in-flanders-wallonia-and-brussels",[17,12981,12982,12985],{},[221,12983,12984],{},"Yes, smoke detectors are mandatory in Belgium"," — however, the legislation is regulated at the regional level. Depending on whether you live in Flanders, Wallonia or Brussels, different requirements apply regarding quantity and placement.",[12,12987,12989],{"id":12988},"regional-regulations-at-a-glance","Regional Regulations at a Glance",[5707,12991,12993],{"id":12992},"flanders","Flanders",[17,12995,12996],{},"Since 1 January 2020, all dwellings in Flanders must be equipped with smoke detectors. The rules:",[711,12998,12999,13004,13010,13017],{},[714,13000,13001],{},[221,13002,13003],{},"At least one smoke detector per floor",[714,13005,13006,13009],{},[221,13007,13008],{},"In every escape route"," (hallway, staircase) a detector must be installed",[714,13011,13012,13013,13016],{},"In bedrooms, installation is ",[221,13014,13015],{},"recommended"," but not mandatory",[714,13018,13019],{},"Applies to all rental properties and owner-occupied homes",[5707,13021,13023],{"id":13022},"wallonia","Wallonia",[17,13025,13026,13027,8515],{},"Wallonia was a pioneer and introduced the smoke detector obligation ",[221,13028,13029],{},"since 2010",[711,13031,13032,13036,13042],{},[714,13033,13034],{},[221,13035,13003],{},[714,13037,13038,13039],{},"Mandatory locations: ",[221,13040,13041],{},"hallways and staircases",[714,13043,13044],{},"For rental properties, the landlord must ensure installation",[5707,13046,13048],{"id":13047},"brussels","Brussels",[17,13050,13051,13052,13055],{},"The Brussels-Capital Region has had the obligation ",[221,13053,13054],{},"since 2005"," — the oldest regulation in Belgium:",[711,13057,13058,13063,13070],{},[714,13059,13060],{},[221,13061,13062],{},"One smoke detector per floor",[714,13064,13065,13066,13069],{},"Mandatory in ",[221,13067,13068],{},"escape routes"," (hallways, stairs)",[714,13071,13072],{},"Applies to all residential buildings",[12,13074,13076],{"id":13075},"overview-table","Overview Table",[21,13078,13079,13098],{},[24,13080,13081],{},[27,13082,13083,13086,13089,13092,13095],{},[30,13084,13085],{},"Region",[30,13087,13088],{},"Mandatory since",[30,13090,13091],{},"Minimum quantity",[30,13093,13094],{},"Mandatory locations",[30,13096,13097],{},"Standard",[43,13099,13100,13116,13130],{},[27,13101,13102,13104,13107,13110,13113],{},[48,13103,12993],{},[48,13105,13106],{},"2020",[48,13108,13109],{},"1 per floor",[48,13111,13112],{},"Escape routes (hallways, stairs)",[48,13114,13115],{},"NBN EN 14604",[27,13117,13118,13120,13123,13125,13128],{},[48,13119,13023],{},[48,13121,13122],{},"2010",[48,13124,13109],{},[48,13126,13127],{},"Hallways, staircases",[48,13129,13115],{},[27,13131,13132,13134,13137,13139,13142],{},[48,13133,13048],{},[48,13135,13136],{},"2005",[48,13138,13109],{},[48,13140,13141],{},"Escape routes",[48,13143,13115],{},[12,13145,13147],{"id":13146},"arei-connection-smoke-detectors-and-the-electrical-inspection","AREI Connection: Smoke Detectors and the Electrical Inspection",[17,13149,13150,13151,13154],{},"An important note: ",[221,13152,13153],{},"smoke detectors are not directly regulated by the AREI."," The AREI primarily regulates the electrical installation — cables, fuses, earthing, etc. Art. 9.1.2 Nr. 2 requires that the electrical installation file includes a site plan; its prescribed content is exhaustively defined (sockets, switches, lighting points, and fixed appliances or machines) and does not include smoke detectors.",[17,13156,13157],{},"Since smoke detectors are not part of the AREI-regulated electrical installation, they are not subject to the electrical inspection (keuring); a missing smoke detector does not result in an AREI deficiency. Some installers or inspectors nevertheless show smoke detectors on the situation plan for information, to document the position of all relevant devices in the dwelling.",[12,13159,13161],{"id":13160},"maintenance-and-replacement","Maintenance and Replacement",[711,13163,13164,13170,13176,13182],{},[714,13165,13166,13169],{},[221,13167,13168],{},"Monthly:"," Press the test button to check functionality",[714,13171,13172,13175],{},[221,13173,13174],{},"Annually:"," Thorough testing and dust removal",[714,13177,13178,13181],{},[221,13179,13180],{},"Every 10 years:"," Replace the smoke detector completely (sensors lose sensitivity)",[714,13183,13184,13185,13188,13189],{},"Only use detectors with ",[221,13186,13187],{},"CE marking"," and compliant with ",[221,13190,13115],{},[12,13192,13194],{"id":13193},"smoke-detectors-in-the-situation-plan-with-planelec","Smoke Detectors in the Situation Plan with PlanElec",[17,13196,13197,13198,13200],{},"With PlanElec, you can draw smoke detectors directly in the ",[221,13199,2008],{}," of your dwelling. The symbol helps document their position, but PlanElec does not determine whether the complete file will be accepted at inspection.",[7888,13202],{},[17,13204,13205],{},[221,13206,11743],{},[711,13208,13209],{},[714,13210,13211],{},[203,13212,12537],{"href":12536},[17,13214,13215,2553,13218],{},[221,13216,13217],{},"Create your AREI-compliant electrical plan with PlanElec — including smoke detector symbols in the situation plan.",[203,13219,7901],{"href":8432,"rel":13220},[5393],{"title":1214,"searchDepth":1215,"depth":1215,"links":13222},[13223,13228,13229,13230,13231],{"id":12988,"depth":1215,"text":12989,"children":13224},[13225,13226,13227],{"id":12992,"depth":5869,"text":12993},{"id":13022,"depth":5869,"text":13023},{"id":13047,"depth":5869,"text":13048},{"id":13075,"depth":1215,"text":13076},{"id":13146,"depth":1215,"text":13147},{"id":13160,"depth":1215,"text":13161},{"id":13193,"depth":1215,"text":13194},"2026-05-28","Are smoke detectors mandatory in Belgium? Yes — but the rules differ by region. Here's what applies in Flanders, Wallonia and Brussels.","2026-06-05",{},"\u002Fblog\u002Fsmoke-detector-mandatory.en",{"title":12972,"description":13233},"smoke-detector-mandatory-belgium","blog\u002Fsmoke-detector-mandatory.en",[13241,13242,11849,12992,13022,13047,13243],"smoke-detector","fire-safety","safety","ryl5FAEl0OFivS05hwaC1TgEM45wVvq_qdw2xHfW6e0",{"id":13246,"title":13247,"articleId":13248,"body":13249,"category":1230,"date":13934,"description":13935,"extension":1233,"lastUpdated":5450,"locale":1234,"meta":13936,"navigation":1236,"path":13937,"publishDate":13934,"readTime":8455,"refreshInterval":1239,"seo":13938,"slug":13939,"stem":13940,"tags":13941,"__hash__":13945},"blog\u002Fblog\u002Fev-charger-arei.en.md","EV Charger Installation According to AREI: The Complete Guide for Belgium","ev-charger-installation-arei",{"type":9,"value":13250,"toc":13900},[13251,13254,13258,13261,13265,13272,13276,13279,13283,13286,13290,13293,13297,13301,13366,13371,13382,13387,13395,13399,13464,13469,13480,13485,13496,13500,13503,13507,13511,13579,13585,13589,13596,13618,13625,13629,13632,13636,13643,13646,13650,13660,13663,13667,13673,13677,13684,13689,13693,13696,13699,13703,13709,13713,13755,13759,13764,13778,13782,13785,13789,13827,13835,13839,13842,13845,13847,13862,13864,13867,13879,13887,13891],[17,13252,13253],{},"Installing an EV charger in Belgium falls under chapter 7.22 of AREI\u002FRGIE Book 1. This guide explains the main design questions; it does not replace the manufacturer's instructions, distribution-grid conditions or assessment by a qualified electrician and approved inspection body.",[12,13255,13257],{"id":13256},"arei-requirements-for-ev-chargers-art-722","AREI Requirements for EV Chargers (Art. 7.22)",[17,13259,13260],{},"The AREI\u002FRGIE sets the following basic requirements for EV charger installations:",[5707,13262,13264],{"id":13263},"dedicated-circuit","Dedicated Circuit",[17,13266,13267,13268,13271],{},"The EV charger ",[221,13269,13270],{},"must"," have its own dedicated circuit. It may not be connected to an existing circuit (e.g., sockets in the garage). This dedicated circuit must run directly from the distribution board to the charger.",[5707,13273,13275],{"id":13274},"residual-current-device-rcd","Residual Current Device (RCD)",[17,13277,13278],{},"Each EV charger needs its own RCD (residual current device). The type of RCD depends on the charger (more on this below).",[5707,13280,13282],{"id":13281},"circuit-breaker-mcb","Circuit Breaker (MCB)",[17,13284,13285],{},"A properly sized circuit breaker (MCB) protects the charger circuit against overload and short circuit.",[5707,13287,13289],{"id":13288},"surge-protection-device-spd","Surge Protection Device (SPD)",[17,13291,13292],{},"Art. 4.5.1 requires protection against overvoltages according to good professional practice. In practice, a central SPD is installed in the distribution board, protecting all circuits including the EV charger circuit against transient overvoltages caused by lightning strikes or switching operations in the grid.",[12,13294,13296],{"id":13295},"single-phase-vs-three-phase-which-charger","Single-Phase vs. Three-Phase: Which Charger?",[5707,13298,13300],{"id":13299},"single-phase-37-kw-or-74-kw","Single-Phase — 3.7 kW or 7.4 kW",[21,13302,13303,13316],{},[24,13304,13305],{},[27,13306,13307,13310,13313],{},[30,13308,13309],{},"Property",[30,13311,13312],{},"3.7 kW (16A)",[30,13314,13315],{},"7.4 kW (32A)",[43,13317,13318,13327,13336,13344,13355],{},[27,13319,13320,13322,13325],{},[48,13321,9000],{},[48,13323,13324],{},"Single-phase, 230V",[48,13326,13324],{},[27,13328,13329,13332,13334],{},[48,13330,13331],{},"Current",[48,13333,11483],{},[48,13335,11508],{},[27,13337,13338,13340,13342],{},[48,13339,11465],{},[48,13341,3603],{},[48,13343,3623],{},[27,13345,13346,13349,13352],{},[48,13347,13348],{},"Circuit breaker",[48,13350,13351],{},"20A Type C",[48,13353,13354],{},"32A Type C",[27,13356,13357,13360,13363],{},[48,13358,13359],{},"Charging time (50 kWh battery)",[48,13361,13362],{},"~14 hours",[48,13364,13365],{},"~7 hours",[17,13367,13368],{},[221,13369,13370],{},"Advantages of single-phase:",[711,13372,13373,13376,13379],{},[714,13374,13375],{},"Cheaper installation",[714,13377,13378],{},"Simpler wiring",[714,13380,13381],{},"Sufficient for most households (overnight charging)",[17,13383,13384],{},[221,13385,13386],{},"Disadvantages of single-phase:",[711,13388,13389,13392],{},[714,13390,13391],{},"Limited charging power",[714,13393,13394],{},"At 7.4 kW: possible phase imbalance (watch out during registration)",[5707,13396,13398],{"id":13397},"three-phase-11-kw-or-22-kw","Three-Phase — 11 kW or 22 kW",[21,13400,13401,13413],{},[24,13402,13403],{},[27,13404,13405,13407,13410],{},[30,13406,13309],{},[30,13408,13409],{},"11 kW (16A)",[30,13411,13412],{},"22 kW (32A)",[43,13414,13415,13424,13434,13444,13454],{},[27,13416,13417,13419,13422],{},[48,13418,9000],{},[48,13420,13421],{},"Three-phase, 400V",[48,13423,13421],{},[27,13425,13426,13428,13431],{},[48,13427,13331],{},[48,13429,13430],{},"3x 16A",[48,13432,13433],{},"3x 32A",[27,13435,13436,13438,13441],{},[48,13437,11465],{},[48,13439,13440],{},"2.5 mm² (5G2.5)",[48,13442,13443],{},"6 mm² (5G6)",[27,13445,13446,13448,13451],{},[48,13447,13348],{},[48,13449,13450],{},"20A 3-pole Type C",[48,13452,13453],{},"32A 3-pole Type C",[27,13455,13456,13458,13461],{},[48,13457,13359],{},[48,13459,13460],{},"~5 hours",[48,13462,13463],{},"~2.5 hours",[17,13465,13466],{},[221,13467,13468],{},"Advantages of three-phase:",[711,13470,13471,13474,13477],{},[714,13472,13473],{},"Significantly faster charging",[714,13475,13476],{},"Balanced load distribution (no phase imbalance)",[714,13478,13479],{},"Future-proof",[17,13481,13482],{},[221,13483,13484],{},"Disadvantages of three-phase:",[711,13486,13487,13490,13493],{},[714,13488,13489],{},"More expensive installation",[714,13491,13492],{},"Three-phase connection at distribution board required",[714,13494,13495],{},"Higher material costs (thicker cables, more expensive protection devices)",[5707,13497,13499],{"id":13498},"selection-based-on-the-project","Selection based on the project",[17,13501,13502],{},"There is no universal best charging power for a detached home. Available phases, service capacity, main protection, simultaneous household demand, the vehicle's onboard charger, required daily energy and possible load management must be assessed together. A higher wallbox rating does not make charging faster when the vehicle or connection imposes the lower limit.",[12,13504,13506],{"id":13505},"cable-and-protection-proper-sizing","Cable and Protection: Proper Sizing",[5707,13508,13510],{"id":13509},"cable-cross-section-overview","Cable Cross-Section Overview",[21,13512,13513,13528],{},[24,13514,13515],{},[27,13516,13517,13520,13523,13526],{},[30,13518,13519],{},"Power",[30,13521,13522],{},"Cable type",[30,13524,13525],{},"Cross-section",[30,13527,13348],{},[43,13529,13530,13541,13553,13566],{},[27,13531,13532,13535,13537,13539],{},[48,13533,13534],{},"3.7 kW (1P, 16A)",[48,13536,6028],{},[48,13538,3603],{},[48,13540,13351],{},[27,13542,13543,13546,13549,13551],{},[48,13544,13545],{},"7.4 kW (1P, 32A)",[48,13547,13548],{},"XVB 3G6",[48,13550,3623],{},[48,13552,13354],{},[27,13554,13555,13558,13561,13563],{},[48,13556,13557],{},"11 kW (3P, 16A)",[48,13559,13560],{},"XVB 5G2.5",[48,13562,3603],{},[48,13564,13565],{},"20A 3P Type C",[27,13567,13568,13571,13574,13576],{},[48,13569,13570],{},"22 kW (3P, 32A)",[48,13572,13573],{},"XVB 5G6",[48,13575,3623],{},[48,13577,13578],{},"32A 3P Type C",[17,13580,13581,13584],{},[221,13582,13583],{},"Important:"," For long cable runs (>15m), the cross-section may need to be increased to limit voltage drop (AREI Art. 5.2.5 — voltage drop; Art. 5.2.1.2b — cable selection). Plan the cable route in advance and consult voltage drop tables if in doubt.",[5707,13586,13588],{"id":13587},"cable-type","Cable Type",[17,13590,13591,13592,13595],{},"In Belgium, ",[221,13593,13594],{},"XVB cable"," is typically used for fixed installations:",[711,13597,13598,13603,13608,13613],{},[714,13599,13600,13602],{},[221,13601,6028],{}," for single-phase 16A",[714,13604,13605,13607],{},[221,13606,13548],{}," for single-phase 32A",[714,13609,13610,13612],{},[221,13611,13560],{}," for three-phase 16A",[714,13614,13615,13617],{},[221,13616,13573],{}," for three-phase 32A",[17,13619,13620,13621,13624],{},"When installed in a Preflex conduit, individual ",[221,13622,13623],{},"VOB conductors"," (H07V-U) can be used, provided the conduit is adequately sized.",[12,13626,13628],{"id":13627},"rcd-type-the-most-important-protection-device","RCD Type: The Most Important Protection Device",[17,13630,13631],{},"Choosing the right RCD is particularly important for EV chargers — and can cause significant cost differences.",[5707,13633,13635],{"id":13634},"type-a-integrated-dc-6-ma-sensor-rdc-dd-in-the-charger","Type A + Integrated DC 6 mA Sensor (RDC-DD in the Charger)",[17,13637,13638,13639,13642],{},"Chapter 7.22 requires protection against smooth DC residual-current components. Type A alone does not provide that function. Where the manufacturer documents suitable integrated 6 mA DC detection (RDC-DD) for the exact charger, it can form part of a solution with an upstream ",[221,13640,13641],{},"30 mA Type A RCD",". Do not assume that combination without the product evidence.",[17,13644,13645],{},"The selected Type A must match the network, pole count, rating and the charger's documented conditions. A price range without those parameters is not a reliable project estimate.",[5707,13647,13649],{"id":13648},"type-b-if-no-dc-sensor-in-the-charger","Type B (If No DC Sensor in the Charger)",[17,13651,13652,13653,13655,13656,13659],{},"If your charger does ",[221,13654,1096],{}," have a built-in DC fault current sensor, you need an ",[221,13657,13658],{},"RCD Type B",". This also detects DC fault currents that can occur with AC\u002FDC chargers.",[17,13661,13662],{},"Check the manufacturer's declaration for DC residual-current detection. A product label alone does not prove that the charger and upstream RCD form a compliant combination.",[5707,13664,13666],{"id":13665},"type-a-si-alternative","Type A-SI (Alternative)",[17,13668,12610,13669,13672],{},[221,13670,13671],{},"Type A-SI RCD"," may be more resistant to certain disturbances, depending on the manufacturer, but it is not by itself a substitute for the required smooth-DC fault-current detection. The documented protective assembly is what matters.",[12,13674,13676],{"id":13675},"surge-protection-spd-central-for-the-entire-installation","Surge Protection (SPD) — Central for the Entire Installation",[17,13678,13679,13680,13683],{},"Art. 4.5.1 requires protection against overvoltages according to good professional practice. In practice, an ",[221,13681,13682],{},"SPD (surge protection device)"," is installed in the distribution board, protecting all connected devices including the EV charger against transient overvoltages. The AREI does not specify a concrete \"Type 2\" — that designation comes from the product standard (IEC 61643-11).",[17,13685,13686,13688],{},[221,13687,13583],{}," The SPD must be protected with an upstream fuse (gR fuse or MCB). Follow the manufacturer's specifications.",[12,13690,13692],{"id":13691},"grid-operator-and-direction-of-energy-flow","Grid operator and direction of energy flow",[17,13694,13695],{},"This article does not infer a universal notification or connection threshold from charger rating. Before ordering, check the current conditions of the distribution system operator responsible for the address. Have the EAN code, connection type, proposed charging power, phases, load management and exact product description available.",[17,13697,13698],{},"Establish explicitly whether energy can flow only from grid to vehicle or in both directions. Synergrid states that bidirectional or technically bidirectional chargers fall within C10\u002F11 edition 2.4 and require C10\u002F26 type approval. Pure grid-to-vehicle chargers do not require C10\u002F26 under that rule. This does not, by itself, remove any separate notification, capacity or connection condition imposed by the responsible operator.",[12,13700,13702],{"id":13701},"updating-the-single-line-diagram","Updating the Single-Line Diagram",[17,13704,13705,13706,13708],{},"After installing an EV charger, the single-line diagram of your electrical installation ",[221,13707,13270],{}," be updated. The charger is shown as its own branch in the diagram:",[5707,13710,13712],{"id":13711},"what-must-be-in-the-diagram","What Must Be in the Diagram?",[5055,13714,13715,13721,13727,13732,13737,13743,13749],{},[714,13716,13717,13720],{},[221,13718,13719],{},"Dedicated circuit"," from the distribution board",[714,13722,13723,13726],{},[221,13724,13725],{},"RCD"," with type indication (A or B)",[714,13728,13729,13731],{},[221,13730,13348],{}," with rated current",[714,13733,13734,13736],{},[221,13735,10816],{}," (surge protection device)",[714,13738,13739,13742],{},[221,13740,13741],{},"EV charger symbol"," with power indication",[714,13744,13745,13748],{},[221,13746,13747],{},"Cable designation"," (e.g., XVB 5G2.5)",[714,13750,13751,13754],{},[221,13752,13753],{},"Phase assignment"," (for three-phase: L1\u002FL2\u002FL3)",[5707,13756,13758],{"id":13757},"planelec-makes-it-easy","PlanElec Makes It Easy",[17,13760,13761,13763],{},[221,13762,5844],{}," supports documenting an EV charger in the project:",[711,13765,13766,13769,13772,13775],{},[714,13767,13768],{},"An EV charger symbol is available for the plan",[714,13770,13771],{},"The self-check can flag supported data around the dedicated circuit, RCD protection, and SPD",[714,13773,13774],{},"Phase assignment can be entered directly",[714,13776,13777],{},"The PDF export includes the information recorded in the project",[12,13779,13781],{"id":13780},"compare-costs-on-a-common-technical-scope","Compare costs on a common technical scope",[17,13783,13784],{},"A useful quotation separates the charger, protective devices, cable route, excavation or civil work, board modifications, load management, design, inspection and any grid-operator procedure. Prices vary with equipment, route length, accessibility, service capacity and the existing board. Ask bidders to price the same technical specification; a fixed online range is not a dependable project budget.",[12,13786,13788],{"id":13787},"common-mistakes-to-avoid","Common Mistakes to Avoid",[5055,13790,13791,13797,13803,13809,13815,13821],{},[714,13792,13793,13796],{},[221,13794,13795],{},"No dedicated circuit:"," Connecting the charger to an existing socket is not only unsafe but violates the AREI.",[714,13798,13799,13802],{},[221,13800,13801],{},"Wrong RCD type:"," Without a DC sensor in the charger, an RCD Type B is mandatory.",[714,13804,13805,13808],{},[221,13806,13807],{},"Surge protection not assessed:"," Whether and how an SPD is used must be assessed for the complete installation and coordinated to the manufacturer's instructions.",[714,13810,13811,13814],{},[221,13812,13813],{},"No updated single-line diagram:"," Every change to the installation must be documented in the diagram.",[714,13816,13817,13820],{},[221,13818,13819],{},"Grid conditions not checked:"," Notification and connection rules depend on the operator and charging function; bidirectional or technically bidirectional equipment also enters the C10\u002F11 and C10\u002F26 scope.",[714,13822,13823,13826],{},[221,13824,13825],{},"Cable cross-section too small:"," Especially for long cable runs (>15m), watch the voltage drop.",[9557,13828,13829],{},[17,13830,13831,13834],{},[221,13832,13833],{},"Earthing note:"," A prerequisite for a safe EV charger installation: the entire earthing chain (earth electrode, main equipotential bonding, protective conductor) must be intact. For older installations without proper earthing, remediation is required.",[12,13836,13838],{"id":13837},"conclusion","Conclusion",[17,13840,13841],{},"An EV charger in Belgium needs a dedicated circuit per connection point, suitable additional RCD and DC residual-current protection, project-specific cable and protective-device design, and updated drawings. Careful documentation improves inspectability but does not guarantee a positive report.",[17,13843,13844],{},"Before handover, archive the exact charger variant, firmware, configured current limit, phase assignment, load-management behaviour and evidence for integrated DC monitoring. Link those records to the diagram version and grid-operator response used for commissioning. A later settings or firmware change should reopen the affected protection, capacity and C10\u002F26 questions instead of being treated as an invisible software-only update.",[12,13846,6615],{"id":6614},[711,13848,13849,13856],{},[714,13850,13851],{},[203,13852,13855],{"href":13853,"rel":13854},"https:\u002F\u002Feconomie.fgov.be\u002Fsites\u002Fdefault\u002Ffiles\u002FFiles\u002FPublications\u002Ffiles\u002FRGIE-Annexe-Livre-1-Installations-a-basse-tenstion-et-a-tres-basse-tension-2026.pdf",[5393],"AREI\u002FRGIE Book 1, 2026 edition — chapter 7.22",[714,13857,13858],{},[203,13859,13861],{"href":6629,"rel":13860},[5393],"Synergrid: C10\u002F26 scope for bidirectional or technically bidirectional charging infrastructure",[7888,13863],{},[12,13865,13866],{"id":7869},"Related Articles",[711,13868,13869,13874],{},[714,13870,13871],{},[203,13872,13873],{"href":1577},"Calculate voltage drop for a long charger supply",[714,13875,13876],{},[203,13877,13878],{"href":210},"Cost Comparison: DIY vs. Hiring an Electrician",[711,13880,13881],{},[714,13882,13883],{},[203,13884,13886],{"href":13885},"\u002Fen\u002Fblog\u002Fplanelec-vs-excel-paper","PlanElec vs. Excel\u002FPaper",[12,13888,13890],{"id":13889},"document-your-ev-charger-in-the-single-line-diagram","Document Your EV Charger in the Single-Line Diagram",[17,13892,6990,13893,13895,13896],{},[221,13894,5844],{},", document your EV charger in the single-line diagram and export the project as PDF. The self-check supports preparation but does not replace professional sizing or an official inspection. ",[203,13897,13899],{"href":8432,"rel":13898},[5393],"Get started now →",{"title":1214,"searchDepth":1215,"depth":1215,"links":13901},[13902,13908,13913,13917,13922,13923,13924,13928,13929,13930,13931,13932,13933],{"id":13256,"depth":1215,"text":13257,"children":13903},[13904,13905,13906,13907],{"id":13263,"depth":5869,"text":13264},{"id":13274,"depth":5869,"text":13275},{"id":13281,"depth":5869,"text":13282},{"id":13288,"depth":5869,"text":13289},{"id":13295,"depth":1215,"text":13296,"children":13909},[13910,13911,13912],{"id":13299,"depth":5869,"text":13300},{"id":13397,"depth":5869,"text":13398},{"id":13498,"depth":5869,"text":13499},{"id":13505,"depth":1215,"text":13506,"children":13914},[13915,13916],{"id":13509,"depth":5869,"text":13510},{"id":13587,"depth":5869,"text":13588},{"id":13627,"depth":1215,"text":13628,"children":13918},[13919,13920,13921],{"id":13634,"depth":5869,"text":13635},{"id":13648,"depth":5869,"text":13649},{"id":13665,"depth":5869,"text":13666},{"id":13675,"depth":1215,"text":13676},{"id":13691,"depth":1215,"text":13692},{"id":13701,"depth":1215,"text":13702,"children":13925},[13926,13927],{"id":13711,"depth":5869,"text":13712},{"id":13757,"depth":5869,"text":13758},{"id":13780,"depth":1215,"text":13781},{"id":13787,"depth":1215,"text":13788},{"id":13837,"depth":1215,"text":13838},{"id":6614,"depth":1215,"text":6615},{"id":7869,"depth":1215,"text":13866},{"id":13889,"depth":1215,"text":13890},"2026-05-25","AREI\u002FRGIE requirements for EV chargers in Belgium: dedicated circuits, RCD and DC residual-current protection, cable design, documentation and grid questions.",{},"\u002Fblog\u002Fev-charger-arei.en",{"title":13247,"description":13935},"ev-charger-arei","blog\u002Fev-charger-arei.en",[6660,13942,1244,13943,1134,13944,1252,1251],"wallbox","electric vehicle","RCD protection","lvf5IDuc1EFyYz7KtdVQ2YCS4KyK4yXbwZsXFkHD43E",{"id":13947,"title":13948,"articleId":13949,"body":13950,"category":8450,"date":14197,"description":14198,"extension":1233,"lastUpdated":5450,"locale":1234,"meta":14199,"navigation":1236,"path":14200,"publishDate":14197,"readTime":12297,"refreshInterval":1239,"seo":14201,"slug":13949,"stem":14202,"tags":14203,"__hash__":14207},"blog\u002Fblog\u002Fcost-comparison-diy-vs-electrician.en.md","Cost Comparison: Drawing Your Single-Line Diagram Yourself vs. Hiring an Electrician","cost-comparison-diy-vs-electrician",{"type":9,"value":13951,"toc":14183},[13952,13955,13959,14042,14045,14049,14052,14056,14061,14066,14069,14073,14076,14080,14083,14087,14094,14098,14101,14108,14112,14132,14135,14139,14162,14166,14169,14172,14174,14177],[17,13953,13954],{},"For a Belgian inspection, the documents must reflect the real installation. Whether self-documentation or a professional commission is more economical cannot be derived from a generic price list. Compare survey, drawing, technical responsibility and inspection separately.",[12,13956,13958],{"id":13957},"tldr-compare-the-same-scope","TL;DR — compare the same scope",[21,13960,13961,13974],{},[24,13962,13963],{},[27,13964,13965,13968,13971],{},[30,13966,13967],{},"Task",[30,13969,13970],{},"Self-documentation with PlanElec",[30,13972,13973],{},"Commissioning an electrical professional",[43,13975,13976,13987,13998,14009,14020,14031],{},[27,13977,13978,13981,13984],{},[48,13979,13980],{},"Existing-condition survey",[48,13982,13983],{},"appropriate only for data that can be established safely and reliably",[48,13985,13986],{},"may include competent identification and measurement",[27,13988,13989,13992,13995],{},[48,13990,13991],{},"Diagram and situation plan",[48,13993,13994],{},"structured input and PDF export",[48,13996,13997],{},"drawing from supplied or professionally surveyed data, depending on the offer",[27,13999,14000,14003,14006],{},[48,14001,14002],{},"Engineering design",[48,14004,14005],{},"not replaced by software",[48,14007,14008],{},"can be explicitly commissioned",[27,14010,14011,14014,14017],{},[48,14012,14013],{},"Final technical review",[48,14015,14016],{},"arrange separately",[48,14018,14019],{},"included only when the offer says so",[27,14021,14022,14025,14028],{},[48,14023,14024],{},"Official inspection",[48,14026,14027],{},"separate authorised inspection body",[48,14029,14030],{},"also separate unless expressly arranged",[27,14032,14033,14036,14039],{},[48,14034,14035],{},"Price basis",[48,14037,14038],{},"PlanElec Early Access currently EUR 0; own time remains work",[48,14040,14041],{},"project quotation; no official flat tariff",[17,14043,14044],{},"No fixed saving follows from this table. Complete, verified project data can make self-documentation practical; an unknown older installation can require a professional survey.",[12,14046,14048],{"id":14047},"three-editable-scenarios","Three editable scenarios",[17,14050,14051],{},"The fields below are calculation positions, not Belgian average prices. Enter amounts from your quotation and your own time value.",[5707,14053,14055],{"id":14054},"_1-existing-installation-with-dependable-records","1. Existing installation with dependable records",[17,14057,14058],{},[4083,14059,14060],{},"professional route = quoted survey + drawing + professional review + inspection",[17,14062,14063],{},[4083,14064,14065],{},"self route = own hours × personal time value + professional review + inspection",[17,14067,14068],{},"If the floor plan, boards, protective devices and circuit assignments are verified, self-documentation may mostly involve data entry and reconciliation. Unknown technical values remain unknown; they are not guessed. A contractor can alternatively review and draw from that bounded data set.",[5707,14070,14072],{"id":14071},"_2-existing-installation-without-reliable-assignments","2. Existing installation without reliable assignments",[17,14074,14075],{},"The actual state must first be established safely: which circuit supplies each item, which protection is installed and which conductor information is known. Opening electrical enclosures and making electrical measurements are not suitable DIY work. Include a professional survey as a separate item in the self route. A zero software fee does not remove necessary electrical work.",[5707,14077,14079],{"id":14078},"_3-new-or-importantly-modified-installation","3. New or importantly modified installation",[17,14081,14082],{},"Technical design comes before drawing new circuits or sources. Manufacturer conditions, distribution-system-operator requirements and the applicable AREI rules can affect the result. Do not compare an all-in design and installation commission with drawing only. Split design, installation, documentation and inspection so the difference remains visible.",[12,14084,14086],{"id":14085},"what-is-the-required-result","What is the required result?",[17,14088,1764,14089,14093],{},[203,14090,14092],{"href":6228,"rel":14091},[5393],"official FPS Economy guidance"," names the single-line diagram and situation plan among the minimum documents for a domestic inspection. The diagram records conductor, installation and protection data; the situation plan locates the corresponding items. Both belong to the installation file. That outcome matters, not which tool drew the lines.",[12,14095,14097],{"id":14096},"what-planelec-currently-provides","What PlanElec currently provides",[17,14099,14100],{},"PlanElec combines the floor plan, electrical topology and distribution-board planning. Single-line and situation-plan PDFs are available. The self-check covers a documented subset of rules that can be decided from project data; it is not a compliance certificate. The detailed material list and working dossier are pilot features with stated limits. Quotation creation and payment processing are not active.",[17,14102,14103,14104,14107],{},"The verified price statement is narrow: ",[221,14105,14106],{},"Early Access currently has a EUR 0 product fee",". There is no active checkout and no published future tariff. Your time, professional services, installation work and official inspection do not become free.",[12,14109,14111],{"id":14110},"when-professional-help-is-essential","When professional help is essential",[711,14113,14114,14117,14120,14123,14126,14129],{},[714,14115,14116],{},"when a safe survey requires measurements or opening enclosures;",[714,14118,14119],{},"when conductor data, protective coordination or earthing are unclear;",[714,14121,14122],{},"when circuits, PV, storage, EV charging or backup operation are being designed;",[714,14124,14125],{},"when an inspection report identifies physical infringements;",[714,14127,14128],{},"when manufacturer or distribution-operator conditions must be assessed;",[714,14130,14131],{},"when you want to transfer responsibility for technical decisions.",[17,14133,14134],{},"“Draw it yourself” and “install it yourself” are different propositions. Documentation software does not grant electrical competence.",[12,14136,14138],{"id":14137},"seven-questions-for-each-quotation","Seven questions for each quotation",[5055,14140,14141,14144,14147,14150,14153,14156,14159],{},[714,14142,14143],{},"Who gathers and verifies the inputs?",[714,14145,14146],{},"Are both plans and every board included?",[714,14148,14149],{},"Does the commission include calculations or only graphical transfer?",[714,14151,14152],{},"Who reviews technical plausibility?",[714,14154,14155],{},"How are changes and evidence-based corrections charged?",[714,14157,14158],{},"Are VAT, travel and the inspection fee separate?",[714,14160,14161],{},"Which editable source and PDFs are handed over?",[12,14163,14165],{"id":14164},"a-fair-decision-rule","A fair decision rule",[17,14167,14168],{},"Choose self-documentation when reliable data exist, the scope is domestic and manageable, and professional review is arranged for technical uncertainties. Choose a professional commission when the installation is unknown, engineering decisions remain open, measurements are required or you need one party to coordinate the technical work. A hybrid route is often sensible: organise existing information in PlanElec, mark unknowns clearly, and ask an electrician to verify only what needs professional judgement.",[17,14170,14171],{},"Record the assumptions behind either route. If a quotation excludes circuit tracing, say who will supply verified assignments. If your own estimate excludes the value of your time, show that explicitly. If a revision follows physical work, update both plans. Transparency is more useful than a headline saving percentage.",[12,14173,13838],{"id":13837},[17,14175,14176],{},"Self-documentation can fit a project with verified inputs and respected professional boundaries. A professional commission can be the safer and more economical choice when survey, design or technical responsibility are needed. Calculate with real quotations and recorded time; do not promise a standard saving or a successful inspection.",[17,14178,14179],{},[203,14180,14182],{"href":8432,"rel":14181},[5393],"Open PlanElec in the currently free Early Access →",{"title":1214,"searchDepth":1215,"depth":1215,"links":14184},[14185,14186,14191,14192,14193,14194,14195,14196],{"id":13957,"depth":1215,"text":13958},{"id":14047,"depth":1215,"text":14048,"children":14187},[14188,14189,14190],{"id":14054,"depth":5869,"text":14055},{"id":14071,"depth":5869,"text":14072},{"id":14078,"depth":5869,"text":14079},{"id":14085,"depth":1215,"text":14086},{"id":14096,"depth":1215,"text":14097},{"id":14110,"depth":1215,"text":14111},{"id":14137,"depth":1215,"text":14138},{"id":14164,"depth":1215,"text":14165},{"id":13837,"depth":1215,"text":13838},"2026-05-19","How to compare self-documentation and a professional commission for a Belgian single-line diagram without unsupported market prices or savings promises.",{},"\u002Fblog\u002Fcost-comparison-diy-vs-electrician.en",{"title":13948,"description":14198},"blog\u002Fcost-comparison-diy-vs-electrician.en",[14204,14205,1251,14206,5844,11847,1252],"costs","electrician","DIY","0UfW8A98g2L0lBblXFPYncHGUk_449Qs8HIyV1xpFE8",{"id":14209,"title":14210,"articleId":14211,"body":14212,"category":8450,"date":14603,"description":14604,"extension":1233,"lastUpdated":13234,"locale":1234,"meta":14605,"navigation":1236,"path":14606,"publishDate":14603,"readTime":14607,"refreshInterval":1239,"seo":14608,"slug":14211,"stem":14609,"tags":14610,"__hash__":14613},"blog\u002Fblog\u002Fplanelec-vs-excel-paper.en.md","PlanElec vs. Excel & Paper: Why Digital Single-Line Diagrams Are Better","planelec-vs-excel-paper",{"type":9,"value":14213,"toc":14575},[14214,14217,14220,14224,14356,14360,14363,14366,14370,14374,14377,14381,14384,14388,14391,14395,14398,14402,14406,14409,14413,14416,14420,14423,14427,14430,14434,14438,14441,14445,14448,14452,14455,14472,14476,14479,14483,14486,14490,14493,14498,14521,14526,14531,14541,14544,14548,14551,14553,14556,14559,14561,14563,14567],[12977,14215,14210],{"id":14216},"planelec-vs-excel-paper-why-digital-single-line-diagrams-are-better",[17,14218,14219],{},"Many homeowners and even some electricians still reach for pen and paper or Excel when they need to create a single-line diagram. At first glance, this seems free and simple — but it carries significant risks. In this comparison, we show why a specialized tool like PlanElec is the better choice.",[12,14221,14223],{"id":14222},"tldr-comparison-at-a-glance","TL;DR — Comparison at a Glance",[21,14225,14226,14240],{},[24,14227,14228],{},[27,14229,14230,14232,14234,14237],{},[30,14231,7997],{},[30,14233,5844],{},[30,14235,14236],{},"Excel\u002FWord",[30,14238,14239],{},"Paper",[43,14241,14242,14256,14272,14287,14300,14314,14330,14343],{},[27,14243,14244,14249,14251,14254],{},[48,14245,14246],{},[221,14247,14248],{},"Cost",[48,14250,9608],{},[48,14252,14253],{},"\"Free\"",[48,14255,14253],{},[27,14257,14258,14263,14266,14269],{},[48,14259,14260],{},[221,14261,14262],{},"AREI symbols",[48,14264,14265],{},"✅ Correct",[48,14267,14268],{},"❌ None",[48,14270,14271],{},"❌ Often wrong",[27,14273,14274,14279,14282,14285],{},[48,14275,14276],{},[221,14277,14278],{},"Automatic layout",[48,14280,14281],{},"✅",[48,14283,14284],{},"❌",[48,14286,14284],{},[27,14288,14289,14293,14296,14298],{},[48,14290,14291],{},[221,14292,8173],{},[48,14294,14295],{},"✅ Advisory",[48,14297,14284],{},[48,14299,14284],{},[27,14301,14302,14306,14309,14312],{},[48,14303,14304],{},[221,14305,10094],{},[48,14307,14308],{},"✅ Centralized",[48,14310,14311],{},"⚠️ Manual",[48,14313,14284],{},[27,14315,14316,14321,14324,14327],{},[48,14317,14318],{},[221,14319,14320],{},"Modifications",[48,14322,14323],{},"✅ Anytime",[48,14325,14326],{},"⚠️ Cumbersome",[48,14328,14329],{},"❌ Redraw",[27,14331,14332,14336,14339,14341],{},[48,14333,14334],{},[221,14335,14024],{},[48,14337,14338],{},"Required separately",[48,14340,14338],{},[48,14342,14338],{},[27,14344,14345,14349,14352,14354],{},[48,14346,14347],{},[221,14348,7032],{},[48,14350,14351],{},"✅ Integrated",[48,14353,14284],{},[48,14355,14284],{},[12,14357,14359],{"id":14358},"the-reality-many-still-draw-by-hand","The Reality: Many Still Draw by Hand",[17,14361,14362],{},"Although we are in 2026, the reality in Belgium is often still analog. During renovations, extensions, or the sale of a property, owners must present an up-to-date single-line diagram and situation plan. Many turn to what they know: a sheet of paper or an Excel spreadsheet.",[17,14364,14365],{},"The problem? The inspector at the electrical inspection expects regulation-compliant plans — and these are nearly impossible to create on paper or in Excel.",[12,14367,14369],{"id":14368},"problems-with-paper","Problems with Paper",[5707,14371,14373],{"id":14372},"not-regulation-compliant","Not Regulation-Compliant",[17,14375,14376],{},"The AREI\u002FRGIE (General Regulations on Electrical Installations) prescribes specific symbols (Table 2.23, based on IEC 60617). Hand-drawn symbols almost never meet the regulatory requirements. An inspector can reject the plan if the symbols are not correct.",[5707,14378,14380],{"id":14379},"difficult-to-modify","Difficult to Modify",[17,14382,14383],{},"Made a mistake or forgot a socket? With a hand-drawn plan, you have to redraw the entire diagram. For complex installations with 20+ circuits, this is an enormous time investment.",[5707,14385,14387],{"id":14386},"illegible","Illegible",[17,14389,14390],{},"Handwriting is subjective. What is clear to you may be illegible to the inspector. Crossed-out corrections make it even worse.",[5707,14392,14394],{"id":14393},"risk-of-rejection-at-inspection","Risk of Rejection at Inspection",[17,14396,14397],{},"More and more inspectors reject hand-drawn plans or accept them only reluctantly. The AREI (Art. 9.1.2) does not prescribe that plans must be created digitally. What matters is that the documentation is legible, complete, and regulation-compliant. A neatly hand-drawn plan with correct AREI symbols is permitted under the AREI — but the risk of objection with illegible or incorrect hand drawings remains high.",[12,14399,14401],{"id":14400},"problems-with-excel","Problems with Excel",[5707,14403,14405],{"id":14404},"no-arei-symbols","No AREI Symbols",[17,14407,14408],{},"Excel does not know electrical symbols. You would have to insert each symbol as an image or painstakingly recreate it with shapes. The result looks unprofessional and does not comply with the standard.",[5707,14410,14412],{"id":14411},"no-automatic-layout","No Automatic Layout",[17,14414,14415],{},"A single-line diagram has a clear structure: main switch, RCDs, circuit breakers, consumers — all in a defined hierarchy. In Excel, you must build this structure manually and adjust it with every change.",[5707,14417,14419],{"id":14418},"no-validation","No Validation",[17,14421,14422],{},"Excel does not check whether your diagram is AREI-compliant. Is an RCD missing? Is the cable cross-section too small? Do you have too many circuits per RCD? Excel does not know — but the inspector does.",[5707,14424,14426],{"id":14425},"formatting-issues","Formatting Issues",[17,14428,14429],{},"Larger diagrams do not fit on an A4 page. Excel's print preview is notorious for unexpected page breaks and cut-off content.",[12,14431,14433],{"id":14432},"planelec-advantages-in-detail","PlanElec Advantages in Detail",[5707,14435,14437],{"id":14436},"regulation-compliant-symbols","Regulation-Compliant Symbols",[17,14439,14440],{},"PlanElec provides an electrical symbol catalog for the Belgian planning context. The professional author must determine which symbols and data are required for the specific project.",[5707,14442,14444],{"id":14443},"automatic-layout-goethals-jacobs","Automatic Layout (Goethals-Jacobs)",[17,14446,14447],{},"PlanElec derives a structured representation with busbars, protective devices, and consumers from the recorded topology. Professional correctness depends on the project data.",[5707,14449,14451],{"id":14450},"guided-arei-self-check","Guided AREI Self-Check",[17,14453,14454],{},"The self-check flags supported planning issues, for example around protective devices and cable sizing. It is not a complete regulatory conformity assessment. The internal rules baseline is currently 31 March 2025; the 2026 changes still need to be implemented.",[711,14456,14457,14460,14463,14466,14469],{},[714,14458,14459],{},"Maximum number of circuits per RCD: max. 8 (Art. 4.2.4.3b)",[714,14461,14462],{},"Cable cross-sections matching the circuit breaker",[714,14464,14465],{},"Surge protection (SPD)",[714,14467,14468],{},"Bathroom zone protection (Art. 7.1)",[714,14470,14471],{},"And much more",[5707,14473,14475],{"id":14474},"modifiable-at-any-time","Modifiable at Any Time",[17,14477,14478],{},"Forgot a socket or need to add a circuit? Changes are applied to the project model and the layout is derived again without redrawing the entire diagram manually.",[5707,14480,14482],{"id":14481},"professional-pdf-export","Professional PDF Export",[17,14484,14485],{},"One click and you have a professional PDF in A4 landscape format — with title block, page numbering, and regulation-compliant symbols. Exactly what the inspector expects.",[12,14487,14489],{"id":14488},"the-price-argument-free-is-not-without-cost","The Price Argument: \"Free\" Is Not Without Cost",[17,14491,14492],{},"Paper and Excel seem free. But let us do the math:",[17,14494,14495],{},[221,14496,14497],{},"Scenario: Rejection at Inspection",[5055,14499,14500,14503,14509,14515],{},[714,14501,14502],{},"You draw your diagram on paper or in Excel: €0",[714,14504,14505,14506],{},"The inspector rejects the plan: re-inspection ",[221,14507,14508],{},"€80-120",[714,14510,14511,14512],{},"You hire an electrician to recreate the plan: ",[221,14513,14514],{},"€150-300",[714,14516,14517,14518],{},"New inspection: ",[221,14519,14520],{},"€150-200",[17,14522,14523],{},[221,14524,14525],{},"Total cost upon rejection: €380-620",[17,14527,14528],{},[221,14529,14530],{},"With PlanElec:",[5055,14532,14533,14538],{},[714,14534,14535,14536],{},"Create a single-line diagram with PlanElec: ",[221,14537,9608],{},[714,14539,14540],{},"Have the documentation reviewed professionally and arrange the official inspection separately",[17,14542,14543],{},"Professional review and the official inspection remain separate costs regardless of the planning tool. A fixed total saving therefore cannot be promised responsibly.",[12,14545,14547],{"id":14546},"when-paper-still-works","When Paper Still Works",[17,14549,14550],{},"To be fair: for very simple installations (e.g., a single circuit in a garden shed), some inspectors still accept a neatly hand-drawn plan. But as soon as the installation has more than 3-4 circuits, paper becomes confusing and error-prone.",[12,14552,13838],{"id":13837},[17,14554,14555],{},"Paper and Excel are not suitable tools for creating single-line diagrams. The missing standard symbols, manual layout, and absent validation quickly negate the supposed cost advantage — at the latest during the inspection.",[17,14557,14558],{},"PlanElec brings floor plan, electrical topology and switchboard planning together and currently exports the single-line diagram and situation plan as PDF. The integrated self-check report is guidance and does not replace an official inspection.",[7888,14560],{},[12,14562,13866],{"id":7869},[12,14564,14566],{"id":14565},"done-with-paper-and-excel","Done with Paper and Excel!",[17,14568,6990,14569,14571,14572],{},[221,14570,5844],{},", plan the floor plan, electrical topology, and distribution board in one project, then export the single-line diagram and situation plan as PDFs. The self-check supports preparation and does not replace an official inspection. ",[203,14573,13899],{"href":8432,"rel":14574},[5393],{"title":1214,"searchDepth":1215,"depth":1215,"links":14576},[14577,14578,14579,14585,14591,14598,14599,14600,14601,14602],{"id":14222,"depth":1215,"text":14223},{"id":14358,"depth":1215,"text":14359},{"id":14368,"depth":1215,"text":14369,"children":14580},[14581,14582,14583,14584],{"id":14372,"depth":5869,"text":14373},{"id":14379,"depth":5869,"text":14380},{"id":14386,"depth":5869,"text":14387},{"id":14393,"depth":5869,"text":14394},{"id":14400,"depth":1215,"text":14401,"children":14586},[14587,14588,14589,14590],{"id":14404,"depth":5869,"text":14405},{"id":14411,"depth":5869,"text":14412},{"id":14418,"depth":5869,"text":14419},{"id":14425,"depth":5869,"text":14426},{"id":14432,"depth":1215,"text":14433,"children":14592},[14593,14594,14595,14596,14597],{"id":14436,"depth":5869,"text":14437},{"id":14443,"depth":5869,"text":14444},{"id":14450,"depth":5869,"text":14451},{"id":14474,"depth":5869,"text":14475},{"id":14481,"depth":5869,"text":14482},{"id":14488,"depth":1215,"text":14489},{"id":14546,"depth":1215,"text":14547},{"id":13837,"depth":1215,"text":13838},{"id":7869,"depth":1215,"text":13866},{"id":14565,"depth":1215,"text":14566},"2026-05-05","Comparison between PlanElec and creating single-line diagrams with Excel or on paper. Why hand-drawn plans fail at inspection and why digital tools save time and money.",{},"\u002Fblog\u002Fplanelec-vs-excel-paper.en","5 min",{"title":14210,"description":14604},"blog\u002Fplanelec-vs-excel-paper.en",[5844,14611,14612,8450,1251,1244,11847],"Excel","paper","C2b0NoSPA8tXLp6itMIn_Ga3MfLaBYtN3QYUlqIGsX8",{"id":14615,"title":14616,"articleId":14617,"body":14618,"category":1230,"date":15630,"description":15631,"extension":1233,"lastUpdated":5450,"locale":1234,"meta":15632,"navigation":1236,"path":15633,"publishDate":15630,"readTime":5454,"refreshInterval":1239,"seo":15634,"slug":15635,"stem":15636,"tags":15637,"__hash__":15641},"blog\u002Fblog\u002Fpv-system-documentation.en.md","PV System Diagram: Documentation and AREI\u002FRGIE Requirements for Solar Installations","pv-system-documentation",{"type":9,"value":14619,"toc":15596},[14620,14623,14625,14629,14632,14652,14657,14668,14670,14674,14677,14681,14687,14691,14769,14771,14775,14779,14834,14849,14853,14905,14909,14966,14978,14980,14984,14991,15049,15063,15065,15067,15071,15109,15113,15145,15149,15173,15177,15204,15206,15210,15214,15221,15241,15248,15252,15259,15277,15279,15290,15292,15296,15299,15303,15309,15313,15316,15333,15345,15347,15351,15362,15478,15482,15489,15508,15514,15516,15520,15523,15537,15539,15541,15563,15565,15575,15579,15582,15590,15593],[17,14621,14622],{},"A photovoltaic (PV) system on your roof is not just an investment in the future in Belgium — it must also be correctly documented and registered with the distribution grid operator (DSO). In this article, you will learn how the PV system is represented in the single-line diagram, which protection devices are required, and what to consider during registration.",[7888,14624],{},[12,14626,14628],{"id":14627},"why-is-documentation-mandatory","Why Is Documentation Mandatory?",[17,14630,14631],{},"Every PV system must appear in the electrical documentation of your building — meaning:",[5055,14633,14634,14640,14646],{},[714,14635,14636,14639],{},[221,14637,14638],{},"Single-line diagram:"," The PV system with all components (modules, inverter, protection devices) must be drawn in.",[714,14641,14642,14645],{},[221,14643,14644],{},"Situation plan:"," The position of the inverter and DC disconnect switch must be marked.",[714,14647,14648,14651],{},[221,14649,14650],{},"Grid operator registration:"," The system must be registered with the relevant DSO.",[17,14653,14654],{},[221,14655,14656],{},"Without correct documentation:",[711,14658,14659,14662,14665],{},[714,14660,14661],{},"The AREI\u002FRGIE inspection will fail.",[714,14663,14664],{},"The grid operator can refuse the grid connection.",[714,14666,14667],{},"Entitlement to feed-in compensation or prosumer tariff is lost.",[7888,14669],{},[12,14671,14673],{"id":14672},"what-goes-in-the-single-line-diagram","What Goes in the Single-Line Diagram?",[17,14675,14676],{},"The PV system is shown as a separate branch in the single-line diagram. The signal flow runs from the modules to the feed-in point:",[5707,14678,14680],{"id":14679},"component-chain","Component Chain",[5525,14682,14685],{"className":14683,"code":14684,"language":5530},[5528],"PV Modules (strings)\n   │\n   ├── DC cable (solar cable, e.g. 6 mm²)\n   │\n   ├── DC disconnect switch (firefighter switch)\n   │\n   ├── SPD DC side (surge protection DC)\n   │\n   └── Inverter\n         │\n         ├── SPD AC side (surge protection AC)\n         │\n         ├── MCB for PV circuit (e.g. B20A or C20A depending on inverter)\n         │\n         ├── RCD 30 mA Type A (or Type B for transformerless inverter)\n         │\n         └── Feed-in point (connection to main board)\n",[4083,14686,14684],{"__ignoreMap":1214},[5707,14688,14690],{"id":14689},"symbols-in-the-diagram","Symbols in the Diagram",[21,14692,14693,14706],{},[24,14694,14695],{},[27,14696,14697,14700,14703],{},[30,14698,14699],{},"Component",[30,14701,14702],{},"AREI Symbol",[30,14704,14705],{},"Note",[43,14707,14708,14719,14729,14739,14749,14759],{},[27,14709,14710,14713,14716],{},[48,14711,14712],{},"PV module",[48,14714,14715],{},"Rectangle with sun symbol",[48,14717,14718],{},"State quantity and power (e.g., \"12x 400 Wp\")",[27,14720,14721,14723,14726],{},[48,14722,7034],{},[48,14724,14725],{},"Rectangle with \"~\" and \"=\"",[48,14727,14728],{},"DC input \u002F AC output",[27,14730,14731,14733,14736],{},[48,14732,12649],{},[48,14734,14735],{},"Switch symbol with \"DC\"",[48,14737,14738],{},"Firefighter disconnection",[27,14740,14741,14743,14746],{},[48,14742,10816],{},[48,14744,14745],{},"Lightning symbol with earth",[48,14747,14748],{},"DC side AND AC side",[27,14750,14751,14753,14756],{},[48,14752,12674],{},[48,14754,14755],{},"Standard MCB symbol",[48,14757,14758],{},"Type B is sufficient for most modern inverters with soft-start; Type C only for high inrush current (check manufacturer specifications)",[27,14760,14761,14763,14766],{},[48,14762,13725],{},[48,14764,14765],{},"Standard RCD symbol",[48,14767,14768],{},"State type (A or B)",[7888,14770],{},[12,14772,14774],{"id":14773},"protection-devices-for-pv-systems","Protection Devices for PV Systems",[5707,14776,14778],{"id":14777},"dc-side-between-modules-and-inverter","DC Side (Between Modules and Inverter)",[21,14780,14781,14794],{},[24,14782,14783],{},[27,14784,14785,14788,14791],{},[30,14786,14787],{},"Device",[30,14789,14790],{},"Function",[30,14792,14793],{},"Mandatory?",[43,14795,14796,14808,14821],{},[27,14797,14798,14802,14805],{},[48,14799,14800],{},[221,14801,12649],{},[48,14803,14804],{},"Isolate PV modules",[48,14806,14807],{},"Recommended \u002F good practice (often a manufacturer or grid operator requirement; not from Art. 7.112)",[27,14809,14810,14815,14818],{},[48,14811,14812],{},[221,14813,14814],{},"SPD DC side",[48,14816,14817],{},"Surge protection DC side",[48,14819,14820],{},"Art. 4.5.1 requires overvoltage protection according to good professional practice; in practice recommended for PV, especially with modules >10 m from inverter or rooftop cables",[27,14822,14823,14828,14831],{},[48,14824,14825],{},[221,14826,14827],{},"String fuses",[48,14829,14830],{},"Protection with multiple strings",[48,14832,14833],{},"From 3+ parallel strings",[9557,14835,14836],{},[17,14837,14838,14841,14842,207,14845,14848],{},[221,14839,14840],{},"DC disconnect switch:"," A DC disconnect device is good practice (and is required by many inverter manufacturers or grid operators); however, it does not follow from Art. 7.112. It should be ",[221,14843,14844],{},"easily accessible",[221,14846,14847],{},"clearly marked",", and may also be installed inside the building, provided it remains locatable.",[5707,14850,14852],{"id":14851},"ac-side-between-inverter-and-board","AC Side (Between Inverter and Board)",[21,14854,14855,14865],{},[24,14856,14857],{},[27,14858,14859,14861,14863],{},[30,14860,14787],{},[30,14862,14790],{},[30,14864,14793],{},[43,14866,14867,14880,14892],{},[27,14868,14869,14874,14877],{},[48,14870,14871],{},[221,14872,14873],{},"SPD AC side",[48,14875,14876],{},"Surge protection AC side",[48,14878,14879],{},"Art. 4.5.1 — overvoltage protection according to good professional practice",[27,14881,14882,14887,14890],{},[48,14883,14884],{},[221,14885,14886],{},"MCB (B or C characteristic)",[48,14888,14889],{},"Short-circuit and overload protection",[48,14891,8103],{},[27,14893,14894,14899,14902],{},[48,14895,14896],{},[221,14897,14898],{},"RCD 30 mA",[48,14900,14901],{},"Residual current protection",[48,14903,14904],{},"Recommended (a dedicated RCD per PV AC circuit is not strictly required by AREI; the circuit must be protected by general protection measures)",[5707,14906,14908],{"id":14907},"which-rcd-type","Which RCD Type?",[21,14910,14911,14924],{},[24,14912,14913],{},[27,14914,14915,14918,14921],{},[30,14916,14917],{},"Inverter Type",[30,14919,14920],{},"RCD Type",[30,14922,14923],{},"Why?",[43,14925,14926,14940,14954],{},[27,14927,14928,14934,14937],{},[48,14929,14930,14933],{},[221,14931,14932],{},"With transformer"," (galvanic isolation)",[48,14935,14936],{},"Type A",[48,14938,14939],{},"No DC fault currents possible",[27,14941,14942,14948,14951],{},[48,14943,14944,14947],{},[221,14945,14946],{},"Transformerless"," (no galvanic isolation)",[48,14949,14950],{},"Type B",[48,14952,14953],{},"DC fault currents possible",[27,14955,14956,14961,14963],{},[48,14957,14958],{},[221,14959,14960],{},"With integrated RCMU",[48,14962,14936],{},[48,14964,14965],{},"RCMU detects DC fault currents internally",[9557,14967,14968],{},[17,14969,14970,14973,14974,14977],{},[221,14971,14972],{},"Tip:"," Modern inverters often have an integrated ",[221,14975,14976],{},"RCMU"," (Residual Current Monitoring Unit) that detects DC fault currents. In this case, a Type A RCD is sufficient. Check the manufacturer's specifications.",[7888,14979],{},[12,14981,14983],{"id":14982},"inverter-homologation-under-synergrid-c1026","Inverter: homologation under Synergrid C10\u002F26",[17,14985,14986,14987,14990],{},"Before the grid operator releases feed-in, the inverter itself must be admitted. The reference is the ",[221,14988,14989],{},"Synergrid C10\u002F26 list"," – the register of devices homologated under the technical prescription C10\u002F11 (Annex D). It applies nationwide, so in Wallonia and Brussels too.",[21,14992,14993,15002],{},[24,14994,14995],{},[27,14996,14997,15000],{},[30,14998,14999],{},"What to check",[30,15001,7227],{},[43,15003,15004,15019,15029,15039],{},[27,15005,15006,15011],{},[48,15007,15008],{},[221,15009,15010],{},"Exact model",[48,15012,15013,15014,15016,15017,306],{},"Suffixes distinguish entries (",[4083,15015,7750],{}," ≠ ",[4083,15018,7753],{},[27,15020,15021,15026],{},[48,15022,15023],{},[221,15024,15025],{},"Firmware version",[48,15027,15028],{},"Homologation applies per firmware version; a different version counts as not homologated",[27,15030,15031,15036],{},[48,15032,15033],{},[221,15034,15035],{},"Status",[48,15037,15038],{},"Synergrid withdraws entries; an expired homologation can no longer be used for a new installation",[27,15040,15041,15046],{},[48,15042,15043],{},[221,15044,15045],{},"Battery\u002Fhybrid device",[48,15047,15048],{},"The battery inverter needs an entry as well – DC batteries depend on the listed hybrid device",[17,15050,15051,15052,15054,15055,15058,15059,212],{},"Check your device free of charge with the ",[203,15053,7791],{"href":7449}," (for storage: ",[203,15056,15057],{"href":7733},"home battery check","). With no match, the tool suggests technically comparable homologated devices. Background on reference, Smax and restrictions: ",[203,15060,15062],{"href":15061},"\u002Fen\u002Fblog\u002Fsynergrid-c10-26-list-inverter","the Synergrid C10\u002F26 list explained",[7888,15064],{},[12,15066,12739],{"id":12738},[5707,15068,15070],{"id":15069},"relevant-grid-operators-in-belgium","Relevant Grid Operators in Belgium",[21,15072,15073,15082],{},[24,15074,15075],{},[27,15076,15077,15079],{},[30,15078,13085],{},[30,15080,15081],{},"Grid Operator (DSO)",[43,15083,15084,15092,15101],{},[27,15085,15086,15090],{},[48,15087,15088],{},[221,15089,12993],{},[48,15091,9314],{},[27,15093,15094,15098],{},[48,15095,15096],{},[221,15097,13023],{},[48,15099,15100],{},"ORES, RESA, REW",[27,15102,15103,15107],{},[48,15104,15105],{},[221,15106,13048],{},[48,15108,9316],{},[5707,15110,15112],{"id":15111},"registration-process","Registration Process",[5055,15114,15115,15121,15127,15133,15139],{},[714,15116,15117,15120],{},[221,15118,15119],{},"Before installation:"," Application for grid connection \u002F capacity increase with the DSO (often required for systems > 5 kVA).",[714,15122,15123,15126],{},[221,15124,15125],{},"After installation:"," Submit the installer's declaration of conformity.",[714,15128,15129,15132],{},[221,15130,15131],{},"AREI inspection:"," By an approved control body (e.g., BTV, Vincotte, AIB).",[714,15134,15135,15138],{},[221,15136,15137],{},"Meter change:"," Switch to a bidirectional (digital) meter.",[714,15140,15141,15144],{},[221,15142,15143],{},"Activation:"," Grid operator authorises feed-in.",[5707,15146,15148],{"id":15147},"required-documents","Required Documents",[711,15150,15151,15154,15156,15159,15167,15170],{},[714,15152,15153],{},"Single-line diagram (including PV system)",[714,15155,7032],{},[714,15157,15158],{},"PV module datasheet",[714,15160,15161,15162,15164,15165,306],{},"Inverter datasheet – the inverter must be on the Synergrid C10\u002F26 list, verifiable with the ",[203,15163,7791],{"href":7449}," (background: ",[203,15166,15062],{"href":15061},[714,15168,15169],{},"Installer's declaration of conformity",[714,15171,15172],{},"AREI inspection report",[5707,15174,15176],{"id":15175},"deadlines","Deadlines",[711,15178,15179,15189,15198],{},[714,15180,15181,15184,15185,15188],{},[221,15182,15183],{},"Fluvius (Flanders):"," Registration within ",[221,15186,15187],{},"30 days"," of commissioning.",[714,15190,15191,15194,15195,15197],{},[221,15192,15193],{},"ORES (Wallonia):"," Registration ",[221,15196,10729],{}," commissioning recommended.",[714,15199,15200,15203],{},[221,15201,15202],{},"Sibelga (Brussels):"," Pre-registration for systems > 5 kVA.",[7888,15205],{},[12,15207,15209],{"id":15208},"self-consumption-vs-feed-in","Self-Consumption vs. Feed-In",[5707,15211,15213],{"id":15212},"flanders-digital-meter","Flanders: Digital Meter",[17,15215,15216,15217,15220],{},"Since 2021, all analogue meters in Flanders are being progressively replaced with ",[221,15218,15219],{},"digital meters",". The digital meter measures consumption and injection separately:",[711,15222,15223,15229,15235],{},[714,15224,15225,15228],{},[221,15226,15227],{},"Self-consumption"," is directly offset (no grid charges).",[714,15230,15231,15234],{},[221,15232,15233],{},"Feed-in"," is compensated at the current market price (injection tariff).",[714,15236,15237,15240],{},[221,15238,15239],{},"Grid consumption"," is charged at the normal rate.",[9557,15242,15243],{},[17,15244,15245,15247],{},[221,15246,14972],{}," Maximise self-consumption through smart control (heat pump, boiler, EV charger during daytime).",[5707,15249,15251],{"id":15250},"wallonia-prosumer-tariff","Wallonia: Prosumer Tariff",[17,15253,15254,15255,15258],{},"In Wallonia, since 2024, the ",[221,15256,15257],{},"prosumer tariff"," applies:",[711,15260,15261,15268,15271],{},[714,15262,15263,15264,15267],{},"Compensation between injection and consumption on an ",[221,15265,15266],{},"annual basis"," (until end of 2030).",[714,15269,15270],{},"From 2031, gradual transition to real-time metering.",[714,15272,15273,15274,212],{},"Grid charges are calculated based on ",[221,15275,15276],{},"annual consumption",[5707,15278,13048],{"id":13047},[711,15280,15281,15287],{},[714,15282,15283,15286],{},[221,15284,15285],{},"Green certificate system",": Green certificates per MWh produced.",[714,15288,15289],{},"Compensation via the meter is possible (depending on meter type).",[7888,15291],{},[12,15293,15295],{"id":15294},"battery-integration-in-the-diagram","Battery Integration in the Diagram",[17,15297,15298],{},"If you add battery storage, the diagram is extended:",[5707,15300,15302],{"id":15301},"additional-components","Additional Components",[5525,15304,15307],{"className":15305,"code":15306,"language":5530},[5528],"Inverter (hybrid inverter)\n   │\n   ├── AC output → Main board (as above)\n   │\n   └── DC battery connection\n         │\n         ├── Battery disconnect switch (DC)\n         │\n         ├── BMS (Battery Management System, internal)\n         │\n         └── Battery storage (e.g. 10 kWh LFP)\n",[4083,15308,15306],{"__ignoreMap":1214},[5707,15310,15312],{"id":15311},"backup-power-switching-optional","Backup Power Switching (Optional)",[17,15314,15315],{},"For a backup-power-capable system, add:",[711,15317,15318,15324,15330],{},[714,15319,15320,15323],{},[221,15321,15322],{},"Transfer switch"," (automatic or manual): Isolates the house from the grid and powers it from the battery.",[714,15325,15326,15327,212],{},"Must be drawn in the single-line diagram as a ",[221,15328,15329],{},"changeover switch",[714,15331,15332],{},"Backup circuits must be identified.",[9557,15334,15335],{},[17,15336,15337,15340,15341,15344],{},[221,15338,15339],{},"AREI requirement:"," For backup power systems, it must be ensured that ",[221,15342,15343],{},"no back-feed to the grid"," occurs when the grid is disconnected (anti-islanding protection).",[7888,15346],{},[12,15348,15350],{"id":15349},"arei-special-rules-for-pv-art-7112","AREI Special Rules for PV (Art. 7.112)",[17,15352,15353,15354,15357,15358,15361],{},"The AREI dedicates a specific section to domestic low-voltage PV systems ",[221,15355,15356],{},"up to 10 kVA"," — ",[221,15359,15360],{},"Art. 7.112"," (these special rules do not apply to systems > 10 kVA). The special measures under Art. 7.112.2 are: provision of the documentation per Section 9.1.2, marking of DC conductors and active AC conductors, warning signs (\"Do not switch off under load\" \u002F \"Electrical installation is always live\"), and earthing of the module frames. Beyond that, there is further good practice and manufacturer\u002Fgrid operator requirements:",[21,15363,15364,15376],{},[24,15365,15366],{},[27,15367,15368,15370,15373],{},[30,15369,423],{},[30,15371,15372],{},"Details",[30,15374,15375],{},"Basis",[43,15377,15378,15391,15403,15415,15427,15440,15452,15465],{},[27,15379,15380,15385,15388],{},[48,15381,15382],{},[221,15383,15384],{},"Conductor marking",[48,15386,15387],{},"Mark DC conductors and active AC conductors",[48,15389,15390],{},"Art. 7.112.2",[27,15392,15393,15398,15401],{},[48,15394,15395],{},[221,15396,15397],{},"Warning signs",[48,15399,15400],{},"\"Do not switch off under load\" and \"Electrical installation is always live\" (or equivalent)",[48,15402,15390],{},[27,15404,15405,15410,15413],{},[48,15406,15407],{},[221,15408,15409],{},"Earthing module frames",[48,15411,15412],{},"Protective conductor ≥ 2.5 mm² (with) or ≥ 4 mm² (without mechanical protection)",[48,15414,15390],{},[27,15416,15417,15421,15424],{},[48,15418,15419],{},[221,15420,12649],{},[48,15422,15423],{},"Easily accessible, clearly marked",[48,15425,15426],{},"Good practice \u002F manufacturer",[27,15428,15429,15434,15437],{},[48,15430,15431],{},[221,15432,15433],{},"DC cable routing",[48,15435,15436],{},"Run separately from AC cables (dedicated trunking\u002Fconduit)",[48,15438,15439],{},"Good practice \u002F IEC",[27,15441,15442,15447,15450],{},[48,15443,15444],{},[221,15445,15446],{},"Cable protection class",[48,15448,15449],{},"DC cable min. Class II (double insulated)",[48,15451,15439],{},[27,15453,15454,15459,15462],{},[48,15455,15456],{},[221,15457,15458],{},"Lightning protection",[48,15460,15461],{},"For buildings with lightning protection: integrate PV into lightning protection concept",[48,15463,15464],{},"Good practice",[27,15466,15467,15472,15475],{},[48,15468,15469],{},[221,15470,15471],{},"Roof mounting",[48,15473,15474],{},"No AREI requirement, but building regulations (wind load, structural) apply",[48,15476,15477],{},"Building regulations",[5707,15479,15481],{"id":15480},"building-signage","Building Signage",[17,15483,15484,15485,15488],{},"According to the AREI, a ",[221,15486,15487],{},"warning sign"," must be affixed to the building indicating the PV system:",[711,15490,15491,15498,15502],{},[714,15492,15493,15494,15497],{},"At the ",[221,15495,15496],{},"meter box"," or main board",[714,15499,15493,15500],{},[221,15501,12649],{},[714,15503,15493,15504,15507],{},[221,15505,15506],{},"building entrance"," (firefighter information)",[17,15509,15510,15511],{},"Text: ",[60,15512,15513],{},"\"Warning: Photovoltaic installation. DC voltage may be present even when the grid is disconnected.\"",[7888,15515],{},[12,15517,15519],{"id":15518},"planelec-pv-in-the-single-line-diagram","PlanElec: PV in the Single-Line Diagram",[17,15521,15522],{},"With PlanElec, you can document your PV system directly in the single-line diagram:",[711,15524,15525,15528,15531,15534],{},[714,15526,15527],{},"Add PV modules as a source",[714,15529,15530],{},"Place inverter and protection devices",[714,15532,15533],{},"Guided self-check for recorded protective devices and project data",[714,15535,15536],{},"PDF export for further review by a contractor, grid operator, or inspection body",[7888,15538],{},[12,15540,13866],{"id":7869},[711,15542,15543,15549,15554,15558],{},[714,15544,15545],{},[203,15546,15548],{"href":15547},"\u002Fen\u002Fblog\u002Fwhat-is-single-line-diagram","What Is a Single-Line Diagram?",[714,15550,15551],{},[203,15552,15553],{"href":567},"Distribution Board Planning: Layout and Sizing",[714,15555,15556],{},[203,15557,11761],{"href":1582},[714,15559,15560],{},[203,15561,15562],{"href":6257},"Electrical Inspection in Belgium",[7888,15564],{},[17,15566,15567],{},[60,15568,15569,15570,15572,15573],{},"Document the inverter, protection devices, and battery storage with ",[221,15571,5844],{}," in the single-line diagram. The self-check is advisory; have the documents reviewed before submission. ",[203,15574,8434],{"href":7900},[12,15576,15578],{"id":15577},"final-dossier-review-before-inspection-and-notification","Final dossier review before inspection and notification",[17,15580,15581],{},"Freeze the installed configuration before assembling the dossier. Record the exact module, inverter and storage references, firmware where the homologation entry specifies it, AC and DC ratings, string allocation, protective devices, isolating points, conductor types and routes. A quotation or generic family brochure does not prove which device and firmware were installed. Photographs of labels can support traceability but do not replace the required diagrams or declarations.",[17,15583,15584,15585,15589],{},"Check the official ",[203,15586,15588],{"href":6629,"rel":15587},[5393],"Synergrid C10\u002F26 homologation page"," against the exact product designation and restrictions. A list match concerns the network-interface type; it does not approve the complete installation, cable design or AREI dossier. Plug-and-play equipment has its own listed scope. If a product is missing or ambiguous, ask the manufacturer or importer and the relevant network operator rather than selecting a similar name.",[17,15591,15592],{},"Reconcile the single-line diagram, situation plan and installed equipment point by point. Show where AC and DC can remain energised, identify switching and isolation devices, and keep manufacturer instructions plus commissioning settings with the dossier. The approved control body evaluates the electrical installation; the distribution network operator applies its own notification and connection process. These are distinct decisions, so an inspection report should not be described as network approval and a C10\u002F26 entry should not be described as an inspection pass.",[17,15594,15595],{},"When the system changes, update the documents before reusing them: replacement inverter, added strings, a battery retrofit or altered protection can change several pages. Preserve the previous version and date the new as-built state. AREI Book 1 V06, especially chapter 7.112 and part 9, is the official safety and dossier basis; the manufacturer's current instructions remain essential for the exact equipment.",{"title":1214,"searchDepth":1215,"depth":1215,"links":15597},[15598,15599,15603,15608,15609,15615,15620,15624,15627,15628,15629],{"id":14627,"depth":1215,"text":14628},{"id":14672,"depth":1215,"text":14673,"children":15600},[15601,15602],{"id":14679,"depth":5869,"text":14680},{"id":14689,"depth":5869,"text":14690},{"id":14773,"depth":1215,"text":14774,"children":15604},[15605,15606,15607],{"id":14777,"depth":5869,"text":14778},{"id":14851,"depth":5869,"text":14852},{"id":14907,"depth":5869,"text":14908},{"id":14982,"depth":1215,"text":14983},{"id":12738,"depth":1215,"text":12739,"children":15610},[15611,15612,15613,15614],{"id":15069,"depth":5869,"text":15070},{"id":15111,"depth":5869,"text":15112},{"id":15147,"depth":5869,"text":15148},{"id":15175,"depth":5869,"text":15176},{"id":15208,"depth":1215,"text":15209,"children":15616},[15617,15618,15619],{"id":15212,"depth":5869,"text":15213},{"id":15250,"depth":5869,"text":15251},{"id":13047,"depth":5869,"text":13048},{"id":15294,"depth":1215,"text":15295,"children":15621},[15622,15623],{"id":15301,"depth":5869,"text":15302},{"id":15311,"depth":5869,"text":15312},{"id":15349,"depth":1215,"text":15350,"children":15625},[15626],{"id":15480,"depth":5869,"text":15481},{"id":15518,"depth":1215,"text":15519},{"id":7869,"depth":1215,"text":13866},{"id":15577,"depth":1215,"text":15578},"2026-04-21","Complete guide to documenting a PV system in the single-line diagram. Protection devices, grid operator registration, battery integration, and AREI Art. 7.112.",{},"\u002Fblog\u002Fpv-system-documentation.en",{"title":14616,"description":15631},"pv-system-diagram","blog\u002Fpv-system-documentation.en",[15638,9318,1251,1244,7966,15639,15640,9314],"PV","grid operator","battery","huZKzSw8IPxQrLgbu43s-vvMzH_2WPnAmcmO6HdXgY8",{"id":15643,"title":15644,"articleId":15645,"body":15646,"category":1230,"date":16489,"description":16490,"extension":1233,"lastUpdated":5450,"locale":1234,"meta":16491,"navigation":1236,"path":16492,"publishDate":16489,"readTime":8455,"refreshInterval":1239,"seo":16493,"slug":16494,"stem":16495,"tags":16496,"__hash__":16499},"blog\u002Fblog\u002Fold-building-arei-part8.en.md","Old Buildings and AREI Part 8: Special Rules for Existing Installations","old-building-arei-part8",{"type":9,"value":15647,"toc":16451},[15648,15655,15657,15661,15668,15679,15686,15688,15692,15698,15702,15705,15709,15716,15720,15745,15753,15755,15759,15762,15766,15804,15808,15844,15855,15859,15862,15891,15895,15901,15905,15926,15930,15933,15935,15939,15946,15950,16043,16047,16050,16076,16078,16080,16084,16087,16091,16098,16110,16114,16184,16196,16198,16202,16208,16212,16219,16239,16243,16261,16263,16267,16274,16278,16292,16296,16307,16311,16322,16326,16329,16333,16387,16389,16391,16414,16416,16427,16431,16434,16437,16440,16448],[17,15649,15650,15651,15654],{},"Not every electrical installation in Belgium needs to comply with the latest AREI\u002FRGIE regulations. For older buildings, ",[221,15652,15653],{},"Part 8 (Partie 8)"," provides a dedicated set of rules that tolerates certain deviations from the current standard — as long as no immediate danger exists. This article explains when Part 8 applies, what is permitted, and where the limits lie.",[7888,15656],{},[12,15658,15660],{"id":15659},"what-is-part-8","What Is Part 8?",[17,15662,15663,15664,15667],{},"Part 8 of the AREI (Algemeen Reglement op de Elektrische Installaties \u002F Règlement Général sur les Installations Électriques) is a ",[221,15665,15666],{},"special regulation for existing installations"," that were constructed and approved before the current AREI came into force.",[17,15669,15670,15671,15674,15675,15678],{},"The basic principle: as long as an installation functions ",[221,15672,15673],{},"safely"," and poses ",[221,15676,15677],{},"no immediate danger",", it does not need to be fully brought up to the latest standards — even if it does not meet all current requirements.",[9557,15680,15681],{},[17,15682,15683,15685],{},[221,15684,13583],{}," Part 8 is not a free pass. It clearly defines which deviations are tolerated and which are not.",[7888,15687],{},[12,15689,15691],{"id":15690},"when-does-part-8-apply","When Does Part 8 Apply?",[17,15693,15694,15695,15697],{},"Part 8 applies to installations that meet ",[221,15696,3123],{}," of the following conditions:",[5707,15699,15701],{"id":15700},"condition-1-installation-before-01101981","Condition 1: Installation Before 01.10.1981",[17,15703,15704],{},"Installations constructed before 1 October 1981 (the date the original AREI came into force) fall under Part 8 by default.",[5707,15706,15708],{"id":15707},"condition-2-approved-under-the-old-arei","Condition 2: Approved Under the Old AREI",[17,15710,15711,15712,15715],{},"Installations that were approved under a previous version of the AREI and have ",[221,15713,15714],{},"not been substantially modified"," since the last approval.",[5707,15717,15719],{"id":15718},"what-counts-as-a-substantial-modification","What Counts as a \"Substantial Modification\"?",[711,15721,15722,15728,15733,15739],{},[714,15723,15724,15725],{},"Adding ",[221,15726,15727],{},"new circuits",[714,15729,15730,15731],{},"Expanding the ",[221,15732,1250],{},[714,15734,15735,15736],{},"Modifying the ",[221,15737,15738],{},"metering installation",[714,15740,15741,15742],{},"Extensive ",[221,15743,15744],{},"rewiring",[9557,15746,15747],{},[17,15748,15749,15752],{},[221,15750,15751],{},"Note:"," Small changes such as replacing a socket outlet or switch do NOT count as a substantial modification.",[7888,15754],{},[12,15756,15758],{"id":15757},"what-is-permitted-under-part-8-tolerated-deviations","What Is Permitted Under Part 8? (Tolerated Deviations)",[17,15760,15761],{},"The following points deviate from the current AREI but are tolerated under Part 8 during inspection:",[5707,15763,15765],{"id":15764},"_1-old-cable-types","1. Old Cable Types",[21,15767,15768,15778],{},[24,15769,15770],{},[27,15771,15772,15775],{},[30,15773,15774],{},"Current AREI",[30,15776,15777],{},"Part 8 tolerates",[43,15779,15780,15788,15796],{},[27,15781,15782,15785],{},[48,15783,15784],{},"XVB \u002F VOBst in Preflex",[48,15786,15787],{},"VOB cables in old conduits",[27,15789,15790,15793],{},[48,15791,15792],{},"Cca fire reaction class",[48,15794,15795],{},"Older cable types without CPR classification",[27,15797,15798,15801],{},[48,15799,15800],{},"Minimum cross-section 2.5 mm² for sockets",[48,15802,15803],{},"Minimum 1 mm² with max. 6A fuse or 10A MCB (Art. 8.2.1 Nr. 5)",[5707,15805,15807],{"id":15806},"_2-residual-current-devices-rcd","2. Residual Current Devices (RCD)",[21,15809,15810,15818],{},[24,15811,15812],{},[27,15813,15814,15816],{},[30,15815,15774],{},[30,15817,15777],{},[43,15819,15820,15828,15836],{},[27,15821,15822,15825],{},[48,15823,15824],{},"30 mA RCD per socket circuit",[48,15826,15827],{},"No 30 mA RCD needed (only 300 mA main RCD)",[27,15829,15830,15833],{},[48,15831,15832],{},"30 mA RCD mandatory for bathroom",[48,15834,15835],{},"Remains mandatory (not covered by the Part 8 deviation, Art. 4.2.4.3 b No. 3 \u002F Art. 7.1.4.3)",[27,15837,15838,15841],{},[48,15839,15840],{},"Max. 8 circuits per RCD",[48,15842,15843],{},"More circuits permitted",[9557,15845,15846],{},[17,15847,15848,15850,15851,15854],{},[221,15849,15751],{}," Even under Part 8, a ",[221,15852,15853],{},"300 mA main RCD"," is recommended and often required by the grid operator when a new meter is installed.",[5707,15856,15858],{"id":15857},"_3-socket-outlets-without-earth-contact","3. Socket Outlets Without Earth Contact",[17,15860,15861],{},"Old socket outlets (type C, without earth pin) are tolerated under Part 8, provided that:",[711,15863,15864,15871,15878,15888],{},[714,15865,15866,15867,15870],{},"The socket is protected by a ",[221,15868,15869],{},"high or very high sensitivity RCD"," (max. 30 mA) (Art. 8.2.1 No. 6 letter b).",[714,15872,15873,15874,15877],{},"No ",[221,15875,15876],{},"Class I"," appliances (with metal housing) are connected.",[714,15879,15880,15881,15884,15885,212],{},"The socket is not in the ",[221,15882,15883],{},"bathroom"," or in a ",[221,15886,15887],{},"damp location",[714,15889,15890],{},"The circuit is otherwise intact.",[5707,15892,15894],{"id":15893},"_4-no-spd-surge-protection","4. No SPD (Surge Protection)",[17,15896,15897,15898,212],{},"The current AREI requires a Type 2 SPD (Surge Protection Device) for new installations. Under Part 8, this is ",[221,15899,15900],{},"not required",[5707,15902,15904],{"id":15903},"_5-old-distribution-technology","5. Old Distribution Technology",[711,15906,15907,15913,15919],{},[714,15908,15909,15912],{},[221,15910,15911],{},"Fuses"," instead of MCBs are permitted.",[714,15914,15915,15918],{},[221,15916,15917],{},"Screw-type fuses"," (Diazed) are tolerated.",[714,15920,15921,15922,15925],{},"Missing ",[221,15923,15924],{},"labelling"," is noted as a deficiency but does not cause a failure.",[5707,15927,15929],{"id":15928},"_6-no-fire-reaction-classification-of-cables","6. No Fire Reaction Classification of Cables",[17,15931,15932],{},"Cables without CPR classification (installed before 2017) are tolerated, as the CPR regulation only applies from July 2017 for new installations.",[7888,15934],{},[12,15936,15938],{"id":15937},"what-is-not-permitted-even-under-part-8","What Is NOT Permitted (Even Under Part 8)?",[17,15940,15941,15942,15945],{},"Certain conditions are ",[221,15943,15944],{},"never tolerated",", regardless of the installation's age:",[5707,15947,15949],{"id":15948},"absolutely-impermissible","Absolutely Impermissible:",[21,15951,15952,15961],{},[24,15953,15954],{},[27,15955,15956,15959],{},[30,15957,15958],{},"Condition",[30,15960,14923],{},[43,15962,15963,15973,15983,15993,16003,16013,16023,16033],{},[27,15964,15965,15970],{},[48,15966,15967],{},[221,15968,15969],{},"Bare or damaged cables",[48,15971,15972],{},"Immediate electrocution risk",[27,15974,15975,15980],{},[48,15976,15977],{},[221,15978,15979],{},"Complete absence of earthing",[48,15981,15982],{},"No protection in case of insulation fault",[27,15984,15985,15990],{},[48,15986,15987],{},[221,15988,15989],{},"Water in contact with electrics",[48,15991,15992],{},"Danger to life",[27,15994,15995,16000],{},[48,15996,15997],{},[221,15998,15999],{},"Accessible live parts",[48,16001,16002],{},"Direct contact risk",[27,16004,16005,16010],{},[48,16006,16007],{},[221,16008,16009],{},"Overheated cables or connections",[48,16011,16012],{},"Fire risk",[27,16014,16015,16020],{},[48,16016,16017],{},[221,16018,16019],{},"Loose connections in junction boxes",[48,16021,16022],{},"Arc\u002Ffire risk",[27,16024,16025,16030],{},[48,16026,16027],{},[221,16028,16029],{},"Junction boxes without covers",[48,16031,16032],{},"Contact protection missing",[27,16034,16035,16040],{},[48,16036,16037],{},[221,16038,16039],{},"Bathroom socket in zone 0 or 1",[48,16041,16042],{},"Danger to life, prohibited even under Part 8",[5707,16044,16046],{"id":16045},"safety-related-minimum-requirements","Safety-Related Minimum Requirements:",[17,16048,16049],{},"Even under Part 8, the following must be ensured:",[711,16051,16052,16058,16064,16070],{},[714,16053,16054,16057],{},[221,16055,16056],{},"Adequate cross-section"," for the actual load (no overloaded 0.75 mm² cable).",[714,16059,16060,16063],{},[221,16061,16062],{},"Functioning fuses"," (no \"bridged\" fuses).",[714,16065,16066,16069],{},[221,16067,16068],{},"Earthing of the main board"," (connection to earth electrode).",[714,16071,16072,16075],{},[221,16073,16074],{},"Accessibility"," of the distribution board.",[7888,16077],{},[12,16079,11956],{"id":11955},[5707,16081,16083],{"id":16082},"periodicity-depends-on-the-installation-history","Periodicity depends on the installation history",[17,16085,16086],{},"A blanket “every old installation every 25 years” statement is not accurate. The FPS Economy distinguishes installations already controlled under the AREI from old pre-1 October 1981 installations that were never brought into that control history. Sale, significant modification or extension, power increase and earlier report conditions can trigger different visits and deadlines. Check the official case guidance and the latest report.",[5707,16088,16090],{"id":16089},"on-change-of-ownership","On Change of Ownership",[17,16092,16093,16094,16097],{},"When ",[221,16095,16096],{},"selling a property",", a valid inspection certificate (less than 25 years old) is mandatory. If none exists, an inspection must be carried out before the sale.",[9557,16099,16100],{},[17,16101,16102,16105,16106,16109],{},[221,16103,16104],{},"18-month deadline (Art. 8.4.2.2):"," When purchasing a property with a negative inspection report, the buyer has ",[221,16107,16108],{},"18 months"," from the purchase date to remedy the defects and have a re-inspection carried out.",[5707,16111,16113],{"id":16112},"what-is-checked-during-the-periodic-inspection","What Is Checked During the Periodic Inspection?",[21,16115,16116,16126],{},[24,16117,16118],{},[27,16119,16120,16123],{},[30,16121,16122],{},"Inspection Point",[30,16124,16125],{},"Assessment",[43,16127,16128,16136,16144,16152,16160,16168,16176],{},[27,16129,16130,16133],{},[48,16131,16132],{},"Visual inspection of cables and connections",[48,16134,16135],{},"Damage, overheating",[27,16137,16138,16141],{},[48,16139,16140],{},"Earth resistance measurement",[48,16142,16143],{},"≤ 30 Ohm (regulatory threshold per Art. 4.2.4.3b; above this, additional protective measures required)",[27,16145,16146,16149],{},[48,16147,16148],{},"Insulation resistance measurement",[48,16150,16151],{},"> 0.5 MOhm",[27,16153,16154,16157],{},[48,16155,16156],{},"RCD test (if present)",[48,16158,16159],{},"Trip time and current",[27,16161,16162,16165],{},[48,16163,16164],{},"Short-circuit protection check",[48,16166,16167],{},"Fuses \u002F MCBs present",[27,16169,16170,16173],{},[48,16171,16172],{},"Protection against direct contact",[48,16174,16175],{},"Covers, IP protection",[27,16177,16178,16181],{},[48,16179,16180],{},"Documentation",[48,16182,16183],{},"Single-line diagram + situation plan present?",[9557,16185,16186],{},[17,16187,16188,15850,16190,16192,16193,16195],{},[221,16189,15751],{},[221,16191,1251],{}," and a ",[221,16194,2008],{}," must be available — even if they need to be created retrospectively.",[7888,16197],{},[12,16199,16201],{"id":16200},"the-contamination-rule-for-partial-renovations","The Contamination Rule for Partial Renovations",[17,16203,16204,16205,212],{},"A particularly important aspect for old buildings: the so-called ",[221,16206,16207],{},"contamination rule",[5707,16209,16211],{"id":16210},"how-does-it-work","How Does It Work?",[17,16213,16214,16215,16218],{},"When you ",[221,16216,16217],{},"substantially modify"," part of your installation (e.g., adding new circuits):",[5055,16220,16221,16227,16233],{},[714,16222,1764,16223,16226],{},[221,16224,16225],{},"new part"," must fully comply with the current AREI.",[714,16228,1764,16229,16232],{},[221,16230,16231],{},"existing part"," continues to be assessed under Part 8.",[714,16234,16235,16238],{},[221,16236,16237],{},"BUT:"," If the new part \"contaminates\" the existing part (e.g., new cables in the same distribution board), the inspector may decide that the entire board must comply with the current AREI.",[5707,16240,16242],{"id":16241},"practical-consequences","Practical Consequences:",[711,16244,16245,16251,16258],{},[714,16246,16247,16248,212],{},"Plan renovations so that new and old parts are ",[221,16249,16250],{},"clearly separated",[714,16252,16253,16254,16257],{},"Ideally, use a ",[221,16255,16256],{},"separate sub-board"," for new circuits.",[714,16259,16260],{},"Document precisely what is old and what is new.",[7888,16262],{},[12,16264,16266],{"id":16265},"recommendation-gradual-modernisation","Recommendation: Gradual Modernisation",[17,16268,16269,16270,16273],{},"Even though Part 8 tolerates deviations, ",[221,16271,16272],{},"gradual modernisation"," is recommended:",[5707,16275,16277],{"id":16276},"priority-1-safety-critical","Priority 1 (Safety-Critical)",[711,16279,16280,16283,16286,16289],{},[714,16281,16282],{},"Retrofit a 300 mA main RCD (if not present)",[714,16284,16285],{},"Replace damaged cables",[714,16287,16288],{},"Fix loose connections",[714,16290,16291],{},"Check and improve earthing if necessary",[5707,16293,16295],{"id":16294},"priority-2-recommended","Priority 2 (Recommended)",[711,16297,16298,16301,16304],{},[714,16299,16300],{},"30 mA group RCDs for bathroom and kitchen",[714,16302,16303],{},"Replace old fuses with MCBs",[714,16305,16306],{},"Retrofit SPD Type 2",[5707,16308,16310],{"id":16309},"priority-3-comfort-future-proofing","Priority 3 (Comfort + Future-Proofing)",[711,16312,16313,16316,16319],{},[714,16314,16315],{},"Modernise the board (more rows, labelling)",[714,16317,16318],{},"Retrofit socket outlets with earth",[714,16320,16321],{},"Preparation for EV charger \u002F PV system",[5707,16323,16325],{"id":16324},"scope-work-before-pricing","Scope work before pricing",[17,16327,16328],{},"Do not use a generic online price range as a factual budget. Have the existing installation inventoried, classify safety defects separately from optional improvements, and request a dated quotation for the actual building. Cable routes, finishes, accessibility, board condition and the intended renovation scope change the work materially.",[12,16330,16332],{"id":16331},"summary","Summary",[21,16334,16335,16345],{},[24,16336,16337],{},[27,16338,16339,16342],{},[30,16340,16341],{},"Question",[30,16343,16344],{},"Answer",[43,16346,16347,16355,16363,16371,16379],{},[27,16348,16349,16352],{},[48,16350,16351],{},"Does my old building need to comply with the current AREI?",[48,16353,16354],{},"Not fully, Part 8 permits deviations",[27,16356,16357,16360],{},[48,16358,16359],{},"Do I need a 30 mA RCD?",[48,16361,16362],{},"Not mandatory under Part 8, but strongly recommended",[27,16364,16365,16368],{},[48,16366,16367],{},"Are old sockets without earth permitted?",[48,16369,16370],{},"Under conditions yes (no bathroom, no Class I appliances)",[27,16372,16373,16376],{},[48,16374,16375],{},"How often must inspections take place?",[48,16377,16378],{},"Depends on control history and trigger; sale rules are case-specific",[27,16380,16381,16384],{},[48,16382,16383],{},"What about partial renovation?",[48,16385,16386],{},"New part = current AREI, old part = Part 8 (scope must be established from the regulation)",[7888,16388],{},[12,16390,13866],{"id":7869},[711,16392,16393,16398,16404,16409],{},[714,16394,16395],{},[203,16396,16397],{"href":6257},"Electrical Inspection in Belgium: What Is Checked?",[714,16399,16400],{},[203,16401,16403],{"href":16402},"\u002Fen\u002Fblog\u002Farei-2026-changes","What Changes with the AREI 2026?",[714,16405,16406],{},[203,16407,16408],{"href":1554},"Preflex vs. Open Wiring",[714,16410,16411],{},[203,16412,16413],{"href":567},"Distribution Board Planning",[7888,16415],{},[17,16417,16418],{},[60,16419,16420,16421,16423,16424],{},"For older buildings, ",[221,16422,5844],{}," helps build the single-line diagram and situation plan digitally. The self-check is advisory; have the documents and applicable derogations reviewed professionally. ",[203,16425,16426],{"href":7900},"Start for free →",[12,16428,16430],{"id":16429},"determine-the-legal-history-before-choosing-a-derogation","Determine the legal history before choosing a derogation",[17,16432,16433],{},"The date of the building is not enough. Build a timeline from earlier inspection reports, board labels, invoices, permits and visible construction. Identify which parts existed before 1 October 1981, which were later modified or extended, and whether those later works received a conformity inspection. Part 8 defines old installations and specific derogations; it does not turn every component in an old house into an exempt component.",[17,16435,16436],{},"Mark old and new parts on a working copy of the single-line diagram. For every proposed derogation, record the exact V06 provision, the circuit concerned, the evidence of age and the remaining safety conditions. If evidence is missing, label it unknown rather than assigning a date from cable colour or appearance. The approved control body determines whether the derogation applies to the actual installation.",[17,16438,16439],{},"Do not use the informal “contamination rule” as if it were an AREI article. A significant modification or extension is assessed under the applicable current provisions, while the status of existing parts depends on definitions, scope and inspection history. Shared boards and protective measures can make the boundary important, but the correct scope must be established from regulation and project, not a slogan. Ask the control body before work when the boundary affects the renovation strategy.",[17,16441,16442,16443,16447],{},"For a sale, follow the ",[203,16444,16446],{"href":11093,"rel":16445},[5393],"FPS Economy sale FAQ",". It distinguishes seller duties, buyer communication and the 18-month route after a negative sale inspection. That route is not interchangeable with the 12-month follow-up for other negative controls. The authentic deed date and report type matter.",[17,16449,16450],{},"The handover file should contain current diagrams, reports, declarations, instructions and subsequent modifications. PlanElec can help reconcile identifiers, but does not decide derogation eligibility or cover every Part 8 case. Reviewed on 29 August 2026 against Book 1 V06 and the FPS page updated 1 April 2026.",{"title":1214,"searchDepth":1215,"depth":1215,"links":16452},[16453,16454,16459,16467,16471,16476,16480,16486,16487,16488],{"id":15659,"depth":1215,"text":15660},{"id":15690,"depth":1215,"text":15691,"children":16455},[16456,16457,16458],{"id":15700,"depth":5869,"text":15701},{"id":15707,"depth":5869,"text":15708},{"id":15718,"depth":5869,"text":15719},{"id":15757,"depth":1215,"text":15758,"children":16460},[16461,16462,16463,16464,16465,16466],{"id":15764,"depth":5869,"text":15765},{"id":15806,"depth":5869,"text":15807},{"id":15857,"depth":5869,"text":15858},{"id":15893,"depth":5869,"text":15894},{"id":15903,"depth":5869,"text":15904},{"id":15928,"depth":5869,"text":15929},{"id":15937,"depth":1215,"text":15938,"children":16468},[16469,16470],{"id":15948,"depth":5869,"text":15949},{"id":16045,"depth":5869,"text":16046},{"id":11955,"depth":1215,"text":11956,"children":16472},[16473,16474,16475],{"id":16082,"depth":5869,"text":16083},{"id":16089,"depth":5869,"text":16090},{"id":16112,"depth":5869,"text":16113},{"id":16200,"depth":1215,"text":16201,"children":16477},[16478,16479],{"id":16210,"depth":5869,"text":16211},{"id":16241,"depth":5869,"text":16242},{"id":16265,"depth":1215,"text":16266,"children":16481},[16482,16483,16484,16485],{"id":16276,"depth":5869,"text":16277},{"id":16294,"depth":5869,"text":16295},{"id":16309,"depth":5869,"text":16310},{"id":16324,"depth":5869,"text":16325},{"id":16331,"depth":1215,"text":16332},{"id":7869,"depth":1215,"text":13866},{"id":16429,"depth":1215,"text":16430},"2026-04-14","What applies to older electrical installations in Belgium. AREI Part 8 explained: permitted deviations, periodic inspection, and tips for gradual modernisation.",{},"\u002Fblog\u002Fold-building-arei-part8.en",{"title":15644,"description":16490},"old-building-arei-part-8","blog\u002Fold-building-arei-part8.en",[16497,1244,9767,9766,9762,11847,16498],"old building","periodic","y1-nu9SVYmjq40UW8PulFYQ6Od1nX3ruefF5fhklc8g",{"id":16501,"title":16502,"articleId":16503,"body":16504,"category":1230,"date":17761,"description":17762,"extension":1233,"lastUpdated":5450,"locale":1234,"meta":17763,"navigation":1236,"path":17764,"publishDate":17761,"readTime":2000,"refreshInterval":1239,"seo":17765,"slug":17766,"stem":17767,"tags":17768,"__hash__":17773},"blog\u002Fblog\u002Fdistribution-board-planning.en.md","Distribution Board Planning: Layout and Sizing According to AREI\u002FRGIE","distribution-board-planning",{"type":9,"value":16505,"toc":17730},[16506,16509,16511,16515,16519,16530,16534,16545,16634,16638,16641,16709,16716,16718,16722,16725,16869,16880,16882,16886,16893,16897,16903,16907,16974,16977,16980,16982,16986,16990,16997,17001,17055,17057,17061,17068,17079,17083,17094,17096,17100,17103,17107,17188,17192,17302,17306,17409,17413,17512,17517,17519,17523,17617,17619,17623,17630,17641,17648,17652,17655,17658,17661,17664,17668,17672,17675,17678,17681,17692,17694,17696,17716,17718],[17,16507,16508],{},"The distribution board (also called consumer unit, fuse box, or electrical panel) is the heart of every electrical installation. This is where all circuits converge, where the protection devices sit that protect your home and family from electrical hazards. Thoughtful planning not only saves money but also prevents problems during the AREI\u002FRGIE inspection.",[7888,16510],{},[12,16512,16514],{"id":16513},"fundamentals-structure-of-a-distribution-board","Fundamentals: Structure of a Distribution Board",[5707,16516,16518],{"id":16517},"din-rail-omega-rail","DIN Rail (Omega Rail)",[17,16520,16521,16522,16525,16526,16529],{},"All modules in the board are snapped onto standardised ",[221,16523,16524],{},"DIN rails"," (35 mm omega rail per EN 60715). Each rail forms a ",[221,16527,16528],{},"row"," in the board.",[5707,16531,16533],{"id":16532},"module-units-te-units","Module Units (TE Units)",[17,16535,16536,16537,16540,16541,16544],{},"Module width is measured in ",[221,16538,16539],{},"TE"," (Teilungseinheiten \u002F division units). One TE equals ",[221,16542,16543],{},"18 mm",". Typical widths:",[21,16546,16547,16557],{},[24,16548,16549],{},[27,16550,16551,16554],{},[30,16552,16553],{},"Module",[30,16555,16556],{},"Width (TE)",[43,16558,16559,16567,16575,16583,16590,16598,16605,16612,16620,16627],{},[27,16560,16561,16564],{},[48,16562,16563],{},"MCB 1-pole",[48,16565,16566],{},"1 TE",[27,16568,16569,16572],{},[48,16570,16571],{},"MCB 2-pole",[48,16573,16574],{},"2 TE",[27,16576,16577,16580],{},[48,16578,16579],{},"MCB 3-pole",[48,16581,16582],{},"3 TE",[27,16584,16585,16588],{},[48,16586,16587],{},"RCD 2-pole (30 mA \u002F 300 mA)",[48,16589,16574],{},[27,16591,16592,16595],{},[48,16593,16594],{},"RCD 4-pole",[48,16596,16597],{},"4 TE",[27,16599,16600,16603],{},[48,16601,16602],{},"Main switch 2-pole",[48,16604,16574],{},[27,16606,16607,16610],{},[48,16608,16609],{},"Main switch 4-pole",[48,16611,16597],{},[27,16613,16614,16617],{},[48,16615,16616],{},"SPD (Surge Protection)",[48,16618,16619],{},"2–4 TE",[27,16621,16622,16625],{},[48,16623,16624],{},"Bell transformer",[48,16626,16574],{},[27,16628,16629,16632],{},[48,16630,16631],{},"Timer switch",[48,16633,16574],{},[5707,16635,16637],{"id":16636},"board-sizes","Board Sizes",[17,16639,16640],{},"Boards are sized by rows and TE per row:",[21,16642,16643,16658],{},[24,16644,16645],{},[27,16646,16647,16649,16652,16655],{},[30,16648,11196],{},[30,16650,16651],{},"Rows",[30,16653,16654],{},"TE per row",[30,16656,16657],{},"Total TE",[43,16659,16660,16672,16684,16696],{},[27,16661,16662,16665,16667,16670],{},[48,16663,16664],{},"1-row",[48,16666,4503],{},[48,16668,16669],{},"12–18",[48,16671,16669],{},[27,16673,16674,16677,16679,16681],{},[48,16675,16676],{},"2-row",[48,16678,4536],{},[48,16680,16669],{},[48,16682,16683],{},"24–36",[27,16685,16686,16689,16691,16693],{},[48,16687,16688],{},"3-row",[48,16690,4553],{},[48,16692,16669],{},[48,16694,16695],{},"36–54",[27,16697,16698,16701,16704,16706],{},[48,16699,16700],{},"4-row",[48,16702,16703],{},"4",[48,16705,16669],{},[48,16707,16708],{},"48–72",[9557,16710,16711],{},[17,16712,16713],{},[221,16714,16715],{},"For a typical single-family home, we recommend at least a 4-row board with 18 TE per row (72 TE total).",[7888,16717],{},[12,16719,16721],{"id":16720},"step-1-count-your-circuits","Step 1: Count Your Circuits",[17,16723,16724],{},"List all required circuits. For an average single-family home (3 bedrooms, 150 m²):",[21,16726,16727,16739],{},[24,16728,16729],{},[27,16730,16731,16734,16737],{},[30,16732,16733],{},"Type",[30,16735,16736],{},"Count",[30,16738,12674],{},[43,16740,16741,16752,16763,16773,16783,16792,16800,16808,16817,16826,16836,16845,16855],{},[27,16742,16743,16746,16749],{},[48,16744,16745],{},"Lighting",[48,16747,16748],{},"3–4 circuits",[48,16750,16751],{},"B10A or B16A",[27,16753,16754,16757,16760],{},[48,16755,16756],{},"General sockets",[48,16758,16759],{},"4–6 circuits",[48,16761,16762],{},"B16A",[27,16764,16765,16768,16770],{},[48,16766,16767],{},"Kitchen dedicated (oven)",[48,16769,4503],{},[48,16771,16772],{},"B20A or B32A",[27,16774,16775,16778,16780],{},[48,16776,16777],{},"Kitchen dedicated (hob)",[48,16779,4503],{},[48,16781,16782],{},"B32A (3-phase if needed)",[27,16784,16785,16788,16790],{},[48,16786,16787],{},"Kitchen dedicated (dishwasher)",[48,16789,4503],{},[48,16791,16762],{},[27,16793,16794,16796,16798],{},[48,16795,10166],{},[48,16797,4503],{},[48,16799,16762],{},[27,16801,16802,16804,16806],{},[48,16803,10172],{},[48,16805,4503],{},[48,16807,16762],{},[27,16809,16810,16813,16815],{},[48,16811,16812],{},"Bathroom sockets",[48,16814,4503],{},[48,16816,16762],{},[27,16818,16819,16822,16824],{},[48,16820,16821],{},"Outdoor sockets",[48,16823,4503],{},[48,16825,16762],{},[27,16827,16828,16831,16833],{},[48,16829,16830],{},"Water heater \u002F boiler",[48,16832,4503],{},[48,16834,16835],{},"B16A or B20A",[27,16837,16838,16841,16843],{},[48,16839,16840],{},"Garage",[48,16842,4503],{},[48,16844,16762],{},[27,16846,16847,16850,16852],{},[48,16848,16849],{},"EV charger (if applicable)",[48,16851,4503],{},[48,16853,16854],{},"B32A",[27,16856,16857,16862,16867],{},[48,16858,16859],{},[221,16860,16861],{},"Total",[48,16863,16864],{},[221,16865,16866],{},"17–20 circuits",[48,16868],{},[9557,16870,16871],{},[17,16872,16873,16875,16876,16879],{},[221,16874,14972],{}," Maximum ",[221,16877,16878],{},"8 single or multiple socket outlets"," per final circuit (AREI Art. 5.3.5.2b). Lighting circuits may have more points, but in practice max. 8 luminaires per circuit is recommended.",[7888,16881],{},[12,16883,16885],{"id":16884},"step-2-choose-protection-devices","Step 2: Choose Protection Devices",[17,16887,16888,16889,16892],{},"Protection devices are arranged ",[221,16890,16891],{},"hierarchically"," — from the supply (top) downward:",[5707,16894,16896],{"id":16895},"protection-hierarchy","Protection Hierarchy",[5525,16898,16901],{"className":16899,"code":16900,"language":5530},[5528],"Main switch (40A or 63A)\n   └── Main RCD 300 mA (Type A-S, selective)\n        ├── Group RCD 30 mA #1 (Type A)\n        │    ├── MCB Lighting ground floor (B10A)\n        │    ├── MCB Lighting first floor (B10A)\n        │    ├── MCB Sockets living room (B16A)\n        │    └── MCB Sockets hallway (B16A)\n        ├── Group RCD 30 mA #2 (Type A)\n        │    ├── MCB Sockets kitchen (B16A)\n        │    ├── MCB Oven (B20A)\n        │    ├── MCB Dishwasher (B16A)\n        │    └── MCB Sockets bedrooms (B16A)\n        └── Group RCD 30 mA #3 (Type A)\n             ├── MCB Washing machine (B16A)\n             ├── MCB Bathroom (B16A)\n             ├── MCB Outdoor (B16A)\n             └── MCB Garage (B16A)\n",[4083,16902,16900],{"__ignoreMap":1214},[5707,16904,16906],{"id":16905},"rcd-types","RCD Types",[21,16908,16909,16921],{},[24,16910,16911],{},[27,16912,16913,16915,16918],{},[30,16914,16733],{},[30,16916,16917],{},"Characteristic",[30,16919,16920],{},"Design boundary",[43,16922,16923,16936,16949,16961],{},[27,16924,16925,16930,16933],{},[48,16926,16927],{},[221,16928,16929],{},"up to 300 mA, min. Type A",[48,16931,16932],{},"Protection at the origin of the dwelling",[48,16934,16935],{},"Rating and poles must fit; Type S is only one option where time selectivity is demonstrated",[27,16937,16938,16943,16946],{},[48,16939,16940],{},[221,16941,16942],{},"up to 30 mA, Type A",[48,16944,16945],{},"High- or very-high-sensitivity protection",[48,16947,16948],{},"For the circuits listed by Art. 4.2.4.3b; additional equipment conditions still apply",[27,16950,16951,16955,16958],{},[48,16952,16953],{},[221,16954,14950],{},[48,16956,16957],{},"Also detects smooth DC residual currents",[48,16959,16960],{},"Only where the fault-current spectrum and equipment concept require it; not a blanket charger or inverter selection",[27,16962,16963,16968,16971],{},[48,16964,16965],{},[221,16966,16967],{},"Type F",[48,16969,16970],{},"Detects specified mixed-frequency currents",[48,16972,16973],{},"Use only where the load, product standard and manufacturer documentation call for this characteristic",[5707,16975,3831],{"id":16976},"selectivity",[17,16978,16979],{},"Selectivity does not mean that the upstream RCD “observes” whether a group RCD responded. It must be demonstrated from sensitivity, time-current characteristics, manufacturer coordination and the complete protection concept. A time-delayed device can form part of that design but cannot alone guarantee selectivity or that only the affected group RCD will trip.",[7888,16981],{},[12,16983,16985],{"id":16984},"step-3-allocate-to-rows","Step 3: Allocate to Rows",[5707,16987,16989],{"id":16988},"arei-rule-max-8-final-circuits-per-rcd","AREI Rule: Max. 8 Final Circuits per RCD",[17,16991,16992,16993,16996],{},"According to AREI Art. 4.2.4.3b, a maximum of ",[221,16994,16995],{},"8 final circuits"," may be connected downstream of one residual current device (RCD). In practice, 4–6 circuits per RCD are recommended for comfortable reserve.",[5707,16998,17000],{"id":16999},"typical-row-allocation","Typical Row Allocation",[21,17002,17003,17013],{},[24,17004,17005],{},[27,17006,17007,17010],{},[30,17008,17009],{},"Row",[30,17011,17012],{},"Contents",[43,17014,17015,17025,17035,17045],{},[27,17016,17017,17022],{},[48,17018,17019],{},[221,17020,17021],{},"Row 1",[48,17023,17024],{},"Main switch, Main RCD (300 mA), SPD, bell transformer if needed",[27,17026,17027,17032],{},[48,17028,17029],{},[221,17030,17031],{},"Row 2",[48,17033,17034],{},"Group RCD #1 (30 mA) + associated MCBs (lighting + living area sockets)",[27,17036,17037,17042],{},[48,17038,17039],{},[221,17040,17041],{},"Row 3",[48,17043,17044],{},"Group RCD #2 (30 mA) + associated MCBs (kitchen + bedrooms)",[27,17046,17047,17052],{},[48,17048,17049],{},[221,17050,17051],{},"Row 4",[48,17053,17054],{},"Group RCD #3 (30 mA) + associated MCBs (bathroom, outdoor, garage, utility)",[7888,17056],{},[12,17058,17060],{"id":17059},"step-4-plan-reserve-spaces","Step 4: Plan Reserve Spaces",[17,17062,17063,17064,17067],{},"Plan at least ",[221,17065,17066],{},"20% reserve spaces"," — ideally 30%. This means:",[711,17069,17070,17073],{},[714,17071,17072],{},"With 20 required MCBs → at least 4–6 free TE spaces.",[714,17074,17075,17076,212],{},"Empty spaces are closed with ",[221,17077,17078],{},"blanking plates",[17,17080,17081],{},[221,17082,14923],{},[711,17084,17085,17088,17091],{},[714,17086,17087],{},"Future additions (EV charger, air conditioning, sauna).",[714,17089,17090],{},"Redistribution if an RCD has too many circuits.",[714,17092,17093],{},"Avoiding an expensive board replacement.",[7888,17095],{},[12,17097,17099],{"id":17098},"example-layout-4-row-board-for-a-single-family-home","Example Layout: 4-Row Board for a Single-Family Home",[17,17101,17102],{},"Here is a complete example for a typical Belgian single-family home (3 BR, 150 m², no PV):",[5707,17104,17106],{"id":17105},"row-1-supply-protection-18-te","Row 1 — Supply & Protection (18 TE)",[21,17108,17109,17122],{},[24,17110,17111],{},[27,17112,17113,17116,17118,17120],{},[30,17114,17115],{},"Position",[30,17117,16553],{},[30,17119,16539],{},[30,17121,14790],{},[43,17123,17124,17137,17150,17162,17174],{},[27,17125,17126,17129,17132,17134],{},[48,17127,17128],{},"1–2",[48,17130,17131],{},"Main switch 2P",[48,17133,4536],{},[48,17135,17136],{},"40A main switch",[27,17138,17139,17142,17145,17147],{},[48,17140,17141],{},"3–4",[48,17143,17144],{},"Main RCD 2P",[48,17146,4536],{},[48,17148,17149],{},"300 mA Type A-S",[27,17151,17152,17155,17157,17159],{},[48,17153,17154],{},"5–8",[48,17156,10816],{},[48,17158,16703],{},[48,17160,17161],{},"Surge protection",[27,17163,17164,17167,17169,17171],{},[48,17165,17166],{},"9–10",[48,17168,16624],{},[48,17170,4536],{},[48,17172,17173],{},"8V doorbell",[27,17175,17176,17179,17182,17185],{},[48,17177,17178],{},"11–18",[48,17180,17181],{},"Reserve",[48,17183,17184],{},"8",[48,17186,17187],{},"Blanking plates",[5707,17189,17191],{"id":17190},"row-2-group-1-lighting-living-area-18-te","Row 2 — Group 1: Lighting + Living Area (18 TE)",[21,17193,17194,17206],{},[24,17195,17196],{},[27,17197,17198,17200,17202,17204],{},[30,17199,17115],{},[30,17201,16553],{},[30,17203,16539],{},[30,17205,14790],{},[43,17207,17208,17219,17231,17242,17254,17267,17279,17290],{},[27,17209,17210,17212,17215,17217],{},[48,17211,17128],{},[48,17213,17214],{},"Group RCD 30 mA",[48,17216,4536],{},[48,17218,14936],{},[27,17220,17221,17223,17226,17228],{},[48,17222,4553],{},[48,17224,17225],{},"MCB B10A",[48,17227,4503],{},[48,17229,17230],{},"Lighting ground floor",[27,17232,17233,17235,17237,17239],{},[48,17234,16703],{},[48,17236,17225],{},[48,17238,4503],{},[48,17240,17241],{},"Lighting first floor",[27,17243,17244,17247,17249,17251],{},[48,17245,17246],{},"5",[48,17248,17225],{},[48,17250,4503],{},[48,17252,17253],{},"Lighting basement\u002Foutdoor",[27,17255,17256,17259,17262,17264],{},[48,17257,17258],{},"6",[48,17260,17261],{},"MCB B16A",[48,17263,4503],{},[48,17265,17266],{},"Sockets living room",[27,17268,17269,17272,17274,17276],{},[48,17270,17271],{},"7",[48,17273,17261],{},[48,17275,4503],{},[48,17277,17278],{},"Sockets dining room",[27,17280,17281,17283,17285,17287],{},[48,17282,17184],{},[48,17284,17261],{},[48,17286,4503],{},[48,17288,17289],{},"Sockets hallway",[27,17291,17292,17295,17297,17300],{},[48,17293,17294],{},"9–18",[48,17296,17181],{},[48,17298,17299],{},"10",[48,17301,17187],{},[5707,17303,17305],{"id":17304},"row-3-group-2-kitchen-bedrooms-18-te","Row 3 — Group 2: Kitchen + Bedrooms (18 TE)",[21,17307,17308,17320],{},[24,17309,17310],{},[27,17311,17312,17314,17316,17318],{},[30,17313,17115],{},[30,17315,16553],{},[30,17317,16539],{},[30,17319,14790],{},[43,17321,17322,17332,17343,17355,17366,17377,17388,17399],{},[27,17323,17324,17326,17328,17330],{},[48,17325,17128],{},[48,17327,17214],{},[48,17329,4536],{},[48,17331,14936],{},[27,17333,17334,17336,17338,17340],{},[48,17335,4553],{},[48,17337,17261],{},[48,17339,4503],{},[48,17341,17342],{},"Kitchen sockets",[27,17344,17345,17347,17350,17352],{},[48,17346,16703],{},[48,17348,17349],{},"MCB B20A",[48,17351,4503],{},[48,17353,17354],{},"Oven (dedicated)",[27,17356,17357,17359,17361,17363],{},[48,17358,17246],{},[48,17360,17261],{},[48,17362,4503],{},[48,17364,17365],{},"Dishwasher (dedicated)",[27,17367,17368,17370,17372,17374],{},[48,17369,17258],{},[48,17371,17261],{},[48,17373,4503],{},[48,17375,17376],{},"Refrigerator (dedicated)",[27,17378,17379,17381,17383,17385],{},[48,17380,17271],{},[48,17382,17261],{},[48,17384,4503],{},[48,17386,17387],{},"Sockets bedroom 1",[27,17389,17390,17392,17394,17396],{},[48,17391,17184],{},[48,17393,17261],{},[48,17395,4503],{},[48,17397,17398],{},"Sockets bedrooms 2+3",[27,17400,17401,17403,17405,17407],{},[48,17402,17294],{},[48,17404,17181],{},[48,17406,17299],{},[48,17408,17187],{},[5707,17410,17412],{"id":17411},"row-4-group-3-bathroom-outdoor-utility-18-te","Row 4 — Group 3: Bathroom, Outdoor, Utility (18 TE)",[21,17414,17415,17427],{},[24,17416,17417],{},[27,17418,17419,17421,17423,17425],{},[30,17420,17115],{},[30,17422,16553],{},[30,17424,16539],{},[30,17426,14790],{},[43,17428,17429,17439,17449,17460,17471,17482,17492,17502],{},[27,17430,17431,17433,17435,17437],{},[48,17432,17128],{},[48,17434,17214],{},[48,17436,4536],{},[48,17438,14936],{},[27,17440,17441,17443,17445,17447],{},[48,17442,4553],{},[48,17444,17261],{},[48,17446,4503],{},[48,17448,16812],{},[27,17450,17451,17453,17455,17457],{},[48,17452,16703],{},[48,17454,17261],{},[48,17456,4503],{},[48,17458,17459],{},"Washing machine (dedicated)",[27,17461,17462,17464,17466,17468],{},[48,17463,17246],{},[48,17465,17261],{},[48,17467,4503],{},[48,17469,17470],{},"Tumble dryer (dedicated)",[27,17472,17473,17475,17477,17479],{},[48,17474,17258],{},[48,17476,17349],{},[48,17478,4503],{},[48,17480,17481],{},"Boiler (dedicated)",[27,17483,17484,17486,17488,17490],{},[48,17485,17271],{},[48,17487,17261],{},[48,17489,4503],{},[48,17491,16821],{},[27,17493,17494,17496,17498,17500],{},[48,17495,17184],{},[48,17497,17261],{},[48,17499,4503],{},[48,17501,16840],{},[27,17503,17504,17506,17508,17510],{},[48,17505,17294],{},[48,17507,17181],{},[48,17509,17299],{},[48,17511,17187],{},[17,17513,17514],{},[221,17515,17516],{},"Total: 18 MCBs + 4 RCDs + SPD + main switch + bell transformer = 34 TE occupied out of 72 TE → 53% reserve",[7888,17518],{},[12,17520,17522],{"id":17521},"common-mistakes-in-board-planning","Common Mistakes in Board Planning",[21,17524,17525,17538],{},[24,17526,17527],{},[27,17528,17529,17532,17535],{},[30,17530,17531],{},"Mistake",[30,17533,17534],{},"Consequence",[30,17536,17537],{},"Solution",[43,17539,17540,17551,17562,17573,17584,17595,17606],{},[27,17541,17542,17545,17548],{},[48,17543,17544],{},"Too few rows",[48,17546,17547],{},"No usable or thermal margin",[48,17549,17550],{},"Size from modules, wiring and enclosure data",[27,17552,17553,17556,17559],{},[48,17554,17555],{},"Omitting SPD without assessment",[48,17557,17558],{},"Protection concept remains unsupported",[48,17560,17561],{},"Assess applicability and selection for the project",[27,17563,17564,17567,17570],{},[48,17565,17566],{},"More than 8 final circuits per RCD",[48,17568,17569],{},"AREI non-compliance (Art. 4.2.4.3b)",[48,17571,17572],{},"Add an additional group RCD",[27,17574,17575,17578,17581],{},[48,17576,17577],{},"Missing labels",[48,17579,17580],{},"Remark during inspection",[48,17582,17583],{},"Label every MCB (circuit number + function)",[27,17585,17586,17589,17592],{},[48,17587,17588],{},"General residual-current protection missing",[48,17590,17591],{},"Supply-point protection chain is incomplete",[48,17593,17594],{},"Professionally verify the applicable arrangement up to 300 mA",[27,17596,17597,17600,17603],{},[48,17598,17599],{},"Choosing charger RCD by slogan",[48,17601,17602],{},"DC residual-current protection may be inadequate",[48,17604,17605],{},"Review chapter 7.22, integrated DC detection and manufacturer instructions together",[27,17607,17608,17611,17614],{},[48,17609,17610],{},"No usable reserve",[48,17612,17613],{},"Later work becomes needlessly difficult",[48,17615,17616],{},"Plan project-specific module, terminal and wiring margin",[7888,17618],{},[12,17620,17622],{"id":17621},"labelling-and-documentation","Labelling and Documentation",[17,17624,17625,17626,17629],{},"Every MCB must be ",[221,17627,17628],{},"labelled"," with:",[711,17631,17632,17635,17638],{},[714,17633,17634],{},"Circuit number (identical to single-line diagram and situation plan)",[714,17636,17637],{},"Function (e.g., \"Lighting GF\", \"Kitchen sockets\")",[714,17639,17640],{},"Optional: room or floor",[17,17642,17643,17644,17647],{},"Apply the label ",[221,17645,17646],{},"inside the board cover"," or use a labelling strip. Most board manufacturers supply writable inserts.",[12,17649,17651],{"id":17650},"from-a-layout-sketch-to-an-executable-design","From a layout sketch to an executable design",[17,17653,17654],{},"Counting module spaces is only the spatial starting point. Before ordering, the electrician must verify the connection data, earthing system, prospective short-circuit current, selectivity or backup behaviour, and the manufacturers' conditions for the combined devices. A rated current, breaking capacity or conductor size must not be copied from an example house. Heat dissipation inside the enclosure, ambient temperature, ventilation and permitted terminal loading also affect the final selection.",[17,17656,17657],{},"Review the board row by row. Record the supply, main isolation, residual-current protection and surge protection as one traceable protection chain. Then allocate the final circuits, while remembering that a tidy row does not prove electrical selectivity. With PV, a generator, storage or charging equipment, the drawing should also make possible directions of energy flow and parts that may remain energised understandable. Instructions for the exact RCD, SPD, inverter or charger remain inputs to professional design.",[17,17659,17660],{},"Reserve planning is wider than spare module units. Consider spare terminals, usable wiring ducts, accessible neutral and PE bars, measurement access and a documented direction for later expansion. There is no universal AREI\u002FRGIE spare percentage. The appropriate margin depends on foreseeable loads, enclosure limits and the available connection capacity.",[17,17662,17663],{},"Before export, compare three layers: the physical board population, the protection chain in the single-line diagram, and the circuit references on the situation plan must describe the same as-built state. Book 1 V06 requires an unambiguous number, revision and revision date on diagrams and documents. Domestic plans also carry the installation address and details of the person responsible for the work. A PlanElec self-check may expose modelled gaps, but it cannot supply measurements, manufacturer evidence or the decision of an approved control body.",[12,17665,17667],{"id":17666},"official-basis","Official basis",[5707,17669,17671],{"id":17670},"board-handover-record","Board handover record",[17,17673,17674],{},"Before closing the cover, record for every outgoing circuit its identifier, purpose, pole count, protective device, rating, conductor data and associated RCD. For controlled loads, include the contactor, control circuit and manual override. On multiphase circuits, note occupied phases; on single-phase circuits, a phase schedule helps expose later imbalance. Confirm that neutrals belong to the correct RCD zone and protective-conductor terminals remain accessible.",[17,17676,17677],{},"A photograph is useful supporting evidence, not a substitute for structured data. Terminal labels must agree with the diagram and board strip. Record torque or thermal follow-up values only when they come from manufacturer instructions or an execution report. An unverified value does not become safer by appearing in a drawing.",[17,17679,17680],{},"Keep the released PDF with the inspection report, measurements and relevant data sheets in the installation file. Do not overwrite it after an extension: increment the revision, set the new revision date and describe the change. This preserves which drawing represented the physical board at each inspection.",[711,17682,17683,17689],{},[714,17684,17685],{},[203,17686,17688],{"href":5391,"rel":17687},[5393],"FPS Economy: official RGIE\u002FAREI books, including Book 1 Version 06",[714,17690,17691],{},"Book 1 V06, section 3.1.2 for diagram and document data, and Parts 4 and 5 for protection and equipment selection.",[7888,17693],{},[12,17695,13866],{"id":7869},[711,17697,17698,17702,17707,17711],{},[714,17699,17700],{},[203,17701,15548],{"href":15547},[714,17703,17704],{},[203,17705,17706],{"href":10207},"30 mA RCD Mandatory per Socket Circuit",[714,17708,17709],{},[203,17710,11761],{"href":1582},[714,17712,17713],{},[203,17714,17715],{"href":6395},"PV System in the Diagram",[7888,17717],{},[17,17719,17720],{},[60,17721,17722,17723,17726,17727],{},"Plan your distribution board visually with the ",[221,17724,17725],{},"PlanElec Cabinet Editor"," and place modules on the DIN rail. The advisory self-check does not replace professional review or an official inspection. ",[203,17728,17729],{"href":7900},"Try it now →",{"title":1214,"searchDepth":1215,"depth":1215,"links":17731},[17732,17737,17738,17743,17747,17748,17754,17755,17756,17757,17760],{"id":16513,"depth":1215,"text":16514,"children":17733},[17734,17735,17736],{"id":16517,"depth":5869,"text":16518},{"id":16532,"depth":5869,"text":16533},{"id":16636,"depth":5869,"text":16637},{"id":16720,"depth":1215,"text":16721},{"id":16884,"depth":1215,"text":16885,"children":17739},[17740,17741,17742],{"id":16895,"depth":5869,"text":16896},{"id":16905,"depth":5869,"text":16906},{"id":16976,"depth":5869,"text":3831},{"id":16984,"depth":1215,"text":16985,"children":17744},[17745,17746],{"id":16988,"depth":5869,"text":16989},{"id":16999,"depth":5869,"text":17000},{"id":17059,"depth":1215,"text":17060},{"id":17098,"depth":1215,"text":17099,"children":17749},[17750,17751,17752,17753],{"id":17105,"depth":5869,"text":17106},{"id":17190,"depth":5869,"text":17191},{"id":17304,"depth":5869,"text":17305},{"id":17411,"depth":5869,"text":17412},{"id":17521,"depth":1215,"text":17522},{"id":17621,"depth":1215,"text":17622},{"id":17650,"depth":1215,"text":17651},{"id":17666,"depth":1215,"text":17667,"children":17758},[17759],{"id":17670,"depth":5869,"text":17671},{"id":7869,"depth":1215,"text":13866},"2026-04-07","Complete guide to planning a distribution board. DIN rail, protection devices, row allocation, and example layout for a single-family home.",{},"\u002Fblog\u002Fdistribution-board-planning.en",{"title":16502,"description":17762},"distribution-board-planning-guide","blog\u002Fdistribution-board-planning.en",[1250,17769,17770,13725,12674,1244,17771,17772],"consumer unit","DIN rail","planning","single-family home","OG9k8oE3zQYiWnVALf8lPbsaeofGAYxvsUtfh43mq18",{"id":17775,"title":17776,"articleId":17777,"body":17778,"category":1230,"date":18612,"description":18613,"extension":1233,"lastUpdated":5450,"locale":1234,"meta":18614,"navigation":1236,"path":18615,"publishDate":18612,"readTime":2000,"refreshInterval":1239,"seo":18616,"slug":18617,"stem":18618,"tags":18619,"__hash__":18624},"blog\u002Fblog\u002Fdraw-situation-plan.en.md","Draw a Situation Plan: Step-by-Step Guide According to AREI\u002FRGIE","draw-situation-plan",{"type":9,"value":17779,"toc":18590},[17780,17787,17803,17806,17808,17812,17816,17819,17823,17845,17849,17852,17954,17956,17960,17966,18134,18141,18143,18147,18150,18154,18187,18191,18211,18215,18232,18236,18239,18243,18262,18264,18268,18275,18280,18291,18296,18310,18327,18329,18333,18336,18362,18364,18367,18456,18458,18462,18525,18529,18532,18535,18538,18542,18545,18548,18550,18560,18562,18564,18578,18580],[17,17781,17782,17783,17786],{},"The situation plan (also called position plan or plan de situation) shows ",[221,17784,17785],{},"where exactly"," each electrical component is located in your building. For a new domestic installation and a substantial change or extension, it is prepared with the single-line diagram. Existing-installation and minor-change cases have defined rules; the approved control body assesses the actual dossier.",[9557,17788,17789],{},[17,17790,17791,17794,17795,17798,17799,17802],{},[221,17792,17793],{},"In brief:"," While the single-line diagram shows the ",[60,17796,17797],{},"logical wiring"," (which switch controls which light, via which circuit), the situation plan shows the ",[60,17800,17801],{},"physical position"," of each component on the floor plan.",[17,17804,17805],{},"This guide explains how to prepare a reviewable situation plan step by step. Only an approved control body can decide whether the complete dossier and the installed work comply with the applicable rules.",[7888,17807],{},[12,17809,17811],{"id":17810},"step-1-prepare-the-floor-plan","Step 1: Prepare the Floor Plan",[5707,17813,17815],{"id":17814},"dimensions-and-scale","Dimensions and Scale",[17,17817,17818],{},"The floor plan forms the basis of your situation plan. You can take it from a construction plan or draw it yourself.",[17,17820,17821],{},[221,17822,13583],{},[711,17824,17825,17832,17838],{},[714,17826,17827,17828,17831],{},"Use a ",[221,17829,17830],{},"uniform scale"," (common: 1:50 or 1:100).",[714,17833,17834,17835,212],{},"Draw all ",[221,17836,17837],{},"walls, doors, and windows",[714,17839,17840,17841,17844],{},"Mark the ",[221,17842,17843],{},"opening direction"," of doors (quarter circle) — this affects switch placement.",[5707,17846,17848],{"id":17847},"label-the-rooms","Label the Rooms",[17,17850,17851],{},"Give each room its designation and ideally its area:",[21,17853,17854,17867],{},[24,17855,17856],{},[27,17857,17858,17861,17864],{},[30,17859,17860],{},"Abbreviation",[30,17862,17863],{},"Room",[30,17865,17866],{},"Typical Area",[43,17868,17869,17880,17890,17901,17912,17923,17933,17944],{},[27,17870,17871,17874,17877],{},[48,17872,17873],{},"LR",[48,17875,17876],{},"Living Room",[48,17878,17879],{},"25–40 m²",[27,17881,17882,17885,17887],{},[48,17883,17884],{},"KI",[48,17886,10331],{},[48,17888,17889],{},"10–20 m²",[27,17891,17892,17895,17898],{},[48,17893,17894],{},"BR",[48,17896,17897],{},"Bedroom",[48,17899,17900],{},"12–18 m²",[27,17902,17903,17906,17909],{},[48,17904,17905],{},"BA",[48,17907,17908],{},"Bathroom",[48,17910,17911],{},"5–10 m²",[27,17913,17914,17917,17920],{},[48,17915,17916],{},"HA",[48,17918,17919],{},"Hallway",[48,17921,17922],{},"5–15 m²",[27,17924,17925,17928,17930],{},[48,17926,17927],{},"GA",[48,17929,16840],{},[48,17931,17932],{},"15–30 m²",[27,17934,17935,17938,17941],{},[48,17936,17937],{},"BS",[48,17939,17940],{},"Basement",[48,17942,17943],{},"variable",[27,17945,17946,17949,17952],{},[48,17947,17948],{},"EX",[48,17950,17951],{},"Exterior",[48,17953,17943],{},[7888,17955],{},[12,17957,17959],{"id":17958},"step-2-use-areirgie-symbols","Step 2: Use AREI\u002FRGIE Symbols",[17,17961,17962,17963,17965],{},"AREI\u002FRGIE ",[221,17964,4470],{}," gives a non-exhaustive list of symbols. If a component has no listed symbol, another clearly identifiable symbol may be used when the legend defines it. Ten useful symbol groups for a position plan are:",[21,17967,17968,17983],{},[24,17969,17970],{},[27,17971,17972,17975,17978,17980],{},[30,17973,17974],{},"No.",[30,17976,17977],{},"Symbol",[30,17979,11196],{},[30,17981,17982],{},"Usage",[43,17984,17985,18000,18014,18029,18044,18059,18074,18089,18103,18119],{},[27,17986,17987,17989,17992,17997],{},[48,17988,4503],{},[48,17990,17991],{},"⏚ Semicircle",[48,17993,17994],{},[221,17995,17996],{},"Single socket outlet",[48,17998,17999],{},"Mark wall position",[27,18001,18002,18004,18007,18012],{},[48,18003,4536],{},[48,18005,18006],{},"⏚⏚ Double semicircle",[48,18008,18009],{},[221,18010,18011],{},"Double socket outlet",[48,18013,17999],{},[27,18015,18016,18018,18021,18026],{},[48,18017,4553],{},[48,18019,18020],{},"○ with cross",[48,18022,18023],{},[221,18024,18025],{},"Ceiling light",[48,18027,18028],{},"Centre of room\u002Fposition",[27,18030,18031,18033,18036,18041],{},[48,18032,16703],{},[48,18034,18035],{},"─○ with line",[48,18037,18038],{},[221,18039,18040],{},"Wall light",[48,18042,18043],{},"On the wall",[27,18045,18046,18048,18051,18056],{},[48,18047,17246],{},[48,18049,18050],{},"Switch symbol",[48,18052,18053],{},[221,18054,18055],{},"Single-pole switch",[48,18057,18058],{},"Next to door (opening side)",[27,18060,18061,18063,18066,18071],{},[48,18062,17258],{},[48,18064,18065],{},"Switch symbol with 2 arrows",[48,18067,18068],{},[221,18069,18070],{},"Series switch",[48,18072,18073],{},"Controls 2 luminaires",[27,18075,18076,18078,18081,18086],{},[48,18077,17271],{},[48,18079,18080],{},"Switch symbol with line",[48,18082,18083],{},[221,18084,18085],{},"Two-way switch",[48,18087,18088],{},"Two locations, one light",[27,18090,18091,18093,18096,18100],{},[48,18092,17184],{},[48,18094,18095],{},"Rectangle with lightning",[48,18097,18098],{},[221,18099,50],{},[48,18101,18102],{},"Usually hallway\u002Futility room",[27,18104,18105,18108,18111,18116],{},[48,18106,18107],{},"9",[48,18109,18110],{},"⏚ with PE",[48,18112,18113],{},[221,18114,18115],{},"Earth connection",[48,18117,18118],{},"Earthing point",[27,18120,18121,18123,18126,18131],{},[48,18122,17299],{},[48,18124,18125],{},"Circle with R",[48,18127,18128],{},[221,18129,18130],{},"Smoke detector",[48,18132,18133],{},"Escape routes (hallway, staircase), regionally varies",[9557,18135,18136],{},[17,18137,18138,18140],{},[221,18139,14972],{}," Use the AREI\u002FRGIE symbols from Table 2.23 for common components. If deviating symbols are needed, they must be clearly identifiable and explained in the legend — undefined or unexplained symbols will be rejected during inspection.",[7888,18142],{},[12,18144,18146],{"id":18145},"step-3-draw-the-components","Step 3: Draw the Components",[17,18148,18149],{},"Now place the symbols on the floor plan. The following rules help with correct positioning:",[5707,18151,18153],{"id":18152},"socket-outlets","Socket Outlets",[711,18155,18156,18163,18169,18175,18181],{},[714,18157,18158,18159,18162],{},"Draw ",[221,18160,18161],{},"on the wall"," at the actual position.",[714,18164,18165,18168],{},[221,18166,18167],{},"Kitchen:"," Record the actual worktop outlets and fixed appliances individually; derive quantities and dedicated circuits from use and professional design.",[714,18170,18171,18174],{},[221,18172,18173],{},"Living spaces:"," Draw the actual planned or installed sockets; AREI\u002FRGIE sets no general count per floor area.",[714,18176,18177,18180],{},[221,18178,18179],{},"Bathroom:"," Low-voltage sockets only from Zone 2 (bathtubs only; the socket must be protected by a residual current device (RCD) of very high sensitivity ≤ 10 mA, or individually by an isolating transformer of max. 100 W) or outside the zones. For showers, Zone 2 does not exist (Art. 7.1.3.2 Nr. 3b, Art. 7.1.5.2d).",[714,18182,18183,18186],{},[221,18184,18185],{},"Outdoor:"," Professionally determine external influences, required IP rating and applicable 30 mA protection; a dedicated RCD is not a blanket conclusion of the position plan.",[5707,18188,18190],{"id":18189},"switches","Switches",[711,18192,18193,18199,18205],{},[714,18194,18195,18198],{},[221,18196,18197],{},"Next to the door"," on the opening side, approximately 105 cm height (practical recommendation — the AREI does not prescribe a specific switch height, but requires 'easily accessible').",[714,18200,18201,18204],{},[221,18202,18203],{},"Two-way switches"," for rooms with multiple entrances or at the top\u002Fbottom of stairs.",[714,18206,18207,18208,212],{},"Connect switches and associated luminaires with a ",[221,18209,18210],{},"dashed line",[5707,18212,18214],{"id":18213},"lighting-points","Lighting Points",[711,18216,18217,18223,18229],{},[714,18218,18219,18222],{},[221,18220,18221],{},"Ceiling lights"," in the centre of the room or at the planned position.",[714,18224,18225,18228],{},[221,18226,18227],{},"Wall lights"," at the wall position.",[714,18230,18231],{},"Draw every actual planned or installed lighting point; quantity follows use and design.",[5707,18233,18235],{"id":18234},"regional-fire-safety-information","Regional fire-safety information",[17,18237,18238],{},"Smoke alarms may be added as a separate building overlay. Requirements differ by region and use and must be checked against the current competent official source. They are not a blanket AREI\u002FRGIE position-plan field and should remain distinguishable from electrical circuit references.",[5707,18240,18242],{"id":18241},"special-consumers","Special Consumers",[711,18244,18245,18250,18256],{},[714,18246,18247,18249],{},[221,18248,6660],{}," (electric vehicle): garage or exterior wall, dedicated circuit.",[714,18251,18252,18255],{},[221,18253,18254],{},"Water heater\u002FBoiler:"," Dedicated circuit, mark the position.",[714,18257,18258,18261],{},[221,18259,18260],{},"Heat pump\u002FAir conditioning:"," Mark outdoor unit + indoor unit.",[7888,18263],{},[12,18265,18267],{"id":18266},"step-4-assign-circuit-numbers","Step 4: Assign Circuit Numbers",[17,18269,18270,18271,18274],{},"Each component on the situation plan receives the ",[221,18272,18273],{},"same circuit number"," as in the single-line diagram. This is essential for identification during inspection.",[17,18276,18277],{},[221,18278,18279],{},"How it works:",[5055,18281,18282,18285,18288],{},[714,18283,18284],{},"The AREI identifies elementary circuits by a capital letter (A, B, C, ...) and the individual elements (lighting point, socket) by a sequential number — e.g. \"A1, A2, ...\".",[714,18286,18287],{},"Write this identifier next to each component on the situation plan.",[714,18289,18290],{},"A simplified plain numbering (e.g. \"C1\" or \"1\") is common in practice, as long as the single-line diagram and situation plan remain consistent.",[17,18292,18293],{},[221,18294,18295],{},"Example:",[711,18297,18298,18301,18304,18307],{},[714,18299,18300],{},"Circuit 1: Ground floor lighting → All ground floor luminaires get \"1\".",[714,18302,18303],{},"Circuit 2: Living room sockets → All living room sockets get \"2\".",[714,18305,18306],{},"Circuit 3: Kitchen sockets → All kitchen sockets get \"3\".",[714,18308,18309],{},"Circuit 4: Dedicated oven → One socket with \"4\".",[9557,18311,18312,18321],{},[17,18313,18314,18316,18317,18320],{},[221,18315,13583],{}," The numbers must match ",[221,18318,18319],{},"exactly"," between the single-line diagram and the situation plan. Inconsistencies are one of the most common reasons for remarks during inspection.",[17,18322,18323,18326],{},[221,18324,18325],{},"Documentation requirement:"," Art. 9.1.2 Nr. 1 (single-line diagram) and Art. 9.1.2 Nr. 2 (situation plan).",[7888,18328],{},[12,18330,18332],{"id":18331},"step-5-legend-and-labelling","Step 5: Legend and Labelling",[17,18334,18335],{},"Complete your plan with:",[711,18337,18338,18344,18350,18356],{},[714,18339,18340,18343],{},[221,18341,18342],{},"Legend"," with all symbols used and their meaning.",[714,18345,18346,18349],{},[221,18347,18348],{},"Title block"," (cartouche) with: owner's name, address, date, plan creator, scale.",[714,18351,18352,18355],{},[221,18353,18354],{},"North arrow"," (optional, but helpful).",[714,18357,18358,18361],{},[221,18359,18360],{},"Floor indication"," for multi-storey buildings (one plan per floor).",[7888,18363],{},[12,18365,18366],{"id":8717},"Common Mistakes",[21,18368,18369,18379],{},[24,18370,18371],{},[27,18372,18373,18375,18377],{},[30,18374,17531],{},[30,18376,17534],{},[30,18378,17537],{},[43,18380,18381,18392,18403,18414,18424,18435,18446],{},[27,18382,18383,18386,18389],{},[48,18384,18385],{},"Treating regional fire rules as an AREI rule",[48,18387,18388],{},"Wrong inspection basis",[48,18390,18391],{},"Verify separately against the current regional source and label it",[27,18393,18394,18397,18400],{},[48,18395,18396],{},"Treating every outdoor socket alike",[48,18398,18399],{},"External influences or protection may be wrong",[48,18401,18402],{},"Assess IP rating and 30 mA protection for the project",[27,18404,18405,18408,18411],{},[48,18406,18407],{},"Missing labels \u002F circuit numbers",[48,18409,18410],{},"Remark",[48,18412,18413],{},"Number every component",[27,18415,18416,18419,18421],{},[48,18417,18418],{},"Undefined\u002Funexplained symbols",[48,18420,18410],{},[48,18422,18423],{},"Use AREI symbols (Table 2.23); choose deviating symbols clearly and explain them in the legend",[27,18425,18426,18429,18432],{},[48,18427,18428],{},"Switch on wrong side of door",[48,18430,18431],{},"Impractical (not an AREI violation)",[48,18433,18434],{},"Check opening direction",[27,18436,18437,18440,18443],{},[48,18438,18439],{},"Bathroom socket shown in the wrong zone",[48,18441,18442],{},"Plan and installation can produce a safety finding",[48,18444,18445],{},"Professionally check zones and protection against current chapter 7.1",[27,18447,18448,18451,18453],{},[48,18449,18450],{},"No legend",[48,18452,18410],{},[48,18454,18455],{},"Include symbol table",[7888,18457],{},[12,18459,18461],{"id":18460},"checklist-before-submission","Checklist Before Submission",[711,18463,18465,18471,18477,18483,18489,18495,18501,18507,18513,18519],{"className":18464},[6127],[714,18466,18468,18470],{"className":18467},[6131],[6133,18469],{"disabled":1236,"type":6135}," All rooms labelled",[714,18472,18474,18476],{"className":18473},[6131],[6133,18475],{"disabled":1236,"type":6135}," All sockets, switches, lighting points drawn",[714,18478,18480,18482],{"className":18479},[6131],[6133,18481],{"disabled":1236,"type":6135}," Regional fire-safety information, if shown, checked separately and labelled",[714,18484,18486,18488],{"className":18485},[6131],[6133,18487],{"disabled":1236,"type":6135}," Outdoor sockets recorded with project-specific IP and protection assessment",[714,18490,18492,18494],{"className":18491},[6131],[6133,18493],{"disabled":1236,"type":6135}," Circuit numbers on every component",[714,18496,18498,18500],{"className":18497},[6131],[6133,18499],{"disabled":1236,"type":6135}," Numbers match the single-line diagram",[714,18502,18504,18506],{"className":18503},[6131],[6133,18505],{"disabled":1236,"type":6135}," AREI symbols used (Table 2.23)",[714,18508,18510,18512],{"className":18509},[6131],[6133,18511],{"disabled":1236,"type":6135}," Legend present",[714,18514,18516,18518],{"className":18515},[6131],[6133,18517],{"disabled":1236,"type":6135}," Title block with name, address, date",[714,18520,18522,18524],{"className":18521},[6131],[6133,18523],{"disabled":1236,"type":6135}," One plan per floor",[12,18526,18528],{"id":18527},"site-walk-does-the-drawing-match-the-building","Site walk: does the drawing match the building?",[17,18530,18531],{},"Walk through the building with the draft. Start at the distribution board and follow every circuit. Check more than the presence of a socket: distinguish a multiple socket, switched socket, junction box, fixed connection and lighting point correctly. A switch reference should reveal which light or item it controls. Devices behind fitted furniture, exterior points, plant rooms and outbuildings are easy to miss.",[17,18533,18534],{},"Next, cross-check the single-line diagram. An item labelled A3 on the position plan must be the same A3 on circuit A in the diagram. Duplicate labels, skipped numbers and devices moved after the first survey commonly create contradictory records. For several floors or buildings, use a clear sheet structure and retain the document number, revision and revision date on every issued plan.",[17,18536,18537],{},"The position plan records the real installation, not merely the original design. Mark a change as complete only after the cable route and device location have been checked on site. For a minor, non-substantial domestic change, Book 1 can allow a short description instead of a new single-line diagram; the change or extension still has to appear on the position plan. Substantial changes or extensions require updated diagrams and inspection of the affected work before it is put into service.",[12,18539,18541],{"id":18540},"what-a-position-symbol-cannot-prove","What a position symbol cannot prove",[17,18543,18544],{},"A symbol does not prove mounting height, enclosure rating, bathroom-zone suitability, earthing quality or disconnection time. Those properties require site inspection, measurements and sometimes manufacturer documents. Smoke-alarm duties also arise from regional building and housing rules, not from a blanket AREI position-plan rule. They can be useful building information without being misrepresented as an electrical-diagram requirement.",[17,18546,18547],{},"PlanElec keeps device positions and electrical assignments in one project model, but every proposed link still needs review. Unplaced devices, items without a circuit and imported reference graphics must not silently look finished. The advisory self-check covers supported rules only; official assessment remains with an approved control body.",[12,18549,9683],{"id":9682},[711,18551,18552,18557],{},[714,18553,18554],{},[203,18555,9262],{"href":5391,"rel":18556},[5393],[714,18558,18559],{},"The relevant basis is Book 1 V06 section 3.1.2 and Table 2.23. Where Table 2.23 has no symbol, the AREI\u002FRGIE permits another unambiguous symbol defined in the legend.",[7888,18561],{},[12,18563,13866],{"id":7869},[711,18565,18566,18570,18574],{},[714,18567,18568],{},[203,18569,15548],{"href":15547},[714,18571,18572],{},[203,18573,15562],{"href":6257},[714,18575,18576],{},[203,18577,15553],{"href":567},[7888,18579],{},[17,18581,18582],{},[60,18583,6990,18584,18586,18587],{},[221,18585,5844],{},", create your situation plan directly from the floor plan — draw rooms, drag and drop devices, AREI symbols are used automatically. ",[203,18588,18589],{"href":7900},"Try for free →",{"title":1214,"searchDepth":1215,"depth":1215,"links":18591},[18592,18596,18597,18604,18605,18606,18607,18608,18609,18610,18611],{"id":17810,"depth":1215,"text":17811,"children":18593},[18594,18595],{"id":17814,"depth":5869,"text":17815},{"id":17847,"depth":5869,"text":17848},{"id":17958,"depth":1215,"text":17959},{"id":18145,"depth":1215,"text":18146,"children":18598},[18599,18600,18601,18602,18603],{"id":18152,"depth":5869,"text":18153},{"id":18189,"depth":5869,"text":18190},{"id":18213,"depth":5869,"text":18214},{"id":18234,"depth":5869,"text":18235},{"id":18241,"depth":5869,"text":18242},{"id":18266,"depth":1215,"text":18267},{"id":18331,"depth":1215,"text":18332},{"id":8717,"depth":1215,"text":18366},{"id":18460,"depth":1215,"text":18461},{"id":18527,"depth":1215,"text":18528},{"id":18540,"depth":1215,"text":18541},{"id":9682,"depth":1215,"text":9683},{"id":7869,"depth":1215,"text":13866},"2026-03-30","Complete guide to a reviewable situation plan: from floor-plan preparation through AREI\u002FRGIE symbols and circuit references to professional review.",{},"\u002Fblog\u002Fdraw-situation-plan.en",{"title":17776,"description":18613},"draw-situation-plan-guide","blog\u002Fdraw-situation-plan.en",[2008,1244,18620,1230,18621,18622,18623],"symbols","drawing","electrical plan","floor plan","qpyo4C7vpPkqVOYtek9krFnEECkxCfKuJsOeO7aWJQc",{"id":18626,"title":18627,"articleId":18628,"body":18629,"category":10247,"date":18906,"description":18907,"extension":1233,"lastUpdated":18906,"locale":1234,"meta":18908,"navigation":1236,"path":18909,"publishDate":18906,"readTime":10252,"refreshInterval":1239,"seo":18910,"slug":18628,"stem":18911,"tags":18912,"__hash__":18917},"blog\u002Fblog\u002Fpreflex-vs-open-wiring.en.md","Preflex vs. Open Wiring: Which Cable Method for Your Project?","preflex-vs-open-wiring",{"type":9,"value":18630,"toc":18897},[18631,18635,18640,18644,18647,18651,18762,18766,18786,18790,18810,18814,18833,18840,18844,18864,18866,18868,18885,18887],[12977,18632,18634],{"id":18633},"preflex-vs-open-wiring-which-method-suits-your-project","Preflex vs. Open Wiring: Which Method Suits Your Project?",[17,18636,18637,18639],{},[221,18638,7441],{}," Preflex is a pre-assembled conduit with cables already pulled through — ideal for new builds, where it is cast directly into concrete. Open wiring (e.g., XVB surface-mounted or in cable trunking) is better suited for renovations, where conduits are difficult to retrofit.",[12,18641,18643],{"id":18642},"what-is-preflex","What Is Preflex?",[17,18645,18646],{},"Preflex is a flexible corrugated tube (conduit) with the appropriate cables already pulled through at the factory. In Belgium, this method is extremely popular for new construction: the conduits are laid during the shell construction phase on the concrete slab or in the screed, then cast in. This way, cables are fully protected and can be replaced later if needed.",[12,18648,18650],{"id":18649},"comparison-preflex-safe-vs-standard-preflex-vs-open-wiring","Comparison: Preflex Safe vs. Standard Preflex vs. Open Wiring",[21,18652,18653,18668],{},[24,18654,18655],{},[27,18656,18657,18659,18662,18665],{},[30,18658,7997],{},[30,18660,18661],{},"Preflex Safe",[30,18663,18664],{},"Standard Preflex",[30,18666,18667],{},"Open Wiring (XVB)",[43,18669,18670,18686,18702,18717,18731,18746],{},[27,18671,18672,18677,18680,18683],{},[48,18673,18674],{},[221,18675,18676],{},"Sheath",[48,18678,18679],{},"Halogen-free (LSOH)",[48,18681,18682],{},"Standard PVC",[48,18684,18685],{},"No conduit, cable direct",[27,18687,18688,18693,18696,18699],{},[48,18689,18690],{},[221,18691,18692],{},"CPR fire class",[48,18694,18695],{},"Cca-s1,d1,a1 (cable in conduit)",[48,18697,18698],{},"Eca (cable in conduit; the CPR class refers to the cable, not the conduit itself)",[48,18700,18701],{},"XVB with CPR marking Cca-s1,d2,a1 (required for new installations in certain installation methods; older stock may still be classified as Eca)",[27,18703,18704,18708,18711,18714],{},[48,18705,18706],{},[221,18707,7631],{},[48,18709,18710],{},"New build, public buildings",[48,18712,18713],{},"New build residential",[48,18715,18716],{},"Renovation, surface mount",[27,18718,18719,18724,18726,18728],{},[48,18720,18721],{},[221,18722,18723],{},"Cable replacement",[48,18725,8103],{},[48,18727,8103],{},[48,18729,18730],{},"No (permanently installed)",[27,18732,18733,18737,18740,18743],{},[48,18734,18735],{},[221,18736,14248],{},[48,18738,18739],{},"Highest",[48,18741,18742],{},"Medium",[48,18744,18745],{},"Lowest",[27,18747,18748,18753,18756,18759],{},[48,18749,18750],{},[221,18751,18752],{},"AREI compliance",[48,18754,18755],{},"All applications",[48,18757,18758],{},"Residential allowed",[48,18760,18761],{},"All applications (if cable type correct)",[12,18763,18765],{"id":18764},"advantages-of-preflex","Advantages of Preflex",[711,18767,18768,18774,18780],{},[714,18769,18770,18773],{},[221,18771,18772],{},"Clean installation:"," No visible cables, everything is concealed or cast in.",[714,18775,18776,18779],{},[221,18777,18778],{},"Future-proof:"," Cables can be replaced or added later without breaking open walls.",[714,18781,18782,18785],{},[221,18783,18784],{},"Protection:"," The conduit protects against mechanical damage.",[12,18787,18789],{"id":18788},"disadvantages-of-preflex","Disadvantages of Preflex",[711,18791,18792,18798,18804],{},[714,18793,18794,18797],{},[221,18795,18796],{},"More expensive"," than direct cable installation (materials + labour).",[714,18799,18800,18803],{},[221,18801,18802],{},"Only practical for new builds\u002Fmajor renovations"," — difficult to retrofit in simple renovations.",[714,18805,18806,18809],{},[221,18807,18808],{},"Bending radii"," must be respected: tight curves make future cable pulling difficult.",[12,18811,18813],{"id":18812},"what-does-the-areirgie-say","What Does the AREI\u002FRGIE Say?",[17,18815,18816,18817,18820,18821,18824,18825,18828,18829,18832],{},"The AREI does not prescribe a specific installation method — both are permitted. What matters is the ",[221,18818,18819],{},"fire reaction class"," (CPR regulation): individually installed cables require at least ",[221,18822,18823],{},"Eca"," (Art. 5.2.7.2). In ",[221,18826,18827],{},"bundles, hollow walls, and building cavities",", at least ",[221,18830,18831],{},"Cca"," is required (Art. 5.2.7.3, Art. 4.3.3.5b). Note: timber-framed walls (common in renovations) count as building cavities!",[17,18834,18835,18836,18839],{},"The conduit may be filled to a maximum of ",[221,18837,18838],{},"40%"," with cables (general installation rule per trade standards), so that future cable pulling remains possible.",[12,18841,18843],{"id":18842},"when-to-use-which-method","When to Use Which Method?",[711,18845,18846,18852,18858],{},[714,18847,18848,18851],{},[221,18849,18850],{},"New build"," → Preflex (Safe for highest fire protection)",[714,18853,18854,18857],{},[221,18855,18856],{},"Renovation"," → XVB cable in trunking or surface-mounted",[714,18859,18860,18863],{},[221,18861,18862],{},"Partial renovation"," → Combination possible (new circuits in Preflex, existing ones kept)",[7888,18865],{},[12,18867,13866],{"id":7869},[711,18869,18870,18874,18879],{},[714,18871,18872],{},[203,18873,16403],{"href":16402},[714,18875,18876],{},[203,18877,18878],{"href":2935},"Bathroom Electrics: Zones and Cable Types",[714,18880,18881],{},[203,18882,18884],{"href":18883},"\u002Fen\u002Fblog\u002Fold-building-arei-part-8","Old Buildings and AREI Part 8",[7888,18886],{},[17,18888,18889],{},[60,18890,18891,18892,18894,18895],{},"Plan your electrical installation with ",[221,18893,5844],{}," — for a new build with Preflex or a renovation with open wiring — and export the single-line diagram and situation plan. The self-check remains advisory. ",[203,18896,16426],{"href":7900},{"title":1214,"searchDepth":1215,"depth":1215,"links":18898},[18899,18900,18901,18902,18903,18904,18905],{"id":18642,"depth":1215,"text":18643},{"id":18649,"depth":1215,"text":18650},{"id":18764,"depth":1215,"text":18765},{"id":18788,"depth":1215,"text":18789},{"id":18812,"depth":1215,"text":18813},{"id":18842,"depth":1215,"text":18843},{"id":7869,"depth":1215,"text":13866},"2026-03-27","Comparison of Preflex conduit systems and open cable installation in Belgium. Advantages, disadvantages, and AREI\u002FRGIE fire safety classes at a glance.",{},"\u002Fblog\u002Fpreflex-vs-open-wiring.en",{"title":18627,"description":18907},"blog\u002Fpreflex-vs-open-wiring.en",[18913,18914,6295,9762,1244,18915,18916],"preflex","wiring","fire safety","XVB","Y-MkhxEblbxqW5MmwkEPo9b2_TlURCUj48NhcJzMf0M",{"id":18919,"title":18920,"articleId":18921,"body":18922,"category":10247,"date":19243,"description":19244,"extension":1233,"lastUpdated":5450,"locale":1234,"meta":19245,"navigation":1236,"path":19246,"publishDate":19243,"readTime":8455,"refreshInterval":1239,"seo":19247,"slug":18921,"stem":19248,"tags":19249,"__hash__":19254},"blog\u002Fblog\u002Frcd-type-a-vs-b.en.md","RCD Type A vs. Type B in 2026: Which Protection Do You Need?","rcd-type-a-vs-b",{"type":9,"value":18923,"toc":19228},[18924,18927,18930,18933,18937,18951,18955,19034,19038,19049,19052,19056,19059,19063,19066,19069,19073,19076,19079,19085,19089,19092,19096,19099,19119,19123,19168,19172,19175,19179,19199,19203,19225],[12977,18925,18920],{"id":18926},"rcd-type-a-vs-type-b-in-2026-which-protection-do-you-need",[17,18928,18929],{},"For a Belgian domestic AC installation, AREI\u002FRGIE Book 1 Version 06 requires residual-current devices to be at least Type A. That does not make Type A suitable for every load or Type B mandatory for every electronic appliance. Possible residual-current waveforms, protection inside the equipment and the exact model instructions must be assessed together.",[17,18931,18932],{},"This guide covers domestic AC installations. Earthed DC systems added from 1 April 2026 are a separate application.",[12,18934,18936],{"id":18935},"waveform-class-immunity-and-selectivity","Waveform class, immunity and selectivity",[17,18938,18939,18942,18943,18946,18947,18950],{},[221,18940,18941],{},"AC, A, F or B"," describes the residual-current waveforms covered. ",[221,18944,18945],{},"SI, HI or AP-R"," are manufacturer labels for enhanced immunity to specified disturbances. ",[221,18948,18949],{},"Selectivity or delay"," describes timing relative to a downstream device and needs an S classification or documented time characteristic. An A-SI device can be instantaneous and is not automatically selective.",[12,18952,18954],{"id":18953},"overview-of-all-rcd-types","Overview of All RCD Types",[21,18956,18957,18968],{},[24,18958,18959],{},[27,18960,18961,18963,18966],{},[30,18962,16733],{},[30,18964,18965],{},"Detects",[30,18967,7631],{},[43,18969,18970,18983,18996,19009,19021],{},[27,18971,18972,18977,18980],{},[48,18973,18974],{},[221,18975,18976],{},"AC",[48,18978,18979],{},"Only pure AC fault currents",[48,18981,18982],{},"Does not meet the minimum Type A class for new domestic installations",[27,18984,18985,18990,18993],{},[48,18986,18987],{},[221,18988,18989],{},"A",[48,18991,18992],{},"AC and pulsating DC residual currents",[48,18994,18995],{},"Domestic minimum class; equipment instructions still apply",[27,18997,18998,19003,19006],{},[48,18999,19000],{},[221,19001,19002],{},"A-SI",[48,19004,19005],{},"As Type A",[48,19007,19008],{},"Enhanced immunity; not automatically selective",[27,19010,19011,19015,19018],{},[48,19012,19013],{},[221,19014,3687],{},[48,19016,19017],{},"Also smooth DC residual current",[48,19019,19020],{},"Where equipment and protection design require it",[27,19022,19023,19028,19031],{},[48,19024,19025],{},[221,19026,19027],{},"F",[48,19029,19030],{},"Certain additional mixed frequencies",[48,19032,19033],{},"For specified single-phase converter loads",[12,19035,19037],{"id":19036},"four-independent-ratings","Four independent ratings",[17,19039,19040,19041,19044,19045,19048],{},"The type only answers the waveform question. ",[4083,19042,19043],{},"IΔn"," (for example 30 or 300 mA) is residual-current sensitivity. ",[4083,19046,19047],{},"In"," (for example 40 or 63 A) is the current the device can carry continuously; it is not an overload trip setting. An RCD without overcurrent protection therefore needs a suitably coordinated overcurrent device. Breaking capacity or conditional short-circuit current must also be suitable at the installation point.",[17,19050,19051],{},"Pole count, system voltage and wiring matter as well. Every active conductor of the protected circuit passes through the summation transformer, and neutrals from different RCD groups must not be mixed. The test button checks an internal device function; it does not measure earth resistance or prove the entire protection measure. The required inspection uses additional tests and measurements.",[5707,19053,19055],{"id":19054},"new-altered-or-existing","New, altered or existing?",[17,19057,19058],{},"“At least Type A” is the baseline for new domestic work. For an existing part, establish its date, any Part 8 deviations and whether an alteration or extension triggers current requirements for the changed portion. An installed Type AC must therefore not be called generally acceptable without that analysis, but its presence alone does not prove that the whole legacy installation is unusable.",[12,19060,19062],{"id":19061},"start-with-the-circuit-and-equipment-not-a-slogan","Start with the circuit and equipment, not a slogan",[17,19064,19065],{},"“PV means Type B” and “domestic means Type A” are not design rules. A heat pump may combine a compressor drive, backup heater and controls with different manufacturer conditions. For PV, inverter topology, internal monitoring and the connection arrangement matter. For an EV charging point, establish whether an RDC-DD is built in and which external RCD may be coordinated with it. Where several electronic loads share an RCD, assess their combined normal leakage and possible DC components.",[17,19067,19068],{},"Type F or B is not simply “better” than Type A. Wider waveform coverage does not replace correct sensitivity, rated current, disconnection time, overcurrent protection or wiring. Nor should an instruction for one item be applied automatically to the whole board. The complete protective chain from supply origin to load must be coherent.",[12,19070,19072],{"id":19071},"investigate-unwanted-tripping-before-changing-type","Investigate unwanted tripping before changing type",[17,19074,19075],{},"Replacing a device with an SI-labelled version is not a diagnosis. First check insulation faults, moisture, mixed neutrals, cumulative leakage and wiring errors. Enhanced immunity can then be considered where the manufacturer's documentation covers the disturbance, without weakening the required protection against electric shock.",[17,19077,19078],{},"For cascaded RCDs, manufacturer coordination data is more meaningful than the labels 300 mA and 30 mA alone. The upstream selective device needs an appropriate time characteristic and the downstream device must still disconnect within the required time. Keeping sufficient margin between cumulative normal leakage and the operating range can improve robustness, but cannot guarantee that an installation never trips.",[17,19080,19081,19082,19084],{},"A combined RCBO can provide residual-current and overcurrent protection for one final circuit. Its waveform class must still match the load, and coordination with an upstream RCD remains necessary. With a separate RCD, the ",[4083,19083,19047],{}," rating does not provide overload protection. Upstream protection, board arrangement and possible load currents must be designed together. Record the exact product reference and instructions, not only “30 mA Type A”, so later work is based on verifiable characteristics.",[12,19086,19088],{"id":19087},"when-is-type-b-required","When Is Type B Required?",[17,19090,19091],{},"Type B is relevant where smooth DC residual current can occur and no other permitted combination covers it. For a heat pump or PV inverter, check the waveforms identified by the manufacturer, internal DC monitoring, the specified external type and coordination of multiple converters. “Inverter” or “transformerless” does not establish a universal Type B requirement.",[12,19093,19095],{"id":19094},"when-is-type-a-sufficient","When Is Type A Sufficient?",[17,19097,19098],{},"Type A is sufficient for:",[711,19100,19101,19107,19113],{},[714,19102,19103,19106],{},[221,19104,19105],{},"Charging point with coordinated DC detection:"," AREI 7.22.4.1.b requires an individual RCD of no more than 30 mA for each separate AC circuit, plus either a device that remains effective under the disruptive DC component, such as a suitable Type B, or an RCD coordinated with residual DC detection, such as Type A plus an RDC-DD. Protection may be in the installation, charger or both.",[714,19108,19109,19112],{},[221,19110,19111],{},"Normal household appliances:"," Washing machine, dishwasher, cooktop, lighting",[714,19114,19115,19118],{},[221,19116,19117],{},"Socket circuits:"," Standard 30 mA RCD Type A",[12,19120,19122],{"id":19121},"arei-requirements","AREI Requirements",[21,19124,19125,19135],{},[24,19126,19127],{},[27,19128,19129,19132],{},[30,19130,19131],{},"AREI Article",[30,19133,19134],{},"Requirement",[43,19136,19137,19145,19152,19160],{},[27,19138,19139,19142],{},[48,19140,19141],{},"Art. 4.2.4.3_b",[48,19143,19144],{},"No more than 300 mA at the origin, followed by high-\u002Fvery-high-sensitivity protection for the listed domestic circuits",[27,19146,19147,19149],{},[48,19148,19141],{},[48,19150,19151],{},"Maximum 8 final circuits per 30 mA RCD",[27,19153,19154,19157],{},[48,19155,19156],{},"Art. 5.3.5.3_a",[48,19158,19159],{},"Residual-current devices in residential installations must be at least Type A; at the feed point at least 40 A rated current",[27,19161,19162,19165],{},[48,19163,19164],{},"Art. 7.22",[48,19166,19167],{},"EV charger: Dedicated circuit with appropriate RCD",[12,19169,19171],{"id":19170},"ensuring-selectivity","Ensuring Selectivity",[17,19173,19174],{},"Placing 300 mA upstream of 30 mA does not guarantee selectivity. Assess the ratio of rated residual currents, an explicitly selective or suitably delayed upstream characteristic, permitted product combinations, disconnection times and normal leakage currents. Enhanced immunity does not replace coordination. Without evidence, do not promise that only the downstream device will trip.",[12,19176,19178],{"id":19177},"a-six-step-selection-sequence","A six-step selection sequence",[5055,19180,19181,19184,19187,19190,19193,19196],{},[714,19182,19183],{},"Identify the circuit and connected equipment.",[714,19185,19186],{},"Establish AREI baseline protection and sensitivity.",[714,19188,19189],{},"Read each manufacturer's waveform, DC-detection and external-RCD requirements.",[714,19191,19192],{},"Verify time\u002Fcurrent coordination for exact cascaded models.",[714,19194,19195],{},"Document type, sensitivity, rated current and any delay.",[714,19197,19198],{},"Have the completed installation inspected by an approved body.",[12,19200,19202],{"id":19201},"sources-and-related-guides","Sources and related guides",[711,19204,19205,19210,19215,19220],{},[714,19206,19207],{},[203,19208,19209],{"href":12536},"AREI\u002FRGIE Regulations 2026",[714,19211,19212],{},[203,19213,19214],{"href":10207},"Do you need 30 mA for every socket?",[714,19216,19217],{},[203,19218,19219],{"href":8802},"Plan an EV charger under AREI",[714,19221,19222],{},[203,19223,19224],{"href":1206},"Start in PlanElec",[17,19226,19227],{},"Primary sources: AREI\u002FRGIE Book 1 Version 06, 4.2.4.3.b, 5.3.5.3.a and 7.22.4.1.b, plus the Directorate-General for Energy FAQ on the Royal Decree of 5 March 2023. PlanElec records protection data, includes it in the diagram and PDF, and flags supported cases in an indicative self-check. It does not replace professional design or official inspection.",{"title":1214,"searchDepth":1215,"depth":1215,"links":19229},[19230,19231,19232,19235,19236,19237,19238,19239,19240,19241,19242],{"id":18935,"depth":1215,"text":18936},{"id":18953,"depth":1215,"text":18954},{"id":19036,"depth":1215,"text":19037,"children":19233},[19234],{"id":19054,"depth":5869,"text":19055},{"id":19061,"depth":1215,"text":19062},{"id":19071,"depth":1215,"text":19072},{"id":19087,"depth":1215,"text":19088},{"id":19094,"depth":1215,"text":19095},{"id":19121,"depth":1215,"text":19122},{"id":19170,"depth":1215,"text":19171},{"id":19177,"depth":1215,"text":19178},{"id":19201,"depth":1215,"text":19202},"2026-03-25","RCD types for Belgian domestic installations under AREI\u002FRGIE Book 1 Version 06: Type A, Type B, DC detection, immunity and selectivity.",{},"\u002Fblog\u002Frcd-type-a-vs-b.en",{"title":18920,"description":19244},"blog\u002Frcd-type-a-vs-b.en",[11848,19250,19251,19252,8868,19253],"residual-current-device","type-a","type-b","ev-charger","qR--ZGqfwFHtJJUuFzez3j04wDqtKFq9HwzNvX6AChg",{"id":19256,"title":19257,"articleId":19258,"body":19259,"category":10247,"date":19436,"description":19437,"extension":1233,"lastUpdated":13234,"locale":1234,"meta":19438,"navigation":1236,"path":19439,"publishDate":19436,"readTime":19440,"refreshInterval":1239,"seo":19441,"slug":19442,"stem":19443,"tags":19444,"__hash__":19447},"blog\u002Fblog\u002Fmain-switch-mandatory.en.md","Main Switch Mandatory: What Does the AREI Require?","main-switch-mandatory",{"type":9,"value":19260,"toc":19428},[19261,19264,19270,19274,19277,19309,19313,19348,19352,19355,19369,19373,19380,19383,19400,19404,19411,19418,19420],[12977,19262,19257],{"id":19263},"main-switch-mandatory-what-does-the-arei-require",[17,19265,19266,19269],{},[221,19267,19268],{},"Yes, a main switch is mandatory in Belgium."," According to AREI Art. 5.3.5.1b, every main distribution and switchgear assembly must have an all-pole main load-break switch capable of simultaneously disconnecting all line conductors and, where applicable, the neutral conductor. For domestic installations, the AREI requires a rated current of at least 40 A (Art. 5.3.5.1b); the general minimum is 25 A. In practice, a load-break switch (interrupteur-sectionneur) is used as the main switch. Unlike a plain isolator, it may be switched under load.",[12,19271,19273],{"id":19272},"requirements-for-the-main-switch","Requirements for the Main Switch",[17,19275,19276],{},"The main switch must meet the following conditions:",[711,19278,19279,19285,19291,19297,19303],{},[714,19280,19281,19284],{},[221,19282,19283],{},"All-pole:"," For single-phase connections, 2-pole (phase + neutral); for three-phase connections, 4-pole (3 phases + neutral)",[714,19286,19287,19290],{},[221,19288,19289],{},"Rated current at least 40 A"," for domestic installations (Art. 5.3.5.1b), matched to the specific installation",[714,19292,19293,19296],{},[221,19294,19295],{},"Disconnect the entire installation:"," A single operation must separate all active conductors",[714,19298,19299,19302],{},[221,19300,19301],{},"Easily accessible:"," Max. 1.80 m operating height (practical guideline from inspection bodies — the AREI only requires that distribution and switchgear assemblies be 'easily accessible without special aids' (Art. 5.3.5.1c), but does not specify an exact height)",[714,19304,19305,19308],{},[221,19306,19307],{},"At the entrance of the installation:"," Before the distribution board, as the first switching device after the meter",[12,19310,19312],{"id":19311},"arei-articles","AREI Articles",[21,19314,19315,19323],{},[24,19316,19317],{},[27,19318,19319,19321],{},[30,19320,19131],{},[30,19322,19134],{},[43,19324,19325,19333,19340],{},[27,19326,19327,19330],{},[48,19328,19329],{},"Art. 5.3.5.1b",[48,19331,19332],{},"Main load-break switch is mandatory, all-pole, at the main distribution and switchgear assembly",[27,19334,19335,19337],{},[48,19336,19329],{},[48,19338,19339],{},"Rated current at least 40 A for domestic installations, matched to the specific installation",[27,19341,19342,19345],{},[48,19343,19344],{},"Art. 5.3.5.1c",[48,19346,19347],{},"Distribution and switchgear assemblies must be easily accessible and operable",[12,19349,19351],{"id":19350},"why-is-the-main-switch-so-important","Why Is the Main Switch So Important?",[17,19353,19354],{},"The main switch fulfils two central functions:",[5055,19356,19357,19363],{},[714,19358,19359,19362],{},[221,19360,19361],{},"Emergency disconnection:"," In an emergency (fire, flooding, electric shock), any occupant must be able to disconnect the entire installation with a single action — even without electrical expertise.",[714,19364,19365,19368],{},[221,19366,19367],{},"Maintenance:"," For work on the electrical installation, the entire system must be safely disconnectable.",[12,19370,19372],{"id":19371},"common-inspection-deficiency","Common Inspection Deficiency",[17,19374,19375,19376,19379],{},"A missing or incorrectly rated main switch is one of the ",[221,19377,19378],{},"most common deficiencies found during electrical inspection (keuring)"," in Belgium. Especially in older installations, it is often entirely absent, or only a single-pole switch is installed that does not disconnect the neutral.",[17,19381,19382],{},"Typical deficiencies:",[711,19384,19385,19388,19391,19394,19397],{},[714,19386,19387],{},"No main switch present",[714,19389,19390],{},"Single-pole instead of all-pole",[714,19392,19393],{},"Rated current below 40 A in a domestic installation",[714,19395,19396],{},"Mounted too high (not easily accessible)",[714,19398,19399],{},"Not easily accessible (behind furniture, in a locked room)",[12,19401,19403],{"id":19402},"main-switch-vs-main-circuit-breaker","Main Switch vs. Main Circuit Breaker",[17,19405,19406,19407,19410],{},"The main switch is ",[221,19408,19409],{},"not a circuit breaker"," — it has no overcurrent protection function. It serves exclusively as a disconnector. Overcurrent protection is provided by the grid operator (fuse before the meter) and the downstream circuit breakers in the distribution board.",[17,19412,19413,19414,19417],{},"However, a ",[221,19415,19416],{},"main circuit breaker"," (e.g., 40 A) can combine both functions: disconnection and overcurrent protection.",[12,19419,13866],{"id":7869},[17,19421,19422,19423,19427],{},"Plan your distribution board with ",[203,19424,5844],{"href":19425,"rel":19426},"https:\u002F\u002Fwww.planelec.be",[5393],". The self-check can flag supported main-switch data but does not replace professional review or an official inspection.",{"title":1214,"searchDepth":1215,"depth":1215,"links":19429},[19430,19431,19432,19433,19434,19435],{"id":19272,"depth":1215,"text":19273},{"id":19311,"depth":1215,"text":19312},{"id":19350,"depth":1215,"text":19351},{"id":19371,"depth":1215,"text":19372},{"id":19402,"depth":1215,"text":19403},{"id":7869,"depth":1215,"text":13866},"2026-03-23","Why a main switch is mandatory in Belgium and what requirements AREI Art. 5.3.5.1b imposes.",{},"\u002Fblog\u002Fmain-switch-mandatory.en","4 min",{"title":19257,"description":19437},"main-switch-mandatory-arei","blog\u002Fmain-switch-mandatory.en",[19445,8868,19446,10615,11847],"main-switch","mandatory","tTXxRXutkgo2QHSIwIYN8XSqtT1l7r3Iiu2RFCwlLT4",{"id":19449,"title":19450,"articleId":19451,"body":19452,"category":10247,"date":19758,"description":19759,"extension":1233,"lastUpdated":5450,"locale":1234,"meta":19760,"navigation":1236,"path":19761,"publishDate":19758,"readTime":8455,"refreshInterval":1239,"seo":19762,"slug":19763,"stem":19764,"tags":19765,"__hash__":19768},"blog\u002Fblog\u002Fearthing-tt-vs-tns.en.md","TT or TN-S Earthing in 2026: Protection Under AREI V06","earthing-tt-vs-tns",{"type":9,"value":19453,"toc":19746},[19454,19458,19465,19472,19476,19483,19525,19528,19532,19535,19538,19543,19564,19568,19578,19581,19585,19591,19594,19598,19642,19645,19649,19652,19655,19659,19662,19668,19671,19675,19678,19681,19708,19712,19715,19718,19720,19737,19741],[12977,19455,19457],{"id":19456},"tt-or-tn-s-follow-the-fault-path-not-a-rule-of-thumb","TT or TN-S: follow the fault path, not a rule of thumb",[17,19459,19460,19461,19464],{},"TT and TN-S describe how the earthed point of the supply and the exposed conductive parts of an installation are connected. That architecture determines the fault-current path and the automatic-disconnection conditions. ",[221,19462,19463],{},"AREI does not declare TT to be the universal Belgian residential standard, nor does it reserve TN-S for new or industrial buildings."," The actual arrangement must be established for the connection concerned; age and building use are not sufficient evidence.",[17,19466,19467,19468,19471],{},"This guide concerns domestic ",[221,19469,19470],{},"AC installations"," under AREI\u002FRGIE Book 1, Version 06, applicable from 1 April 2026. V06 also added DC provisions, but those form a separate scope and must not be inferred from these AC examples.",[12,19473,19475],{"id":19474},"reading-tt-tn-s-and-tn-c-s","Reading TT, TN-S and TN-C-S",[17,19477,19478,19479,19482],{},"The first letter describes the source-to-earth relationship. ",[4083,19480,19481],{},"T"," means that one point of the source is directly earthed. The second letter describes the exposed conductive parts of the consumer installation:",[711,19484,19485,19491,19497,19511],{},[714,19486,19487,19490],{},[221,19488,19489],{},"TT:"," those parts are connected to a local electrode independent of the source electrode;",[714,19492,19493,19496],{},[221,19494,19495],{},"TN:"," they are connected to the earthed source point through protective conductors;",[714,19498,19499,19502,19503,19506,19507,19510],{},[221,19500,19501],{},"TN-S:"," neutral ",[4083,19504,19505],{},"N"," and protective conductor ",[4083,19508,19509],{},"PE"," remain separate;",[714,19512,19513,19516,19517,19520,19521,207,19523,212],{},[221,19514,19515],{},"TN-C-S:"," a combined ",[4083,19518,19519],{},"PEN"," exists for one part and is later divided into ",[4083,19522,19509],{},[4083,19524,19505],{},[17,19526,19527],{},"TN-C-S should not be labelled “common in older homes” without evidence. Inspect the connection, trace the conductors and check the distribution network operator's information.",[12,19529,19531],{"id":19530},"tt-local-electrode-and-residual-current-protection","TT: local electrode and residual-current protection",[17,19533,19534],{},"During an insulation fault, current returns to the earthed source point through the exposed part, protective conductor, local electrode and soil. This loop can have too much impedance for an overcurrent device to trip quickly. Automatic disconnection in TT is therefore normally achieved with residual-current devices.",[17,19536,19537],{},"The basic condition is:",[17,19539,19540],{},[4083,19541,19542],{},"IΔn × R_E ≤ U_L",[17,19544,19545,19547,19548,19551,19552,19555,19556,19559,19560,19563],{},[4083,19546,19043],{}," is the RCD's rated residual operating current, ",[4083,19549,19550],{},"R_E"," the installation's earth-electrode resistance and ",[4083,19553,19554],{},"U_L"," the conventional touch-voltage limit. Calculating ",[4083,19557,19558],{},"50 V \u002F 0.3 A ≈ 166 Ω"," does not override the specific domestic requirement of ",[221,19561,19562],{},"less than 100 Ω",". In principle an overcurrent device may provide automatic disconnection in TT if all relevant impedance and timing conditions are demonstrably met. It is therefore too absolute to say that TT can only be protected by an RCD, even though RCD protection is the normal practical solution.",[12,19565,19567],{"id":19566},"tn-s-a-metallic-return-path-through-pe","TN-S: a metallic return path through PE",[17,19569,19570,19571,19573,19574,19577],{},"In TN-S, fault current returns to the earthed source point through ",[4083,19572,19509],{},". The loop must be low enough in impedance for the protective device to disconnect within the required time. A simplified check is ",[4083,19575,19576],{},"Zs × Ia ≤ U0",": fault-loop impedance multiplied by the current that operates the device is compared with the phase-to-earth voltage.",[17,19579,19580],{},"This does not mean that the network operator “guarantees earth resistance”, and it does not eliminate RCD duties. The domestic requirements in section 4.2.4.3 also apply to TN-S. Conversely, fitting a 30 mA RCD does not replace protective-conductor continuity and disconnection checks.",[12,19582,19584],{"id":19583},"a-local-electrode-can-still-be-required-with-tn","A local electrode can still be required with TN",[17,19586,19587,19588,19590],{},"Receiving a ",[4083,19589,19509],{}," from the supply is not a reason to omit the installation's own electrode without checking the applicable requirements. Book 1 requires domestic installations to have an earth-electrode resistance below 100 Ω. The earthing conductor, test joint, main protective conductor and equipotential bonding must be durable, accessible and testable.",[17,19592,19593],{},"The appropriate electrode depends on new or existing construction, foundations and soil. The relevant provisions do not establish a universal claim that every rod must be “at least 1.50 m”. Compliance of the complete arrangement and the measured result matter, not one generic rod length.",[12,19595,19597],{"id":19596},"the-30-ω-and-100-ω-thresholds-do-different-jobs","The 30 Ω and 100 Ω thresholds do different jobs",[21,19599,19600,19610],{},[24,19601,19602],{},[27,19603,19604,19607],{},[30,19605,19606],{},"Measured resistance",[30,19608,19609],{},"Domestic consequence",[43,19611,19612,19622,19632],{},[27,19613,19614,19619],{},[48,19615,19616],{},[4083,19617,19618],{},"R_E \u003C 30 Ω",[48,19620,19621],{},"The ordinary domestic RCD rules apply; this result alone does not prove every other protection condition.",[27,19623,19624,19629],{},[48,19625,19626],{},[4083,19627,19628],{},"30 Ω \u003C R_E \u003C 100 Ω",[48,19630,19631],{},"At least two high- or very-high-sensitivity RCDs, each supplying no more than 16 single or multiple socket-outlets, plus no more than 100 mA protection for the remaining circuits.",[27,19633,19634,19639],{},[48,19635,19636],{},[4083,19637,19638],{},"R_E ≥ 100 Ω",[48,19640,19641],{},"The domestic limit is not met; the electrode system must be investigated and improved. Adding RCDs alone does not cure it.",[17,19643,19644],{},"The limit of 16 counts single or multiple socket-outlets, not final circuits. Separately, no more than eight final circuits may be connected to one high- or very-high-sensitivity RCD in a new domestic installation. Both limits can apply at once.",[12,19646,19648],{"id":19647},"measurement-inspection-and-changing-conditions","Measurement, inspection and changing conditions",[17,19650,19651],{},"Earth resistance requires suitable instruments and a suitable method. Soil moisture, temperature, corrosion, a loose joint or damage to the earthing conductor can change the result. A visual inspection alone is insufficient. An inspection also addresses protective-conductor continuity, equipotential bonding, RCDs and the other measures against indirect contact.",[17,19653,19654],{},"The approved inspection body's report records the measured earth resistance. A positive report does not guarantee every later alteration or deterioration for 25 years. Twenty-five years is the interval for certain periodic domestic inspections; a negative sale inspection and other inspection triggers can lead to different follow-up periods.",[12,19656,19658],{"id":19657},"electrode-pe-and-bonding-form-one-protection-system","Electrode, PE and bonding form one protection system",[17,19660,19661],{},"The electrode is only one component. The earthing conductor connects it to the main earthing terminal or test joint; protective conductors and main equipotential bonding then connect the relevant conductive parts. Water, gas or heating pipework must not be treated as a substitute for the required electrode. At the same time, extraneous conductive parts must be bonded as required so that a dangerous potential difference does not remain during a fault.",[17,19663,19664,19665,19667],{},"A low electrode resistance does not compensate for a broken ",[4083,19666,19509],{}," to a socket. Conversely, protective-conductor continuity does not establish the electrode resistance. Resistance, continuity, insulation, RCD operation and disconnection conditions are therefore separate checks. During alterations, pay particular attention to legacy combinations of neutral and protective functions and any connection after the intended separation point; an improper N-PE link can distort both RCD operation and measurements.",[17,19669,19670],{},"Keep the measurement date, inspected scope and report. An earlier value must not simply be assigned to a new extension or altered electrode. Parallel earth paths or an inaccessible test joint also affect the suitable measurement method and belong in the competent assessment.",[12,19672,19674],{"id":19673},"what-belongs-in-the-plans-and-dossier","What belongs in the plans and dossier?",[17,19676,19677],{},"Chapter 9.1 requires a single-line diagram, position plan and other records. It does not generally say that the words “TT” or “TN-S” must appear as a separate field on every diagram. The actual components must nevertheless be represented correctly where required: earthing conductor, test joint, main equipotential bonding, protective devices and their relevant connections.",[17,19679,19680],{},"A defensible survey therefore includes these steps:",[5055,19682,19683,19686,19696,19699,19702,19705],{},[714,19684,19685],{},"check the supply connection and network operator's data;",[714,19687,19688,19689,63,19691,19693,19694,10904],{},"trace ",[4083,19690,19505],{},[4083,19692,19509],{}," and any ",[4083,19695,19519],{},[714,19697,19698],{},"record the local electrode, test joint and bonding;",[714,19700,19701],{},"have resistance and continuity measured;",[714,19703,19704],{},"assess RCD and overcurrent protection, including disconnection conditions;",[714,19706,19707],{},"compare the board, labels, single-line diagram and position plan with reality.",[12,19709,19711],{"id":19710},"which-system-is-better","Which system is better?",[17,19713,19714],{},"There is no universal ranking. Either architecture can be safe when the supply, conductors and protective devices are coherently designed and tested. TT is not automatically more independent or better; TN-S is not automatically more reliable. The useful question is whether fault current has a controlled return path and the supply is disconnected in time.",[17,19716,19717],{},"PlanElec can document earthing and protective components in the editor, export a single-line diagram and position plan as PDF, and run an indicative self-check. It does not measure earth resistance, identify the earthing system automatically or issue an official inspection report.",[12,19719,4964],{"id":4963},[711,19721,19722,19727,19732],{},[714,19723,19724],{},[203,19725,19726],{"href":10207},"30 mA RCDs: circuits, sockets and existing installations",[714,19728,19729],{},[203,19730,19731],{"href":5622},"RCD Type A or Type B without the myths",[714,19733,19734],{},[203,19735,19736],{"href":11125},"What does an electrical inspector check?",[17,19738,19739],{},[203,19740,11135],{"href":1206},[17,19742,19743],{},[60,19744,19745],{},"Basis: AREI\u002FRGIE Book 1 V06, particularly sections 4.2.3, 4.2.4.3, 6.5 and 9.1. The official text, connection data and measurements for the actual installation remain decisive.",{"title":1214,"searchDepth":1215,"depth":1215,"links":19747},[19748,19749,19750,19751,19752,19753,19754,19755,19756,19757],{"id":19474,"depth":1215,"text":19475},{"id":19530,"depth":1215,"text":19531},{"id":19566,"depth":1215,"text":19567},{"id":19583,"depth":1215,"text":19584},{"id":19596,"depth":1215,"text":19597},{"id":19647,"depth":1215,"text":19648},{"id":19657,"depth":1215,"text":19658},{"id":19673,"depth":1215,"text":19674},{"id":19710,"depth":1215,"text":19711},{"id":4963,"depth":1215,"text":4964},"2026-03-20","A precise comparison of TT and TN-S: fault-current paths, automatic disconnection, local electrodes and the 30\u002F100-ohm rules for domestic AC installations under AREI Book 1 V06.",{},"\u002Fblog\u002Fearthing-tt-vs-tns.en",{"title":19450,"description":19759},"earthing-tt-vs-tns-belgium","blog\u002Fearthing-tt-vs-tns.en",[1249,19766,19767,8868,11849],"tt-system","tn-s","Z9dAlECY7lh_jEtw5gyDfeHS-UKfOIAb5392LN-Zup0",{"id":19770,"title":19771,"articleId":19772,"body":19773,"category":10247,"date":20218,"description":20219,"extension":1233,"lastUpdated":5450,"locale":1234,"meta":20220,"navigation":1236,"path":20221,"publishDate":20218,"readTime":8455,"refreshInterval":1239,"seo":20222,"slug":19772,"stem":20223,"tags":20224,"__hash__":20227},"blog\u002Fblog\u002Fcable-cross-section-breaker.en.md","Cable Cross-Section per Circuit Breaker: Which Cable for Which Protection?","cable-cross-section-breaker",{"type":9,"value":19774,"toc":20207},[19775,19779,19785,19789,19796,19895,19905,19909,20047,20050,20054,20068,20071,20094,20097,20101,20104,20139,20142,20146,20157,20161,20169,20173,20176,20180,20189,20191],[12977,19776,19778],{"id":19777},"cable-cross-section-per-circuit-breaker","Cable Cross-Section per Circuit Breaker",[17,19780,19781,19784],{},[221,19782,19783],{},"The protective device protects the wiring, not the connected appliance."," A breaker that is too large for the wiring can allow the wiring to heat for too long during an overload. But choosing correctly involves more than looking up a size: the load, the cable and the installation conditions must be assessed together. This guide explains what AREI Book 1 V06 Table 4.11 does establish and what a complete design still has to check.",[12,19786,19788],{"id":19787},"reading-table-411-in-the-other-direction","Reading Table 4.11 in the other direction",[17,19790,19791,19792,19795],{},"Table 4.11 in subsection 4.4.1.4 gives, for domestic installations, the maximum rated current of a fuse and a circuit breaker for each conductor cross-section. The inverse overview below is therefore a ",[221,19793,19794],{},"legal table ceiling for the cross-section",", not a universal guarantee that a cable of that size is adequately designed in every situation.",[21,19797,19798,19810],{},[24,19799,19800],{},[27,19801,19802,19804,19807],{},[30,19803,13348],{},[30,19805,19806],{},"Smallest cross-section shown by Table 4.11",[30,19808,19809],{},"Example use",[43,19811,19812,19822,19832,19842,19851,19860,19869,19878,19887],{},[27,19813,19814,19816,19819],{},[48,19815,3595],{},[48,19817,19818],{},"1.5 mm² for fixed domestic circuits; 1 mm² appears in the table but not in Table 5.1 for new fixed wiring",[48,19820,19821],{},"Lighting without socket outlets",[27,19823,19824,19826,19829],{},[48,19825,3598],{},[48,19827,19828],{},"1.5 mm² under Table 4.11, but socket circuits require at least 2.5 mm² under 5.2.1.2",[48,19830,19831],{},"Lighting or a circuit without sockets",[27,19833,19834,19836,19839],{},[48,19835,3608],{},[48,19837,19838],{},"2.5 mm² as the table ceiling",[48,19840,19841],{},"Dedicated final circuit, if other checks allow it",[27,19843,19844,19846,19848],{},[48,19845,3618],{},[48,19847,3613],{},[48,19849,19850],{},"Final circuit with a higher load",[27,19852,19853,19855,19857],{},[48,19854,3626],{},[48,19856,3623],{},[48,19858,19859],{},"Dedicated higher-power load",[27,19861,19862,19864,19866],{},[48,19863,3629],{},[48,19865,3623],{},[48,19867,19868],{},"Supply or heavy final circuit, after a complete calculation",[27,19870,19871,19873,19875],{},[48,19872,3640],{},[48,19874,3634],{},[48,19876,19877],{},"Sub-distribution board supply, after a complete calculation",[27,19879,19880,19882,19884],{},[48,19881,3650],{},[48,19883,3645],{},[48,19885,19886],{},"Supply wiring, after a complete calculation",[27,19888,19889,19891,19893],{},[48,19890,3660],{},[48,19892,3655],{},[48,19894,19886],{},[17,19896,19897,19898,207,19901,19904],{},"The 2.5 mm² detail matters: Table 4.11 gives ",[221,19899,19900],{},"16 A as the maximum rated current for a fuse",[221,19902,19903],{},"20 A for a circuit breaker",". That does not automatically make a 20 A breaker correct on every 2.5 mm² cable. Installation method, load, voltage drop, short-circuit conditions and cable type still need checking. For a socket circuit, the minimum cross-section from 5.2.1.2 still applies even if a lower-rated protective device is selected.",[12,19906,19908],{"id":19907},"the-complete-table-411","The complete Table 4.11",[21,19910,19911,19924],{},[24,19912,19913],{},[27,19914,19915,19917,19920,19922],{},[30,19916,3579],{},[30,19918,19919],{"align":9003},"Max. fuse",[30,19921,11471],{"align":9003},[30,19923,7559],{},[43,19925,19926,19940,19953,19965,19976,19987,19997,20007,20017,20027,20037],{},[27,19927,19928,19931,19934,19937],{},[48,19929,19930],{},"0.5 mm²",[48,19932,19933],{"align":9003},"2 A",[48,19935,19936],{"align":9003},"4 A",[48,19938,19939],{},"Control, monitoring, signalling and measurement circuits only",[27,19941,19942,19945,19947,19950],{},[48,19943,19944],{},"0.75 mm²",[48,19946,19936],{"align":9003},[48,19948,19949],{"align":9003},"6 A",[48,19951,19952],{},"Circuits built into distribution and switchgear assemblies",[27,19954,19955,19958,19960,19962],{},[48,19956,19957],{},"1 mm²",[48,19959,19949],{"align":9003},[48,19961,3595],{"align":9003},[48,19963,19964],{},"No new fixed-wiring exception in Table 5.1",[27,19966,19967,19969,19971,19973],{},[48,19968,3592],{},[48,19970,3595],{"align":9003},[48,19972,3598],{"align":9003},[48,19974,19975],{},"Circuits without socket outlets",[27,19977,19978,19980,19982,19984],{},[48,19979,3603],{},[48,19981,3598],{"align":9003},[48,19983,3608],{"align":9003},[48,19985,19986],{},"General Table 4.11 category",[27,19988,19989,19991,19993,19995],{},[48,19990,3613],{},[48,19992,3608],{"align":9003},[48,19994,3618],{"align":9003},[48,19996,19986],{},[27,19998,19999,20001,20003,20005],{},[48,20000,3623],{},[48,20002,3626],{"align":9003},[48,20004,3629],{"align":9003},[48,20006,19986],{},[27,20008,20009,20011,20013,20015],{},[48,20010,3634],{},[48,20012,3637],{"align":9003},[48,20014,3640],{"align":9003},[48,20016,19986],{},[27,20018,20019,20021,20023,20025],{},[48,20020,3645],{},[48,20022,3640],{"align":9003},[48,20024,3650],{"align":9003},[48,20026,19986],{},[27,20028,20029,20031,20033,20035],{},[48,20030,3655],{},[48,20032,3650],{"align":9003},[48,20034,3660],{"align":9003},[48,20036,19986],{},[27,20038,20039,20041,20043,20045],{},[48,20040,3665],{},[48,20042,3660],{"align":9003},[48,20044,3670],{"align":9003},[48,20046,19986],{},[17,20048,20049],{},"The two protection columns are not interchangeable. Replacing a 16 A fuse with a 20 A breaker on 2.5 mm² increases the permitted rated current and therefore calls for a new assessment; the table only places both maximum values next to each other.",[12,20051,20053],{"id":20052},"why-the-table-is-not-enough","Why the table is not enough",[17,20055,20056,20057,20060,20061,20063,20064,20067],{},"A correct design starts with the design current ",[221,20058,20059],{},"Ib",", meaning the current expected from the load. The rated current ",[221,20062,19047],{}," of the protective device and the permissible current-carrying capacity ",[221,20065,20066],{},"Iz"," of the wiring are then selected. A common check is Ib ≤ In ≤ Iz, together with the required protective-device characteristics. Iz is not a fixed value determined by cross-section alone.",[17,20069,20070],{},"The assessment must include, among other things:",[711,20072,20073,20076,20079,20082,20085,20088,20091],{},[714,20074,20075],{},"conductor material, insulation and cable construction;",[714,20077,20078],{},"installation method (in conduit, in thermal insulation, on a wall, in a bundle or on a cable tray);",[714,20080,20081],{},"the number of simultaneously loaded conductors and grouping factors;",[714,20083,20084],{},"ambient temperature, heat dissipation and external influences;",[714,20086,20087],{},"length, load and permissible voltage drop;",[714,20089,20090],{},"disconnection conditions during a short circuit and fault-loop impedance;",[714,20092,20093],{},"the protective device’s breaking capacity compared with the prospective short-circuit current.",[17,20095,20096],{},"The protection must therefore be compatible with the cross-section thermally and with the real circuit. A long cable run may need a larger cross-section to control voltage drop. An unfavourable installation method can reduce Iz. A breaker with an acceptable rated current can still be unsuitable if the fault loop does not permit the required automatic disconnection or if its breaking capacity is too low for the prospective fault current.",[12,20098,20100],{"id":20099},"table-51-limited-exceptions-below-25-mm","Table 5.1: limited exceptions below 2.5 mm²",[17,20102,20103],{},"Subsection 5.2.1.2 generally prohibits insulated conductors smaller than 2.5 mm² when they are not an integral part of a machine or appliance. Table 5.1 lists the exceptions:",[21,20105,20106,20116],{},[24,20107,20108],{},[27,20109,20110,20113],{},[30,20111,20112],{},"Minimum",[30,20114,20115],{},"Only for",[43,20117,20118,20125,20132],{},[27,20119,20120,20122],{},[48,20121,3592],{},[48,20123,20124],{},"Wiring in circuits without sockets, except an individual socket rated no more than 2.5 A that is built into a luminaire",[27,20126,20127,20129],{},[48,20128,19944],{},[48,20130,20131],{},"Circuits built into distribution and switchgear assemblies that supply one single socket outlet; the protection must be suitable for that cross-section",[27,20133,20134,20136],{},[48,20135,19930],{},[48,20137,20138],{},"Control, monitoring, signalling and measurement circuits",[17,20140,20141],{},"The 1 mm² row in Table 4.11 is therefore not, by itself, permission to install new fixed 1 mm² wiring in a home. Table 4.11 sets the maximum protective rating when another applicable rule permits that cross-section; Table 5.1 defines the field of use here.",[12,20143,20145],{"id":20144},"existing-1-mm-emcb-and-emcvb-wiring","Existing 1 mm² EMCB and EMCVB wiring",[17,20147,20148,20149,20152,20153,20156],{},"Part 8 matters for existing sections of an installation. For installations whose on-site execution began before ",[221,20150,20151],{},"17 May 1986",", the derogation can allow an ",[221,20154,20155],{},"EMCB or EMCVB 1 mm²"," wiring system to remain in service when it forms part of a circuit without socket outlets, subject to the conditions of that derogation. Its protective device must be adapted to the cross-section. This is an allowance for existing wiring, not a rule permitting 1 mm² in a new installation. The actual condition, date and available documentation must be established during an inspection.",[12,20158,20160],{"id":20159},"voltage-drop-3-and-5-are-not-arei-limits","Voltage drop: 3% and 5% are not AREI limits",[17,20162,20163,20164,207,20166,20168],{},"For a preliminary check, designers often use ",[221,20165,8490],{},[221,20167,8493],{},". These are useful design or calculation assumptions, but they are not percentages that AREI 5.2.5 sets as general hard limits. That provision refers to the rules of the trade. Present 3% and 5% explicitly as a non-binding preliminary check. A long run, a motor, an EV charging point or sensitive equipment may require a larger cross-section after the actual conditions are calculated.",[12,20170,20172],{"id":20171},"replacing-an-old-fuse","Replacing an old fuse",[17,20174,20175],{},"On an existing circuit, first identify the wiring actually installed, its installation method, the expected load and any derogations that apply to its construction date. The Table 4.11 columns come afterwards. For 2.5 mm², 16 A for a fuse and 20 A for a breaker are the table ceilings; they are not instructions to increase the protective rating. For 1.5 mm², the breaker ceiling is 16 A, while a socket circuit remains subject to the applicable minimum cross-section.",[12,20177,20179],{"id":20178},"design-and-document","Design and document",[17,20181,6990,20182,20184,20185,20188],{},[203,20183,5844],{"href":1206},", you can record cross-sections, protective devices, circuits and lengths in the editor, export a PDF and run an ",[221,20186,20187],{},"orientational self-check",". The tool helps organise data and open points. It is not a complete cable calculation, an AREI compliance certificate or a replacement for measurements or an official inspection.",[12,20190,1175],{"id":1174},[711,20192,20193,20198,20202],{},[714,20194,20195],{},[203,20196,20197],{"href":1577},"Voltage drop and cable sizing",[714,20199,20200],{},[203,20201,7886],{"href":6257},[714,20203,20204],{},[203,20205,20206],{"href":3288},"Create a single-line diagram",{"title":1214,"searchDepth":1215,"depth":1215,"links":20208},[20209,20210,20211,20212,20213,20214,20215,20216,20217],{"id":19787,"depth":1215,"text":19788},{"id":19907,"depth":1215,"text":19908},{"id":20052,"depth":1215,"text":20053},{"id":20099,"depth":1215,"text":20100},{"id":20144,"depth":1215,"text":20145},{"id":20159,"depth":1215,"text":20160},{"id":20171,"depth":1215,"text":20172},{"id":20178,"depth":1215,"text":20179},{"id":1174,"depth":1215,"text":1175},"2026-03-18","Read AREI Book 1 V06 Table 4.11 correctly: its legal ceiling is not a complete cable calculation. See Table 5.1, old EMCB and EMCVB wiring, and voltage drop.",{},"\u002Fblog\u002Fcable-cross-section-breaker.en",{"title":19771,"description":20219},"blog\u002Fcable-cross-section-breaker.en",[8866,20225,8868,20226],"circuit-breaker","electrical-installation","ZTE40C6SyIaO4w8gvJn5MRCWRyafZ9NedK0PblB8Fck",{"id":20229,"title":20230,"articleId":20231,"body":20232,"category":10247,"date":20479,"description":20480,"extension":1233,"lastUpdated":20481,"locale":1234,"meta":20482,"navigation":1236,"path":20483,"publishDate":20479,"readTime":19440,"refreshInterval":1239,"seo":20484,"slug":20231,"stem":20485,"tags":20486,"__hash__":20490},"blog\u002Fblog\u002Fxvb-vs-vob-cable.en.md","XVB vs. VOB Cable: Which Is Right for Your Installation?","xvb-vs-vob-cable",{"type":9,"value":20233,"toc":20471},[20234,20238,20244,20248,20251,20255,20262,20266,20371,20375,20410,20414,20425,20444,20463,20465],[12977,20235,20237],{"id":20236},"xvb-vs-vob-cable-which-is-right","XVB vs. VOB Cable: Which Is Right?",[17,20239,20240,20243],{},[221,20241,20242],{},"XVB is the standard sheathed cable for fixed wiring in Belgian new installations."," It contains multiple conductors with an outer sheath and can be installed directly in walls, floors, or conduits. VOB, on the other hand, is a single-core wire that must always be placed inside a protective conduit or cable trunking.",[12,20245,20247],{"id":20246},"what-is-xvb","What Is XVB?",[17,20249,20250],{},"XVB (e.g., XVB 3G2.5) is a multi-core sheathed cable with PVC insulation and PVC outer sheath. The designation indicates the number of cores and cross-section. XVB is designed for fixed installation — in wall chases, under plaster, in conduits, or on cable trays.",[12,20252,20254],{"id":20253},"what-is-vob","What Is VOB?",[17,20256,20257,20258,20261],{},"VOB (e.g., VOB 2.5mm²) is a flexible single-core wire with PVC insulation. It must ",[221,20259,20260],{},"never be installed freely"," and always requires a protective conduit (tube) or cable trunking. VOB is cheaper per meter but requires the additional cost of protective tubing.",[12,20263,20265],{"id":20264},"comparison-table","Comparison Table",[21,20267,20268,20279],{},[24,20269,20270],{},[27,20271,20272,20274,20276],{},[30,20273,13309],{},[30,20275,18916],{},[30,20277,20278],{},"VOB",[43,20280,20281,20294,20306,20319,20332,20345,20358],{},[27,20282,20283,20288,20291],{},[48,20284,20285],{},[221,20286,20287],{},"Construction",[48,20289,20290],{},"Multi-core with outer sheath",[48,20292,20293],{},"Single core without sheath",[27,20295,20296,20300,20303],{},[48,20297,20298],{},[221,20299,8036],{},[48,20301,20302],{},"Directly in wall, floor, conduit",[48,20304,20305],{},"Only in conduit\u002Ftrunking",[27,20307,20308,20313,20316],{},[48,20309,20310],{},[221,20311,20312],{},"Conduit required?",[48,20314,20315],{},"No (optional)",[48,20317,20318],{},"Yes, always",[27,20320,20321,20326,20329],{},[48,20322,20323],{},[221,20324,20325],{},"Price per meter",[48,20327,20328],{},"Higher (~€1.50–3.00\u002Fm for 3G2.5)",[48,20330,20331],{},"Lower (~€0.30–0.50\u002Fm per core)",[27,20333,20334,20339,20342],{},[48,20335,20336],{},[221,20337,20338],{},"Total cost",[48,20340,20341],{},"Often cheaper (no conduit needed)",[48,20343,20344],{},"Conduit + labour = more expensive",[27,20346,20347,20352,20355],{},[48,20348,20349],{},[221,20350,20351],{},"Flexibility",[48,20353,20354],{},"Stiffer, harder to bend",[48,20356,20357],{},"More flexible inside conduit",[27,20359,20360,20365,20368],{},[48,20361,20362],{},[221,20363,20364],{},"Typical use",[48,20366,20367],{},"New construction, renovation",[48,20369,20370],{},"Renovation in existing conduits",[12,20372,20374],{"id":20373},"areirgie-requirements","AREI\u002FRGIE Requirements",[21,20376,20377,20385],{},[24,20378,20379],{},[27,20380,20381,20383],{},[30,20382,19131],{},[30,20384,19134],{},[43,20386,20387,20395],{},[27,20388,20389,20392],{},[48,20390,20391],{},"Art. 5.2.2",[48,20393,20394],{},"Cables must be suitable for the installation method; single-core wires (VOB) only in electrical conduits or cable trunking",[27,20396,20397,20400],{},[48,20398,20399],{},"Art. 5.2.7.2 \u002F 5.2.7.3",[48,20401,20402,20403,18824,20405,18828,20407,20409],{},"CPR fire class: individually installed cables require at least ",[221,20404,18823],{},[221,20406,18827],{},[221,20408,18831],{}," is required (Art. 5.2.7.3, Art. 4.3.3.5b)",[12,20411,20413],{"id":20412},"recommendation","Recommendation",[17,20415,20416,20417,20420,20421,20424],{},"For ",[221,20418,20419],{},"new installations",", XVB is the first choice: fewer work steps, no protective conduits needed, and AREI-compliant. VOB is mainly suitable for ",[221,20422,20423],{},"renovations"," where conduits already exist and individual wires need to be pulled through.",[17,20426,20427,20428,20430,20431,20433,20434,7900,20437,20440,20441,20443],{},"For both cable types, ensure compliance with the required CPR fire class — in bundles, hollow walls, and building cavities at least ",[221,20429,18831],{}," (Art. 5.2.7.3), and for individually installed cables in solid walls under plaster ",[221,20432,18823],{}," is sufficient (Art. 5.2.7.2). The additional low-smoke, low-acid classification (",[221,20435,20436],{},"s1",[221,20438,20439],{},"a1",") is required by Art. 4.3.3.7 a for the locations listed in Table 4.10: escape routes in buildings, publicly accessible spaces holding at least 50 people, and tunnels. Inside the dwelling it does not apply — Table 4.10 explicitly exempts domestic installations. In an apartment building, however, take care: the common parts and technical rooms of a residential building are ",[221,20442,1096],{}," domestic installations under AREI Part 2, so the requirement does apply in the stairwell. Older cables without CPR classification may no longer be used in new installations.",[9557,20445,20446],{},[17,20447,20448,2553,20451,20454,20455,20458,20459,20462],{},[221,20449,20450],{},"Colour coding (Art. 5.1.6.2):",[221,20452,20453],{},"Green-Yellow"," is reserved for the protective conductor (PE\u002FPEN), ",[221,20456,20457],{},"Blue"," for the neutral conductor (N) — both colours are prohibited for active (phase) conductors. For the phase conductors (L1\u002FL2\u002FL3), ",[221,20460,20461],{},"Brown\u002FBlack\u002FGrey"," are therefore commonly used.",[12,20464,13866],{"id":7869},[17,20466,18891,20467,20470],{},[203,20468,5844],{"href":19425,"rel":20469},[5393],". The self-check can flag supported cable and protection combinations but does not replace professional engineering.",{"title":1214,"searchDepth":1215,"depth":1215,"links":20472},[20473,20474,20475,20476,20477,20478],{"id":20246,"depth":1215,"text":20247},{"id":20253,"depth":1215,"text":20254},{"id":20264,"depth":1215,"text":20265},{"id":20373,"depth":1215,"text":20374},{"id":20412,"depth":1215,"text":20413},{"id":7869,"depth":1215,"text":13866},"2026-03-16","Comparison between XVB sheathed cable and VOB single-core wire for Belgian electrical installations according to AREI\u002FRGIE standards.","2026-08-18",{},"\u002Fblog\u002Fxvb-vs-vob-cable.en",{"title":20230,"description":20480},"blog\u002Fxvb-vs-vob-cable.en",[20487,20488,20489,1134,8868],"cable","xvb","vob","TxnkWoJQZlGtAflPfGpMlnlgKWDqemScZVMWlhN3J1U",{"id":20492,"title":20493,"articleId":20494,"body":20495,"category":10247,"date":20731,"description":20732,"extension":1233,"lastUpdated":5450,"locale":1234,"meta":20733,"navigation":1236,"path":20734,"publishDate":20731,"readTime":19440,"refreshInterval":1239,"seo":20735,"slug":20494,"stem":20736,"tags":20737,"__hash__":20745},"blog\u002Fblog\u002Finspection-checklist.en.md","What Does the Inspector Check During an Electrical Inspection?","inspection-checklist",{"type":9,"value":20496,"toc":20722},[20497,20501,20504,20508,20511,20535,20543,20547,20550,20601,20605,20608,20678,20682,20688,20690,20702,20707,20711,20714],[12,20498,20500],{"id":20499},"three-areas-documentation-visual-inspection-measurements","Three areas: documentation, visual inspection, measurements",[17,20502,20503],{},"An approved control body assesses documents, the visible installation and the required tests or measurements. The exact sequence and conclusions belong to the control body; incomplete documentation is recorded against the applicable dossier requirements.",[12,20505,20507],{"id":20506},"_1-documentation","1. Documentation",[17,20509,20510],{},"The inspector requires the following documents:",[711,20512,20513,20518,20523,20529],{},[714,20514,20515,20517],{},[221,20516,5889],{}," — present, complete, and up to date?",[714,20519,20520,20522],{},[221,20521,7032],{}," — floor plan showing sockets, switches, and lights?",[714,20524,20525,20528],{},[221,20526,20527],{},"Conformity declaration"," from the installer?",[714,20530,20531,20534],{},[221,20532,20533],{},"Technical data sheets"," — distribution board, RCDs, circuit breakers?",[9557,20536,20537],{},[17,20538,20539,20542],{},[221,20540,20541],{},"Prepare the dossier first:"," a missing or outdated diagram can produce a negative finding. It does not justify guessing how a particular inspector will sequence the visit.",[12,20544,20546],{"id":20545},"_2-visual-inspection","2. Visual inspection",[17,20548,20549],{},"Next, the inspector visually checks the installation:",[711,20551,20552,20558,20564,20570,20575,20582,20589,20595],{},[714,20553,20554,20555,20557],{},"Correct ",[221,20556,10264],{}," per breaker? (e.g. min. 2.5 mm² at 16A for socket circuits; for lighting 1.5 mm² at 16A is sufficient)",[714,20559,20560,20563],{},[221,20561,20562],{},"30mA RCD"," present for all socket circuits?",[714,20565,20566,20569],{},[221,20567,20568],{},"Bathroom zones"," respected? (Zone 0, 1, 2 per AREI Art. 7.1, zone definitions Art. 7.1.3.2)",[714,20571,20572,20574],{},[221,20573,18115],{}," present and accessible?",[714,20576,20577,20578,20581],{},"All ",[221,20579,20580],{},"junction boxes"," closed?",[714,20583,20584,20585,20588],{},"Cables properly ",[221,20586,20587],{},"secured"," and protected?",[714,20590,20591,20594],{},[221,20592,20593],{},"Main switch"," present and freely accessible?",[714,20596,20597,20600],{},[221,20598,20599],{},"Surge protection device (SPD)"," present? (Art. 4.5.1 requires general protection against overvoltages according to the rules of the trade — in practice, an SPD Type 2 is recommended)",[12,20602,20604],{"id":20603},"_3-measurements","3. Measurements",[17,20606,20607],{},"Finally, the inspector performs technical measurements:",[21,20609,20610,20622],{},[24,20611,20612],{},[27,20613,20614,20617,20619],{},[30,20615,20616],{},"Measurement",[30,20618,3857],{},[30,20620,20621],{},"Instrument",[43,20623,20624,20635,20645,20656,20667],{},[27,20625,20626,20629,20632],{},[48,20627,20628],{},"Earth resistance",[48,20630,20631],{},"\u003C 100 Ohm (Art. 4.2.4.3 a\u002Fb); above > 30 Ohm at least two high-sensitivity RCDs required",[48,20633,20634],{},"Earth resistance tester",[27,20636,20637,20640,20642],{},[48,20638,20639],{},"Insulation resistance",[48,20641,16151],{},[48,20643,20644],{},"Megger (insulation tester)",[27,20646,20647,20650,20653],{},[48,20648,20649],{},"Loop impedance",[48,20651,20652],{},"Depends on MCB rated current",[48,20654,20655],{},"Loop impedance tester",[27,20657,20658,20661,20664],{},[48,20659,20660],{},"RCD trip time",[48,20662,20663],{},"\u003C 300 ms at rated residual current I∆n, \u003C 40 ms at 5× I∆n (per IEC 61008)",[48,20665,20666],{},"RCD tester",[27,20668,20669,20672,20675],{},[48,20670,20671],{},"Voltage measurement",[48,20673,20674],{},"230V ±10%",[48,20676,20677],{},"Multimeter",[12,20679,20681],{"id":20680},"result","Result",[17,20683,20684,20685,20687],{},"After the inspection, you receive an ",[221,20686,11169],{},". For new builds and major renovations, the inspection must be passed before the grid operator activates the electricity connection. If deficiencies are found, you are given a deadline for corrections and must schedule a re-inspection.",[12,20689,7870],{"id":7869},[711,20691,20692,20697],{},[714,20693,20694],{},[203,20695,20696],{"href":6257},"Electrical inspection in Belgium — what you need to know",[714,20698,20699],{},[203,20700,20701],{"href":4809},"How many sockets per circuit? (AREI limits)",[17,20703,20704],{},[203,20705,20706],{"href":7900},"Create your AREI-compliant single-line diagram now — free →",[12,20708,20710],{"id":20709},"prepare-an-auditable-dossier","Prepare an auditable dossier",[17,20712,20713],{},"Before the appointment, compare the single-line diagram and situation plan with the installation as it actually exists. Use the same circuit letters and point numbers in both documents, label the board, keep covers accessible, and collect earlier reports and manufacturer documentation that belongs to the installation file. Do not open live equipment yourself merely to prepare the visit.",[17,20715,20716,20717,20721],{},"The official reference is the ",[203,20718,20720],{"href":6228,"rel":20719},[5393],"FPS Economy guidance on domestic electrical inspections",". The control report, not this checklist or PlanElec's advisory self-check, determines the recorded findings and any follow-up deadline.",{"title":1214,"searchDepth":1215,"depth":1215,"links":20723},[20724,20725,20726,20727,20728,20729,20730],{"id":20499,"depth":1215,"text":20500},{"id":20506,"depth":1215,"text":20507},{"id":20545,"depth":1215,"text":20546},{"id":20603,"depth":1215,"text":20604},{"id":20680,"depth":1215,"text":20681},{"id":7869,"depth":1215,"text":7870},{"id":20709,"depth":1215,"text":20710},"2026-03-13","Documentation, visual inspection, measurements — learn point by point what the inspector actually checks and measures during an electrical inspection in Belgium.",{},"\u002Fblog\u002Finspection-checklist.en",{"title":20493,"description":20732},"blog\u002Finspection-checklist.en",[1244,1245,11847,10820,6296,1251,20738,20739,20740,2008,20741,20742,13725,20743,20744,1252],"eendraadschema","Eindrahtschema","schéma unifilaire","Situationsplan","plan de situation","earth resistance","insulation resistance","aTYAD7YY068FMjSIeiTCOTd2g35t5OIyYicGRW7HvWg",{"id":20747,"title":20748,"articleId":20749,"body":20750,"category":10247,"date":20937,"description":20938,"extension":1233,"lastUpdated":5450,"locale":1234,"meta":20939,"navigation":1236,"path":20940,"publishDate":20937,"readTime":10252,"refreshInterval":1239,"seo":20941,"slug":20749,"stem":20942,"tags":20943,"__hash__":20946},"blog\u002Fblog\u002Fsockets-per-circuit.en.md","How Many Sockets Per Circuit? (AREI Limits)","sockets-per-circuit",{"type":9,"value":20751,"toc":20928},[20752,20756,20769,20773,20822,20826,20884,20888,20891,20895,20901,20903,20913,20917,20921],[12,20753,20755],{"id":20754},"maximum-8-sockets-per-circuit","Maximum 8 sockets per circuit",[17,20757,20758,20759,20762,20763,20765,20766,20768],{},"The AREI specifies in ",[221,20760,20761],{},"Art. 5.3.5.2b",": a maximum of ",[221,20764,16878],{}," may be installed per final circuit. This eight-point limit applies explicitly to sockets only, not to light outlets. An important counting rule applies — a double socket counts as ",[221,20767,3123],{}," point, not two.",[12,20770,20772],{"id":20771},"counting-rules-in-detail","Counting rules in detail",[21,20774,20775,20784],{},[24,20776,20777],{},[27,20778,20779,20781],{},[30,20780,9000],{},[30,20782,20783],{},"Counts as",[43,20785,20786,20794,20801,20808,20815],{},[27,20787,20788,20791],{},[48,20789,20790],{},"Single socket",[48,20792,20793],{},"1 point",[27,20795,20796,20799],{},[48,20797,20798],{},"Double socket",[48,20800,20793],{},[27,20802,20803,20806],{},[48,20804,20805],{},"Triple socket",[48,20807,20793],{},[27,20809,20810,20813],{},[48,20811,20812],{},"Light outlet",[48,20814,20793],{},[27,20816,20817,20820],{},[48,20818,20819],{},"Fixed connection (oven, hob)",[48,20821,13719],{},[12,20823,20825],{"id":20824},"cable-and-breaker-per-circuit-type","Cable and breaker per circuit type",[21,20827,20828,20844],{},[24,20829,20830],{},[27,20831,20832,20835,20838,20841],{},[30,20833,20834],{},"Circuit type",[30,20836,20837],{},"Cable",[30,20839,20840],{},"Breaker",[30,20842,20843],{},"Max. points",[43,20845,20846,20858,20871],{},[27,20847,20848,20851,20853,20856],{},[48,20849,20850],{},"Sockets",[48,20852,6028],{},[48,20854,20855],{},"16A or 20A",[48,20857,17184],{},[27,20859,20860,20862,20865,20868],{},[48,20861,16745],{},[48,20863,20864],{},"XVB 3G1.5",[48,20866,20867],{},"10A or 16A",[48,20869,20870],{},"no fixed maximum (min. 2 lighting circuits if >2 rooms)",[27,20872,20873,20876,20879,20882],{},[48,20874,20875],{},"Dedicated (oven)",[48,20877,20878],{},"XVB 3G4 or 3G6",[48,20880,20881],{},"20A or 32A",[48,20883,4503],{},[12,20885,20887],{"id":20886},"editable-planning-scenario","Editable planning scenario",[17,20889,20890],{},"For a house with three bedrooms, kitchen, bathroom and living room, start by grouping points by use. The real number follows from counted connection points, exclusive appliance circuits, spatial layout and the desired availability. The former ranges in this article were not an official statistic and are therefore not presented as a typical requirement.",[12,20892,20894],{"id":20893},"existing-installations-arei-part-8","Existing installations (AREI Part 8)",[17,20896,20897,20898,20900],{},"For existing installations built before the current AREI, ",[221,20899,9767],{}," allows more than 8 sockets per circuit under certain conditions — provided the power of the connected appliances does not exceed the power permitted for the wiring and the cable cross-section is adequately sized. However, when renovating or extending, the current limits apply.",[12,20902,7870],{"id":7869},[711,20904,20905,20909],{},[714,20906,20907],{},[203,20908,10208],{"href":10207},[714,20910,20911],{},[203,20912,20696],{"href":6257},[17,20914,20915],{},[203,20916,20706],{"href":7900},[12,20918,20920],{"id":20919},"count-before-documenting","Count before documenting",[17,20922,20923,20924,212],{},"Count connection points, not frames or inserts. On a mixed final circuit, subsection 5.3.5.2 treats one fixed appliance, or a group operated by one common control, as one socket point. Also check whether subsection 5.2.1.2 requires an exclusive circuit. Keep point numbers identical on both diagrams. Official source: ",[203,20925,20927],{"href":5391,"rel":20926},[5393],"AREI Book 1 V06",{"title":1214,"searchDepth":1215,"depth":1215,"links":20929},[20930,20931,20932,20933,20934,20935,20936],{"id":20754,"depth":1215,"text":20755},{"id":20771,"depth":1215,"text":20772},{"id":20824,"depth":1215,"text":20825},{"id":20886,"depth":1215,"text":20887},{"id":20893,"depth":1215,"text":20894},{"id":7869,"depth":1215,"text":7870},{"id":20919,"depth":1215,"text":20920},"2026-03-11","Maximum 8 points per circuit — but how do you count correctly? Learn the AREI rules for sockets, lighting, and dedicated circuits.",{},"\u002Fblog\u002Fsockets-per-circuit.en",{"title":20748,"description":20938},"blog\u002Fsockets-per-circuit.en",[1244,1245,20944,7428,20945,20487,18916,1251,20738,20739,20740,11847,10820,12476,1252,2008],"socket","breaker","tw_ZN_PDWBNuqYbQxogMbn9YJB5lbj0IVKHQTAlvJLQ",{"id":20948,"title":20949,"articleId":20950,"body":20951,"category":10247,"date":21318,"description":21319,"extension":1233,"lastUpdated":13234,"locale":1234,"meta":21320,"navigation":1236,"path":21321,"publishDate":21318,"readTime":19440,"refreshInterval":1239,"seo":21322,"slug":20950,"stem":21323,"tags":21324,"__hash__":21329},"blog\u002Fblog\u002Fbathroom-cables-arei-zones.en.md","Which Cables Can I Use in the Bathroom? (AREI Zones)","bathroom-cables-arei-zones",{"type":9,"value":20952,"toc":21307},[20953,20957,20967,20971,20978,21037,21048,21051,21055,21163,21167,21196,21200,21261,21265,21272,21283,21287,21290,21292,21302],[12,20954,20956],{"id":20955},"xvb-is-always-allowed-vob-only-with-restrictions","XVB is always allowed — VOB only with restrictions",[17,20958,20959,20960,20962,20963,20966],{},"Bathroom electrical installations in Belgium are subject to special regulations. The key rule of thumb: ",[221,20961,13594],{}," (sheathed cable) is permitted in all bathroom zones outside Zone 0. ",[221,20964,20965],{},"VOB wire in conduit"," (Preflex) has restrictions — especially in hollow walls.",[12,20968,20970],{"id":20969},"the-arei-bathroom-zones","The AREI bathroom zones",[17,20972,20973,20974,20977],{},"The AREI defines ",[221,20975,20976],{},"three zones"," around bathtubs and showers: Zone 0, Zone 1, Zone 2 (bathtubs only), and the area outside the zones (Art. 7.1.3.2).",[21,20979,20980,20993],{},[24,20981,20982],{},[27,20983,20984,20987,20990],{},[30,20985,20986],{},"Zone",[30,20988,20989],{},"Area",[30,20991,20992],{},"Permitted installation",[43,20994,20995,21008,21021],{},[27,20996,20997,21002,21005],{},[48,20998,20999],{},[221,21000,21001],{},"Zone 0",[48,21003,21004],{},"Inside the bathtub\u002Fshower",[48,21006,21007],{},"SELV ≤ 12V only, IPX7",[27,21009,21010,21015,21018],{},[48,21011,21012],{},[221,21013,21014],{},"Zone 1",[48,21016,21017],{},"Vertically above Zone 0, up to 2.25 m height",[48,21019,21020],{},"Fixed appliances ≥ IPX4; SELV sockets and SELV switches permitted (Art. 7.1.5.2c Nr. 2 and 4)",[27,21022,21023,21028,21034],{},[48,21024,21025],{},[221,21026,21027],{},"Zone 2",[48,21029,21030,21031],{},"60 cm around Zone 1 — ",[221,21032,21033],{},"bathtubs only",[48,21035,21036],{},"Sockets only with a very-high-sensitivity RCD (≤ 10 mA) or a 100 W isolating transformer (Art. 7.1.5.2d Nr. 2); appliances ≥ IPX4",[9557,21038,21039],{},[17,21040,21041,21043,21044,21047],{},[221,21042,13583],{}," Zone 2 is ",[221,21045,21046],{},"not defined"," for showers (Art. 7.1.3.2 Nr. 3b). For showers, Zone 1 is followed directly by the area outside the zones.",[17,21049,21050],{},"Outside these zones, normal installation rules apply.",[12,21052,21054],{"id":21053},"cable-types-and-their-permissibility","Cable types and their permissibility",[21,21056,21057,21075],{},[24,21058,21059],{},[27,21060,21061,21063,21066,21068,21070,21072],{},[30,21062,13522],{},[30,21064,21065],{},"CPR class",[30,21067,21001],{},[30,21069,21014],{},[30,21071,21027],{},[30,21073,21074],{},"Outside zones",[43,21076,21077,21093,21110,21127,21146],{},[27,21078,21079,21083,21085,21087,21089,21091],{},[48,21080,21081],{},[221,21082,6028],{},[48,21084,18831],{},[48,21086,12408],{},[48,21088,8103],{},[48,21090,8103],{},[48,21092,8103],{},[27,21094,21095,21099,21101,21103,21106,21108],{},[48,21096,21097],{},[221,21098,20864],{},[48,21100,18831],{},[48,21102,12408],{},[48,21104,21105],{},"Yes (lighting)",[48,21107,8103],{},[48,21109,8103],{},[27,21111,21112,21117,21119,21121,21123,21125],{},[48,21113,21114],{},[221,21115,21116],{},"VOB in grey Preflex",[48,21118,3406],{},[48,21120,12408],{},[48,21122,8103],{},[48,21124,8103],{},[48,21126,8103],{},[27,21128,21129,21134,21136,21138,21141,21144],{},[48,21130,21131],{},[221,21132,21133],{},"VOB in green Preflex",[48,21135,3406],{},[48,21137,12408],{},[48,21139,21140],{},"No (hollow wall)",[48,21142,21143],{},"Restricted",[48,21145,8103],{},[27,21147,21148,21153,21155,21157,21159,21161],{},[48,21149,21150],{},[221,21151,21152],{},"H07Z1-U (halogen-free)",[48,21154,18831],{},[48,21156,12408],{},[48,21158,8103],{},[48,21160,8103],{},[48,21162,8103],{},[5707,21164,21166],{"id":21165},"important-notes-on-cable-types","Important notes on cable types",[711,21168,21169,21174,21184,21190],{},[714,21170,21171,21173],{},[221,21172,18916],{}," (sheathed cable): Always the safe choice. Suitable for flush mounting, surface mounting, and cable trays.",[714,21175,21176,21179,21180,21183],{},[221,21177,21178],{},"Grey Preflex"," (standard conduit with pre-pulled VOB): Permitted in solid walls. ",[221,21181,21182],{},"Not"," allowed in hollow walls or suspended ceilings.",[714,21185,21186,21189],{},[221,21187,21188],{},"Preflex Safe (green)",": In solid walls, Preflex Safe (Cca) is also permitted in Zone 1. The restriction applies to hollow walls (dry-lining), not the zone itself.",[714,21191,21192,21195],{},[221,21193,21194],{},"H07Z1-U",": Halogen-free wire, particularly recommended for sensitive areas. Note: H07Z1-U as a single wire does not inherently have a CPR class of Cca — the class refers to the cable system (wire + conduit). H07Z1-U in Preflex Safe achieves Cca.",[12,21197,21199],{"id":21198},"cross-section-table","Cross-section table",[21,21201,21202,21213],{},[24,21203,21204],{},[27,21205,21206,21208,21211],{},[30,21207,17982],{},[30,21209,21210],{},"Min. cross-section",[30,21212,13348],{},[43,21214,21215,21223,21231,21241,21250],{},[27,21216,21217,21219,21221],{},[48,21218,16745],{},[48,21220,3592],{},[48,21222,20867],{},[27,21224,21225,21227,21229],{},[48,21226,20850],{},[48,21228,3603],{},[48,21230,20855],{},[27,21232,21233,21236,21238],{},[48,21234,21235],{},"Washing machine \u002F dryer",[48,21237,3603],{},[48,21239,21240],{},"16A (dedicated circuit)",[27,21242,21243,21246,21248],{},[48,21244,21245],{},"Electric water heater (under-sink, ≤ 2 kW)",[48,21247,3603],{},[48,21249,11483],{},[27,21251,21252,21255,21258],{},[48,21253,21254],{},"Electric instantaneous water heater (18–27 kW)",[48,21256,21257],{},"6 mm² (32A) or 10 mm² (40A, three-phase)",[48,21259,21260],{},"32A or 40A",[12,21262,21264],{"id":21263},"_30ma-differential-protection-is-mandatory","30mA differential protection is mandatory",[17,21266,21267,21268,21271],{},"According to AREI Art. 7.1.4.3, ",[221,21269,21270],{},"all circuits in the bathroom"," must be protected by a high- or very-high-sensitivity RCD (typically 30 mA) — except for SELV circuits, circuits with electrical separation, and safety installations. This applies equally to lighting, sockets, and fixed appliances.",[9557,21273,21274],{},[17,21275,21276,21278,21279,21282],{},[221,21277,9563],{},": Even circuits that merely ",[60,21280,21281],{},"pass through"," the bathroom (e.g., cables to the attic) must comply with zone requirements if they run within the protection zones.",[12,21284,21286],{"id":21285},"equipotential-bonding-in-the-bathroom","Equipotential bonding in the bathroom",[17,21288,21289],{},"Important: The AREI (Art. 7.1.4.4) requires supplementary equipotential bonding in the bathroom — all simultaneously accessible metallic parts (water pipes, radiators, bathtub, drain pipes) must be bonded locally to each other and to the protective conductors of the bathroom circuits. Missing equipotential bonding is a common reason for inspection failure.",[12,21291,7870],{"id":7869},[711,21293,21294,21298],{},[714,21295,21296],{},[203,21297,10208],{"href":10207},[714,21299,21300],{},[203,21301,20696],{"href":6257},[17,21303,21304],{},[203,21305,21306],{"href":7900},"Plan your bathroom electrics with PlanElec — free →",{"title":1214,"searchDepth":1215,"depth":1215,"links":21308},[21309,21310,21311,21314,21315,21316,21317],{"id":20955,"depth":1215,"text":20956},{"id":20969,"depth":1215,"text":20970},{"id":21053,"depth":1215,"text":21054,"children":21312},[21313],{"id":21165,"depth":5869,"text":21166},{"id":21198,"depth":1215,"text":21199},{"id":21263,"depth":1215,"text":21264},{"id":21285,"depth":1215,"text":21286},{"id":7869,"depth":1215,"text":7870},"2026-03-09","XVB is always permitted, VOB in conduit only with restrictions. Learn which cable types are allowed in each AREI zone and what to watch out for.",{},"\u002Fblog\u002Fbathroom-cables-arei-zones.en",{"title":20949,"description":21319},"blog\u002Fbathroom-cables-arei-zones.en",[1244,1245,15883,21325,18916,20278,21326,2794,13725,21327,11847,10820,12476,1252,1251,20738,20739,20740,2008,21328],"zones","Preflex","30mA","CPR","CTpa-xQv04yrNHrUj8I66qJiYZ9dcahWiMrzbu9XAEI",{"id":21331,"title":21332,"articleId":21333,"body":21334,"category":10247,"date":21570,"description":21571,"extension":1233,"lastUpdated":5450,"locale":1234,"meta":21572,"navigation":1236,"path":21573,"publishDate":21570,"readTime":10252,"refreshInterval":1239,"seo":21574,"slug":21333,"stem":21575,"tags":21576,"__hash__":21577},"blog\u002Fblog\u002Fwhat-is-a-situation-plan.en.md","What Is a Situation Plan?","what-is-a-situation-plan",{"type":9,"value":21335,"toc":21561},[21336,21340,21353,21360,21364,21376,21415,21418,21422,21425,21458,21462,21539,21542,21544,21556],[12,21337,21339],{"id":21338},"a-floor-plan-of-your-electrical-installation","A floor plan of your electrical installation",[17,21341,21342,21343,21346,21347,21349,21350,21352],{},"A situation plan (Dutch: ",[60,21344,21345],{},"situatieschema",", French: ",[60,21348,20742],{},") is a simplified floor plan showing the ",[221,21351,6675],{}," of relevant electrical equipment — such as sockets, switches, lights, distribution boards and fixed appliances. No universal drawing scale is prescribed; clarity and unambiguous locations matter.",[17,21354,21355,21356,21359],{},"Unlike a single-line diagram, the situation plan doesn't show the logical circuit hierarchy, but rather ",[221,21357,21358],{},"exactly where"," everything is located.",[12,21361,21363],{"id":21362},"what-does-the-arei-say","What does the AREI say?",[17,21365,21366,21367,21370,21371,21375],{},"The Federal Public Service Economy's ",[203,21368,11735],{"href":6228,"rel":21369},[5393]," lists the single-line diagram and situation plan among the minimum documents to provide. The current ",[203,21372,21374],{"href":13853,"rel":21373},[5393],"AREI\u002FRGIE Book 1"," defines their content and shared references:",[21,21377,21378,21389],{},[24,21379,21380],{},[27,21381,21382,21384,21386],{},[30,21383,2596],{},[30,21385,19131],{},[30,21387,21388],{},"Shows",[43,21390,21391,21403],{},[27,21392,21393,21397,21400],{},[48,21394,21395],{},[221,21396,5889],{},[48,21398,21399],{},"Art. 9.1.2 Nr. 1",[48,21401,21402],{},"Logical structure — protection devices, circuits, hierarchy",[27,21404,21405,21409,21412],{},[48,21406,21407],{},[221,21408,7032],{},[48,21410,21411],{},"Art. 9.1.2 Nr. 2",[48,21413,21414],{},"Physical location — where everything is installed in the building, incl. location of the meter board and earthing system",[17,21416,21417],{},"The documents must reflect the real installation. Missing or inconsistent plans may be recorded as an infringement; only the approved inspection body determines the official outcome.",[12,21419,21421],{"id":21420},"what-must-be-on-the-situation-plan","What must be on the situation plan?",[5707,21423,21424],{"id":6296},"Checklist",[711,21426,21427,21430,21433,21436,21439,21442,21445,21448,21455],{},[714,21428,21429],{},"Clear, simplified floor plan of each relevant storey",[714,21431,21432],{},"Position of all sockets (single, double, earthed)",[714,21434,21435],{},"Position of all switches (on\u002Foff, two-way, dimmer)",[714,21437,21438],{},"Lighting points (ceiling, wall, outdoor)",[714,21440,21441],{},"Distribution board and meter location",[714,21443,21444],{},"Fixed appliances (hob, boiler, EV charger)",[714,21446,21447],{},"Unambiguous locations for the equipment referenced on the single-line diagram",[714,21449,21450,21451,21454],{},"Circuit reference numbers (numbering must be ",[221,21452,21453],{},"identical"," between situation plan and single-line diagram)",[714,21456,21457],{},"Appropriate symbols from AREI\u002FRGIE Table 2.23 (Chapter 2.13)",[12,21459,21461],{"id":21460},"situation-plan-vs-single-line-diagram","Situation plan vs. single-line diagram",[21,21463,21464,21474],{},[24,21465,21466],{},[27,21467,21468,21470,21472],{},[30,21469,13309],{},[30,21471,7032],{},[30,21473,5889],{},[43,21475,21476,21487,21497,21507,21517,21528],{},[27,21477,21478,21481,21484],{},[48,21479,21480],{},"Representation",[48,21482,21483],{},"Physical floor plan",[48,21485,21486],{},"Logical circuit diagram",[27,21488,21489,21492,21495],{},[48,21490,21491],{},"Shows position?",[48,21493,21494],{},"Yes — exact location",[48,21496,12408],{},[27,21498,21499,21502,21504],{},[48,21500,21501],{},"Shows hierarchy?",[48,21503,12408],{},[48,21505,21506],{},"Yes — from grid to consumer",[27,21508,21509,21511,21514],{},[48,21510,1058],{},[48,21512,21513],{},"Position only",[48,21515,21516],{},"Ratings, type, coordination",[27,21518,21519,21522,21525],{},[48,21520,21521],{},"Cable info",[48,21523,21524],{},"Routes visible",[48,21526,21527],{},"Type and cross-section listed",[27,21529,21530,21533,21536],{},[48,21531,21532],{},"Scaled",[48,21534,21535],{},"No universal scale; clear and unambiguous",[48,21537,21538],{},"Not to scale",[17,21540,21541],{},"Both documents complement each other and are equally mandatory.",[12,21543,7870],{"id":7869},[711,21545,21546,21551],{},[714,21547,21548],{},[203,21549,21550],{"href":3288},"How to create a single-line diagram — step by step",[714,21552,21553],{},[203,21554,21555],{"href":205},"How much does an electrical plan cost in Belgium?",[17,21557,21558],{},[203,21559,21560],{"href":7900},"Create your situation plan with PlanElec now — free →",{"title":1214,"searchDepth":1215,"depth":1215,"links":21562},[21563,21564,21565,21568,21569],{"id":21338,"depth":1215,"text":21339},{"id":21362,"depth":1215,"text":21363},{"id":21420,"depth":1215,"text":21421,"children":21566},[21567],{"id":6296,"depth":5869,"text":21424},{"id":21460,"depth":1215,"text":21461},{"id":7869,"depth":1215,"text":7870},"2026-03-06","A situation plan shows where all electrical components are physically installed in your building. Learn what it must include and how it differs from a single-line diagram.",{},"\u002Fblog\u002Fwhat-is-a-situation-plan.en",{"title":21332,"description":21571},"blog\u002Fwhat-is-a-situation-plan.en",[1244,1245,2008,21345,20741,20742,1251,20738,20739,20740,11847,10820,18623,1252],"Sl_CbBTNKJDErh1j4L7pwbtQxJMic81QjWr0KyapMbw",{"id":21579,"title":21580,"articleId":21581,"body":21582,"category":10247,"date":21767,"description":21768,"extension":1233,"lastUpdated":5450,"locale":1234,"meta":21769,"navigation":1236,"path":21770,"publishDate":21767,"readTime":7958,"refreshInterval":1239,"seo":21771,"slug":21581,"stem":21772,"tags":21773,"__hash__":21777},"blog\u002Fblog\u002F30ma-rcd-per-socket.en.md","A 30 mA RCD per Socket? What AREI Book 1 V06 Says (2026)","30ma-rcd-per-socket",{"type":9,"value":21583,"toc":21756},[21584,21588,21591,21594,21598,21604,21649,21655,21658,21662,21669,21672,21675,21679,21686,21693,21696,21700,21703,21706,21710,21717,21720,21724,21727,21731,21739,21741],[12,21585,21587],{"id":21586},"short-answer-neither-per-socket-nor-per-circuit","Short answer: neither per socket nor per circuit",[17,21589,21590],{},"No. For a new domestic installation, AREI does not require a dedicated 30 mA residual-current device (RCD) for every individual socket. It does not automatically require a separate RCD for every socket circuit either. The requirement concerns protection of the relevant circuits: one high- or very-high-sensitivity RCD can protect several final circuits. In the usual arrangement, its residual operating current is no more than 30 mA.",[17,21592,21593],{},"The choice still depends on circuit types, the protection at the origin and the earthing arrangement. A portable power strip does not change its circuit.",[12,21595,21597],{"id":21596},"arei-book-1-v06-the-rule-for-a-new-installation","AREI Book 1 V06: the rule for a new installation",[17,21599,21600,21601,21603],{},"This explanation was checked against the local official ",[221,21602,20927],{},". For domestic installations, the main rule is in subsection 4.2.4.3(b). At the origin of the installation, at least one RCD with a residual operating current of no more than 300 mA is installed. Immediately downstream, at least one high- or very-high-sensitivity RCD (maximum 30 mA) protects at least the following groups:",[21,21605,21606,21616],{},[24,21607,21608],{},[27,21609,21610,21613],{},[30,21611,21612],{},"Circuit or location",[30,21614,21615],{},"What the rule means",[43,21617,21618,21626,21633,21641],{},[27,21619,21620,21623],{},[48,21621,21622],{},"Socket outlets not intended for fixed appliances",[48,21624,21625],{},"Ordinary socket circuits are connected downstream of the sensitive RCD.",[27,21627,21628,21630],{},[48,21629,16745],{},[48,21631,21632],{},"Lighting circuits are included in a new domestic installation.",[27,21634,21635,21638],{},[48,21636,21637],{},"Rooms with a bath and\u002For shower",[48,21639,21640],{},"Circuits supplying these rooms are included.",[27,21642,21643,21646],{},[48,21644,21645],{},"Washing machine, tumble dryer and dishwasher",[48,21647,21648],{},"These appliances are expressly named.",[17,21650,21651,21652,21654],{},"No more than ",[221,21653,475],{}," may be connected per such 30 mA RCD. This is a limit on downstream circuits, not on the number of socket outlets. A house with six suitable final circuits can therefore be designed with one 30 mA RCD; splitting three circuits across each of two RCDs can also be a design choice. Splitting can limit the extent of an outage, but AREI does not automatically require a separate RCD for each circuit.",[17,21656,21657],{},"Fixed or fixed-in-position appliances such as a refrigerator, electric cooker or heating installation may, under the stated exception, connect per circuit or group to an additional RCD at the origin. This is not permission to put sockets or lighting behind 300 mA: washing machines, tumble dryers and dishwashers are in the 30 mA list.",[12,21659,21661],{"id":21660},"eight-socket-outlets-per-final-circuit","Eight socket outlets per final circuit",[17,21663,21664,21665,21668],{},"Subsection 5.3.5.2(b) limits the number of ",[221,21666,21667],{},"single or multiple socket outlets"," to eight per final circuit. The rule is therefore about the final circuit, not about installing one RCD per socket.",[17,21670,21671],{},"A multiple socket outlet is the fixed wall-mounted combination with, for example, two or three connection points. A double socket is one multiple socket outlet for the purpose of this counting rule, not a reason to install another RCD. A portable power strip or cable reel cannot be used to bypass the limit: it is plugged into an existing outlet and creates neither an extra circuit nor extra protection.",[17,21673,21674],{},"In certain conditions, sockets, lighting and fixed appliances may share a final circuit. A fixed appliance, or group operated by one common control, is treated as one socket outlet. Appliances requiring their own circuit under 5.2.1.2 remain excluded. The number eight is not a count of every plug used in a home.",[12,21676,21678],{"id":21677},"what-changes-above-30-ohms","What changes above 30 ohms?",[17,21680,21681,21682,21685],{},"The 30-ohm threshold is not an alternative to 30 mA protection. If the earth electrode’s ",[221,21683,21684],{},"dispersion resistance is higher than 30 ohms",", Book 1 V06 requires at least two high- or very-high-sensitivity RCDs for the circuits concerned. Each RCD may contain no more than sixteen single or multiple socket outlets. A fixed appliance, or a group of fixed appliances operated by one common control device, may be treated as one socket outlet for this count.",[17,21687,21688,21689,21692],{},"There is an additional measure. For the circuits covered by the exception for fixed appliances, individual separation transformers and other circuits not included in the 30 mA list, the RCDs installed at the origin must also be supplemented by at least one RCD with a residual operating current of no more than ",[221,21690,21691],{},"100 mA per circuit or group of circuits",". This is additional protection; 100 mA does not replace the 30 mA protection required for sensitive circuits.",[17,21694,21695],{},"A measurement exactly equal to 30 ohms is not higher than 30 ohms. Have earthing resistance and circuit distribution assessed by a competent person.",[12,21697,21699],{"id":21698},"bathroom-30-ma-is-not-a-complete-bathroom-solution","Bathroom: 30 mA is not a complete bathroom solution",[17,21701,21702],{},"Circuits supplying a room with a bath and\u002For shower must, under subsection 7.1.4.3, be protected by one or more high- or very-high-sensitivity RCDs. These devices are installed outside the bathroom. They may also protect circuits in other rooms. Zones 0, 1 and 2, the required degree of protection for equipment and supplementary bonding remain separate subjects. A 30 mA RCD therefore does not automatically make a socket in a prohibited zone acceptable.",[17,21704,21705],{},"Book 1 includes targeted transitions for existing bathrooms and projects begun before 1 March 2025. These are deviations for existing parts, not a rule for a new bathroom; supplying equipment in another room does not remove Chapter 7.1 requirements.",[12,21707,21709],{"id":21708},"transition-for-installations-started-before-1-june-2023","Transition for installations started before 1 June 2023",[17,21711,21712,21713,21716],{},"For existing parts of domestic installations whose on-site execution began ",[221,21714,21715],{},"before 1 June 2023",", subsection 6.5.8.1(1) provides a specific deviation; the pre-use conformity inspection then takes place from 1 June 2023. Subject to that provision’s conditions, the circuits listed in points 1 and 2 may remain in service without the sensitive protection currently required. The deviation can also apply to non-important modifications or extensions to those circuits. It also permits more than eight final circuits to remain behind a sensitive RCD and allows an existing arrangement with one RCD for all lighting and, for each other circuit or group, no more than sixteen single or multiple socket outlets.",[17,21718,21719],{},"This is not an automatic exemption: the existing part, start date and inspection conditions must match. The approved inspection body must be informed and mention the deviation in its report. An important modification may require the RCD at the origin for the whole installation. A new installation or project started after 1 June 2023 cannot use this transition.",[12,21721,21723],{"id":21722},"no-guarantee-against-power-cuts","No guarantee against power cuts",[17,21725,21726],{},"An RCD trips when it detects residual fault current. That is a safety function, not a promise of uninterrupted power. Leakage, moisture or a defective appliance can cause a trip. Several RCDs may limit consequences, but do not prevent trips or prove compliance.",[12,21728,21730],{"id":21729},"draw-it-export-it-then-have-it-checked","Draw it, export it, then have it checked",[17,21732,6990,21733,21735,21736,21738],{},[203,21734,5844],{"href":1206},", you can record circuits, RCDs and sockets in the editor, export a PDF and run an ",[221,21737,20187],{},". This makes data and open questions more visible; it is not an AREI compliance certificate and does not replace a complete design review, measurements or an official inspection.",[12,21740,1175],{"id":1174},[711,21742,21743,21747,21751],{},[714,21744,21745],{},[203,21746,20206],{"href":3288},[714,21748,21749],{},[203,21750,7886],{"href":6257},[714,21752,21753],{},[203,21754,21755],{"href":4809},"Sockets: how many per circuit?",{"title":1214,"searchDepth":1215,"depth":1215,"links":21757},[21758,21759,21760,21761,21762,21763,21764,21765,21766],{"id":21586,"depth":1215,"text":21587},{"id":21596,"depth":1215,"text":21597},{"id":21660,"depth":1215,"text":21661},{"id":21677,"depth":1215,"text":21678},{"id":21698,"depth":1215,"text":21699},{"id":21708,"depth":1215,"text":21709},{"id":21722,"depth":1215,"text":21723},{"id":21729,"depth":1215,"text":21730},{"id":1174,"depth":1215,"text":1175},"2026-03-04","A 30 mA RCD is not required per socket or automatically per circuit. Learn what AREI Book 1 V06 says for new and existing domestic installations in Belgium.",{},"\u002Fblog\u002F30ma-rcd-per-socket.en",{"title":21580,"description":21768},"blog\u002F30ma-rcd-per-socket.en",[1244,1245,21774,13725,21775,21776,21327,20944,7428,9768,10820,12476,1252,1251,2008],"Book 1 V06","residual current device","differential switch","4DoOdzXpLUUb64XlE8-2fGdV90lXnsDT4nF-F2IqIB4",{"id":21779,"title":21780,"articleId":21781,"body":21782,"category":1230,"date":22170,"description":22171,"extension":1233,"lastUpdated":5450,"locale":1234,"meta":22172,"navigation":1236,"path":22173,"publishDate":22174,"readTime":5014,"refreshInterval":1239,"seo":22175,"slug":21781,"stem":22176,"tags":22177,"__hash__":22180},"blog\u002Fblog\u002Felectrical-plan-costs.en.md","How Much Does an Electrical Plan Cost? Price Comparison 2026","electrical-plan-costs",{"type":9,"value":21783,"toc":22147},[21784,21788,21791,21798,21802,21814,21817,21849,21853,21856,21947,21951,21954,21959,21962,21967,21970,21974,21977,21981,21984,21988,21991,21995,21998,22002,22005,22056,22059,22063,22086,22088,22092,22095,22099,22102,22106,22109,22113,22116,22120,22123,22127,22130,22134,22137,22139,22142],[12,21785,21787],{"id":21786},"short-answer-belgium-has-no-official-flat-rate","Short answer: Belgium has no official flat rate",[17,21789,21790],{},"There is no official Belgian tariff for producing a single-line diagram and a situation plan. A defensible quotation depends on the agreed work: are reliable survey data already available, must the circuits be traced on site, is the commission limited to drawing, and are calculations, remedial work, professional review or the statutory inspection included? A national “market range” without a named sample, date, region and VAT basis would create false precision.",[17,21792,21793,21794,21797],{},"The useful comparison is not “software fee versus electrician invoice” but ",[221,21795,21796],{},"the same result with the same scope",". PlanElec currently has no product fee during Early Access. Your own time, measurements, materials, physical work, professional assistance and an inspection by an authorised inspection body remain separate.",[12,21799,21801],{"id":21800},"which-documents-does-the-official-guidance-require","Which documents does the official guidance require?",[17,21803,21804,21805,207,21809,21813],{},"The Belgian FPS Economy states that a domestic inspection requires at least the single-line diagrams, situation plans and, when available, the connection’s EAN code. The single-line diagram records conductors, installation method, residual-current and overcurrent protection, switches, boxes, socket outlets, lighting points, fixed equipment and sources. The situation plan shows where the corresponding items are located. Both form part of the installation file together with inspection reports. The ",[203,21806,21808],{"href":6228,"rel":21807},[5393],"official federal domestic-inspection guidance",[203,21810,21812],{"href":5391,"rel":21811},[5393],"AREI\u002FRGIE Book 1 version 06"," are the primary sources used here; this English article summarises the official national-language material.",[17,21815,21816],{},"The trigger determines the detail:",[711,21818,21819,21825,21831,21837,21843],{},[714,21820,21821,21824],{},[221,21822,21823],{},"New installation:"," diagrams, the situation plan and inspection before commissioning belong to the project.",[714,21826,21827,21830],{},[221,21828,21829],{},"Important modification or extension:"," the change and its effect on the unmodified installation must be documented and inspected. Adding a circuit is an official example.",[714,21832,21833,21836],{},[221,21834,21835],{},"Non-important modification:"," a short, dated and signed description may suffice, while the situation plan must continue to show the current state.",[714,21838,21839,21842],{},[221,21840,21841],{},"Sale of a dwelling unit:"," the prescribed inspection takes place and the available installation file is handed over. A traceability sketch is not automatically a full regulatory diagram.",[714,21844,21845,21848],{},[221,21846,21847],{},"Periodic inspection or connection upgrade:"," the precise trigger determines the applicable documentation.",[12,21850,21852],{"id":21851},"define-the-scope-before-comparing-a-price","Define the scope before comparing a price",[17,21854,21855],{},"A quotation becomes comparable only when each item is explicit.",[21,21857,21858,21868],{},[24,21859,21860],{},[27,21861,21862,21865],{},[30,21863,21864],{},"Work item",[30,21866,21867],{},"Question to put in writing",[43,21869,21870,21877,21885,21892,21899,21907,21915,21923,21931,21939],{},[27,21871,21872,21874],{},[48,21873,13980],{},[48,21875,21876],{},"Will rooms, outlets, fixed equipment, cable routes and boards be surveyed, or will the client provide verified data?",[27,21878,21879,21882],{},[48,21880,21881],{},"Circuit tracing",[48,21883,21884],{},"Are assignments known, or must a competent person identify them by safe switching, inspection and measurement?",[27,21886,21887,21889],{},[48,21888,5889],{},[48,21890,21891],{},"Are protection characteristics, conductor data, installation methods, sources and fixed equipment included?",[27,21893,21894,21896],{},[48,21895,7032],{},[48,21897,21898],{},"Is there a usable floor plan and will every reference match the diagram?",[27,21900,21901,21904],{},[48,21902,21903],{},"Engineering checks",[48,21905,21906],{},"Are conductor sizing, fault level, selectivity or voltage-drop checks actually included?",[27,21908,21909,21912],{},[48,21910,21911],{},"Professional review",[48,21913,21914],{},"Will an electrical professional verify technical plausibility, or is the service drawing only?",[27,21916,21917,21920],{},[48,21918,21919],{},"Remedial work",[48,21921,21922],{},"Does the quotation include changes to the board, wiring or equipment?",[27,21924,21925,21928],{},[48,21926,21927],{},"Statutory inspection",[48,21929,21930],{},"Is the authorised inspection body’s fee included or contracted separately?",[27,21932,21933,21936],{},[48,21934,21935],{},"Revisions",[48,21937,21938],{},"How many evidence-based correction rounds are included?",[27,21940,21941,21944],{},[48,21942,21943],{},"VAT and travel",[48,21945,21946],{},"Is the amount inclusive of VAT, travel and a possible return visit?",[12,21948,21950],{"id":21949},"an-editable-model-instead-of-invented-market-prices","An editable model instead of invented market prices",[17,21952,21953],{},"Enter values from an actual quotation or your own time assessment. The formula is a decision aid, not a price promise:",[17,21955,21956],{},[4083,21957,21958],{},"scenario total = survey + drawing + professional review + remedial work + inspection + travel + own time",[17,21960,21961],{},"You can make personal effort visible through:",[17,21963,21964],{},[4083,21965,21966],{},"valued own time = recorded hours × personal comparison value per hour",[17,21968,21969],{},"That comparison value is not an invoice and not a Belgian hourly-rate statistic. It prevents a weekend of work from disappearing as “free”. Conversely, a professional fixed fee should not be labelled expensive if it includes site tracing, measurement, technical responsibility and revisions.",[5707,21971,21973],{"id":21972},"scenario-a-verified-data-already-exist","Scenario A: verified data already exist",[17,21975,21976],{},"The board is clearly labelled, circuit assignments have been checked, a usable floor plan exists and protection-device data are readable. Most work can focus on data entry, consistency checking and drawing. PlanElec can hold the shared project model, floor plan, topology and PDF output, while an electrician performs a targeted technical review.",[5707,21978,21980],{"id":21979},"scenario-b-an-older-installation-without-dependable-records","Scenario B: an older installation without dependable records",[17,21982,21983],{},"If conductor sections, installation methods and circuit assignments are unknown, drawing is only the final step. A competent person must first establish the actual condition safely. Unqualified people should not open enclosures or carry out electrical measurements. In this case the survey may represent more work than producing the diagrams, and software does not remove that work.",[5707,21985,21987],{"id":21986},"scenario-c-renovation-with-unresolved-design-choices","Scenario C: renovation with unresolved design choices",[17,21989,21990],{},"New circuits, PV, a battery, an EV charging point, a heat pump or board changes require design decisions before documentation. A diagram records those decisions; it does not make them. Ask for survey, design, manufacturer requirements, distribution-system-operator conditions, installation and inspection as separate items.",[5707,21992,21994],{"id":21993},"scenario-d-a-property-sale-with-a-deadline","Scenario D: a property sale with a deadline",[17,21996,21997],{},"A deadline does not prove a standard rush surcharge. Request a written offer with delivery date, prerequisites and revision process. Establish who commissions the inspection and which earlier reports belong to the installation file. A quickly drawn plan that does not match the installation does not solve the documentation problem.",[12,21999,22001],{"id":22000},"what-planelec-contributes-today-and-what-it-does-not","What PlanElec contributes today — and what it does not",[17,22003,22004],{},"In the current development and pilot state, PlanElec combines the floor plan, electrical topology and distribution-board planning in one project. It centrally exports the single-line diagram and situation plan as PDFs. The software-assisted AREI self-check covers only supported rules that can be decided from recorded data and exposes missing information. The detailed manufacturer-neutral material list and configurable working dossier are pilot features, not an order-ready bill of materials or an official inspection report. Quotation creation and payment processing are not active.",[21,22006,22007,22016],{},[24,22008,22009],{},[27,22010,22011,22013],{},[30,22012,584],{},[30,22014,22015],{},"Status on 29 August 2026",[43,22017,22018,22026,22033,22041,22049],{},[27,22019,22020,22023],{},[48,22021,22022],{},"PlanElec product fee",[48,22024,22025],{},"currently EUR 0",[27,22027,22028,22031],{},[48,22029,22030],{},"Active checkout",[48,22032,4515],{},[27,22034,22035,22038],{},[48,22036,22037],{},"Paid B2B pilot",[48,22039,22040],{},"planned; terms not published",[27,22042,22043,22046],{},[48,22044,22045],{},"Professional electrical review",[48,22047,22048],{},"separate service when required",[27,22050,22051,22053],{},[48,22052,14024],{},[48,22054,22055],{},"separate service from an authorised inspection body",[17,22057,22058],{},"“EUR 0 product fee” does not establish a fixed total saving. A user with complete, verified project data has a different workload from one who needs an unknown installation surveyed.",[12,22060,22062],{"id":22061},"how-to-request-comparable-quotations","How to request comparable quotations",[5055,22064,22065,22068,22071,22074,22077,22080,22083],{},[714,22066,22067],{},"Describe the building, connection, number of boards and known circuits.",[714,22069,22070],{},"List special sources and loads such as PV, battery storage, EV charging and heat pumps.",[714,22072,22073],{},"Provide existing plans and inspection reports without guessing unknown values.",[714,22075,22076],{},"Request separate items for survey, drawing, engineering review, installation and inspection.",[714,22078,22079],{},"Ask about VAT, travel, delivery format and included revision rounds.",[714,22081,22082],{},"Compare responsibility and coverage, not only the total.",[714,22084,22085],{},"After a change, update the actual state and retain the documents in the installation file.",[12,22087,7838],{"id":7837},[5707,22089,22091],{"id":22090},"what-information-should-i-collect-before-requesting-a-quotation","What information should I collect before requesting a quotation?",[17,22093,22094],{},"Start with information that is already available without unsafe intervention: address and connection type, number and location of boards, readable ratings of RCDs and breakers, circuit labels, the floor plan, earlier diagrams and inspection reports. Record fixed loads and sources separately, and mark every unknown as unknown. An invented conductor section may make a drawing look complete while making it technically less trustworthy. Photographs can help prepare a survey but do not replace measurement or the safe identification of concealed wiring.",[5707,22096,22098],{"id":22097},"which-services-should-not-disappear-inside-a-plan-price","Which services should not disappear inside a “plan price”?",[17,22100,22101],{},"Physical alterations, fault finding, measurement reports, engineering against manufacturer conditions and correcting an inspection finding are different from graphical documentation. Distribution-system-operator procedures for generation or storage are not automatically included either. When they are required, list them as separate deliverables with an owner and a date. This protects both parties: the client can see what is delivered, and the contractor does not appear to accept responsibility for unknown or uncommissioned work.",[5707,22103,22105],{"id":22104},"how-should-i-handle-changes-after-the-first-export","How should I handle changes after the first export?",[17,22107,22108],{},"Keep a traceable baseline, enter confirmed changes in the project and situation plan, and arrange technical review where the installation changed. Do not record only “kitchen changed”; identify the circuit, protective device, cable and points concerned. That turns the next revision into a bounded update instead of another complete survey.",[5707,22110,22112],{"id":22111},"may-i-draw-the-diagrams-myself","May I draw the diagrams myself?",[17,22114,22115],{},"The official rules define content, identification and responsibility. The decisive point is that the documents correctly represent the actual installation and are submitted through the required inspection process. Drawing them yourself does not replace a safe survey or competent electrical work.",[5707,22117,22119],{"id":22118},"does-a-pdf-exported-by-planelec-prove-compliance","Does a PDF exported by PlanElec prove compliance?",[17,22121,22122],{},"No. The PDF documents the entered project data. The self-check is indicative and incomplete. Only an authorised inspection body decides through the official procedure whether the inspected installation meets the applicable requirements.",[5707,22124,22126],{"id":22125},"what-is-the-main-cost-driver","What is the main cost driver?",[17,22128,22129],{},"There is no universal one. Uncertainty in the existing installation and the agreed scope usually matter more than floor area alone. Verified inputs reduce survey effort; unknown wiring, several boards and planned technical changes increase it.",[5707,22131,22133],{"id":22132},"is-the-inspection-included-in-planelec","Is the inspection included in PlanElec?",[17,22135,22136],{},"No. PlanElec prepares project documents and an indicative self-check. It does not act as an inspection body, book the inspection as an included service or issue an official report.",[12,22138,13838],{"id":13837},[17,22140,22141],{},"A serious electrical-plan price is a project-specific quotation, not an unverified internet range. Separate survey, drawing, engineering review, installation and inspection; value your own time; and compare like with like. PlanElec can support structured documentation, but it does not guarantee savings, compliance or a positive inspection.",[17,22143,22144],{},[203,22145,22146],{"href":7900},"Structure your project in the currently free Early Access →",{"title":1214,"searchDepth":1215,"depth":1215,"links":22148},[22149,22150,22151,22152,22158,22159,22160,22169],{"id":21786,"depth":1215,"text":21787},{"id":21800,"depth":1215,"text":21801},{"id":21851,"depth":1215,"text":21852},{"id":21949,"depth":1215,"text":21950,"children":22153},[22154,22155,22156,22157],{"id":21972,"depth":5869,"text":21973},{"id":21979,"depth":5869,"text":21980},{"id":21986,"depth":5869,"text":21987},{"id":21993,"depth":5869,"text":21994},{"id":22000,"depth":1215,"text":22001},{"id":22061,"depth":1215,"text":22062},{"id":7837,"depth":1215,"text":7838,"children":22161},[22162,22163,22164,22165,22166,22167,22168],{"id":22090,"depth":5869,"text":22091},{"id":22097,"depth":5869,"text":22098},{"id":22104,"depth":5869,"text":22105},{"id":22111,"depth":5869,"text":22112},{"id":22118,"depth":5869,"text":22119},{"id":22125,"depth":5869,"text":22126},{"id":22132,"depth":5869,"text":22133},{"id":13837,"depth":1215,"text":13838},"2026-02-19","Which services determine the price of a Belgian electrical plan and how to compare quotations with a transparent, editable calculation model.",{},"\u002Fblog\u002Felectrical-plan-costs.en",null,{"title":21780,"description":22171},"blog\u002Felectrical-plan-costs.en",[1244,1245,1251,20738,20739,20740,2008,20741,20742,22178,22179,18622,11847,10820,14205,11168,1252],"cost","price","p3ViMS1jb6gGfok3P0RCk7KHbgSPZpzoqG71g5HV_hM",{"id":22182,"title":22183,"articleId":11846,"body":22184,"category":1230,"date":22551,"description":22552,"extension":1233,"lastUpdated":5450,"locale":1234,"meta":22553,"navigation":1236,"path":22554,"publishDate":22174,"readTime":8455,"refreshInterval":1239,"seo":22555,"slug":11846,"stem":22556,"tags":22557,"__hash__":22560},"blog\u002Fblog\u002Felectrical-inspection.en.md","Electrical Inspection in Belgium: The Complete Guide 2026",{"type":9,"value":22185,"toc":22533},[22186,22190,22193,22196,22200,22203,22241,22249,22253,22256,22260,22263,22281,22285,22288,22311,22315,22318,22338,22342,22345,22371,22374,22378,22385,22388,22392,22400,22403,22420,22423,22427,22430,22433,22436,22440,22443,22446,22450,22454,22457,22460,22463,22466,22469,22476,22480,22483,22485,22491,22523,22528],[12,22187,22189],{"id":22188},"what-is-an-electrical-inspection","What is an Electrical Inspection?",[17,22191,22192],{},"In Belgium, electrical installations are inspected by an approved body at the events defined by the AREI\u002FRGIE. These include first use of a new installation, major modifications or extensions, periodic checks and certain property-sale situations.",[17,22194,22195],{},"The required procedure depends on the case. A sale inspection of an older installation is not the same as the conformity inspection of a new build. Fixed claims about delay and extra cost are not reliable without a project and provider.",[12,22197,22199],{"id":22198},"when-do-you-need-an-inspection","When Do You Need an Inspection?",[17,22201,22202],{},"An electrical inspection is required in the following situations:",[711,22204,22205,22211,22217,22223,22229,22235],{},[714,22206,22207,22210],{},[221,22208,22209],{},"New installations",": Before the initial connection to the grid",[714,22212,22213,22216],{},[221,22214,22215],{},"Major modifications or extensions",": for example, adding a circuit at the board; minor changes are treated differently",[714,22218,22219,22222],{},[221,22220,22221],{},"Periodic inspection",": Every 25 years for residential buildings",[714,22224,22225,22228],{},[221,22226,22227],{},"Property sales",": Inspection visit when selling a dwelling unit",[714,22230,22231,22234],{},[221,22232,22233],{},"After a violation report",": Re-inspection after fixing identified issues",[714,22236,22237,22240],{},[221,22238,22239],{},"Capacity increase",": in the AREI cases that apply to an older domestic installation",[9557,22242,22243],{},[17,22244,22245,22248],{},[221,22246,22247],{},"Good to know",": Even if you're only adding a few new circuits, you may trigger a full re-inspection. Always check with your electrician or inspection body beforehand.",[12,22250,22252],{"id":22251},"how-to-prepare-for-the-inspection","How to Prepare for the Inspection",[17,22254,22255],{},"Good preparation makes the installation inspectable, but cannot guarantee a positive result. Have the following ready:",[5707,22257,22259],{"id":22258},"_1-required-documentation","1. Required Documentation",[17,22261,22262],{},"The inspector will ask for the following documents:",[711,22264,22265,22270,22275],{},[714,22266,22267,22269],{},[221,22268,5889],{}," (Eindrahtschema \u002F Schéma unifilaire) — A schematic overview of all circuits, protection devices, and connections",[714,22271,22272,22274],{},[221,22273,8122],{}," (Situationsplan \u002F Plan de situation) — Shows the physical location of all electrical components",[714,22276,22277,22280],{},[221,22278,22279],{},"Technical documentation"," needed for special equipment such as PV, an EV charger or a battery",[5707,22282,22284],{"id":22283},"_2-installation-requirements","2. Installation Requirements",[17,22286,22287],{},"Make sure your installation meets these basic requirements:",[711,22289,22290,22293,22296,22299,22302,22305,22308],{},[714,22291,22292],{},"All circuits are properly protected by circuit breakers",[714,22294,22295],{},"A 300mA differential switch protects the entire installation",[714,22297,22298],{},"Additional 30mA RCD protection (high or very high sensitivity) for socket-outlet circuits, lighting, wet rooms (bathroom\u002Fshower), as well as washing machines, dryers, and dishwashers",[714,22300,22301],{},"Proper earth connection with a resistance of at most 30 Ohms (AREI Art. 4.2.4.3b: if 30 Ohm is exceeded, additional high-sensitivity residual-current devices are required; general formula: R_A x I_delta_n \u003C= 50 V)",[714,22303,22304],{},"All cables are properly secured and protected",[714,22306,22307],{},"Junction boxes are accessible and properly closed",[714,22309,22310],{},"At least two separate lighting circuits for dwellings with more than two rooms (Art. 5.3.5.2b)",[5707,22312,22314],{"id":22313},"_3-common-mistakes-to-avoid","3. Common Mistakes to Avoid",[17,22316,22317],{},"These points deserve particular attention in practice; no unsupported ranking or failure statistic is claimed here:",[711,22319,22320,22323,22326,22329,22332,22335],{},[714,22321,22322],{},"Missing or incorrect single-line diagram",[714,22324,22325],{},"Insufficient differential protection",[714,22327,22328],{},"Earth resistance too high",[714,22330,22331],{},"Cables not properly fixed or protected",[714,22333,22334],{},"Missing covers on junction boxes",[714,22336,22337],{},"Fewer than two separate lighting circuits for dwellings with more than two rooms",[12,22339,22341],{"id":22340},"what-happens-during-the-inspection","What Happens During the Inspection?",[17,22343,22344],{},"Scope and duration depend on the installation and type of control. The inspector will among other things:",[5055,22346,22347,22353,22359,22365],{},[714,22348,22349,22352],{},[221,22350,22351],{},"Check documentation"," — Verify that the single-line diagram and floor plan match the actual installation",[714,22354,22355,22358],{},[221,22356,22357],{},"Visual inspection"," — Check all visible components, cables, and connections",[714,22360,22361,22364],{},[221,22362,22363],{},"Measurements"," — Test earth resistance, insulation resistance, and loop impedance",[714,22366,22367,22370],{},[221,22368,22369],{},"Functional tests"," — Test all differential switches and circuit breakers",[17,22372,22373],{},"After the inspection, you receive a written or electronic report. Its conclusion, infringements and any required follow-up are set out there. The often quoted 25-year period is the normal interval after a positive initial inspection of a domestic installation; it is not a universal “green certificate” for every situation.",[12,22375,22377],{"id":22376},"identify-the-type-of-inspection-first","Identify the type of inspection first",[17,22379,1764,22380,22384],{},[203,22381,22383],{"href":11099,"rel":22382},[5393],"official Federal Public Service Economy overview"," separates several procedures. A new installation and a major modification or extension undergo conformity control before use. A periodic inspection addresses safety during continuing operation. A sale inspection concerns certain older domestic installations that have not had the relevant complete conformity review. A capacity increase has its own conditions.",[17,22386,22387],{},"That distinction affects both deadlines and scope. For a major extension, the body considers the new work and its possible effect on unchanged parts. A minor change may not trigger the same control, but the installation file still needs updating. Describe the actual work to the electrician and inspection body instead of using the broad word “renovation”.",[12,22389,22391],{"id":22390},"reconcile-the-documents-before-the-appointment","Reconcile the documents before the appointment",[17,22393,22394,22395,22399],{},"The federal ",[203,22396,22398],{"href":6228,"rel":22397},[5393],"domestic electrical inspection page"," lists at least the single-line diagrams, situation plans and the connection's EAN code when available. The single-line diagram represents circuits, interconnections and equipment characteristics. The situation plan locates the boards, boxes, sockets, lighting points, switches, fixed machines and sources referred to by the diagram.",[17,22401,22402],{},"Compare both drawings with the installation in a fixed order:",[5055,22404,22405,22408,22411,22414,22417],{},[714,22406,22407],{},"do circuit references match at the board and on both drawings?",[714,22409,22410],{},"are ratings, poles, cable type and cross-section recorded correctly?",[714,22412,22413],{},"are newly added sockets, lights, fixed appliances and sources present?",[714,22415,22416],{},"can connection and junction boxes be found and accessed?",[714,22418,22419],{},"are the manufacturer records for PV, charger, battery or other special equipment available?",[17,22421,22422],{},"A polished drawing is not enough if it describes an old state. Conversely, technically sound work does not remove the documentation duty. Mark uncertainties and resolve them before the visit.",[12,22424,22426],{"id":22425},"prepare-for-visual-examination-testing-and-measurement","Prepare for visual examination, testing and measurement",[17,22428,22429],{},"The inspection body compares documents with visible conditions and performs the tests and measurements required for that control. Owners should not invent values or copy measurements from an old report. Earth resistance, insulation and operation of protective devices must be assessed on the actual installation.",[17,22431,22432],{},"Provide safe access to the distribution board, earth-disconnection point and relevant rooms. Labels should be legible and covers complete. Tell the inspector in advance about local generation, a battery, backup function, charging equipment and older sections. Opening equipment or measuring live circuits is not a do-it-yourself preparation task.",[17,22434,22435],{},"Simple numbers also require context. Thirty ohms is not a universal pass\u002Ffail rule for every earthing arrangement; Book 1 relates earth resistance, residual-current protection and permissible touch voltage. Cable protection depends not just on cross-section but also conductor material, installation method, grouping, temperature, length and protective device.",[12,22437,22439],{"id":22438},"act-on-the-report-not-on-a-generic-deadline","Act on the report, not on a generic deadline",[17,22441,22442],{},"A positive report records the assessment at the time and within the scope inspected. It does not remove maintenance duties or the need for a new assessment after later major work. Store the report with the installation file and record subsequent minor changes.",[17,22444,22445],{},"For a negative report, handle every listed infringement. Where infringements are found during conformity control before first use, the affected installation or section cannot be used until they are corrected and a new control is completed. For a negative periodic inspection, federal guidance describes a supplementary visit by the same body within twelve months. In the relevant sale inspection of an old dwelling, the buyer generally has eighteen months from the authentic deed to remedy the installation and arrange a new inspection. The report and control type remain decisive.",[12,22447,22449],{"id":22448},"use-planelec-within-its-real-scope","Use PlanElec within its real scope",[12,22451,22453],{"id":22452},"when-booking-and-on-the-day","When booking and on the day",[17,22455,22456],{},"Tell the inspection body whether the installation is domestic, the requested control type, the number of boards and any PV, battery, backup supply or charger. Ask which documents should be printed or digital, what access is needed, and confirm the body's current tariff directly. For a sale, mention the installation age and earlier reports; for an extension, distinguish old and new sections.",[17,22458,22459],{},"Provide a contact who knows the installation, keep boards and the earth-disconnection point safely accessible, and do not improvise electrical changes during the visit. Once the report arrives, check installation address, control type, inspected scope and document list for clerical errors. Raise technical questions in writing against the exact finding, and keep the final report with the plans that were presented.",[17,22461,22462],{},"If an area was inaccessible, check how that limitation affects the report and whether another visit is required.",[17,22464,22465],{},"Record that answer.",[17,22467,22468],{},"PlanElec can turn entered topology into a single-line diagram and situation plan, generate PDF documents, and flag supported planning issues that can be derived from the data. Its self-check is not a conformity certificate. It cannot see concealed wiring, perform electrical measurements or automatically know every manufacturer condition and legacy derogation.",[17,22470,22471,22472,212],{},"Use it as a consistent documentation base: capture the installation, compare it with the executed work, have uncertainties reviewed professionally, and then export. The official conclusion remains with an approved inspection body. The ",[203,22473,22475],{"href":12109,"rel":22474},[5393],"Federal Public Service Economy publishes the current list",[12,22477,22479],{"id":22478},"record-the-inspected-scope-after-the-visit","Record the inspected scope after the visit",[17,22481,22482],{},"Note which boards, rooms, energy sources and operating modes were accessible and actually included. Compare that boundary with the wording in the report. A positive report for a clearly defined section does not assess additions made later or areas that were not inspected. If fixed wiring, protective devices, PV, battery or charging functions change after the visit, update the plans and installation file and determine which new control is required. Keep the exact plan version presented at the appointment unchanged beside the report; create a newly dated version for subsequent work. This preserves evidence of the configuration that the inspection body actually assessed.",[12,22484,12203],{"id":12202},[17,22486,22487,22488,22490],{},"Creating the required documentation is often the most time-consuming part of preparing for an electrical inspection. ",[221,22489,5844],{}," simplifies this process dramatically:",[711,22492,22493,22499,22505,22511,22517],{},[714,22494,22495,22498],{},[221,22496,22497],{},"Create structured single-line diagrams"," from the recorded circuits",[714,22500,22501,22504],{},[221,22502,22503],{},"Belgian symbol library"," for supported plan representations",[714,22506,22507,22510],{},[221,22508,22509],{},"Situation plans"," based on the recorded floor plan",[714,22512,22513,22516],{},[221,22514,22515],{},"Export to PDF"," for easy submission to the inspector",[714,22518,22519,22522],{},[221,22520,22521],{},"Multi-language support"," — Documentation in Dutch, French, German, or English",[9557,22524,22525],{},[17,22526,22527],{},"Compare the export with the executed installation and have design, measurements and unresolved technical questions assessed professionally.",[17,22529,22530],{},[203,22531,22532],{"href":7900},"Start creating your electrical documentation for free →",{"title":1214,"searchDepth":1215,"depth":1215,"links":22534},[22535,22536,22537,22542,22543,22544,22545,22546,22547,22548,22549,22550],{"id":22188,"depth":1215,"text":22189},{"id":22198,"depth":1215,"text":22199},{"id":22251,"depth":1215,"text":22252,"children":22538},[22539,22540,22541],{"id":22258,"depth":5869,"text":22259},{"id":22283,"depth":5869,"text":22284},{"id":22313,"depth":5869,"text":22314},{"id":22340,"depth":1215,"text":22341},{"id":22376,"depth":1215,"text":22377},{"id":22390,"depth":1215,"text":22391},{"id":22425,"depth":1215,"text":22426},{"id":22438,"depth":1215,"text":22439},{"id":22448,"depth":1215,"text":22449},{"id":22452,"depth":1215,"text":22453},{"id":22478,"depth":1215,"text":22479},{"id":12202,"depth":1215,"text":12203},"2026-01-08","Everything you need to know about the electrical inspection — from preparation to the final check.",{},"\u002Fblog\u002Felectrical-inspection.en",{"title":22183,"description":22552},"blog\u002Felectrical-inspection.en",[1244,1245,9768,10820,22558,1251,20738,20739,20740,2008,20741,20742,22559,13725,1249,1252],"contrôle électrique","compliance","UND2MhK0gbJ9VxC4e_bm0KXCrjscn-fxExXd-qlyorU",{"id":22562,"title":22563,"articleId":10616,"body":22564,"category":5880,"date":23073,"description":23074,"extension":1233,"lastUpdated":5450,"locale":1234,"meta":23075,"navigation":1236,"path":23076,"publishDate":22174,"readTime":4429,"refreshInterval":1239,"seo":23077,"slug":10616,"stem":23078,"tags":23079,"__hash__":23081},"blog\u002Fblog\u002Fsingle-line-diagram.en.md","Creating a Single-Line Diagram — Step by Step",{"type":9,"value":22565,"toc":23042},[22566,22570,22581,22584,22588,22591,22623,22630,22634,22637,22641,22665,22668,22694,22698,22717,22721,22725,22728,22753,22757,22760,22785,22788,22792,22795,22809,22813,22816,22841,22843,22847,22850,22854,22857,22861,22864,22878,22882,22885,22889,22921,22925,22928,22931,22935,22938,22941,22945,22948,22952,22955,22959,22962,22965,22969,22972,22975,22978,22981,22985,22995,22998,23002,23005,23019,23024,23026],[12,22567,22569],{"id":22568},"what-is-a-single-line-diagram","What is a Single-Line Diagram?",[17,22571,22572,22573,21346,22575,22577,22578,22580],{},"A single-line diagram (Dutch: ",[60,22574,20738],{},[60,22576,20740],{},", German: ",[60,22579,20739],{},") is a simplified electrical schematic that shows the structure of your entire installation using standardized symbols. Unlike a wiring diagram that shows every individual conductor, a single-line diagram uses a single line to represent each circuit.",[17,22582,22583],{},"For a new domestic installation and a substantial modification or extension, AREI\u002FRGIE requires this document together with the position plan. Existing installations and non-substantial changes have their own bounded rules. The approved control body assesses the actual dossier and installed work.",[12,22585,22587],{"id":22586},"why-is-it-important","Why is it Important?",[17,22589,22590],{},"The single-line diagram serves multiple critical purposes:",[711,22592,22593,22599,22605,22611,22617],{},[714,22594,22595,22598],{},[221,22596,22597],{},"Required documentation"," — For new domestic installations and substantial changes or extensions",[714,22600,22601,22604],{},[221,22602,22603],{},"Safety overview"," — Shows all protection devices and their coordination",[714,22606,22607,22610],{},[221,22608,22609],{},"Maintenance reference"," — Helps electricians quickly identify circuits and components",[714,22612,22613,22616],{},[221,22614,22615],{},"Modification planning"," — Essential for planning future changes to the installation",[714,22618,22619,22622],{},[221,22620,22621],{},"Property documentation"," — Required when selling a property",[9557,22624,22625],{},[17,22626,22627,22629],{},[221,22628,10768],{},": The records must describe the current state. A dated short description can suffice for a non-substantial change, while the position plan still remains updated.",[12,22631,22633],{"id":22632},"understanding-arei-symbols","Understanding AREI Symbols",[17,22635,22636],{},"AREI\u002FRGIE Table 2.23 provides the starting symbols. If none is listed for an item, another unambiguous symbol may be used when the legend defines it. Important groups include:",[5707,22638,22640],{"id":22639},"protection-devices","Protection Devices",[711,22642,22643,22648,22654,22660],{},[714,22644,22645,22647],{},[221,22646,13348],{}," (automaat \u002F disjoncteur) — Protects against overcurrent",[714,22649,22650,22653],{},[221,22651,22652],{},"Differential switch"," (differentieelschakelaar \u002F différentiel) — Protects against earth leakage",[714,22655,22656,22659],{},[221,22657,22658],{},"Fuse"," (zekering \u002F fusible) — Traditional overcurrent protection",[714,22661,22662,22664],{},[221,22663,20593],{}," (hoofdschakelaar \u002F interrupteur principal) — Disconnects the entire installation",[5707,22666,1046],{"id":22667},"consumers",[711,22669,22670,22676,22682,22688],{},[714,22671,22672,22675],{},[221,22673,22674],{},"Socket outlet"," — Represented by a semicircle symbol",[714,22677,22678,22681],{},[221,22679,22680],{},"Lighting point"," — Circle with rays or cross",[714,22683,22684,22687],{},[221,22685,22686],{},"Fixed appliance"," — Rectangle with device designation",[714,22689,22690,22693],{},[221,22691,22692],{},"Motor"," — Circle with M designation",[5707,22695,22697],{"id":22696},"special-symbols","Special Symbols",[711,22699,22700,22705,22711],{},[714,22701,22702,22704],{},[221,22703,18115],{}," — Three horizontal lines of decreasing length",[714,22706,22707,22710],{},[221,22708,22709],{},"Equipotential bonding"," — Connecting line with earth symbol",[714,22712,22713,22716],{},[221,22714,22715],{},"Surge protector"," — Zigzag line with arrow",[12,22718,22720],{"id":22719},"step-by-step-guide-with-planelec","Step-by-Step Guide with PlanElec",[5707,22722,22724],{"id":22723},"step-1-define-your-installation","Step 1: Define Your Installation",[17,22726,22727],{},"Start by mapping out your electrical installation:",[5055,22729,22730,22733,22736],{},[714,22731,22732],{},"Open PlanElec and create a new project",[714,22734,22735],{},"Define the rooms in your building (living room, kitchen, bedrooms, etc.)",[714,22737,22738,22739],{},"For each room, specify the electrical components:\n",[711,22740,22741,22744,22747,22750],{},[714,22742,22743],{},"Number and type of socket outlets (single, double, with earth pin)",[714,22745,22746],{},"Lighting points (ceiling, wall, switched)",[714,22748,22749],{},"Fixed appliances (oven, hob, boiler, etc.)",[714,22751,22752],{},"Special circuits (EV charger, heat pump, solar panels)",[5707,22754,22756],{"id":22755},"step-2-configure-protection-devices","Step 2: Configure Protection Devices",[17,22758,22759],{},"PlanElec can suggest protective devices as a reviewable starting point:",[711,22761,22762,22768,22774,22780],{},[714,22763,22764,22767],{},[221,22765,22766],{},"General residual-current protection"," — At most 300 mA at the supply point (Art. 4.2.4.3b); type, rating and coordination are checked for the actual protection chain",[714,22769,22770,22773],{},[221,22771,22772],{},"Additional 30 mA differentials"," — For socket circuits (not for fixed appliances), lighting, bathrooms, washing machine\u002Fdryer\u002Fdishwasher (Art. 4.2.4.3b); max. 8 final circuits per 30 mA RCD",[714,22775,22776,22779],{},[221,22777,22778],{},"Circuit breakers"," — Sized according to cable cross-section and circuit type",[714,22781,22782,22784],{},[221,22783,17161],{}," — If required by your installation type",[17,22786,22787],{},"You can adjust these suggestions based on your specific requirements or your electrician's recommendations.",[5707,22789,22791],{"id":22790},"step-3-review-the-topology","Step 3: Review the Topology",[17,22793,22794],{},"PlanElec generates the circuit topology automatically:",[711,22796,22797,22800,22803,22806],{},[714,22798,22799],{},"Circuits are grouped logically (lighting, sockets, dedicated circuits)",[714,22801,22802],{},"Each circuit gets a unique identifier (e.g., A1, A2, B1, B2)",[714,22804,22805],{},"The hierarchy from main switch to end consumer is clearly visible",[714,22807,22808],{},"Cable cross-sections are indicated for each circuit",[5707,22810,22812],{"id":22811},"step-4-generate-and-export","Step 4: Generate and Export",[17,22814,22815],{},"With a single click, PlanElec generates your single-line diagram:",[711,22817,22818,22824,22830,22836],{},[714,22819,22820,22823],{},[221,22821,22822],{},"Structured layout"," — Horizontal main bus with vertical branch circuits",[714,22825,22826,22829],{},[221,22827,22828],{},"Symbol catalog"," — Electrical symbols for the Belgian planning context",[714,22831,22832,22835],{},[221,22833,22834],{},"Automatic labeling"," — Circuit references, cable types, and protection ratings",[714,22837,22838,22840],{},[221,22839,10094],{}," — Central document output for further professional review",[12,22842,13788],{"id":13787},[5707,22844,22846],{"id":22845},"_1-incomplete-circuits","1. Incomplete Circuits",[17,22848,22849],{},"Every consumer must be traceable back to the main switch through a clear chain of protection devices. Don't leave any \"floating\" connections.",[5707,22851,22853],{"id":22852},"_2-wrong-symbol-usage","2. Wrong Symbol Usage",[17,22855,22856],{},"Use the symbols prescribed for your application. Common mistakes include old DIN symbols or custom notation. The PlanElec catalog supports a consistent representation; professional responsibility remains with the author.",[5707,22858,22860],{"id":22859},"_3-missing-information","3. Missing Information",[17,22862,22863],{},"Every circuit must show:",[711,22865,22866,22869,22872,22875],{},[714,22867,22868],{},"Circuit reference number",[714,22870,22871],{},"Cable type and cross-section (e.g., XVB 3G2.5)",[714,22873,22874],{},"Protection device rating (for example 16 A or 20 A; table values are ceilings and do not replace complete conductor sizing)",[714,22876,22877],{},"Number and type of consumers",[5707,22879,22881],{"id":22880},"_4-outdated-schema","4. Outdated Schema",[17,22883,22884],{},"If you've made changes to your installation, the single-line diagram must be updated accordingly. An outdated schema will be rejected during inspection.",[12,22886,22888],{"id":22887},"tips-for-a-perfect-schema","Tips for a Perfect Schema",[711,22890,22891,22897,22903,22909,22915],{},[714,22892,22893,22896],{},[221,22894,22895],{},"Keep it clean"," — Avoid unnecessary crossings and overlapping labels",[714,22898,22899,22902],{},[221,22900,22901],{},"Be consistent"," — Use the same notation style throughout the document",[714,22904,22905,22908],{},[221,22906,22907],{},"Include all circuits"," — Even small additions like a doorbell or garden lighting",[714,22910,22911,22914],{},[221,22912,22913],{},"Date your document"," — Always include the creation\u002Fmodification date",[714,22916,22917,22920],{},[221,22918,22919],{},"Add your details"," — Include the address of the installation and the name of the creator",[12,22922,22924],{"id":22923},"check-the-required-information-systematically","Check the required information systematically",[17,22926,22927],{},"For a domestic installation, Book 1 V06 lists at least the conductor type, cross-section and number of conductors, installation method, type and properties of residual-current and overcurrent protection, switches, connection and junction boxes, sockets, lighting points, fixed machines and appliances, and sources such as an inverter or battery. Diagrams and documents also carry a number, revision and revision date. Supply voltage, current type and unambiguous elementary-circuit identification complete the context.",[17,22929,22930],{},"An uppercase letter identifies each elementary circuit. Lighting points, sockets and control devices receive sequential numbers from the upstream overcurrent device. The position plan reuses those references. A switch is identified through the circuit and the light or device it controls. This shared key is what lets an inspector read the two drawings together.",[12,22932,22934],{"id":22933},"a-practical-circuit-walk","A practical circuit walk",[17,22936,22937],{},"Start at the supply and follow each branch to its last consumer. At every transition, ask whether the real device exists, its purpose is clear, the conductor is fully described, and its position-plan reference agrees. Pay special attention to junction boxes and shared branches; a flat row of symbols is not a truthful substitute for a physical branch.",[17,22939,22940],{},"Where there are several sources, the grid, PV inverter and any other explicitly modelled supplies must remain understandable as separate paths. A battery icon or bidirectional charger must not be presented as a complete published PlanElec workflow merely because an internal type exists. For PV, PlanElec can represent structured DC strings and recorded protection or cable sections; unknown and unassigned data remain visible as gaps.",[12,22942,22944],{"id":22943},"existing-work-and-later-changes","Existing work and later changes",[17,22946,22947],{},"Substantial changes or extensions to a domestic installation require the single-line diagram and position plan to be prepared or updated. For a non-substantial change, a dated and signed short description may replace a new single-line diagram, while the change still appears on the position plan. Parts installed before 1 October 1981 are marked as an “older part” when shown. Part 8 contains narrow derogations for existing parts, not a general exemption from documentation or safety.",[12,22949,22951],{"id":22950},"prefer-electrical-truth-to-visual-polish","Prefer electrical truth to visual polish",[17,22953,22954],{},"Clear routing improves readability but proves no conductor sizing. Do not check cross-section and protection against one table alone: installation method, current capacity, grouping, temperature, voltage drop, fault conditions and disconnection all matter. The same applies to RCD type, selectivity, surge protection and appliance-specific instructions. A custom symbol is useful only when unambiguous and explained in the legend; Table 2.23 is the official starting point.",[12,22956,22958],{"id":22957},"example-of-a-complete-circuit-record","Example of a complete circuit record",[17,22960,22961],{},"Do not label a branch merely “Kitchen”. A usable record might identify circuit B, upstream protective device, RCD assignment, cable type, conductor count, cross-section, installation method and numbered consumers B1 through B6. A fixed cooker is named as a specific appliance, not hidden among general sockets. A real junction box appears at its actual topological position.",[17,22963,22964],{},"That structure makes discrepancies searchable. If B4 is absent from the position plan, either the spatial record is incomplete or the diagram contains an extra item. If the cable changes after a junction, describe the segment separately. Applying one default conductor to an entire branch would misrepresent reality.",[12,22966,22968],{"id":22967},"release-check-for-every-sheet","Release check for every sheet",[17,22970,22971],{},"Read the PDF at its intended output size. Check title block, sheet number, revision, date, address, responsible parties, voltage and current type. Then inspect clipped labels, overlaps and legend coverage. For multiple sheets, continuation points must remain understandable.",[17,22973,22974],{},"Trace a sample from board to consumer and back. Include a lighting branch with switching, one fixed high-load appliance and one source such as PV. Keep unsupported, unknown and unassigned information visible. Do not delete a warning solely to create a cleaner-looking page.",[17,22976,22977],{},"The document author aligns the release with the as-built state. The electrician checks sizing, protection and installation. The approved control body performs the official assessment. Software does not silently assume any of these roles.",[17,22979,22980],{},"Archive the released files with their revision and supporting evidence. After a later alteration, compare against that release instead of editing history. This lets the owner and inspector distinguish the previously assessed installation, the new design and the final modified state.",[12,22982,22984],{"id":22983},"official-source-and-boundary","Official source and boundary",[711,22986,22987,22992],{},[714,22988,22989],{},[203,22990,9691],{"href":5391,"rel":22991},[5393],[714,22993,22994],{},"Section 3.1.2 and Table 2.23 are central to diagram content.",[17,22996,22997],{},"PlanElec creates a traceable project output and offers an advisory self-check. It does not issue a certificate of conformity. Only the approved control body officially assesses the installed work and complete dossier.",[12,22999,23001],{"id":23000},"let-planelec-do-the-heavy-lifting","Let PlanElec Do the Heavy Lifting",[17,23003,23004],{},"PlanElec brings the floor plan, electrical topology, and distribution board together in one project and derives the single-line diagram from them.",[711,23006,23007,23010,23013,23016],{},[714,23008,23009],{},"No CAD software needed",[714,23011,23012],{},"Central project data without duplicate transfer",[714,23014,23015],{},"Advisory AREI\u002FRGIE self-check for supported rules that can be decided from project data",[714,23017,23018],{},"PDF export of the single-line diagram and situation plan",[17,23020,23021],{},[203,23022,23023],{"href":7900},"Create your single-line diagram now — it's free →",[12,23025,11113],{"id":11112},[711,23027,23028,23033,23037],{},[714,23029,23030],{},[203,23031,23032],{"href":1972},"Draw a situation plan step by step",[714,23034,23035],{},[203,23036,10566],{"href":567},[714,23038,23039],{},[203,23040,23041],{"href":11125},"Prepare documents for electrical inspection",{"title":1214,"searchDepth":1215,"depth":1215,"links":23043},[23044,23045,23046,23051,23057,23063,23064,23065,23066,23067,23068,23069,23070,23071,23072],{"id":22568,"depth":1215,"text":22569},{"id":22586,"depth":1215,"text":22587},{"id":22632,"depth":1215,"text":22633,"children":23047},[23048,23049,23050],{"id":22639,"depth":5869,"text":22640},{"id":22667,"depth":5869,"text":1046},{"id":22696,"depth":5869,"text":22697},{"id":22719,"depth":1215,"text":22720,"children":23052},[23053,23054,23055,23056],{"id":22723,"depth":5869,"text":22724},{"id":22755,"depth":5869,"text":22756},{"id":22790,"depth":5869,"text":22791},{"id":22811,"depth":5869,"text":22812},{"id":13787,"depth":1215,"text":13788,"children":23058},[23059,23060,23061,23062],{"id":22845,"depth":5869,"text":22846},{"id":22852,"depth":5869,"text":22853},{"id":22859,"depth":5869,"text":22860},{"id":22880,"depth":5869,"text":22881},{"id":22887,"depth":1215,"text":22888},{"id":22923,"depth":1215,"text":22924},{"id":22933,"depth":1215,"text":22934},{"id":22943,"depth":1215,"text":22944},{"id":22950,"depth":1215,"text":22951},{"id":22957,"depth":1215,"text":22958},{"id":22967,"depth":1215,"text":22968},{"id":22983,"depth":1215,"text":22984},{"id":23000,"depth":1215,"text":23001},{"id":11112,"depth":1215,"text":11113},"2026-01-05","Learn how to prepare a reviewable single-line diagram with circuits, conductor data, protective devices and unambiguous references.",{},"\u002Fblog\u002Fsingle-line-diagram.en",{"title":22563,"description":23074},"blog\u002Fsingle-line-diagram.en",[1244,1245,1251,20738,20739,20740,18620,23080,11847,10820,22558,13725,20944,2008,21345,20741,1252],"IEC 60617","fQzHe5YU1R08b5go2hTvHcW_HEzHSHbw19scnB8o7TY",{"id":23083,"title":23084,"articleId":23085,"body":23086,"category":23300,"date":23301,"description":23302,"extension":1233,"lastUpdated":5450,"locale":1234,"meta":23303,"navigation":1236,"path":23304,"publishDate":22174,"readTime":5014,"refreshInterval":7959,"seo":23305,"slug":23085,"stem":23306,"tags":23307,"__hash__":23311},"blog\u002Fblog\u002Farei-regulations-2026.en.md","AREI\u002FRGIE Regulations 2026: The Key Changes","arei-regulations-2026",{"type":9,"value":23087,"toc":23285},[23088,23092,23099,23115,23118,23122,23125,23128,23148,23151,23155,23159,23162,23170,23174,23177,23181,23184,23188,23191,23198,23201,23218,23222,23225,23228,23232,23235,23241,23247,23253,23257,23260,23264,23267,23273,23277,23280],[12,23089,23091],{"id":23090},"what-has-applied-since-1-april-2026","What has applied since 1 April 2026",[17,23093,23094,23095,23098],{},"Belgium's AREI\u002FRGIE consists of three books. Book 1 is the main reference for domestic low-voltage installations. A new consolidated version of Book 1 has applied since ",[221,23096,23097],{},"1 April 2026",". It incorporates the Royal Decree of 6 October 2025, published on 29 October 2025; an erratum dated 5 November corrected presentation only and did not change the substance.",[17,23100,23101,23102,23105,23106,23110,23111,212],{},"The official scope is narrower than many online summaries suggest. The amendment integrates ",[221,23103,23104],{},"earthed direct-current systems"," into the regulation. It introduces DC forms of TN, TT and IT systems, connects them with protection against indirect contact, and adjusts definitions and cross-references throughout Book 1. The Belgian Federal Public Service Economy describes that scope on its ",[203,23107,23109],{"href":5391,"rel":23108},[5393],"current AREI\u002FRGIE publication page",", which also provides the authoritative ",[203,23112,23114],{"href":13853,"rel":23113},[5393],"2026 consolidated Book 1",[17,23116,23117],{},"This is not a wholesale rewrite of every domestic rule. Dedicated EV circuits, bathroom volumes, PV documentation and inspection intervals can all matter to a project, but they are not automatically “new for 2026”. The execution date, the nature of the work and the relevant chapter of the consolidated book determine which rule applies.",[12,23119,23121],{"id":23120},"the-substantive-change-a-systematic-place-for-dc-systems","The substantive change: a systematic place for DC systems",[17,23123,23124],{},"Photovoltaics, batteries, DC distribution and equipment that can feed energy back mean that a building can no longer be analysed as an AC-only environment. The 2026 text therefore extends the familiar system classifications to earthed DC systems. TN, TT and IT still describe the relationship between live conductors, earth and exposed conductive parts, but the protective measure must suit the DC source, earthing arrangement and disconnection behaviour.",[17,23126,23127],{},"This does not mean every home now needs a DC grid. It means that a DC section which goes beyond ordinary equipment-internal wiring, or forms an earthed distribution system of its own, cannot be documented as if it were a conventional AC outgoing circuit. The designer should establish at least:",[711,23129,23130,23133,23136,23139,23142,23145],{},[714,23131,23132],{},"where the DC section begins and ends;",[714,23134,23135],{},"whether it is isolated from earth or intentionally earthed, and at which point;",[714,23137,23138],{},"which live conductors are switched and isolated;",[714,23140,23141],{},"what measure responds to an insulation fault;",[714,23143,23144],{},"which disconnection conditions apply to the selected TN, TT or IT arrangement;",[714,23146,23147],{},"which manufacturer limits govern voltage, polarity, protection and cable routing.",[17,23149,23150],{},"Those answers are installation-specific. Neither the word “battery” nor “PV” implies one universal earthing system or protective device. A qualified electrical professional must design the arrangement, and an approved inspection body assesses the completed installation against the applicable text and evidence.",[12,23152,23154],{"id":23153},"what-should-not-be-marketed-as-a-new-2026-duty","What should not be marketed as a new 2026 duty",[5707,23156,23158],{"id":23157},"ev-charging","EV charging",[17,23160,23161],{},"Special chapter 7.22 for conductive charging installations existed before 2026. Among other things, it requires a final circuit dedicated to each connection point, individual additional residual-current protection not exceeding 30 mA for each AC circuit, and protection against smooth DC residual-current components. Whether this is delivered by a Type B RCD, a Type A RCD combined with appropriate DC detection, or another compliant assembly depends on the charger and complete protection chain. The exact equipment instructions remain essential.",[17,23163,23164,23165,23169],{},"Bidirectional or technically bidirectional chargers add a grid-connection question. Synergrid states that these devices fall within C10\u002F11 edition 2.4 and require C10\u002F26 type approval. Purely unidirectional grid-to-vehicle chargers do not require C10\u002F26 merely because they charge a car, according to Synergrid's ",[203,23166,23168],{"href":6629,"rel":23167},[5393],"distributed-generation approval page",". This distinction is more accurate than claiming that every wallbox needs Synergrid approval.",[5707,23171,23173],{"id":23172},"bathrooms","Bathrooms",[17,23175,23176],{},"Bathrooms and shower rooms remain a special location under the AREI\u002FRGIE. The applicable volumes, IP ratings, permitted equipment and residual-current protection must be checked against chapter 7.1 of the current consolidated text. The official description of the 2026 amendment does not support a generic “new Zone 3 in 2026” claim. Nor is IPX5 an unconditional Zone 1 requirement: the required degree of protection also depends on whether water jets are used for cleaning. Record the exact geometry and fixed water outlet instead of copying a simplified diagram from the internet.",[5707,23178,23180],{"id":23179},"surge-protection-pv-and-digital-records","Surge protection, PV and digital records",[17,23182,23183],{},"Surge protection, PV protection design and electronic documents should likewise not be presented as one new 2026 package. Book 1 contains principles and requirements whose application depends on the installation, risks, equipment and execution date. The fact that an inspection report may be delivered electronically is not itself a new electrical protective measure. The current legal text, the manufacturer's evidence and professional assessment remain decisive.",[12,23185,23187],{"id":23186},"which-rules-apply-to-an-existing-installation","Which rules apply to an existing installation?",[17,23189,23190],{},"The useful question is not simply “How old is the building?” but “When was each part installed, and what work is being carried out now?” Existing portions may be assessed under applicable derogations while a newly added circuit must meet current requirements. A major modification or extension requires a conformity inspection before use; the review covers the work and any effect it has on the unchanged part.",[17,23192,21366,23193,23197],{},[203,23194,23196],{"href":6228,"rel":23195},[5393],"domestic electrical inspection guidance"," identifies the main triggers: before first use, after a major modification or extension, for certain capacity increases, when a dwelling is sold and periodically. It also gives adding one socket to an existing circuit as an example of a non-major extension. Classification still depends on the real scope of the job.",[17,23199,23200],{},"A renovation file should therefore include a concise change record:",[5055,23202,23203,23206,23209,23212,23215],{},[714,23204,23205],{},"identify the existing work and its known or estimated execution period;",[714,23207,23208],{},"distinguish new and unchanged sections on the plans;",[714,23210,23211],{},"assess how a new source, battery or charger affects the board and protection chain;",[714,23213,23214],{},"resolve assumptions with the electrician and inspection body;",[714,23216,23217],{},"update the single-line diagram and situation plan after installation.",[12,23219,23221],{"id":23220},"what-the-inspection-file-actually-contains","What the inspection file actually contains",[17,23223,23224],{},"For a domestic inspection, the federal guidance asks for at least the single-line diagrams, situation plans and the connection's EAN code if available. The single-line diagram represents circuits, interconnections and electrical equipment with their characteristics. The situation plan locates distribution boards, connection and junction boxes, sockets, lighting points, switches, fixed machines and sources. Both form part of the installation file, together with inspection reports, short descriptions of non-major changes and relevant technical documentation such as PV equipment records.",[17,23226,23227],{},"For a DC system, useful documentation goes beyond naming a device. It should establish source and cable references, rated voltages, polarity, isolation points, protective devices, the earthing concept and the relevant manufacturer document. A clear diagram does not replace calculations or measurements, but it allows the installer, owner and inspector to verify that they are discussing the same system.",[12,23229,23231],{"id":23230},"a-practical-2026-project-review","A practical 2026 project review",[17,23233,23234],{},"Use three passes before equipment is ordered or installed.",[17,23236,23237,23240],{},[221,23238,23239],{},"Confirm the regulatory baseline."," Work from the consolidated edition in force on the planned execution date. A blog post is orientation, not the legal source. The federal publication and any official interpretation should take priority where wording is uncertain.",[17,23242,23243,23246],{},[221,23244,23245],{},"Determine the scope."," Record whether the project is a new installation, major extension, minor change, sale inspection, periodic review or capacity increase. For an EV charger, also establish the direction of power flow. Bidirectional capability may trigger grid-code duties that do not apply to an ordinary unidirectional charger.",[17,23248,23249,23252],{},[221,23250,23251],{},"Collect evidence."," Keep cable and protective-device selection, manufacturer instructions, measurements and drawings together. DC component data should address permissible earthing, residual-current behaviour and isolation. If those data are missing, a visually complete drawing is not yet a complete engineering justification.",[12,23254,23256],{"id":23255},"manage-the-regulatory-version-in-the-project","Manage the regulatory version in the project",[17,23258,23259],{},"Keep a small version record with the execution date, consulted Book 1 edition, relevant chapters, open questions and reviewer. Record the exact model and document revision for inverters, batteries and chargers: similar product names can hide different residual-current, earthing or grid behaviour. Separate three layers in decisions — the binding AREI\u002FRGIE text, professional engineering choice, and rules currently supported by software. They overlap but are not interchangeable. Before inspection, reconcile the final drawings, installed model variants and actual wiring; this internal check confirms consistency, not legal conformity.",[12,23261,23263],{"id":23262},"how-planelec-helps-and-where-its-limits-remain","How PlanElec helps — and where its limits remain",[17,23265,23266],{},"PlanElec supports the workflow from floor plan and electrical topology to a single-line diagram, situation plan and PDF export. Its software-assisted self-check flags supported issues that can be derived from the entered data. It is not a certificate of conformity and cannot replace measurements, manufacturer evidence or site conditions.",[17,23268,23269,23270,23272],{},"The documented regulatory full text is Book 1 V06, effective ",[221,23271,23097],{},". Product validation, however, implements only a documented subset of that text as machine-checkable rules. In particular, earthed DC TN, TT and IT systems, their conductor roles and associated protection logic are not yet modelled completely. Such a project still needs professional design, equipment evidence and official inspection to close those gaps. PlanElec helps keep the information structured and consistent; only an approved inspection body issues the official assessment.",[12,23274,23276],{"id":23275},"in-brief","In brief",[17,23278,23279],{},"The defensible key change for 2026 is the systematic integration of earthed DC systems into Book 1. It does not impose a generic retrofit on every existing home, nor does it create a single new bundle of EV, bathroom, SPD and digital-document duties. First classify the work, consult the current official text, and document every new AC and DC section clearly. That gives the electrician and inspector a reliable basis without promising the inspection outcome.",[17,23281,23282],{},[203,23283,23284],{"href":7900},"Structure your electrical documentation with PlanElec →",{"title":1214,"searchDepth":1215,"depth":1215,"links":23286},[23287,23288,23289,23294,23295,23296,23297,23298,23299],{"id":23090,"depth":1215,"text":23091},{"id":23120,"depth":1215,"text":23121},{"id":23153,"depth":1215,"text":23154,"children":23290},[23291,23292,23293],{"id":23157,"depth":5869,"text":23158},{"id":23172,"depth":5869,"text":23173},{"id":23179,"depth":5869,"text":23180},{"id":23186,"depth":1215,"text":23187},{"id":23220,"depth":1215,"text":23221},{"id":23230,"depth":1215,"text":23231},{"id":23255,"depth":1215,"text":23256},{"id":23262,"depth":1215,"text":23263},{"id":23275,"depth":1215,"text":23276},"news","2026-01-02","What actually changed in the Belgian AREI\u002FRGIE on 1 April 2026, and how to assess the consequences for design, documentation and inspection.",{},"\u002Fblog\u002Farei-regulations-2026.en",{"title":23084,"description":23302},"blog\u002Farei-regulations-2026.en",[1244,1245,23308,23309,23310,11847,1251,2008,23158,9318,1252],"regulations 2026","electrical regulations","direct current","yCbDrEi1vHZ-_6pcm8vKtugAfXRM9dIMMhx17iy8p_U",1788389230434]